Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Just pick any two audiobooks free from 400,000+ best sellers, new releases sci-fi, romances, mysteries, classics, and more. Select your favorite audiobook, free, stream or download your audiobook instantly on your smartphone, tablet, laptop or desktop. It's that easy! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/user/590/ en-US All rights reserved Wed, 21 Feb 2018 20:47:42 GMT Wed, 21 Feb 2018 20:47:42 GMT Notepad++ https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/user/590/ https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/user/590/logo.jpg https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/user/590/ Simply Free Audiobook no Maryjane Mante biacuaduc@gmail.com Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Just pick any two audiobooks free from 400,000+ best sellers, new releases sci-fi, romances, mysteries, classics, and more. Select your favorite audiobook, free, stream or download your audiobook instantly on your smartphone, tablet, laptop or desktop. It's that easy! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Bible-of-Unspeakable-Truths-Audiobook/B003M6JLTK Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Bible of Unspeakable Truths Author: Greg Gutfeld, Penn Jillette (foreword) Narrator: Greg Gutfeld Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 39 mins Language: English Release date: 05-25-10 Publisher: Hachette Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 368 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Renowned fake conservative pundit Stephen Colbert may have coined the word truthiness, but it's Greg Gutfeld, real conservative political pundit and host of the Fox News Channel's Red Eye who has made a name for himself by unabashedly pronouncing the actual uncomfortable truthiness of life that is sure to shock the P.C. The Bible of Unspeakable Truths is packed full of his most aggressive (and hilarious) rants, with each chapter devoted to a single "unspeakable truth". For example, in one chapter he might be ranting that "liberals are the least liberal minded people you know," and in the next, "You aren't racist if you make fun of poor whites." Though Gutfeld is best known for his "straight-from-the-gut" political commentary, as featured every night on Red Eye as well as his blog, The Daily Gut, this book will go well beyond politics, exploring pop culture, current events, and nearly every other aspect of life, such as "if house cats were your size, they would eat you without a second thought," "PETA would never march for a vulture," "The media wanted bird flu to kill thousands," "Attractive people don't write for a living," and "Ethan Hawke is a rodent." With an irreverent voice, sharp wit, and a take on nearly everything, this "manual about how to think about things, for people equipped to think about things" will be one that listeners either love wholeheartedly, or love to hate - and will guarantee to entertain and amuse anyone who's ever been afraid to say what they really thought. As Greg says, "In the end, this book should make you nod your head a lot, and laugh more. If it doesn't then you should probably seek medical help. I did. And I am the better for it!" Critic Reviews: "Greg Gutfeld is uproariously funny and is one of my favorite guests." (Dennis Miller) "As a rule I never read books I blurb, but I couldn't resist with this one. I even gave it to my 13-year-old son, who poured over it slack jawed all afternoon, thus warping him for life. It's that subversive and good." (Tucker Carlson) "[Y]ou'll laugh yourself holy reading this one!" (Mike Huckabee) biacuaduc@gmail.com (Greg Gutfeld) Tue, 25 May 2010 10:42:21 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Bible-of-Unspeakable-Truths-Audiobook/B003M6JLTK thebookvoice.com 08:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Bible of Unspeakable Truths Author: Greg Gutfeld, Penn Jillette (foreword) Narrator: Greg Gutfeld Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 39 mins Language: English Release date: 05-25-10 Publisher: Hachette Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 368 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Renowned fake conservative pundit Stephen Colbert may have coined the word truthiness, but it's Greg Gutfeld, real conservative political pundit and host of the Fox News Channel's Red Eye who has made a name for himself by unabashedly pronouncing the actual uncomfortable truthiness of life that is sure to shock the P.C. The Bible of Unspeakable Truths is packed full of his most aggressive (and hilarious) rants, with each chapter devoted to a single "unspeakable truth". For example, in one chapter he might be ranting that "liberals are the least liberal minded people you know," and in the next, "You aren't racist if you make fun of poor whites." Though Gutfeld is best known for his "straight-from-the-gut" political commentary, as featured every night on Red Eye as well as his blog, The Daily Gut, this book will go well beyond politics, exploring pop culture, current events, and nearly every other aspect of life, such as "if house cats were your size, they would eat you without a second thought," "PETA would never march for a vulture," "The media wanted bird flu to kill thousands," "Attractive people don't write for a living," and "Ethan Hawke is a rodent." With an irreverent voice, sharp wit, and a take on nearly everything, this "manual about how to think about things, for people equipped to think about things" will be one that listeners either love wholeheartedly, or love to hate - and will guarantee to entertain and amuse anyone who's ever been afraid to say what they really thought. As Greg says, "In the end, this book should make you nod your head a lot, and laugh more. If it doesn't then you should probably seek medical help. I did. And I am the better for it!" Critic Reviews: "Greg Gutfeld is uproariously funny and is one of my favorite guests." (Dennis Miller) "As a rule I never read books I blurb, but I couldn't resist with this one. I even gave it to my 13-year-old son, who poured over it slack jawed all afternoon, thus warping him for life. It's that subversive and good." (Tucker Carlson) "[Y]ou'll laugh yourself holy reading this one!" (Mike Huckabee) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Bible of Unspeakable Truths Author: Greg Gutfeld, Penn Jillette (foreword) Narrator: Greg Gutfeld Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 39 mins Language: English Release date: 05-25-10 Publisher: Hachette Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 368 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Renowned fake conservative pundit Stephen Colbert may have coined the word truthiness, but it's Greg Gutfeld, real conservative political pundit and host of the Fox News Channel's Red Eye who has made a name for himself by unabashedly pronouncing the actual uncomfortable truthiness of life that is sure to shock the P.C. The Bible of Unspeakable Truths is packed full of his most aggressive (and hilarious) rants, with each chapter devoted to a single "unspeakable truth". For example, in one chapter he might be ranting that "liberals are the least liberal minded people you know," and in the next, "You aren't racist if you make fun of poor whites." Though Gutfeld is best known for his "straight-from-the-gut" political commentary, as featured every night on Red Eye as well as his blog, The Daily Gut, this book will go well beyond politics, exploring pop culture, current events, and nearly every other aspect of life, such as "if house cats were your size, they would eat you without a second thought," "PETA would never march for a vulture," "The media wanted bird flu to kill thousands," "Attractive people don't write for a living," and "Ethan Hawke is a rodent." With an irreverent voice, sharp wit, and a take on nearly everything, this "manual about how to think about things, for people equipped to think about things" will be one that listeners either love wholeheartedly, or love to hate - and will guarantee to entertain and amuse anyone who's ever been afraid to say what they really thought. As Greg says, "In the end, this book should make you nod your head a lot, and laugh more. If it doesn't then you should probably seek medical help. I did. And I am the better for it!" Critic Reviews: "Greg Gutfeld is uproariously funny and is one of my favorite guests." (Dennis Miller) "As a rule I never read books I blurb, but I couldn't resist with this one. I even gave it to my 13-year-old son, who poured over it slack jawed all afternoon, thus warping him for life. It's that subversive and good." (Tucker Carlson) "[Y]ou'll laugh yourself holy reading this one!" (Mike Huckabee) Members Reviews: Positively Horrible... by that I mean Outstanding! The humor and views of Greg Gutfeld are the reason I love watching his show Red Eye on FoxNews. This book is a larger continuation of his Greg-a-logue and was well worth the listen. I also enjoyed the additional interview at the end. There's nobody that can duplicate Greg's comedic sense of humor which makes him narrating this book even more perfect. His Conservative/Libertarian views are well illustrated as he shotguns his well-thought stance on an array of topics. A GREAT BOOK! Gutfeld is a comedic & observational genius What made the experience of listening to The Bible of Unspeakable Truths the most enjoyable? Very simply, he's funny, brutally honest and (omg) NOT a Liberal! Gutfeld says what needs to be said...the truth and he delivers it with a cartoon rubber mallet that hits hard. Honestly one of best Social/Political Commentaries I have ever read. He's not a carbon copy of an Agenda with exaggerated flourishes (a'la Bill Mahr, Jon Stewart etc...) he makes Everyone uncomfortable, Conservatives included. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/America-Audiobook/B00K252F5Q Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: America Subtitle: Imagine a World Without Her Author: Dinesh D'Souza Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 24 mins Language: English Release date: 06-02-14 Publisher: Brilliance Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 895 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Is America a source of pride, as Americans have long held, or shame, as Progressives allege? Beneath an innocent exterior, are our lives complicit in a national project of theft, expropriation, oppression, and murder? Or is America still the hope of the world? New York Times best-selling author Dinesh D'Souza says these questions are no mere academic exercise. It is the Progressive view that is taught in our schools, that is preached by Hollywood, and that shapes the policies of the Obama administration. If America is a force for inequality and injustice in the world, its power deserves to be diminished; if traditional America is based on oppression and theft, then traditional America must be reformed - and the federal government can do the reforming. In America: Imagine a World Without Her D'Souza offers a passionate and sharply reasoned defense of America, knocking down every important accusation made by Progressives against our country. Provocative in its analysis, stunning in its conclusions, Dinesh D'Souza's America will be the most talked about audiobook of the year. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Dinesh D'Souza) Mon, 02 Jun 2014 10:23:33 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/America-Audiobook/B00K252F5Q thebookvoice.com 07:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: America Subtitle: Imagine a World Without Her Author: Dinesh D'Souza Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 24 mins Language: English Release date: 06-02-14 Publisher: Brilliance Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 895 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Is America a source of pride, as Americans have long held, or shame, as Progressives allege? Beneath an innocent exterior, are our lives complicit in a national project of theft, expropriation, oppression, and murder? Or is America still the hope of the world? New York Times best-selling author Dinesh D'Souza says these questions are no mere academic exercise. It is the Progressive view that is taught in our schools, that is preached by Hollywood, and that shapes the policies of the Obama administration. If America is a force for inequality and injustice in the world, its power deserves to be diminished; if traditional America is based on oppression and theft, then traditional America must be reformed - and the federal government can do the reforming. In America: Imagine a World Without Her D'Souza offers a passionate and sharply reasoned defense of America, knocking down every important accusation made by Progressives against our country. Provocative in its analysis, stunning in its conclusions, Dinesh D'Souza's America will be the most talked about audiobook of the year. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: America Subtitle: Imagine a World Without Her Author: Dinesh D'Souza Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 24 mins Language: English Release date: 06-02-14 Publisher: Brilliance Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 895 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Is America a source of pride, as Americans have long held, or shame, as Progressives allege? Beneath an innocent exterior, are our lives complicit in a national project of theft, expropriation, oppression, and murder? Or is America still the hope of the world? New York Times best-selling author Dinesh D'Souza says these questions are no mere academic exercise. It is the Progressive view that is taught in our schools, that is preached by Hollywood, and that shapes the policies of the Obama administration. If America is a force for inequality and injustice in the world, its power deserves to be diminished; if traditional America is based on oppression and theft, then traditional America must be reformed - and the federal government can do the reforming. In America: Imagine a World Without Her D'Souza offers a passionate and sharply reasoned defense of America, knocking down every important accusation made by Progressives against our country. Provocative in its analysis, stunning in its conclusions, Dinesh D'Souza's America will be the most talked about audiobook of the year. Members Reviews: We can think for ourselves If you could sum up America in three words, what would they be? Thought provoking facts What did you like best about this story? Each of Dinesh's claims is clearly stated first, followed by alternate schools of thought, supported by searchable facts and clear explanations, then summarized. Dinesh's debate style and presentation is impeccable. What about Walter Dixons performance did you like? The narrator did an excellent job reading this book. Was there a moment in the book that particularly moved you? Over and over again I found myself thinking, 'I need to come back to read that again and save that fact to memory so I might be able to offer it to others who have questions similar to my own about the current state of our nation and what our Constitution and Bill of Rights says about each topic'. Any additional comments? Well written and narrated. Informational and so very important. As a citizen of the USA, I need to know and understand these topics and facts. Why Our Constitutional Government is Great! The current wisdom among progressives is to bash the United States of America telling of all the supposed evils done by American Republic. Dinesh D'Souza shows quite clearly that though the USA has its faults the US bashers do not show the full picture of history. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Plot-to-Scapegoat-Russia-Audiobook/B07773BNTD Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Plot to Scapegoat Russia Subtitle: How the CIA and the Deep State Have Conspired to Vilify Putin Author: Dan Kovalik Esq. Narrator: Alex Hyde-White Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 46 mins Language: English Release date: 12-19-17 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: An in-depth look at the decades-long effort to escalate hostilities with Russia and what it portends for the future. Since 1945, the US has justified numerous wars, interventions, and military build-ups based on the pretext of the Russian Red Menace, even after the Soviet Union collapsed at the end of 1991 and Russia stopped being Red. In fact, the two biggest post-war American conflicts, the Korean and Vietnam wars, were not, as has been frequently claimed, about stopping Soviet aggression or even influence, but about maintaining old colonial relationships. Similarly, many lesser interventions and conflicts, such as those in Latin America, were also based upon an alleged Soviet threat, which was greatly overblown or nonexistent. And now the specter of a Russian Menace has been raised again in the wake of Donald Trump's election. The Plot to Scapegoat Russia examines the recent proliferation of stories, usually sourced from American state actors, blaming and manipulating the threat of Russia, and the long history of which this episode is but the latest chapter. It will show listeners two key things: (1) the ways in which the United States has needlessly provoked Russia, especially after the collapse of the USSR, thereby squandering hopes for peace and cooperation; and (2) how Americans have lost out from this missed opportunity, and from decades of conflicts based upon false premises. These revelations, amongst other, make The Plot to Scapegoat Russia one of the timeliest listens of 2017. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Dan Kovalik Esq.) Tue, 19 Dec 2017 05:03:31 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Plot-to-Scapegoat-Russia-Audiobook/B07773BNTD thebookvoice.com 06:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Plot to Scapegoat Russia Subtitle: How the CIA and the Deep State Have Conspired to Vilify Putin Author: Dan Kovalik Esq. Narrator: Alex Hyde-White Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 46 mins Language: English Release date: 12-19-17 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: An in-depth look at the decades-long effort to escalate hostilities with Russia and what it portends for the future. Since 1945, the US has justified numerous wars, interventions, and military build-ups based on the pretext of the Russian Red Menace, even after the Soviet Union collapsed at the end of 1991 and Russia stopped being Red. In fact, the two biggest post-war American conflicts, the Korean and Vietnam wars, were not, as has been frequently claimed, about stopping Soviet aggression or even influence, but about maintaining old colonial relationships. Similarly, many lesser interventions and conflicts, such as those in Latin America, were also based upon an alleged Soviet threat, which was greatly overblown or nonexistent. And now the specter of a Russian Menace has been raised again in the wake of Donald Trump's election. The Plot to Scapegoat Russia examines the recent proliferation of stories, usually sourced from American state actors, blaming and manipulating the threat of Russia, and the long history of which this episode is but the latest chapter. It will show listeners two key things: (1) the ways in which the United States has needlessly provoked Russia, especially after the collapse of the USSR, thereby squandering hopes for peace and cooperation; and (2) how Americans have lost out from this missed opportunity, and from decades of conflicts based upon false premises. These revelations, amongst other, make The Plot to Scapegoat Russia one of the timeliest listens of 2017. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Plot to Scapegoat Russia Subtitle: How the CIA and the Deep State Have Conspired to Vilify Putin Author: Dan Kovalik Esq. Narrator: Alex Hyde-White Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 46 mins Language: English Release date: 12-19-17 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: An in-depth look at the decades-long effort to escalate hostilities with Russia and what it portends for the future. Since 1945, the US has justified numerous wars, interventions, and military build-ups based on the pretext of the Russian Red Menace, even after the Soviet Union collapsed at the end of 1991 and Russia stopped being Red. In fact, the two biggest post-war American conflicts, the Korean and Vietnam wars, were not, as has been frequently claimed, about stopping Soviet aggression or even influence, but about maintaining old colonial relationships. Similarly, many lesser interventions and conflicts, such as those in Latin America, were also based upon an alleged Soviet threat, which was greatly overblown or nonexistent. And now the specter of a Russian Menace has been raised again in the wake of Donald Trump's election. The Plot to Scapegoat Russia examines the recent proliferation of stories, usually sourced from American state actors, blaming and manipulating the threat of Russia, and the long history of which this episode is but the latest chapter. It will show listeners two key things: (1) the ways in which the United States has needlessly provoked Russia, especially after the collapse of the USSR, thereby squandering hopes for peace and cooperation; and (2) how Americans have lost out from this missed opportunity, and from decades of conflicts based upon false premises. These revelations, amongst other, make The Plot to Scapegoat Russia one of the timeliest listens of 2017. Members Reviews: A Great Listen! Would you listen to The Plot to Scapegoat Russia again? Why? This is a clear eyed, plain soeakng, analysis of the current Russia hysteria, put in historical perspective. I highly recommend it. Read this and save earth from radiation. brilliant, intelligent, logical,sane. I will memorize this book. America is a heap of hypocrisy. the author of this book is very useful, smart and brave. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Things-That-Can-and-Cannot-Be-Said-Audiobook/B072L477SQ Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Things That Can and Cannot Be Said Subtitle: Essays and Conversations Author: Arundhati Roy, John Cusack Narrator: Arundhati Roy, John Cusack Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 54 mins Language: English Release date: 09-26-17 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 10 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: In this rich dialogue on surveillance, empire, and power, Roy and Cusack describe meeting with National Security Agency whistleblower Ed Snowden. In late 2014, Arundhati Roy, John Cusack, and Daniel Ellsberg traveled to Moscow to meet with Edward Snowden. The result is a series of essays and dialogues in which Roy and Cusack reflect on their conversations with Snowden. In these provocative and penetrating discussions, Roy and Cusack discuss the nature of the state, empire, and surveillance in an era of perpetual war, the meaning of flags and patriotism, the role of foundations and NGOs in limiting dissent, and the ways in which capital but not people can freely cross borders. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Arundhati Roy) Tue, 26 Sep 2017 09:22:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Things-That-Can-and-Cannot-Be-Said-Audiobook/B072L477SQ thebookvoice.com 01:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Things That Can and Cannot Be Said Subtitle: Essays and Conversations Author: Arundhati Roy, John Cusack Narrator: Arundhati Roy, John Cusack Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 54 mins Language: English Release date: 09-26-17 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 10 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: In this rich dialogue on surveillance, empire, and power, Roy and Cusack describe meeting with National Security Agency whistleblower Ed Snowden. In late 2014, Arundhati Roy, John Cusack, and Daniel Ellsberg traveled to Moscow to meet with Edward Snowden. The result is a series of essays and dialogues in which Roy and Cusack reflect on their conversations with Snowden. In these provocative and penetrating discussions, Roy and Cusack discuss the nature of the state, empire, and surveillance in an era of perpetual war, the meaning of flags and patriotism, the role of foundations and NGOs in limiting dissent, and the ways in which capital but not people can freely cross borders. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Things That Can and Cannot Be Said Subtitle: Essays and Conversations Author: Arundhati Roy, John Cusack Narrator: Arundhati Roy, John Cusack Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 54 mins Language: English Release date: 09-26-17 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 10 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: In this rich dialogue on surveillance, empire, and power, Roy and Cusack describe meeting with National Security Agency whistleblower Ed Snowden. In late 2014, Arundhati Roy, John Cusack, and Daniel Ellsberg traveled to Moscow to meet with Edward Snowden. The result is a series of essays and dialogues in which Roy and Cusack reflect on their conversations with Snowden. In these provocative and penetrating discussions, Roy and Cusack discuss the nature of the state, empire, and surveillance in an era of perpetual war, the meaning of flags and patriotism, the role of foundations and NGOs in limiting dissent, and the ways in which capital but not people can freely cross borders. Members Reviews: Highly Recommend Excellent must read! Five Stars Great book! Great gifting item for open-minded friends and relatives. This book will not make you feel good about your country, but it gives hope by bluntly talking about the issues. I liked the book so much that I've been buying copies for a politically-diverse group of friends and relatives. A favorite (there were many) quote: (By A. Roy): "By the way, the US-backed militias are doing similar things, except they donât show beheadings of white folks on TV. Or is it more evil to contaminate the water supply, to bomb a place with depleted uranium, to cut off the supply of medicines, to say that half a million children dying from economic sanctions is a âhard priceâ, but âworth itâ? I note that Madeline Albright said it was "worth it", about Iraq. She, if you'll remember, was the one to say that "women who didn't vote for Hillary deserved a special place in Hell." This was so abhorrent that it helped lose the election for Hillary, who by the way, wanted to "drone" Snowden. Read this book This is an amazing book that everyone should read. Worth taking time away from your favorite tv shows to read- The easy to read format helped to balance the thought provoking material. Many things I had absolutely no knowledge of, prior to this read. Things like the funding of charities and underfunding I was quite aware of & the political controls. I had never thought of it from the standpoint of power- just large CEO salaries all in the name of a "good war". It took me 3.5 hours of pretty straight reading, what was at times "dense" political material. Shouldn't take most readers more than 5. I wish I'd read it prior to this election to be a more informed voter. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/A-Macat-Analysis-of-Paul-Kennedys-The-Rise-and-Fall-of-the-Great-Powers-Audiobook/B01IPKVC26 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: A Macat Analysis of Paul Kennedy's The Rise and Fall of the Great Powers Author: Riley Quinn Narrator: Macat.com Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 59 mins Language: English Release date: 07-20-16 Publisher: Macat International Limited. Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Born in 1945, Paul Kennedy grew up in England, watching the new political realities of the time contribute to the dismantling of the British Empire. He pursued a lifetime of scholarship, predominantly in the US, trying to understand the social, economic, and military forces that shape great powers. While previous scholars of international history had focused on "great men" and their achievements, Kennedy focused on the interdependent relationship between military might and economic growth. In his 1987 work, The Rise and Fall of the Great Powers, he shows why countries that balance the economic and the military can become "great powers." Those that fail to do so, however, risk imperial overstretch and failure. Kennedy's ability not only to look back but also to look forward earned him great respect. His prediction that the United States would face a real challenge of precisely this nature in the near future was borne out by its increased military activity abroad in the wake of 9/11, and the Chinese threat to America's position as the global economic powerhouse. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Riley Quinn) Wed, 20 Jul 2016 05:03:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/A-Macat-Analysis-of-Paul-Kennedys-The-Rise-and-Fall-of-the-Great-Powers-Audiobook/B01IPKVC26 thebookvoice.com 01:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: A Macat Analysis of Paul Kennedy's The Rise and Fall of the Great Powers Author: Riley Quinn Narrator: Macat.com Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 59 mins Language: English Release date: 07-20-16 Publisher: Macat International Limited. Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Born in 1945, Paul Kennedy grew up in England, watching the new political realities of the time contribute to the dismantling of the British Empire. He pursued a lifetime of scholarship, predominantly in the US, trying to understand the social, economic, and military forces that shape great powers. While previous scholars of international history had focused on "great men" and their achievements, Kennedy focused on the interdependent relationship between military might and economic growth. In his 1987 work, The Rise and Fall of the Great Powers, he shows why countries that balance the economic and the military can become "great powers." Those that fail to do so, however, risk imperial overstretch and failure. Kennedy's ability not only to look back but also to look forward earned him great respect. His prediction that the United States would face a real challenge of precisely this nature in the near future was borne out by its increased military activity abroad in the wake of 9/11, and the Chinese threat to America's position as the global economic powerhouse. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: A Macat Analysis of Paul Kennedy's The Rise and Fall of the Great Powers Author: Riley Quinn Narrator: Macat.com Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 59 mins Language: English Release date: 07-20-16 Publisher: Macat International Limited. Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Born in 1945, Paul Kennedy grew up in England, watching the new political realities of the time contribute to the dismantling of the British Empire. He pursued a lifetime of scholarship, predominantly in the US, trying to understand the social, economic, and military forces that shape great powers. While previous scholars of international history had focused on "great men" and their achievements, Kennedy focused on the interdependent relationship between military might and economic growth. In his 1987 work, The Rise and Fall of the Great Powers, he shows why countries that balance the economic and the military can become "great powers." Those that fail to do so, however, risk imperial overstretch and failure. Kennedy's ability not only to look back but also to look forward earned him great respect. His prediction that the United States would face a real challenge of precisely this nature in the near future was borne out by its increased military activity abroad in the wake of 9/11, and the Chinese threat to America's position as the global economic powerhouse. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Future-of-Freedom-Audiobook/B002V5B51A Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Future of Freedom Subtitle: Illiberal Democracy at Home and Abroad Author: Fareed Zakaria Narrator: Ned Schmidtke Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 58 mins Language: English Release date: 03-19-04 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 210 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: American democracy is, in many people's minds, the model for the rest of the world. Fareed Zakaria points out that the American form of democracy is one of the least democratic in use today. Members of the Supreme Court and the Federal Reserve, institutions that fundamentally shape our lives, are appointed, not elected. The Bill of Rights enumerates a set of privileges to which citizens are entitled, no matter what the majority says. By restricting our democracy, we enhance our freedom. Critic Reviews: "A work of tremendous originality and insight." (Washington Post) "Thought-provoking and timely." (Publishers Weekly) "A very thoughtful and intelligent book." (Peter Jennings) "A provocative critique of political trends fast democratizing the entire globe." (Booklist) biacuaduc@gmail.com (Fareed Zakaria) Fri, 19 Mar 2004 19:44:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Future-of-Freedom-Audiobook/B002V5B51A thebookvoice.com 09:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Future of Freedom Subtitle: Illiberal Democracy at Home and Abroad Author: Fareed Zakaria Narrator: Ned Schmidtke Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 58 mins Language: English Release date: 03-19-04 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 210 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: American democracy is, in many people's minds, the model for the rest of the world. Fareed Zakaria points out that the American form of democracy is one of the least democratic in use today. Members of the Supreme Court and the Federal Reserve, institutions that fundamentally shape our lives, are appointed, not elected. The Bill of Rights enumerates a set of privileges to which citizens are entitled, no matter what the majority says. By restricting our democracy, we enhance our freedom. Critic Reviews: "A work of tremendous originality and insight." (Washington Post) "Thought-provoking and timely." (Publishers Weekly) "A very thoughtful and intelligent book." (Peter Jennings) "A provocative critique of political trends fast democratizing the entire globe." (Booklist) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Future of Freedom Subtitle: Illiberal Democracy at Home and Abroad Author: Fareed Zakaria Narrator: Ned Schmidtke Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 58 mins Language: English Release date: 03-19-04 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 210 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: American democracy is, in many people's minds, the model for the rest of the world. Fareed Zakaria points out that the American form of democracy is one of the least democratic in use today. Members of the Supreme Court and the Federal Reserve, institutions that fundamentally shape our lives, are appointed, not elected. The Bill of Rights enumerates a set of privileges to which citizens are entitled, no matter what the majority says. By restricting our democracy, we enhance our freedom. Critic Reviews: "A work of tremendous originality and insight." (Washington Post) "Thought-provoking and timely." (Publishers Weekly) "A very thoughtful and intelligent book." (Peter Jennings) "A provocative critique of political trends fast democratizing the entire globe." (Booklist) Members Reviews: Superb Survey of Modern Democratic Issues First, it is a disappointment that Fareed Zakaria doesn't read this--he has an engaging voice. Regardless, this is an important, rich, thoughful and nuanced work. About the best quick preparation for understanding the roots of democracies and republics and the challenges we face on a global scale in making the case for 'our' form of government. Fascinating history, too! Great Insight to the U.S. political system It takes a while to get started but the background is necessary to understanding and appreciate the author's analysis of how the best of intentions to increase freedoms and political participation by more people have not gone as planned. The author offers some insight as to the problems sought to be corrected, what went wrong, and some ideas of what needs to be done. A very good book for those interested in the political processes taking place in America today Excellent review of democracy and liberty I won't bother to summarize. Listen to the book. I can't believe some of the other reviewers actually listened to this book. The author is very careful to define democracy and republic, and to distinguish between the different types of democracies. He emphasizes how constitutional safeguards to liberty are essential, and how "too much" democracy can undermine these. But don't rely on my feeble attempts to describe it. Listen to it. You'll be glad you did. FREEDOM IN DEMOCRACY Fareed Zakaria published The Future of Freedom in 2003; a lot has happened since then. However, this Indian born, Yale and Harvard educated government policy wonk has written an interesting treatise on a glaring weakness of democracy that continues to resonate in 2014. Zakaria believes the ideal of democracy, rule by the people with one-person-one-vote, distorts the founding principles of the original framers of the American Constitution. His compelling argument is that an unexpected consequence of sunshine, sunset, initiative referendum, and election campaign laws have changed the way elected officials represent their constituency by allowing lobbyists, population poling, and campaign financing, rather than individual conscience, determine legislative decision. Opinion-poll-decision-making, and election financing are distorting the original framer's intent for government to be a representative balance of powers with three distinct branches that deliberatively guide legislative action. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Rebuild-the-Dream-Audiobook/B0093OJUA0 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Rebuild the Dream Author: Van Jones Narrator: Van Jones, J. D. Jackson Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 18 mins Language: English Release date: 08-30-12 Publisher: Recorded Books Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 14 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: In Rebuild the Dream, green economy pioneer Van Jones reflects on his journey from grassroots outsider to White House insider. For the first time, he shares intimate details of his time in government and reveals why he chose to resign his post as a special advisor to the Obama White House. Jones puts his hard-won lessons to good use, proposing a powerful game plan to restore hope, fix our democracy and renew the American Dream. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Van Jones) Thu, 30 Aug 2012 05:01:42 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Rebuild-the-Dream-Audiobook/B0093OJUA0 thebookvoice.com 09:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Rebuild the Dream Author: Van Jones Narrator: Van Jones, J. D. Jackson Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 18 mins Language: English Release date: 08-30-12 Publisher: Recorded Books Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 14 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: In Rebuild the Dream, green economy pioneer Van Jones reflects on his journey from grassroots outsider to White House insider. For the first time, he shares intimate details of his time in government and reveals why he chose to resign his post as a special advisor to the Obama White House. Jones puts his hard-won lessons to good use, proposing a powerful game plan to restore hope, fix our democracy and renew the American Dream. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Rebuild the Dream Author: Van Jones Narrator: Van Jones, J. D. Jackson Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 18 mins Language: English Release date: 08-30-12 Publisher: Recorded Books Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 14 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: In Rebuild the Dream, green economy pioneer Van Jones reflects on his journey from grassroots outsider to White House insider. For the first time, he shares intimate details of his time in government and reveals why he chose to resign his post as a special advisor to the Obama White House. Jones puts his hard-won lessons to good use, proposing a powerful game plan to restore hope, fix our democracy and renew the American Dream. Members Reviews: Insightful and magnetic This was a very moving narrative that recharged old ideals about democracy that I abandoned in my youth. I was truly inspired by his views on what we, as a Nation need, to move forward and succeed...and his chronicles of his white house experiences, and the ideals that motivated his Green collar agenda. It's a symphony of well- thought-out reason. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/How-to-Make-a-Splash-in-Social-Media-Audiobook/B015EUMVS4 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: How to Make a Splash in Social Media Author: Alexis Ohanian Narrator: Alexis Ohanian Format: Original Recording Length: 4 mins Language: English Release date: 09-15-15 Publisher: TED Talks Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: In a funny, rapid-fire 4 minutes, Alexis Ohanian of Reddit tells the real-life fable of one humpback whale's rise to Web stardom. The lesson of Mister Splashy Pants is a shoo-in classic for meme-makers and marketers in the Facebook age. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Alexis Ohanian) Tue, 15 Sep 2015 12:56:48 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/How-to-Make-a-Splash-in-Social-Media-Audiobook/B015EUMVS4 thebookvoice.com 00:04:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: How to Make a Splash in Social Media Author: Alexis Ohanian Narrator: Alexis Ohanian Format: Original Recording Length: 4 mins Language: English Release date: 09-15-15 Publisher: TED Talks Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: In a funny, rapid-fire 4 minutes, Alexis Ohanian of Reddit tells the real-life fable of one humpback whale's rise to Web stardom. The lesson of Mister Splashy Pants is a shoo-in classic for meme-makers and marketers in the Facebook age. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: How to Make a Splash in Social Media Author: Alexis Ohanian Narrator: Alexis Ohanian Format: Original Recording Length: 4 mins Language: English Release date: 09-15-15 Publisher: TED Talks Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: In a funny, rapid-fire 4 minutes, Alexis Ohanian of Reddit tells the real-life fable of one humpback whale's rise to Web stardom. The lesson of Mister Splashy Pants is a shoo-in classic for meme-makers and marketers in the Facebook age. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Overload-Audiobook/B075VF4SPQ Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Overload Subtitle: Finding the Truth in Today's Deluge of News Author: Bob Schieffer, H. Andrew Schwartz Narrator: David de Vries Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 53 mins Language: English Release date: 10-01-17 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 27 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: From the explosion of fake news to the challenges of the 24-hour news cycle, legendary journalist Bob Schieffer examines political journalism today and those who practice it. Based on interviews with over 40 media leaders, Schieffer provides an inside look at the changing role of media and asks whether today's citizens are more informed or just overwhelmed. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Bob Schieffer) Sun, 01 Oct 2017 17:10:06 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Overload-Audiobook/B075VF4SPQ thebookvoice.com 05:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Overload Subtitle: Finding the Truth in Today's Deluge of News Author: Bob Schieffer, H. Andrew Schwartz Narrator: David de Vries Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 53 mins Language: English Release date: 10-01-17 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 27 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: From the explosion of fake news to the challenges of the 24-hour news cycle, legendary journalist Bob Schieffer examines political journalism today and those who practice it. Based on interviews with over 40 media leaders, Schieffer provides an inside look at the changing role of media and asks whether today's citizens are more informed or just overwhelmed. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Overload Subtitle: Finding the Truth in Today's Deluge of News Author: Bob Schieffer, H. Andrew Schwartz Narrator: David de Vries Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 53 mins Language: English Release date: 10-01-17 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 27 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: From the explosion of fake news to the challenges of the 24-hour news cycle, legendary journalist Bob Schieffer examines political journalism today and those who practice it. Based on interviews with over 40 media leaders, Schieffer provides an inside look at the changing role of media and asks whether today's citizens are more informed or just overwhelmed. Members Reviews: The best book added to my library in over a year! A great book from one of the best journalists our country has ever produced! It is abundantly clear that he not only loves journalism but, he loves our great country! Thank you Bob Schieffer! Most Essential Read of 2017 This book is essential. If youre frustrated at our current media landscape, this is a book for you. If youre frustrated at the portrayal of outstanding media organizations by politicians who dont want facts reported and would prefer coverage of the narratives they would like to peddle, this is a book for you. Its fair and balanced (no really) and accurately covers existing media organizations and looks at their coverage historically but with a sharper lens on the historic and controversial 2016 Presidential Election. Please read this book. Awful...or offal. A short book padded with fluff by other people. The valuable content could have been covered in a thousand words. Most of the content isnt Sheiffers. And the narrator frequently mispronounces words and names. Lousy. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Free-Speech-on-Campus-Audiobook/B075H2MSXC Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Free Speech on Campus Author: Erwin Chemerinsky, Howard Gillman Narrator: James Edward Thomas Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 36 mins Language: English Release date: 09-12-17 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 7 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Can free speech coexist with an inclusive campus environment? Hardly a week goes by without another controversy over free speech on college campuses. On one side, there are increased demands to censor hateful, disrespectful, and bullying expression and to ensure an inclusive and nondiscriminatory learning environment. On the other side are traditional free speech advocates who charge that recent demands for censorship coddle students and threaten free inquiry. In this clear and carefully reasoned book, a university chancellor and a law school dean - both constitutional scholars who teach a course in free speech to undergraduates - argue that campuses must provide supportive learning environments for an increasingly diverse student body but can never restrict the expression of ideas. This book provides the background necessary to understanding the importance of free speech on campus and offers clear prescriptions for what colleges can and can't do when dealing with free speech controversies. Jacket illustration by Jim Luft, Luft-Leone Design. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Erwin Chemerinsky) Tue, 12 Sep 2017 09:35:33 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Free-Speech-on-Campus-Audiobook/B075H2MSXC thebookvoice.com 05:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Free Speech on Campus Author: Erwin Chemerinsky, Howard Gillman Narrator: James Edward Thomas Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 36 mins Language: English Release date: 09-12-17 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 7 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Can free speech coexist with an inclusive campus environment? Hardly a week goes by without another controversy over free speech on college campuses. On one side, there are increased demands to censor hateful, disrespectful, and bullying expression and to ensure an inclusive and nondiscriminatory learning environment. On the other side are traditional free speech advocates who charge that recent demands for censorship coddle students and threaten free inquiry. In this clear and carefully reasoned book, a university chancellor and a law school dean - both constitutional scholars who teach a course in free speech to undergraduates - argue that campuses must provide supportive learning environments for an increasingly diverse student body but can never restrict the expression of ideas. This book provides the background necessary to understanding the importance of free speech on campus and offers clear prescriptions for what colleges can and can't do when dealing with free speech controversies. Jacket illustration by Jim Luft, Luft-Leone Design. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Free Speech on Campus Author: Erwin Chemerinsky, Howard Gillman Narrator: James Edward Thomas Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 36 mins Language: English Release date: 09-12-17 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 7 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Can free speech coexist with an inclusive campus environment? Hardly a week goes by without another controversy over free speech on college campuses. On one side, there are increased demands to censor hateful, disrespectful, and bullying expression and to ensure an inclusive and nondiscriminatory learning environment. On the other side are traditional free speech advocates who charge that recent demands for censorship coddle students and threaten free inquiry. In this clear and carefully reasoned book, a university chancellor and a law school dean - both constitutional scholars who teach a course in free speech to undergraduates - argue that campuses must provide supportive learning environments for an increasingly diverse student body but can never restrict the expression of ideas. This book provides the background necessary to understanding the importance of free speech on campus and offers clear prescriptions for what colleges can and can't do when dealing with free speech controversies. Jacket illustration by Jim Luft, Luft-Leone Design. Members Reviews: Serious and sensible.... A highly serious and sensible defense of robust free speech on campus, well informed and well argued, legally and morally. An alarming number of todayâs college students fail to recognize the importance of free speech. âRather than create disciples who will preserve some unchanging wisdom, institutions of higher education might dedicate themselves to the creation of disciplined free thinkers who seek new knowledge and are willing to challenge received wisdom if thatâs where the facts and reason take them. Such a community would value expert training and rigorous training, but it would also value curiosity, discovery. skepticism, and dissenting viewpoints. Ideas that seemed wrong would not be censored or shouted down but engaged and exposed through argumentation. People who advocated such ideas with rigor and expertise would not be ignored or denied a chance to be heard; rather, they would be permitted, and even encouraged, to challenge authorities with whom they disagreed.â â page 51 For most of the past century the American college campus was considered to be the ultimate âmarketplace of ideasâ. Undergraduates were encouraged to speak their minds on a wide range of topics and lively debates in class were the rule rather than the exception. Colleges and universities were not afraid to expose their student bodies to controversial points of view. Guest speakers were welcomed. Students might vigorously challenge their views but these speakers were usually not denied the right to speak and rarely shouted down. However, in recent years the environment on college campuses has changed dramatically. There is now an alarming lack of tolerance and civility. Professors Erwin Chermerinsky and Howard Gillman have taken note of the deteriorating situation and believe that the time has come for college administrators to reassert the right of free speech on campuses all across the fruited plain. They make their case in the important new book âFree Speech on Campusâ. Chermerinsky and Gillman argue that one of the main reasons that this generation of college students does not seem to value free speech is that they know precious little about it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Animal-Activists-Handbook-Audiobook/B072W6LTDV Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Animal Activist's Handbook Subtitle: Maximizing Our Positive Impact in Today's World Author: Matt Ball, Bruce Friedrich Narrator: Jeff Moon Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 10 mins Language: English Release date: 06-22-17 Publisher: Lantern Books Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Matt Ball and Bruce Friedrich take the plight of the world's animals seriously and have dedicated their lives to ending their suffering. The Animal Activist's Handbook argues that meaning in life is to be found, quite simply, in turning away from the futile pursuit of "more" and focusing instead on leaving the planet a better place than you found it. The critical component of creating a better world for all is thoughtful, deliberate, and dedicated activism that takes suffering seriously. The authors build a ground-up case for reasoned, impassioned, and joyous activism that makes the most difference possible, and suggest a variety of ways to live a meaningful life through effective and efficient advocacy. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Matt Ball) Thu, 22 Jun 2017 15:06:44 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Animal-Activists-Handbook-Audiobook/B072W6LTDV thebookvoice.com 04:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Animal Activist's Handbook Subtitle: Maximizing Our Positive Impact in Today's World Author: Matt Ball, Bruce Friedrich Narrator: Jeff Moon Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 10 mins Language: English Release date: 06-22-17 Publisher: Lantern Books Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Matt Ball and Bruce Friedrich take the plight of the world's animals seriously and have dedicated their lives to ending their suffering. The Animal Activist's Handbook argues that meaning in life is to be found, quite simply, in turning away from the futile pursuit of "more" and focusing instead on leaving the planet a better place than you found it. The critical component of creating a better world for all is thoughtful, deliberate, and dedicated activism that takes suffering seriously. The authors build a ground-up case for reasoned, impassioned, and joyous activism that makes the most difference possible, and suggest a variety of ways to live a meaningful life through effective and efficient advocacy. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Animal Activist's Handbook Subtitle: Maximizing Our Positive Impact in Today's World Author: Matt Ball, Bruce Friedrich Narrator: Jeff Moon Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 10 mins Language: English Release date: 06-22-17 Publisher: Lantern Books Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Matt Ball and Bruce Friedrich take the plight of the world's animals seriously and have dedicated their lives to ending their suffering. The Animal Activist's Handbook argues that meaning in life is to be found, quite simply, in turning away from the futile pursuit of "more" and focusing instead on leaving the planet a better place than you found it. The critical component of creating a better world for all is thoughtful, deliberate, and dedicated activism that takes suffering seriously. The authors build a ground-up case for reasoned, impassioned, and joyous activism that makes the most difference possible, and suggest a variety of ways to live a meaningful life through effective and efficient advocacy. Members Reviews: Extremely helpful for those of us that seek to better ourselves as animal advocates. Extremely helpful for those who are seeking a career in activism. Very informative and well- structured. Very satisfied and will continue to use this book through out my life to improve my skills as an animal advocate. Thought Provoking A quick read that inspires mobilization towards doing your part in informing the world about the cruelty of the animal agriculture business. I have been vegan for 11 years and wish I had read this book a long long time ago. I feel that I now know how to effectively mold a conversation in a way that will get people to consider animals. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Death-by-China-Audiobook/B005DN8YYI Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Death by China Subtitle: Confronting the Dragon - A Global Call to Action Author: Peter W. Navarro, Greg Autry Narrator: Christopher Hurt Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 17 mins Language: English Release date: 07-25-11 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 99 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Best-selling author Peter Navarro (The Coming China Wars) and Greg Autry challenge the dominant paradigm of a "Chinese Miracle" - the one featuring a modernizing, progressive Chinese state heading toward political reform and driving global economic growth with its new found embrace of capitalism and freedom. Tearing this delusion away, Death by China documents the myriad ways that a powerful, wealthy, and corrupt Chinese Communist Party emboldened by a growing nationalistic frenzy is becoming the biggest threat to global peace, prosperity, and health since Nazi Germany. From currency manipulation and abusive trade policies, to slave labor and deadly consumer products, China's ruthless rulers threaten the livelihood of the citizens of every developed nation. These thugs have created a frightening, amoral society ruled by a constant fear hidden to outsiders and bought off with the ill-gotten profits of a myopic quest for economic advantage at any cost - social, environmental, or civil rights concerns be damned. Worse, as with everything else, China is scaling and exporting this model around this world, threatening its neighbors and exploiting developing nations across the globe with a new imperialism. While America worries that Al Qaeda or Iran might get their hands on a weapon of mass destruction, China is using our Wal-Mart dollars to build them by the score, filling brand new nuclear submarines with missiles aimed at our heartland and building stealth planes designed to obliterate our friends in Japan, Korea, and Taiwan. America's policy of appeasement and perpetual bending to Beijing's tacit threat to stop funding our unsustainable consumption-based economy and deficit-addicted government has left the Chinese people and the world in a frightening position while achieving absolutely nothing. With each new attempt at further "engagement", China simply rounds up more artists, writers, and political dissidents into its gulags and continues its policies of virtual genocide against the peoples of Tibet and the Uighars of East Turkestan. It tightens control over media and the Internet and expands its regional, territorial, and resource claims. Laughing at our timidity, it becomes ever bolder in executing its plan to shutter every last manufacturing plant in the West. Meanwhile, Western turncoat CEO's are content with pumping up one more quarterly report by driving every last high-value manufacturing jobs to Guangzhou or Chengdu. Congress is happy to be re-elected with contributions from those same corporations. Together they are happy to leave the rest of us with a future of low-paying service and retail "careers" based on selling junk made in China to each other while accumulating a pile of Chinese debt and building a geopolitical time bomb of epic proportions. For every American, European, Japanese, or Korean listener who wonders where his job has gone and worries about the world his children will inherit, Death by China is a must listen. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Peter W. Navarro) Mon, 25 Jul 2011 21:08:54 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Death-by-China-Audiobook/B005DN8YYI thebookvoice.com 08:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Death by China Subtitle: Confronting the Dragon - A Global Call to Action Author: Peter W. Navarro, Greg Autry Narrator: Christopher Hurt Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 17 mins Language: English Release date: 07-25-11 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 99 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Best-selling author Peter Navarro (The Coming China Wars) and Greg Autry challenge the dominant paradigm of a "Chinese Miracle" - the one featuring a modernizing, progressive Chinese state heading toward political reform and driving global economic growth with its new found embrace of capitalism and freedom. Tearing this delusion away, Death by China documents the myriad ways that a powerful, wealthy, and corrupt Chinese Communist Party emboldened by a growing nationalistic frenzy is becoming the biggest threat to global peace, prosperity, and health since Nazi Germany. From currency manipulation and abusive trade policies, to slave labor and deadly consumer products, China's ruthless rulers threaten the livelihood of the citizens of every developed nation. These thugs have created a frightening, amoral society ruled by a constant fear hidden to outsiders and bought off with the ill-gotten profits of a myopic quest for economic advantage at any cost - social, environmental, or civil rights concerns be damned. Worse, as with everything else, China is scaling and exporting this model around this world, threatening its neighbors and exploiting developing nations across the globe with a new imperialism. While America worries that Al Qaeda or Iran might get their hands on a weapon of mass destruction, China is using our Wal-Mart dollars to build them by the score, filling brand new nuclear submarines with missiles aimed at our heartland and building stealth planes designed to obliterate our friends in Japan, Korea, and Taiwan. America's policy of appeasement and perpetual bending to Beijing's tacit threat to stop funding our unsustainable consumption-based economy and deficit-addicted government has left the Chinese people and the world in a frightening position while achieving absolutely nothing. With each new attempt at further "engagement", China simply rounds up more artists, writers, and political dissidents into its gulags and continues its policies of virtual genocide against the peoples of Tibet and the Uighars of East Turkestan. It tightens control over media and the Internet and expands its regional, territorial, and resource claims. Laughing at our timidity, it becomes ever bolder in executing its plan to shutter every last manufacturing plant in the West. Meanwhile, Western turncoat CEO's are content with pumping up one more quarterly report by driving every last high-value manufacturing jobs to Guangzhou or Chengdu. Congress is happy to be re-elected with contributions from those same corporations. Together they are happy to leave the rest of us with a future of low-paying service and retail "careers" based on selling junk made in China to each other while accumulating a pile of Chinese debt and building a geopolitical time bomb of epic proportions. For every American, European, Japanese, or Korean listener who wonders where his job has gone and worries about the world his children will inherit, Death by China is a must listen. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Death by China Subtitle: Confronting the Dragon - A Global Call to Action Author: Peter W. Navarro, Greg Autry Narrator: Christopher Hurt Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 17 mins Language: English Release date: 07-25-11 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 99 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Best-selling author Peter Navarro (The Coming China Wars) and Greg Autry challenge the dominant paradigm of a "Chinese Miracle" - the one featuring a modernizing, progressive Chinese state heading toward political reform and driving global economic growth with its new found embrace of capitalism and freedom. Tearing this delusion away, Death by China documents the myriad ways that a powerful, wealthy, and corrupt Chinese Communist Party emboldened by a growing nationalistic frenzy is becoming the biggest threat to global peace, prosperity, and health since Nazi Germany. From currency manipulation and abusive trade policies, to slave labor and deadly consumer products, China's ruthless rulers threaten the livelihood of the citizens of every developed nation. These thugs have created a frightening, amoral society ruled by a constant fear hidden to outsiders and bought off with the ill-gotten profits of a myopic quest for economic advantage at any cost - social, environmental, or civil rights concerns be damned. Worse, as with everything else, China is scaling and exporting this model around this world, threatening its neighbors and exploiting developing nations across the globe with a new imperialism. While America worries that Al Qaeda or Iran might get their hands on a weapon of mass destruction, China is using our Wal-Mart dollars to build them by the score, filling brand new nuclear submarines with missiles aimed at our heartland and building stealth planes designed to obliterate our friends in Japan, Korea, and Taiwan. America's policy of appeasement and perpetual bending to Beijing's tacit threat to stop funding our unsustainable consumption-based economy and deficit-addicted government has left the Chinese people and the world in a frightening position while achieving absolutely nothing. With each new attempt at further "engagement", China simply rounds up more artists, writers, and political dissidents into its gulags and continues its policies of virtual genocide against the peoples of Tibet and the Uighars of East Turkestan. It tightens control over media and the Internet and expands its regional, territorial, and resource claims. Laughing at our timidity, it becomes ever bolder in executing its plan to shutter every last manufacturing plant in the West. Meanwhile, Western turncoat CEO's are content with pumping up one more quarterly report by driving every last high-value manufacturing jobs to Guangzhou or Chengdu. Congress is happy to be re-elected with contributions from those same corporations. Together they are happy to leave the rest of us with a future of low-paying service and retail "careers" based on selling junk made in China to each other while accumulating a pile of Chinese debt and building a geopolitical time bomb of epic proportions. For every American, European, Japanese, or Korean listener who wonders where his job has gone and worries about the world his children will inherit, Death by China is a must listen. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Hands-Off-My-Gun-Audiobook/B00OBR8JVA Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Hands Off My Gun Subtitle: Defeating the Plot to Disarm America Author: Dana Loesch Narrator: Dana Loesch Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 25 mins Language: English Release date: 10-21-14 Publisher: Hachette Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 391 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: How many people in America today are truly well-versed in the history of the Second Amendment, and why and how it was included in the Bill of Rights? Dana Loesch gives her views on all that and much more, thanks to the research she offers in Hands Off My Gun. Fearless and fiery conservative talk show host, blogger, and TV commentator, Loesch digs deep into past, present, and future facts, attitudes, and actions regarding gun rights. Hands Off My Gun is filled with research and detail. In addition to explaining why the Founding Fathers insisted on including the right to bear arms in the Bill of Rights, Loesch argues that "gun control" regulations throughout history have been used to keep minority populations under control. She also contends that current arguments in favor of gun control are primarily based on emotions and fear. This narrative is a must-listen for every committed Second Amendment supporter. Dana Loesch is a determined and fierce advocate for those rights and shouts out with confidence: hands off my gun! biacuaduc@gmail.com (Dana Loesch) Tue, 21 Oct 2014 05:31:33 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Hands-Off-My-Gun-Audiobook/B00OBR8JVA thebookvoice.com 08:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Hands Off My Gun Subtitle: Defeating the Plot to Disarm America Author: Dana Loesch Narrator: Dana Loesch Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 25 mins Language: English Release date: 10-21-14 Publisher: Hachette Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 391 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: How many people in America today are truly well-versed in the history of the Second Amendment, and why and how it was included in the Bill of Rights? Dana Loesch gives her views on all that and much more, thanks to the research she offers in Hands Off My Gun. Fearless and fiery conservative talk show host, blogger, and TV commentator, Loesch digs deep into past, present, and future facts, attitudes, and actions regarding gun rights. Hands Off My Gun is filled with research and detail. In addition to explaining why the Founding Fathers insisted on including the right to bear arms in the Bill of Rights, Loesch argues that "gun control" regulations throughout history have been used to keep minority populations under control. She also contends that current arguments in favor of gun control are primarily based on emotions and fear. This narrative is a must-listen for every committed Second Amendment supporter. Dana Loesch is a determined and fierce advocate for those rights and shouts out with confidence: hands off my gun! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Hands Off My Gun Subtitle: Defeating the Plot to Disarm America Author: Dana Loesch Narrator: Dana Loesch Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 25 mins Language: English Release date: 10-21-14 Publisher: Hachette Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 391 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: How many people in America today are truly well-versed in the history of the Second Amendment, and why and how it was included in the Bill of Rights? Dana Loesch gives her views on all that and much more, thanks to the research she offers in Hands Off My Gun. Fearless and fiery conservative talk show host, blogger, and TV commentator, Loesch digs deep into past, present, and future facts, attitudes, and actions regarding gun rights. Hands Off My Gun is filled with research and detail. In addition to explaining why the Founding Fathers insisted on including the right to bear arms in the Bill of Rights, Loesch argues that "gun control" regulations throughout history have been used to keep minority populations under control. She also contends that current arguments in favor of gun control are primarily based on emotions and fear. This narrative is a must-listen for every committed Second Amendment supporter. Dana Loesch is a determined and fierce advocate for those rights and shouts out with confidence: hands off my gun! Members Reviews: Excellent 2A Dissertation Dana Loesch's book Hands Off My Guns successfully tackles and refutes every recent anti-2A reason given by those trying to take away our civil liberty. Dana's explanations and rebuttals are informative, funny and passionate. The audio version is great because you get to hear Dana's unique impersonations. Highly Recommended! Arm yourself with the facts. Meticulous and comprehensive explanation of guns, the laws that concern them, and the attempt to ban them. Read this book before you ever consider given ground to your rights. Use this book to debate the ill-informed who foolishly vote to abolish your 2nd amendment rights. The smartest woman in America defends the 2A What did you love best about Hands Off My Gun? The details and historical references. This was very well researched and organized. Easy to listen to and follow. She brought in statistics from other countries that support her claims. She also brought a strong sense of hope for those of us who are very discouraged at the current state of our gun rights. What was one of the most memorable moments of Hands Off My Gun? Any time she quoted a statistic that refuted claims of anti 2A types that "gun restrictions mean less crime". Example: when Chicago took everyone's guns away crime soared. When the Supreme Court deemed this unconstitutional and returned the guns the crime rates fell. What does Dana Loesch bring to the story that you wouldnt experience if you just read the book? Her passion for the subject matter and courage. I'm also a big fan of her radio program and I love hearing her talk. Sometimes her over-articulation and over-annunciation can be annoying but she speaks as if she demands to be listened to and understood. If you could give Hands Off My Gun a new subtitle, what would it be? Guns: They're Not Just for Men Any additional comments? Thanks, Dana for riding shotgun with me during my commutes this week. A factually correct enlightening entertaining trut This book goes through and explains why guns aren't evil and why it is important that the founders believed these rights were given by God not by man. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Field-of-Fight-Audiobook/B01IA5WQNU Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Field of Fight Subtitle: How We Can Win the Global War Against Radical Islam and Its Allies Author: Lt. General Michael T. Flynn, Michael Ledeen Narrator: Lt. General Michael T. Flynn Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 25 mins Language: English Release date: 07-12-16 Publisher: Macmillan Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 376 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: The Instant New York Times Best Seller This audiobook is read by the author. A war is being waged against us by radical Islamists, and, as current events demonstrate, they are only getting stronger. Al-Qaeda has morphed into a much more dangerous, menacing threat: ISIS. Lt. General Michael T. Flynn is blunt and urgent. This book aims to inform the American people of the grave danger we face in the war on terror - and will continue to face - until our government takes decisive action against the terrorists that want nothing more than to destroy us and our way of life. Flynn spent more than 33 years in Army intelligence, and as director of the Defense Intelligence Agency worked closely with Generals Stanley McChrystal and David Petraeus, Admiral Mike Mullen, Director of National Intelligence James Clapper, and other policy, defense, intelligence, and war-fighting leaders. From coordinating on-the-ground operations in Iraq, Afghanistan, and elsewhere, to building reliable intelligence networks, to preparing strategic plans for fighting terrorism, Flynn has been a firsthand witness to government screw-ups, smokescreens, and censored information that our leaders don't want us to know. The Field of Fight succinctly lays out why we have failed to stop terrorist groups from growing, and what we must do to stop them. The core message is that if you understand your enemies, it's a lot easier to defeat them - but because our government has concealed the actions of terrorists like Osama bin Laden and groups like ISIS and al-Qaeda, and the role of Iran in the rise of radical Islam, we don't fully understand the enormity of the threat they pose against us. A call to action that is sensible, informed, and original, The Field of Fight asserts that we must find a way to not only fight better, but to win. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Lt. General Michael T. Flynn) Tue, 12 Jul 2016 05:35:47 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Field-of-Fight-Audiobook/B01IA5WQNU thebookvoice.com 04:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Field of Fight Subtitle: How We Can Win the Global War Against Radical Islam and Its Allies Author: Lt. General Michael T. Flynn, Michael Ledeen Narrator: Lt. General Michael T. Flynn Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 25 mins Language: English Release date: 07-12-16 Publisher: Macmillan Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 376 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: The Instant New York Times Best Seller This audiobook is read by the author. A war is being waged against us by radical Islamists, and, as current events demonstrate, they are only getting stronger. Al-Qaeda has morphed into a much more dangerous, menacing threat: ISIS. Lt. General Michael T. Flynn is blunt and urgent. This book aims to inform the American people of the grave danger we face in the war on terror - and will continue to face - until our government takes decisive action against the terrorists that want nothing more than to destroy us and our way of life. Flynn spent more than 33 years in Army intelligence, and as director of the Defense Intelligence Agency worked closely with Generals Stanley McChrystal and David Petraeus, Admiral Mike Mullen, Director of National Intelligence James Clapper, and other policy, defense, intelligence, and war-fighting leaders. From coordinating on-the-ground operations in Iraq, Afghanistan, and elsewhere, to building reliable intelligence networks, to preparing strategic plans for fighting terrorism, Flynn has been a firsthand witness to government screw-ups, smokescreens, and censored information that our leaders don't want us to know. The Field of Fight succinctly lays out why we have failed to stop terrorist groups from growing, and what we must do to stop them. The core message is that if you understand your enemies, it's a lot easier to defeat them - but because our government has concealed the actions of terrorists like Osama bin Laden and groups like ISIS and al-Qaeda, and the role of Iran in the rise of radical Islam, we don't fully understand the enormity of the threat they pose against us. A call to action that is sensible, informed, and original, The Field of Fight asserts that we must find a way to not only fight better, but to win. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Field of Fight Subtitle: How We Can Win the Global War Against Radical Islam and Its Allies Author: Lt. General Michael T. Flynn, Michael Ledeen Narrator: Lt. General Michael T. Flynn Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 25 mins Language: English Release date: 07-12-16 Publisher: Macmillan Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 376 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: The Instant New York Times Best Seller This audiobook is read by the author. A war is being waged against us by radical Islamists, and, as current events demonstrate, they are only getting stronger. Al-Qaeda has morphed into a much more dangerous, menacing threat: ISIS. Lt. General Michael T. Flynn is blunt and urgent. This book aims to inform the American people of the grave danger we face in the war on terror - and will continue to face - until our government takes decisive action against the terrorists that want nothing more than to destroy us and our way of life. Flynn spent more than 33 years in Army intelligence, and as director of the Defense Intelligence Agency worked closely with Generals Stanley McChrystal and David Petraeus, Admiral Mike Mullen, Director of National Intelligence James Clapper, and other policy, defense, intelligence, and war-fighting leaders. From coordinating on-the-ground operations in Iraq, Afghanistan, and elsewhere, to building reliable intelligence networks, to preparing strategic plans for fighting terrorism, Flynn has been a firsthand witness to government screw-ups, smokescreens, and censored information that our leaders don't want us to know. The Field of Fight succinctly lays out why we have failed to stop terrorist groups from growing, and what we must do to stop them. The core message is that if you understand your enemies, it's a lot easier to defeat them - but because our government has concealed the actions of terrorists like Osama bin Laden and groups like ISIS and al-Qaeda, and the role of Iran in the rise of radical Islam, we don't fully understand the enormity of the threat they pose against us. A call to action that is sensible, informed, and original, The Field of Fight asserts that we must find a way to not only fight better, but to win. Members Reviews: Excellently written and delivered I was initially skeptical because I've found most General officers who author books to be slightly narcissistic and deflective of responsibility, if not downright accusatory of others. This is not the case with this book. General Flynn did an amazing job of providing enough details to readily enable a reader to fill in the blanks. His background in intelligence shined through his explanations of what has happened, why it has happened and most importantly how to fix the mistakes made in Iraq and with Al-Qaeda in Iraq (ISIS). Don't hesitate to buy this book. Don't be surprised if you find yourself listening to it multiple times. The Field of Fight! To all people who not understand the people that are trying to kill us who do not like our way of life! Helps you understand is Jihad is and what our warriors are doing to keep us safe at night and day! Go Get 'Em General The book tied up a number of loose ends between Iran v. Shia v. Shite. Required reading for our times! Very Good Would you listen to The Field of Fight again? Why? This was easy to listen to. I learned a lot listening to Lt. Gen Flynn recount war stories. Compassion & Realality I have more compassion for moderate Muslims who are victims of radical Islam and a new resolve to crush/exterminate the dominant militant Islamic scrum. We are at war and our very existence is in the balance. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/SocialismSeriously-Audiobook/B01DWPOR4E Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Socialism...Seriously Subtitle: A Brief Guide to Human Liberation Author: Danny Katch Narrator: Dara Rosenberg Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 57 mins Language: English Release date: 04-08-16 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 55 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Opinion polls show that many people in the US prefer socialism to capitalism. But after being declared dead and buried for decades, socialism has come to mean little more than something vaguely less cruel and stupid than what we have now. That's not exactly going to inspire millions to storm the barricades. Danny Katch brings together the two great Marxist traditions of Karl and Groucho to provide an entertaining and insightful introduction to what the socialist tradition has to say about democracy, economics, and the potential of human beings to be something more than bomb-dropping, planet-destroying, racist fools. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Danny Katch) Fri, 08 Apr 2016 20:01:43 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/SocialismSeriously-Audiobook/B01DWPOR4E thebookvoice.com 04:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Socialism...Seriously Subtitle: A Brief Guide to Human Liberation Author: Danny Katch Narrator: Dara Rosenberg Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 57 mins Language: English Release date: 04-08-16 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 55 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Opinion polls show that many people in the US prefer socialism to capitalism. But after being declared dead and buried for decades, socialism has come to mean little more than something vaguely less cruel and stupid than what we have now. That's not exactly going to inspire millions to storm the barricades. Danny Katch brings together the two great Marxist traditions of Karl and Groucho to provide an entertaining and insightful introduction to what the socialist tradition has to say about democracy, economics, and the potential of human beings to be something more than bomb-dropping, planet-destroying, racist fools. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Socialism...Seriously Subtitle: A Brief Guide to Human Liberation Author: Danny Katch Narrator: Dara Rosenberg Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 57 mins Language: English Release date: 04-08-16 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 55 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Opinion polls show that many people in the US prefer socialism to capitalism. But after being declared dead and buried for decades, socialism has come to mean little more than something vaguely less cruel and stupid than what we have now. That's not exactly going to inspire millions to storm the barricades. Danny Katch brings together the two great Marxist traditions of Karl and Groucho to provide an entertaining and insightful introduction to what the socialist tradition has to say about democracy, economics, and the potential of human beings to be something more than bomb-dropping, planet-destroying, racist fools. Members Reviews: Seriously Entertaining and Seriously Sincere This is hands down the most entertaining socialist manifesto you will ever hear, well, since "Lenin's little known Big Bathroom Book of Bolshevik Jokes." Danny Katch will do his best to persuade you that Socialism is not only a good system in theory, it's a real world alternative to capitalism. As a writer, he is bold and funny, and might convince "today's daydreamers and whiners" to embrace a different economic model. Narrator, Dara Rosenberg delivers Danny's book with the comic timing of a seasoned stand-up comic. She hears every note of sarcasm and of real feeling. A+ job. Not so much about Socialism I was searching for a book about Socialism which this book is not so much. It's more about being anti-capitalism and believing that just because Socialism is not capitalism, it would solve all its problems, and all other humans problems too. Like racism, sexism and such! To my opinion that's preposterous. Most of the content of this book is just berating on the obvious problems of capitalism and almost nothing on how Socialism would work in a realistic environment. On the very contrary, when the book gets to that point, the author goes on telling a fantasy he imagines to be somewhat realistic, I think. Maybe that's the pun in the title I didn't get before buying this book, but I don't think there's nothing serious here. A sloppy argument To be up front Im someone who believes in capitalism, but that is not why I was disappointed by this book. I had really hoped for a good exposition of what socialism was and why that system would be better than capitalism. But what I got was a book that just made vague claims of why capitalism was bad and socialism would be awesome. The author also claims that none of the attempts as socialism are real socialism and that is why they have failed. Yet he never sets out criteria for what real socialism would look like and how the problems that caused issues previous iterations would be resolved. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/This-Is-an-Uprising-Audiobook/B06XYSSV8V Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: This Is an Uprising Subtitle: How Nonviolent Revolt Is Shaping the Twenty-First Century Author: Mark Engler, Paul Engler Narrator: Graham Halstead Format: Unabridged Length: 11 hrs and 27 mins Language: English Release date: 04-11-17 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 14 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Strategic nonviolent action has reasserted itself as a potent force in shaping public debate and forcing political change. Whether it is an explosive surge of protest calling for racial justice in the United States or a demand for democratic reform in Hong Kong or Mexico, when mass movements erupt onto our television screens, the media portrays them as being as spontaneous and unpredictable. In This Is an Uprising, political analysts Mark and Paul Engler uncover the organization and well-planned strategies behind such outbursts of protest, examining core principles that have been used to spark and guide moments of transformative unrest. This Is an Uprising traces the evolution of civil resistance, providing new insights into the contributions of early experimenters such as Mohandas Gandhi and Martin Luther King, Jr.; groundbreaking theorists such as Gene Sharp and Frances Fox Piven; and contemporary practitioners who have toppled repressive regimes. Drawing from discussions with activists now working to defend human rights, challenge corporate corruption, and combat climate change, the Englers show how people with few resources and little influence in conventional politics can nevertheless engineer momentous upheavals. Critic Reviews: "A usefully organized, concise history of social movements that will appeal to newer generations of activists." ( Kirkus) biacuaduc@gmail.com (Mark Engler) Tue, 11 Apr 2017 13:50:49 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/This-Is-an-Uprising-Audiobook/B06XYSSV8V thebookvoice.com 11:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: This Is an Uprising Subtitle: How Nonviolent Revolt Is Shaping the Twenty-First Century Author: Mark Engler, Paul Engler Narrator: Graham Halstead Format: Unabridged Length: 11 hrs and 27 mins Language: English Release date: 04-11-17 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 14 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Strategic nonviolent action has reasserted itself as a potent force in shaping public debate and forcing political change. Whether it is an explosive surge of protest calling for racial justice in the United States or a demand for democratic reform in Hong Kong or Mexico, when mass movements erupt onto our television screens, the media portrays them as being as spontaneous and unpredictable. In This Is an Uprising, political analysts Mark and Paul Engler uncover the organization and well-planned strategies behind such outbursts of protest, examining core principles that have been used to spark and guide moments of transformative unrest. This Is an Uprising traces the evolution of civil resistance, providing new insights into the contributions of early experimenters such as Mohandas Gandhi and Martin Luther King, Jr.; groundbreaking theorists such as Gene Sharp and Frances Fox Piven; and contemporary practitioners who have toppled repressive regimes. Drawing from discussions with activists now working to defend human rights, challenge corporate corruption, and combat climate change, the Englers show how people with few resources and little influence in conventional politics can nevertheless engineer momentous upheavals. Critic Reviews: "A usefully organized, concise history of social movements that will appeal to newer generations of activists." ( Kirkus) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: This Is an Uprising Subtitle: How Nonviolent Revolt Is Shaping the Twenty-First Century Author: Mark Engler, Paul Engler Narrator: Graham Halstead Format: Unabridged Length: 11 hrs and 27 mins Language: English Release date: 04-11-17 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 14 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Strategic nonviolent action has reasserted itself as a potent force in shaping public debate and forcing political change. Whether it is an explosive surge of protest calling for racial justice in the United States or a demand for democratic reform in Hong Kong or Mexico, when mass movements erupt onto our television screens, the media portrays them as being as spontaneous and unpredictable. In This Is an Uprising, political analysts Mark and Paul Engler uncover the organization and well-planned strategies behind such outbursts of protest, examining core principles that have been used to spark and guide moments of transformative unrest. This Is an Uprising traces the evolution of civil resistance, providing new insights into the contributions of early experimenters such as Mohandas Gandhi and Martin Luther King, Jr.; groundbreaking theorists such as Gene Sharp and Frances Fox Piven; and contemporary practitioners who have toppled repressive regimes. Drawing from discussions with activists now working to defend human rights, challenge corporate corruption, and combat climate change, the Englers show how people with few resources and little influence in conventional politics can nevertheless engineer momentous upheavals. Critic Reviews: "A usefully organized, concise history of social movements that will appeal to newer generations of activists." ( Kirkus) Members Reviews: Thorough I appreciate the breadth of this book, focusing on both US and international groups. Relevant. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Damned-Lies-and-Statistics-Audiobook/B009K7S9UW Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Damned Lies and Statistics Subtitle: Untangling Numbers from the Media, Politicians, and Activists Author: Joel Best Narrator: Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 19 mins Language: English Release date: 10-08-12 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 66 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Does the number of children gunned down double each year? Does anorexia kill 150,000 young women annually? Do white males account for only a sixth of new workers? Startling statistics shape our thinking about social issues. But all too often, these numbers are wrong. This book is a lively guide to spotting bad statistics and learning to think critically about these influential numbers. Damned Lies and Statistics is essential listening for everyone who reads or listens to the news, for students, and for anyone who relies on statistical information to understand social problems. Joel Best bases his discussion on a wide assortment of intriguing contemporary issues that have garnered much recent media attention, including abortion, cyberporn, homelessness, the Million Man March, teen suicide, the U.S. census, and much more. Using examples from The New York Times, the Washington Post, and other major newspapers and television programs, he unravels many fascinating examples of the use, misuse, and abuse of statistical information. In this book Best shows us exactly how and why bad statistics emerge, spread, and come to shape policy debates. He recommends specific ways to detect bad statistics, and shows how to think more critically about "stat wars," or disputes over social statistics among various experts. Understanding this book does not require sophisticated mathematical knowledge; Best discusses the most basic and most easily understood forms of statistics, such as percentages, averages, and rates. This accessible book provides an alternative to either naively accepting the statistics we hear or cynically assuming that all numbers are meaningless. It shows how anyone can become a more intelligent, critical, and empowered consumer of the statistics that inundate both the social sciences and our media-saturated lives. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Joel Best) Mon, 08 Oct 2012 21:08:29 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Damned-Lies-and-Statistics-Audiobook/B009K7S9UW thebookvoice.com 05:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Damned Lies and Statistics Subtitle: Untangling Numbers from the Media, Politicians, and Activists Author: Joel Best Narrator: Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 19 mins Language: English Release date: 10-08-12 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 66 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Does the number of children gunned down double each year? Does anorexia kill 150,000 young women annually? Do white males account for only a sixth of new workers? Startling statistics shape our thinking about social issues. But all too often, these numbers are wrong. This book is a lively guide to spotting bad statistics and learning to think critically about these influential numbers. Damned Lies and Statistics is essential listening for everyone who reads or listens to the news, for students, and for anyone who relies on statistical information to understand social problems. Joel Best bases his discussion on a wide assortment of intriguing contemporary issues that have garnered much recent media attention, including abortion, cyberporn, homelessness, the Million Man March, teen suicide, the U.S. census, and much more. Using examples from The New York Times, the Washington Post, and other major newspapers and television programs, he unravels many fascinating examples of the use, misuse, and abuse of statistical information. In this book Best shows us exactly how and why bad statistics emerge, spread, and come to shape policy debates. He recommends specific ways to detect bad statistics, and shows how to think more critically about "stat wars," or disputes over social statistics among various experts. Understanding this book does not require sophisticated mathematical knowledge; Best discusses the most basic and most easily understood forms of statistics, such as percentages, averages, and rates. This accessible book provides an alternative to either naively accepting the statistics we hear or cynically assuming that all numbers are meaningless. It shows how anyone can become a more intelligent, critical, and empowered consumer of the statistics that inundate both the social sciences and our media-saturated lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Damned Lies and Statistics Subtitle: Untangling Numbers from the Media, Politicians, and Activists Author: Joel Best Narrator: Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 19 mins Language: English Release date: 10-08-12 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 66 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Does the number of children gunned down double each year? Does anorexia kill 150,000 young women annually? Do white males account for only a sixth of new workers? Startling statistics shape our thinking about social issues. But all too often, these numbers are wrong. This book is a lively guide to spotting bad statistics and learning to think critically about these influential numbers. Damned Lies and Statistics is essential listening for everyone who reads or listens to the news, for students, and for anyone who relies on statistical information to understand social problems. Joel Best bases his discussion on a wide assortment of intriguing contemporary issues that have garnered much recent media attention, including abortion, cyberporn, homelessness, the Million Man March, teen suicide, the U.S. census, and much more. Using examples from The New York Times, the Washington Post, and other major newspapers and television programs, he unravels many fascinating examples of the use, misuse, and abuse of statistical information. In this book Best shows us exactly how and why bad statistics emerge, spread, and come to shape policy debates. He recommends specific ways to detect bad statistics, and shows how to think more critically about "stat wars," or disputes over social statistics among various experts. Understanding this book does not require sophisticated mathematical knowledge; Best discusses the most basic and most easily understood forms of statistics, such as percentages, averages, and rates. This accessible book provides an alternative to either naively accepting the statistics we hear or cynically assuming that all numbers are meaningless. It shows how anyone can become a more intelligent, critical, and empowered consumer of the statistics that inundate both the social sciences and our media-saturated lives. Members Reviews: No Lie, I Loved It Some non-fiction books can make my head spin with highly technical information, but this book keeps it real. It presents what can be a rather complicated subject, statistics, in a fun and understandable manner. It explains how others can manipulate statistics to their advantage, how repeating statistics often mangles them, and other interesting facts about all those numbers we see every time we pick up a newspaper or hear a plea from a charity or cause. It warns the reader not to take statistics at face value and teaches us how to untangle the "good" statistics from the bad. While it deals mainly with statistics, it also deals with the psychology surrounding statistics. We are much more likely to accept a statistic that seems to verify an aspect of our own world view, for instance, and more likely to question statistics (or even discard them completely) if they don't correspond to what we ourselves believe. The author presents the material in a balanced way, without bias, and points out that social statistics are never exactly measurable given the fluid nature of society. The author starts this book out with a humorous and outlandish example of a mangled statistic that hooks you right in. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/America-Alone-Audiobook/B002V8KNMO Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: America Alone Subtitle: The End of the World as We Know It Author: Mark Steyn Narrator: Brian Emerson Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 54 mins Language: English Release date: 12-26-06 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 572 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Liberals tell us that "diversity is our strength", while Talibanic enforcers cruise Greenwich Village burning books and barber shops, while the Supreme Court decides that sharia law doesn't violate the "separation of church and state", and the Hollywood Left decides to give up on gay rights in favor of the much safer charms of polygamy. If you think this can't happen, you haven't been paying attention, as the hilarious and provocative columnist Mark Steyn shows to devastating effect in this, his first book on American and global politics. Critic Reviews: "America Alone is Mark Steyn at his best: funny and irreverent, even while assembling well-reasoned and complex arguments in support of serious insights." (Human Events) "In America Alone Steyn's acerbic wit and relentless pursuit of politically incorrect truths show how Islam is gradually conquering the West by reverse assimilation, aided and abetted by global-warming ecochondriacs, craven multiculturalists, and self-detonating Islamists of the Muslim baby boom." (Jed Babbin, author of Inside the Asylum) biacuaduc@gmail.com (Mark Steyn) Tue, 26 Dec 2006 22:53:31 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/America-Alone-Audiobook/B002V8KNMO thebookvoice.com 09:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: America Alone Subtitle: The End of the World as We Know It Author: Mark Steyn Narrator: Brian Emerson Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 54 mins Language: English Release date: 12-26-06 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 572 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Liberals tell us that "diversity is our strength", while Talibanic enforcers cruise Greenwich Village burning books and barber shops, while the Supreme Court decides that sharia law doesn't violate the "separation of church and state", and the Hollywood Left decides to give up on gay rights in favor of the much safer charms of polygamy. If you think this can't happen, you haven't been paying attention, as the hilarious and provocative columnist Mark Steyn shows to devastating effect in this, his first book on American and global politics. Critic Reviews: "America Alone is Mark Steyn at his best: funny and irreverent, even while assembling well-reasoned and complex arguments in support of serious insights." (Human Events) "In America Alone Steyn's acerbic wit and relentless pursuit of politically incorrect truths show how Islam is gradually conquering the West by reverse assimilation, aided and abetted by global-warming ecochondriacs, craven multiculturalists, and self-detonating Islamists of the Muslim baby boom." (Jed Babbin, author of Inside the Asylum) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: America Alone Subtitle: The End of the World as We Know It Author: Mark Steyn Narrator: Brian Emerson Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 54 mins Language: English Release date: 12-26-06 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 572 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Liberals tell us that "diversity is our strength", while Talibanic enforcers cruise Greenwich Village burning books and barber shops, while the Supreme Court decides that sharia law doesn't violate the "separation of church and state", and the Hollywood Left decides to give up on gay rights in favor of the much safer charms of polygamy. If you think this can't happen, you haven't been paying attention, as the hilarious and provocative columnist Mark Steyn shows to devastating effect in this, his first book on American and global politics. Critic Reviews: "America Alone is Mark Steyn at his best: funny and irreverent, even while assembling well-reasoned and complex arguments in support of serious insights." (Human Events) "In America Alone Steyn's acerbic wit and relentless pursuit of politically incorrect truths show how Islam is gradually conquering the West by reverse assimilation, aided and abetted by global-warming ecochondriacs, craven multiculturalists, and self-detonating Islamists of the Muslim baby boom." (Jed Babbin, author of Inside the Asylum) Members Reviews: Got to read more from Mark Steyn I'm just through the Introduction and can't believe how funny, insightful and provocative Steyn is. Not going to matter if Martha's Vineyard is under water if we're living in a bankrupt, Sharia-ruled country. Good to read an author who understands that losing in Iraq is not an option. Great content, lousy narration I like the content of the book--you have to be interested in a conservative analysis of the middle east and current affairs. Steyn displays great breadth in his scholarship, skipping around effortlessly between Greek philosophers, Shakespeare, and contemporary pundits. His acerbic wit is hilarious; as readers we'd laugh a good deal harder if our own demise wasn't the butt of the joke. The problem I have with the audiobook is the narration: monotone, pedantic, and hardly ever seeming to "get" Steyn's humor. I miss Steyn's Aussie accent, which can carry sarcasm like the British do without really offending because it all sounds so--jovial and good natured. This narrator sounds merely ponderous, without any of the lightness the language demands. He has this really annoying practice of ending sentences with an ascending tone, like he's asking a question when he's not. Completely affected!! I think it's a book that's more enjoyable read rather than heard, at least in this rendition. Self Defeating West I found his thesis fascinating. The demographic changes that we have all heard rumbles about are spelled out here in frightening detail. It is amazing to think that these great western societies, which have brought us everything from modern science and medicine to the first real slavery abolition movement in human history, are simply destroying themselves by selfishly not breeding. The concept of the perpetual adolescence brought on, largely, by the social democratic state making sure their population is not self reliant in an interesting one I had not thought of before. I have heard for years that great societies fall because of the collapse of the family but I have never understood the case for this until now. This book is a great, if somewhat disturbing, read. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Assassination-Complex-Audiobook/B01EVGEB26 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Assassination Complex Subtitle: Inside the Government's Secret Drone Warfare Program Author: Jeremy Scahill, The Staff of The Intercept, Edward Snowden - foreword, Glenn Greenwald - afterword Narrator: George Newbern, Jeremy Scahill - introduction, Glenn Greenwald - afterword Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 13 mins Language: English Release date: 05-03-16 Publisher: Simon & Schuster Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 158 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Major revelations about the US government's drone program - best-selling author Jeremy Scahill and his colleagues at the investigative website The Intercept expose stunning new details about America's secret assassination policy. When the US government discusses drone strikes publicly, it offers assurances that such operations are a more precise alternative to troops on the ground and are authorized only when an "imminent" threat is present and there is "near certainty" that the intended target will be killed. The implicit message on drone strikes from the Obama administration has been trust, but don't verify. The online magazine The Intercept exploded this secrecy when it obtained a cache of secret slides that provide a window into the inner workings of the US military's kill/capture operations in Afghanistan, Yemen, and Somalia. Whether through the use of drones, night raids, or new platforms yet to be employed, these documents show assassination to be central to US counterterrorism policy. The classified documents reveal that Washington's 14-year targeted killing campaign suffers from an overreliance on flawed signals intelligence, an apparently incalculable civilian toll, and an inability to extract potentially valuable intelligence from terror suspects. This campaign, carried out by two presidents through four presidential terms, has been deliberately obscured from the public and insulated from democratic debate. The Assassination Complex allows us to understand at last the circumstances under which the US government grants itself the right to sentence individuals to death without the established checks and balances of arrest, trial, and appeal. The book includes original contributions from Glenn Greenwald and Edward Snowden. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Jeremy Scahill) Tue, 03 May 2016 16:57:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Assassination-Complex-Audiobook/B01EVGEB26 thebookvoice.com 05:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Assassination Complex Subtitle: Inside the Government's Secret Drone Warfare Program Author: Jeremy Scahill, The Staff of The Intercept, Edward Snowden - foreword, Glenn Greenwald - afterword Narrator: George Newbern, Jeremy Scahill - introduction, Glenn Greenwald - afterword Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 13 mins Language: English Release date: 05-03-16 Publisher: Simon & Schuster Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 158 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Major revelations about the US government's drone program - best-selling author Jeremy Scahill and his colleagues at the investigative website The Intercept expose stunning new details about America's secret assassination policy. When the US government discusses drone strikes publicly, it offers assurances that such operations are a more precise alternative to troops on the ground and are authorized only when an "imminent" threat is present and there is "near certainty" that the intended target will be killed. The implicit message on drone strikes from the Obama administration has been trust, but don't verify. The online magazine The Intercept exploded this secrecy when it obtained a cache of secret slides that provide a window into the inner workings of the US military's kill/capture operations in Afghanistan, Yemen, and Somalia. Whether through the use of drones, night raids, or new platforms yet to be employed, these documents show assassination to be central to US counterterrorism policy. The classified documents reveal that Washington's 14-year targeted killing campaign suffers from an overreliance on flawed signals intelligence, an apparently incalculable civilian toll, and an inability to extract potentially valuable intelligence from terror suspects. This campaign, carried out by two presidents through four presidential terms, has been deliberately obscured from the public and insulated from democratic debate. The Assassination Complex allows us to understand at last the circumstances under which the US government grants itself the right to sentence individuals to death without the established checks and balances of arrest, trial, and appeal. The book includes original contributions from Glenn Greenwald and Edward Snowden. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Assassination Complex Subtitle: Inside the Government's Secret Drone Warfare Program Author: Jeremy Scahill, The Staff of The Intercept, Edward Snowden - foreword, Glenn Greenwald - afterword Narrator: George Newbern, Jeremy Scahill - introduction, Glenn Greenwald - afterword Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 13 mins Language: English Release date: 05-03-16 Publisher: Simon & Schuster Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 158 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Major revelations about the US government's drone program - best-selling author Jeremy Scahill and his colleagues at the investigative website The Intercept expose stunning new details about America's secret assassination policy. When the US government discusses drone strikes publicly, it offers assurances that such operations are a more precise alternative to troops on the ground and are authorized only when an "imminent" threat is present and there is "near certainty" that the intended target will be killed. The implicit message on drone strikes from the Obama administration has been trust, but don't verify. The online magazine The Intercept exploded this secrecy when it obtained a cache of secret slides that provide a window into the inner workings of the US military's kill/capture operations in Afghanistan, Yemen, and Somalia. Whether through the use of drones, night raids, or new platforms yet to be employed, these documents show assassination to be central to US counterterrorism policy. The classified documents reveal that Washington's 14-year targeted killing campaign suffers from an overreliance on flawed signals intelligence, an apparently incalculable civilian toll, and an inability to extract potentially valuable intelligence from terror suspects. This campaign, carried out by two presidents through four presidential terms, has been deliberately obscured from the public and insulated from democratic debate. The Assassination Complex allows us to understand at last the circumstances under which the US government grants itself the right to sentence individuals to death without the established checks and balances of arrest, trial, and appeal. The book includes original contributions from Glenn Greenwald and Edward Snowden. Members Reviews: well put together a must read/listen for if more peek l people knew the the truth this scum leading this country would all be in jail. Makes me sick to be American with leaders like this. Disclosing what everyone knows but does not talk about It's a well written overview of the secret assasination programs ran by western governments... https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Salvador-Audiobook/B00BMFT8LE Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Salvador Author: Joan Didion Narrator: Eileen Stevens Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 55 mins Language: English Release date: 03-01-13 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 24 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: The place is El Salvador in 1982, at the ghastly height of its civil war. The writer is Joan Didion, who delivers an anatomy of that country's particular brand of terror - its mechanisms, rationales, and intimate relation to United States foreign policy. As ash travels from battlefields to body dumps, interviews a puppet president, and considers the distinctly Salvadoran grammar of the verb "to disappear," Didion gives us a book that is germane to any country in which bloodshed has become a standard tool of politics. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Joan Didion) Fri, 01 Mar 2013 17:33:36 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Salvador-Audiobook/B00BMFT8LE thebookvoice.com 02:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Salvador Author: Joan Didion Narrator: Eileen Stevens Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 55 mins Language: English Release date: 03-01-13 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 24 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: The place is El Salvador in 1982, at the ghastly height of its civil war. The writer is Joan Didion, who delivers an anatomy of that country's particular brand of terror - its mechanisms, rationales, and intimate relation to United States foreign policy. As ash travels from battlefields to body dumps, interviews a puppet president, and considers the distinctly Salvadoran grammar of the verb "to disappear," Didion gives us a book that is germane to any country in which bloodshed has become a standard tool of politics. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Salvador Author: Joan Didion Narrator: Eileen Stevens Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 55 mins Language: English Release date: 03-01-13 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 24 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: The place is El Salvador in 1982, at the ghastly height of its civil war. The writer is Joan Didion, who delivers an anatomy of that country's particular brand of terror - its mechanisms, rationales, and intimate relation to United States foreign policy. As ash travels from battlefields to body dumps, interviews a puppet president, and considers the distinctly Salvadoran grammar of the verb "to disappear," Didion gives us a book that is germane to any country in which bloodshed has become a standard tool of politics. Members Reviews: Didion writes like an orthopedic surgeon cuts In 1983, when Salvador was first published, I was nine. I remember those years as being ones where I heard about people disappeared, death squads, kidnappings, priests killed, nuns raped. Who left me in front of the television? It was the second major international crisis that became part of my childhood dreams. I remember 3-5 years earlier, being freaked out by the Iran hostage crisis. I was aware of angry protesters, machine guns, blindfolds, the Ayatollah Khomeini's rants and a huge dark hole of uncertainty. While the Iranian hostage crisis shares very little DIRECTLY with the civil war in El Salvador -- excepting the disgusting way people treat each other, the screwed up way that America dealt with both Central America (El Salvador & Nicaragua) and Iran, and the lies we tell ourselves to pretend things are getting better -- these two countries did exist in my childhood nightmares. The FMLN death squads and Tehran's angry students swirled together in my dreams. Thirty years later, as an adult, the boogie men of my childhood were recreated as I read Salvador. Didion writes like an orthopedic surgeon cuts: straight, deep, confidently and TO the bone. This book scared the shit out of me. It made me sad. It made me want the comfort of my mom. Tonight, I'm sleeping with the lights on. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Court-and-the-World-Audiobook/B013PWRFT8 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Court and the World Subtitle: American Law and the New Global Realities Author: Stephen Breyer Narrator: Stephen Breyer Format: Unabridged Length: 12 hrs and 36 mins Language: English Release date: 09-15-15 Publisher: Random House Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 42 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: A fascinating account of how an increasingly globalized and interdependent world influences the deliberations of America's highest court, by the sitting justice and author of Making Our Democracy Work and Active Liberty. In this original, far-reaching, and timely book, Justice Stephen Breyer examines the work of SCOTUS in an increasingly interconnected world, a world in which all sorts of public and private activity - from the conduct of national security policy to the conduct of international trade - obliges the Court to consider and understand circumstances beyond America's borders. At a time when ordinary citizens may book international lodging directly through online sites, it has become clear that judicial awareness can no longer stop at the water's edge. To trace how foreign considerations have come to inform the thinking of the Court, Justice Breyer begins with that area of the law in which they have always figured prominently: national security in its Constitutional dimension. How should the Court balance this imperative with others, chiefly the protection of basic liberties, in its review of presidential and congressional actions? He goes on to show how the Court has also been obliged to determine the application of American law in international contexts. What, for instance, is the geographical reach of an American statute concerning securities fraud or an antitrust law? While Americans must necessarily determine their own laws through democratic process, increasingly the smooth operation of American law - and, by extension, the advancement of American interests and values - depends on its working in harmony with that of other jurisdictions. Breyer describes how the aim of cultivating such harmony, as well as the expansion of the rule of law overall, has drawn American jurists into the relatively new role of "constitutional diplomats", a little remarked but increasingly important job for them in this still changing world. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Stephen Breyer) Tue, 15 Sep 2015 18:34:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Court-and-the-World-Audiobook/B013PWRFT8 thebookvoice.com 12:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Court and the World Subtitle: American Law and the New Global Realities Author: Stephen Breyer Narrator: Stephen Breyer Format: Unabridged Length: 12 hrs and 36 mins Language: English Release date: 09-15-15 Publisher: Random House Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 42 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: A fascinating account of how an increasingly globalized and interdependent world influences the deliberations of America's highest court, by the sitting justice and author of Making Our Democracy Work and Active Liberty. In this original, far-reaching, and timely book, Justice Stephen Breyer examines the work of SCOTUS in an increasingly interconnected world, a world in which all sorts of public and private activity - from the conduct of national security policy to the conduct of international trade - obliges the Court to consider and understand circumstances beyond America's borders. At a time when ordinary citizens may book international lodging directly through online sites, it has become clear that judicial awareness can no longer stop at the water's edge. To trace how foreign considerations have come to inform the thinking of the Court, Justice Breyer begins with that area of the law in which they have always figured prominently: national security in its Constitutional dimension. How should the Court balance this imperative with others, chiefly the protection of basic liberties, in its review of presidential and congressional actions? He goes on to show how the Court has also been obliged to determine the application of American law in international contexts. What, for instance, is the geographical reach of an American statute concerning securities fraud or an antitrust law? While Americans must necessarily determine their own laws through democratic process, increasingly the smooth operation of American law - and, by extension, the advancement of American interests and values - depends on its working in harmony with that of other jurisdictions. Breyer describes how the aim of cultivating such harmony, as well as the expansion of the rule of law overall, has drawn American jurists into the relatively new role of "constitutional diplomats", a little remarked but increasingly important job for them in this still changing world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Court and the World Subtitle: American Law and the New Global Realities Author: Stephen Breyer Narrator: Stephen Breyer Format: Unabridged Length: 12 hrs and 36 mins Language: English Release date: 09-15-15 Publisher: Random House Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 42 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: A fascinating account of how an increasingly globalized and interdependent world influences the deliberations of America's highest court, by the sitting justice and author of Making Our Democracy Work and Active Liberty. In this original, far-reaching, and timely book, Justice Stephen Breyer examines the work of SCOTUS in an increasingly interconnected world, a world in which all sorts of public and private activity - from the conduct of national security policy to the conduct of international trade - obliges the Court to consider and understand circumstances beyond America's borders. At a time when ordinary citizens may book international lodging directly through online sites, it has become clear that judicial awareness can no longer stop at the water's edge. To trace how foreign considerations have come to inform the thinking of the Court, Justice Breyer begins with that area of the law in which they have always figured prominently: national security in its Constitutional dimension. How should the Court balance this imperative with others, chiefly the protection of basic liberties, in its review of presidential and congressional actions? He goes on to show how the Court has also been obliged to determine the application of American law in international contexts. What, for instance, is the geographical reach of an American statute concerning securities fraud or an antitrust law? While Americans must necessarily determine their own laws through democratic process, increasingly the smooth operation of American law - and, by extension, the advancement of American interests and values - depends on its working in harmony with that of other jurisdictions. Breyer describes how the aim of cultivating such harmony, as well as the expansion of the rule of law overall, has drawn American jurists into the relatively new role of "constitutional diplomats", a little remarked but increasingly important job for them in this still changing world. Members Reviews: Thoughtful, not very actionable or racy But who would expect "racy" from this author? This is a book whose time has come, and a very welcome addition to support our evolving thinking about the (ever-more-sprawlingly-networked) world and the USA's place in it. I agree wholeheartedly with the basic thesis that judges cannot erect an artificial set of blinders preventing them from looking at various extraterritorial sources (and impacts) in today's world. And this introduces its own problems, such as the quality of information coming in for consideration, versus, say, the classic model of evidence developed in a fully adversarial court situated here. But I am ready to think the judiciary is smart enough to sort this out, and weigh things suitably. And the litigating parties have incentives to be sure the inputs from abroad to the courts are balanced. I appreciate the case histories here -- as a professor in this field. Thought-provoking This book is not an autobiography but a discussion of a long term controversy in law. Breyer discuss the question, does foreign law have a place in interpreting the American Constitution? Four of Breyers eight fellow justices say no. They are Chief Justice John Roberts and associate Justices Antonin Scalia, Clarence Thomas and Samuel Alito. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/God-and-Man-at-Yale-Audiobook/B002V07ZFU Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: God and Man at Yale Subtitle: The Superstitions of Academic Freedom Author: William F. Buckley Jr. Narrator: Michael Edwards Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 44 mins Language: English Release date: 12-18-06 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 106 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: This is the book that launched William F. Buckley, Jr.'s career. As a young, recent Yale graduate, he took on Yale's professional and administrative staffs, citing their hypocritical diversion from the tenets on which the institution was built. Yale was founded on the belief that God exists, and thus that virtue and individualism represent immutable cornerstones of education. However, when Buckley wrote this scathing expose, the institution had made an about face: Yale was expounding collectivism and agnosticism. This classic work shows Buckley as he was and is: dauntless, venturesome, bold, and valiant. Don't miss any of our titles from ©1977 William F. Buckley, Jr. (P)1988 by Blackstone Audio Inc. biacuaduc@gmail.com (William F. Buckley Jr.) Mon, 18 Dec 2006 02:24:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/God-and-Man-at-Yale-Audiobook/B002V07ZFU thebookvoice.com 06:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: God and Man at Yale Subtitle: The Superstitions of Academic Freedom Author: William F. Buckley Jr. Narrator: Michael Edwards Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 44 mins Language: English Release date: 12-18-06 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 106 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: This is the book that launched William F. Buckley, Jr.'s career. As a young, recent Yale graduate, he took on Yale's professional and administrative staffs, citing their hypocritical diversion from the tenets on which the institution was built. Yale was founded on the belief that God exists, and thus that virtue and individualism represent immutable cornerstones of education. However, when Buckley wrote this scathing expose, the institution had made an about face: Yale was expounding collectivism and agnosticism. This classic work shows Buckley as he was and is: dauntless, venturesome, bold, and valiant. Don't miss any of our titles from ©1977 William F. Buckley, Jr. (P)1988 by Blackstone Audio Inc. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: God and Man at Yale Subtitle: The Superstitions of Academic Freedom Author: William F. Buckley Jr. Narrator: Michael Edwards Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 44 mins Language: English Release date: 12-18-06 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 106 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: This is the book that launched William F. Buckley, Jr.'s career. As a young, recent Yale graduate, he took on Yale's professional and administrative staffs, citing their hypocritical diversion from the tenets on which the institution was built. Yale was founded on the belief that God exists, and thus that virtue and individualism represent immutable cornerstones of education. However, when Buckley wrote this scathing expose, the institution had made an about face: Yale was expounding collectivism and agnosticism. This classic work shows Buckley as he was and is: dauntless, venturesome, bold, and valiant. Don't miss any of our titles from ©1977 William F. Buckley, Jr. (P)1988 by Blackstone Audio Inc. Members Reviews: Still Relevant Today Buckley's message, that traditionalism has been steamrolled in academia by modernist relativism and its trappings is still as relevant today, and maybe more so, than it was when he wrote God and Man At Yale. There are flaws in the logic in places, for instance, when Buckley argues that the students, not the faculty, should have more say in the spirit of the curriculum, implying that students at Yale wanted religion over atheism and then just a few pages later complains that a professor who was "ardently atheist" taught classes that were "hugely attended." If a lot of the time and place particularities are strained through the overall message, that is, that somewhere along the line, traditionalism became taboo in American colleges, the book ages well. As a college humanities instructor with conservative leanings, I can certainly relate to much of what Buckley has written here, if, at times, I wince a bit at his line of reason. Good book....narrated by a $10 answering machine Outside of narration, it's a must read for parents with ideas on education. Basically Marxists have penetrated education and want to turn Americans kids into tools of self destruction. Damn, I guess this is why the Ivy League seems to be a factory of young socialists. True then More true today! Would you recommend this audiobook to a friend? If so, why? Clear, consise and complete, well written expose of the culture in the US world of Academe post wwii and a starting point on the audit trail of the evolution of this culture today. A muyst read for those for whom today's culture seems amoral. What was one of the most memorable moments of God and Man at Yale? The confirmation that someone my senior had a worldview that was similar to mine. brilliant brilliant https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Beyond-Outrage-Audiobook/B0089MTH50 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Beyond Outrage Subtitle: What Has Gone Wrong with Our Economy and Our Democracy, and How to Fix Them Author: Robert B. Reich Narrator: Robert B. Reich Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 28 mins Language: English Release date: 06-08-12 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 190 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Robert B. Reich urges Americans to get beyond mere outrage about the nations increasingly concentrated wealth and corrupt politics in order to mobilize and to take back our economy and democracy. Americans cant rely only on getting good people elected, Reich argues, because nothing positive happens in Washington unless good people outside Washington are organized to help make those things happen after the election. But in order to be effectively mobilized, we need to see the big picture. Reich connects the dots for us, showing why the increasing share of income and wealth going to the top has hobbled jobs and growth for everyone else, while undermining our democracy; has caused Americans to become increasingly cynical about public life; and has turned many Americans against one another. He also explains why the proposals of the regressive right are dead wrong and provides a clear road map for what must be done instead. Here is a blueprint for action for everyone who cares about the future of America. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Robert B. Reich) Fri, 08 Jun 2012 00:31:33 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Beyond-Outrage-Audiobook/B0089MTH50 thebookvoice.com 03:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Beyond Outrage Subtitle: What Has Gone Wrong with Our Economy and Our Democracy, and How to Fix Them Author: Robert B. Reich Narrator: Robert B. Reich Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 28 mins Language: English Release date: 06-08-12 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 190 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Robert B. Reich urges Americans to get beyond mere outrage about the nations increasingly concentrated wealth and corrupt politics in order to mobilize and to take back our economy and democracy. Americans cant rely only on getting good people elected, Reich argues, because nothing positive happens in Washington unless good people outside Washington are organized to help make those things happen after the election. But in order to be effectively mobilized, we need to see the big picture. Reich connects the dots for us, showing why the increasing share of income and wealth going to the top has hobbled jobs and growth for everyone else, while undermining our democracy; has caused Americans to become increasingly cynical about public life; and has turned many Americans against one another. He also explains why the proposals of the regressive right are dead wrong and provides a clear road map for what must be done instead. Here is a blueprint for action for everyone who cares about the future of America. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Beyond Outrage Subtitle: What Has Gone Wrong with Our Economy and Our Democracy, and How to Fix Them Author: Robert B. Reich Narrator: Robert B. Reich Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 28 mins Language: English Release date: 06-08-12 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 190 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Robert B. Reich urges Americans to get beyond mere outrage about the nations increasingly concentrated wealth and corrupt politics in order to mobilize and to take back our economy and democracy. Americans cant rely only on getting good people elected, Reich argues, because nothing positive happens in Washington unless good people outside Washington are organized to help make those things happen after the election. But in order to be effectively mobilized, we need to see the big picture. Reich connects the dots for us, showing why the increasing share of income and wealth going to the top has hobbled jobs and growth for everyone else, while undermining our democracy; has caused Americans to become increasingly cynical about public life; and has turned many Americans against one another. He also explains why the proposals of the regressive right are dead wrong and provides a clear road map for what must be done instead. Here is a blueprint for action for everyone who cares about the future of America. Members Reviews: A good, quick overview of our troubles Robert Reich does a good job of summarizing the sickness in America's Public Sector without skimping too much on the details. Very informative and concise. $10 for 3 hours of content is pretty steep. Podcasts do 3 hours for free. That said, if you're in the market for a progressive introduction to Political Activism, this is not a bad place to start. Falls short I was looking for some insight on economic and social inequality after seeing a clip of Robert Reich speaking about the topic on a news program. I bought this without knowing much about the author, but he didn't sound like a demagogue and the reviews are so glowing that I thought it would be an interesting listen. The last 3 hours of listening to semi-hysterical talking points have proven me wrong. This book is probably well regarded on Audible for the same reason that Ann Coulter's toxic brand of punditry get high marks - most people who buy Beyond Outrage are the proverbial choir. The three part book can roughly be summed up as: Part 1: Big business and it's senior leadership are wealthy sociopaths. Part 2: The republican party lacks compassion. Part 3: Get out and demonstrate/debate As a left of middle moderate who understands our financial system reasonably well, I found Reich's arguments to be fairly standard Democratic rhetoric. I did not hear technology, globalization, or economic efficiency mentioned at all. As huge contributors to the current state of the world's economies, these are usually central concepts when discussing long term solutions to US economic woes. Additionally, Reich is strangely mute on the rising bar of entry for would be entrepreneurs and how that impacts economic and social inequality by closing the door on the traditional American method for bootstrapping out of poverty. Ultimately, this book addresses a really complex set of issues in a short period of time. The approach means that a lot of things are going to be rolled up into oversimplified sound bytes, but it doesn't mean that the material has to come across as political propaganda. Unfortunately, I can't help but feel like I've been at a three hour Occupy Wall Street rally. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/How-to-Win-an-Election-Audiobook/B0096TON54 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: How to Win an Election Subtitle: An Ancient Guide for Modern Politicians Author: Quintus Tullius Cicero, Philip Freeman Narrator: Doug Kaye Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 5 mins Language: English Release date: 09-19-12 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 274 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: How to Win an Election is an ancient Roman guide for campaigning that is as up-to-date as tomorrow's headlines. In 64 BC when idealist Marcus Cicero, Rome's greatest orator, ran for consul (the highest office in the Republic), his practical brother Quintus decided he needed some no-nonsense advice on running a successful campaign. What follows in his short letter are timeless bits of political wisdom, from the importance of promising everything to everybody and reminding voters about the sexual scandals of your opponents to being a chameleon, putting on a good show for the masses, and constantly surrounding yourself with rabid supporters. Presented here in a lively and colorful new translation, with the Latin text on facing pages, this unashamedly pragmatic primer on the humble art of personal politicking is dead-on (Cicero won)--and as relevant today as when it was written. A little-known classic in the spirit of Machiavelli's Prince, How to Win an Election is required reading for politicians and everyone who enjoys watching them try to manipulate their way into office. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Quintus Tullius Cicero) Wed, 19 Sep 2012 00:41:35 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/How-to-Win-an-Election-Audiobook/B0096TON54 thebookvoice.com 01:05:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: How to Win an Election Subtitle: An Ancient Guide for Modern Politicians Author: Quintus Tullius Cicero, Philip Freeman Narrator: Doug Kaye Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 5 mins Language: English Release date: 09-19-12 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 274 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: How to Win an Election is an ancient Roman guide for campaigning that is as up-to-date as tomorrow's headlines. In 64 BC when idealist Marcus Cicero, Rome's greatest orator, ran for consul (the highest office in the Republic), his practical brother Quintus decided he needed some no-nonsense advice on running a successful campaign. What follows in his short letter are timeless bits of political wisdom, from the importance of promising everything to everybody and reminding voters about the sexual scandals of your opponents to being a chameleon, putting on a good show for the masses, and constantly surrounding yourself with rabid supporters. Presented here in a lively and colorful new translation, with the Latin text on facing pages, this unashamedly pragmatic primer on the humble art of personal politicking is dead-on (Cicero won)--and as relevant today as when it was written. A little-known classic in the spirit of Machiavelli's Prince, How to Win an Election is required reading for politicians and everyone who enjoys watching them try to manipulate their way into office. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: How to Win an Election Subtitle: An Ancient Guide for Modern Politicians Author: Quintus Tullius Cicero, Philip Freeman Narrator: Doug Kaye Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 5 mins Language: English Release date: 09-19-12 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 274 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: How to Win an Election is an ancient Roman guide for campaigning that is as up-to-date as tomorrow's headlines. In 64 BC when idealist Marcus Cicero, Rome's greatest orator, ran for consul (the highest office in the Republic), his practical brother Quintus decided he needed some no-nonsense advice on running a successful campaign. What follows in his short letter are timeless bits of political wisdom, from the importance of promising everything to everybody and reminding voters about the sexual scandals of your opponents to being a chameleon, putting on a good show for the masses, and constantly surrounding yourself with rabid supporters. Presented here in a lively and colorful new translation, with the Latin text on facing pages, this unashamedly pragmatic primer on the humble art of personal politicking is dead-on (Cicero won)--and as relevant today as when it was written. A little-known classic in the spirit of Machiavelli's Prince, How to Win an Election is required reading for politicians and everyone who enjoys watching them try to manipulate their way into office. Members Reviews: How to be a politician ... Cicero gives an incredibly concise outline to his brother who is running for office in ancient Rome. The same outline entirely explainsToday's politicians on both sides of the aisle. Clearly people are the same today as then, and must be addressed in the same predictable ways to obtain their vote, help and money. Perhaps you and I are the exceptions?? I now know how to run for office simply by following Cicero's concise plan. After reading the plan, it all in the execution. I did not know much about Cicero, but please view his Curriculum Vitae on Wikipedia! I had no idea. Almost stunning. Ben Not Marcus Tullius Cicero Any additional comments? Just to be clear these are the words of Quintus Tullius Cicero, the younger brother of the famous Marcus Tullius Cicero. So if you're looking for the well known historical figure's words of wisdom, these are not them, but they are close. Close, because they are a list of political insights that mostly hold true to this day and are worthy of a listen for anyone interested in bringing history to life and discovering how little things have changed. Some Things Never Change This was one of the daily deals from Audible around Election Day, and it was well worth the 99 cents! I laughed at parts, particularly at how little things have changed. All this time I thought that Americans were responsible for the sad state of political affairs, but come to find out, these attitudes existed in ancient Rome. He is telling his brother to surround himself with those of nobility who can help him in his political life; promise the voters what they want to hear, and then renege on it later; court those who can help you.......sound familiar? Quite Amusing A shockingly honest, an amusing, look into what it takes to be an effective politician. Machiavelli for elections This book should be required reading for anyone contemplating an election campaign. It should also be read by any serious student of politics. I doubt if anyone other than Machiavelli has distilled so much wisdom in such a succinct yet entertaining manner. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-10-Big-Lies-About-America-Audiobook/B0035J5LU2 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The 10 Big Lies About America Subtitle: Combating Destructive Distortions About Our Nation Author: Michael Medved Narrator: Michael Medved Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 33 mins Language: English Release date: 01-22-10 Publisher: Treasure Publishing Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 76 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: It ain't so much the things we dont know that get us into trouble, 19th-century humorist Josh Billings remarked. "It's the things we know that just aint so." In this bold and brilliantly argued book, acclaimed author and talk-radio host Michael Medved zeroes in on 10 of the biggest fallacies that millions of Americans believe about our country - in spite of incontrovertible facts to the contrary. In The 10 Big Lies About America, Medved pinpoints the most pernicious pieces of America-bashing disinformation that pollute current debates about the economy, race, religion in politics, the Iraq war, and other contentious issues. Each of the 10 lieswidely believed among elites and taught as truth in universities and public schoolsis a grotesque, propagandistic distortion of the historical record. For everyone who is tired of hearing America denigrated by people who dont know what theyre talking about, The 10 Big Lies About America supplies the ammunition necessary to fire back the next time somebody tries to recycle these baseless beliefs. Medveds witty, well-documented rebuttal is a refreshing reminder that as Americans we should feel blessed, not burdened, by our heritage. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Michael Medved) Fri, 22 Jan 2010 08:19:48 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-10-Big-Lies-About-America-Audiobook/B0035J5LU2 thebookvoice.com 10:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The 10 Big Lies About America Subtitle: Combating Destructive Distortions About Our Nation Author: Michael Medved Narrator: Michael Medved Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 33 mins Language: English Release date: 01-22-10 Publisher: Treasure Publishing Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 76 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: It ain't so much the things we dont know that get us into trouble, 19th-century humorist Josh Billings remarked. "It's the things we know that just aint so." In this bold and brilliantly argued book, acclaimed author and talk-radio host Michael Medved zeroes in on 10 of the biggest fallacies that millions of Americans believe about our country - in spite of incontrovertible facts to the contrary. In The 10 Big Lies About America, Medved pinpoints the most pernicious pieces of America-bashing disinformation that pollute current debates about the economy, race, religion in politics, the Iraq war, and other contentious issues. Each of the 10 lieswidely believed among elites and taught as truth in universities and public schoolsis a grotesque, propagandistic distortion of the historical record. For everyone who is tired of hearing America denigrated by people who dont know what theyre talking about, The 10 Big Lies About America supplies the ammunition necessary to fire back the next time somebody tries to recycle these baseless beliefs. Medveds witty, well-documented rebuttal is a refreshing reminder that as Americans we should feel blessed, not burdened, by our heritage. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The 10 Big Lies About America Subtitle: Combating Destructive Distortions About Our Nation Author: Michael Medved Narrator: Michael Medved Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 33 mins Language: English Release date: 01-22-10 Publisher: Treasure Publishing Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 76 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: It ain't so much the things we dont know that get us into trouble, 19th-century humorist Josh Billings remarked. "It's the things we know that just aint so." In this bold and brilliantly argued book, acclaimed author and talk-radio host Michael Medved zeroes in on 10 of the biggest fallacies that millions of Americans believe about our country - in spite of incontrovertible facts to the contrary. In The 10 Big Lies About America, Medved pinpoints the most pernicious pieces of America-bashing disinformation that pollute current debates about the economy, race, religion in politics, the Iraq war, and other contentious issues. Each of the 10 lieswidely believed among elites and taught as truth in universities and public schoolsis a grotesque, propagandistic distortion of the historical record. For everyone who is tired of hearing America denigrated by people who dont know what theyre talking about, The 10 Big Lies About America supplies the ammunition necessary to fire back the next time somebody tries to recycle these baseless beliefs. Medveds witty, well-documented rebuttal is a refreshing reminder that as Americans we should feel blessed, not burdened, by our heritage. Members Reviews: Truth A great book by a wonderful family man that tells the truth about the greatest country that ever existed. America the Beautiful Thank you, Michael Medved, for a wonderful book. The only thing lacking? I wish it were updated to 2015 and offered a section on the damage that POTUS Barack Obama has done to this country. Excellent! Comprehensive! Truly informative. Truly informative. This books should be taught in all schools. Dispellls myths. Educates the misinformed. Not Bad, But Not Earth-Shattering Michael Medved kept me interested, but I was hoping for a more eye-opening experience. It's a little on the preachy side. I thought the chapter on the middle class (#9) and the data he used to support it was the most interesting piece of the book. Worth a read if you are looking for some accurate insight into American history. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Daring-Democracy-Audiobook/B0752VZK1P Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Daring Democracy Subtitle: Igniting Power, Meaning, and Connection for the America We Want Author: Frances Moore Lappe, Adam Eichen Narrator: Rachel Fulginiti Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 20 mins Language: English Release date: 09-26-17 Publisher: Beacon Press Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: An optimistic book for Americans who are asking, in the wake of Trump's victory, What do we do now? The answer: We need to organize and fight to protect and expand our democracy. Americans are distraught as tightly held economic and political power drowns out their voices and values. Legendary Diet for a Small Planet author Frances Moore Lappé and organizer-scholar Adam Eichen offer a fresh, surprising response to this core crisis. This intergenerational duo opens with an essential truth: It's not the magnitude of a challenge that crushes the human spirit. It's feeling powerless - in this case, fearing that to stand up for democracy is futile. It's not, Lappé and Eichen argue. With riveting stories and little-known evidence, they demystify how we got here, exposing the well-orchestrated effort that has robbed Americans of their rightful power. But at the heart of this unique book are solutions. Even in this divisive time, Americans are uniting across causes and ideologies to create a "canopy of hope" the authors call the Democracy Movement. In this invigorating "movement of movements", millions of Americans are leaving despair behind as they push for and achieve historic change. The movement and democracy itself are vital to us as citizens and fulfill human needs - for power, meaning, and connection - essential to our thriving. In this timely and necessary book, Lappé and Eichen offer proof that courage is contagious in the daring fight for democracy. Critic Reviews: "It is all too easy to fall into despair, but instead we can join the many others who are 'daring democracy' in many ways, as we learn from this instructive account of hopeful prospects." (Noam Chomsky) "This book, perhaps better than any other, shows Americans that the democracy they want is possible." (Lawrence Lessig, author of Republic, Lost) biacuaduc@gmail.com (Frances Moore Lappe) Tue, 26 Sep 2017 22:58:07 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Daring-Democracy-Audiobook/B0752VZK1P thebookvoice.com 07:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Daring Democracy Subtitle: Igniting Power, Meaning, and Connection for the America We Want Author: Frances Moore Lappe, Adam Eichen Narrator: Rachel Fulginiti Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 20 mins Language: English Release date: 09-26-17 Publisher: Beacon Press Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: An optimistic book for Americans who are asking, in the wake of Trump's victory, What do we do now? The answer: We need to organize and fight to protect and expand our democracy. Americans are distraught as tightly held economic and political power drowns out their voices and values. Legendary Diet for a Small Planet author Frances Moore Lappé and organizer-scholar Adam Eichen offer a fresh, surprising response to this core crisis. This intergenerational duo opens with an essential truth: It's not the magnitude of a challenge that crushes the human spirit. It's feeling powerless - in this case, fearing that to stand up for democracy is futile. It's not, Lappé and Eichen argue. With riveting stories and little-known evidence, they demystify how we got here, exposing the well-orchestrated effort that has robbed Americans of their rightful power. But at the heart of this unique book are solutions. Even in this divisive time, Americans are uniting across causes and ideologies to create a "canopy of hope" the authors call the Democracy Movement. In this invigorating "movement of movements", millions of Americans are leaving despair behind as they push for and achieve historic change. The movement and democracy itself are vital to us as citizens and fulfill human needs - for power, meaning, and connection - essential to our thriving. In this timely and necessary book, Lappé and Eichen offer proof that courage is contagious in the daring fight for democracy. Critic Reviews: "It is all too easy to fall into despair, but instead we can join the many others who are 'daring democracy' in many ways, as we learn from this instructive account of hopeful prospects." (Noam Chomsky) "This book, perhaps better than any other, shows Americans that the democracy they want is possible." (Lawrence Lessig, author of Republic, Lost) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Daring Democracy Subtitle: Igniting Power, Meaning, and Connection for the America We Want Author: Frances Moore Lappe, Adam Eichen Narrator: Rachel Fulginiti Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 20 mins Language: English Release date: 09-26-17 Publisher: Beacon Press Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: An optimistic book for Americans who are asking, in the wake of Trump's victory, What do we do now? The answer: We need to organize and fight to protect and expand our democracy. Americans are distraught as tightly held economic and political power drowns out their voices and values. Legendary Diet for a Small Planet author Frances Moore Lappé and organizer-scholar Adam Eichen offer a fresh, surprising response to this core crisis. This intergenerational duo opens with an essential truth: It's not the magnitude of a challenge that crushes the human spirit. It's feeling powerless - in this case, fearing that to stand up for democracy is futile. It's not, Lappé and Eichen argue. With riveting stories and little-known evidence, they demystify how we got here, exposing the well-orchestrated effort that has robbed Americans of their rightful power. But at the heart of this unique book are solutions. Even in this divisive time, Americans are uniting across causes and ideologies to create a "canopy of hope" the authors call the Democracy Movement. In this invigorating "movement of movements", millions of Americans are leaving despair behind as they push for and achieve historic change. The movement and democracy itself are vital to us as citizens and fulfill human needs - for power, meaning, and connection - essential to our thriving. In this timely and necessary book, Lappé and Eichen offer proof that courage is contagious in the daring fight for democracy. Critic Reviews: "It is all too easy to fall into despair, but instead we can join the many others who are 'daring democracy' in many ways, as we learn from this instructive account of hopeful prospects." (Noam Chomsky) "This book, perhaps better than any other, shows Americans that the democracy they want is possible." (Lawrence Lessig, author of Republic, Lost) Members Reviews: Excellent, hopeful, introduction Lively, thoughtful, and inspiring history and analysis together with reporting on how this reform movement of movements is building. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Secrets-of-the-Kingdom-Audiobook/B002V57UUU Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Secrets of the Kingdom Subtitle: The Inside Story of the Saudi-U.S. Connection Author: Gerald Posner Narrator: Alan Sklar Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 41 mins Language: English Release date: 06-10-05 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 95 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Posner presents indisputable evidence of complicity and deceit at the highest levels, evidence that the 9/11 Commission, either deliberately or negligently, failed to consider. Using bank records and other previously undisclosed information, Posner unearths many disturbing truths and shattering revelations about the ties that bind the Saudi and U.S. governments, including: biacuaduc@gmail.com (Gerald Posner) Fri, 10 Jun 2005 20:41:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Secrets-of-the-Kingdom-Audiobook/B002V57UUU thebookvoice.com 09:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Secrets of the Kingdom Subtitle: The Inside Story of the Saudi-U.S. Connection Author: Gerald Posner Narrator: Alan Sklar Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 41 mins Language: English Release date: 06-10-05 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 95 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Posner presents indisputable evidence of complicity and deceit at the highest levels, evidence that the 9/11 Commission, either deliberately or negligently, failed to consider. Using bank records and other previously undisclosed information, Posner unearths many disturbing truths and shattering revelations about the ties that bind the Saudi and U.S. governments, including: Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Secrets of the Kingdom Subtitle: The Inside Story of the Saudi-U.S. Connection Author: Gerald Posner Narrator: Alan Sklar Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 41 mins Language: English Release date: 06-10-05 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 95 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Posner presents indisputable evidence of complicity and deceit at the highest levels, evidence that the 9/11 Commission, either deliberately or negligently, failed to consider. Using bank records and other previously undisclosed information, Posner unearths many disturbing truths and shattering revelations about the ties that bind the Saudi and U.S. governments, including: Members Reviews: Rehashing of the old, with details on the new A good refresher on many topics, first half did not contain much new information and seemed to almost be a long-winded paraphrasing or retelling of "The American House of Saud" by Steven Emerson, which was published in 1985. To further flesh out things like Raytheon's relationship with Saudi Arabia (SA) and extent to which SA financed the first Gulf War, I'd recommend "Desert Warrior: A Personal View of the Gulf War by the Joint Forces Commander". The second half did a good job of presenting details of SA's involvement in world affairs post-1985 and was an eye opener regarding the effects the Iranian Revolution of 1979 on the thinking of the Saudi leadership and how that factored into their stance in the first Gulf War (i.e. to make themselves indispensable so that they would not be abandoned by the U.S. as they perceived that the Shah of Iran and President Hussein of Iraq had been). Also, interesting were the details of Saudi financing of charities and wars and its effects on SA. Much has been made of SA's financing of the Gulf War, as well as of its efforts in the Soviet invasion of Afghanistan and how that lead to the Taliban and Al Qaida, but I was unaware of SA's considerable financial support of Iraq during the Iran-Iraq war of the 1980's and how, collectively, these efforts depleted the Saudi treasury and caused a country with such fabulous income to run deficits for much of the last 15 years or so. The book does a good job of detailing and illustrating what a delicate balancing act this country, that is run like a giant Mafia family, must put on to barely maintain order. I would recommend this book to anyone interest in SA or Middle East issues and suggest that Americans who are presented with the fact of the policies and practices in SA should be appalled by the U.S.'s special treatment of a theocratic dictatorship that, in many ways is a polar opposite to the U.S., tries and often seems to succeed on imposing their narrow values on the U.S. Can't stop listening Except for a few overly detailed sections, Secrets reads like a thriller. It is one of the very best audiobooks I have heard. The story of the House of Saud is outlandish, but given human nature and the warnings of Machiavelli and Hobbes, not surprising. Every American should hear this story. I want to know more, after hearing Posner's enticing story. crystallizes US-Saudi relationship Excellent expose of US-Saudi alliance. Details of Zubaydah's interrogation explored. Posner continues to debunk conspiracies with straight forward reporting using sources within US intelligence. Gave up on it. Seemed repetitive. What could have made this a 4 or 5-star listening experience for you? The author spent almost two hours telling us how bad the Saudis are as a people. Recanting endless story after story of their horrific beliefs and behaviors. I got the point after 15 mins. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Three-Languages-of-Politics-Audiobook/B072JWV17D Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Three Languages of Politics Subtitle: Talking Across the Political Divides Author: Arnold Kling Narrator: David L. White Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 45 mins Language: English Release date: 06-08-17 Publisher: Cato Institute Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 34 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: When it was first released in 2013, Arnold Kling's The Three Languages of Politics was a prescient exploration of political communication, detailing the "three tribal coalitions" that make up America's political landscape. Progressives, conservatives, and libertarians, he argued, are "like tribes speaking different languages. As a result, political discussions do not lead to agreement. Instead, most political commentary serves to increase polarization." Now available as a newly revised and expanded edition, Kling's book could not be any more timely, as Americans - whether as media pundits or conversing at a party - talk past one another with even greater volume, heat, and disinterest in contrary opinions. The Three Languages of Politics is an accessible, precise, and insightful guide to how to lower the barriers coarsening our politics. This is not a book about one ideology over another. Instead, it is a book about how we communicate issues and our ideologies, and how language intended to persuade instead divides. Kling offers a way to see through our rhetorical blinders so that we can incorporate new perspectives, nuances, and thinking into the important issues we must together share and resolve. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Arnold Kling) Thu, 08 Jun 2017 11:26:37 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Three-Languages-of-Politics-Audiobook/B072JWV17D thebookvoice.com 01:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Three Languages of Politics Subtitle: Talking Across the Political Divides Author: Arnold Kling Narrator: David L. White Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 45 mins Language: English Release date: 06-08-17 Publisher: Cato Institute Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 34 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: When it was first released in 2013, Arnold Kling's The Three Languages of Politics was a prescient exploration of political communication, detailing the "three tribal coalitions" that make up America's political landscape. Progressives, conservatives, and libertarians, he argued, are "like tribes speaking different languages. As a result, political discussions do not lead to agreement. Instead, most political commentary serves to increase polarization." Now available as a newly revised and expanded edition, Kling's book could not be any more timely, as Americans - whether as media pundits or conversing at a party - talk past one another with even greater volume, heat, and disinterest in contrary opinions. The Three Languages of Politics is an accessible, precise, and insightful guide to how to lower the barriers coarsening our politics. This is not a book about one ideology over another. Instead, it is a book about how we communicate issues and our ideologies, and how language intended to persuade instead divides. Kling offers a way to see through our rhetorical blinders so that we can incorporate new perspectives, nuances, and thinking into the important issues we must together share and resolve. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Three Languages of Politics Subtitle: Talking Across the Political Divides Author: Arnold Kling Narrator: David L. White Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 45 mins Language: English Release date: 06-08-17 Publisher: Cato Institute Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 34 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: When it was first released in 2013, Arnold Kling's The Three Languages of Politics was a prescient exploration of political communication, detailing the "three tribal coalitions" that make up America's political landscape. Progressives, conservatives, and libertarians, he argued, are "like tribes speaking different languages. As a result, political discussions do not lead to agreement. Instead, most political commentary serves to increase polarization." Now available as a newly revised and expanded edition, Kling's book could not be any more timely, as Americans - whether as media pundits or conversing at a party - talk past one another with even greater volume, heat, and disinterest in contrary opinions. The Three Languages of Politics is an accessible, precise, and insightful guide to how to lower the barriers coarsening our politics. This is not a book about one ideology over another. Instead, it is a book about how we communicate issues and our ideologies, and how language intended to persuade instead divides. Kling offers a way to see through our rhetorical blinders so that we can incorporate new perspectives, nuances, and thinking into the important issues we must together share and resolve. Members Reviews: The three languages of politics. As a result of listening to this book I have changed the way I look at the political divisions in America today. I've only listened to it once and I'm a better communicator already. I listen to books while I drive, so it takes a few reads to get everything. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Collusion-Audiobook/B077MQJJKL Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Collusion Subtitle: How Russia Helped Trump Win the White House Author: Luke Harding Narrator: Jonathan Aris Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 37 mins Language: English Release date: 11-22-17 Publisher: Guardian Faber Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: A gripping exposé about the biggest political scandal of the modern era. Moscow, July 1987. Real-estate tycoon Donald Trump visits Soviet Russia for the first time at the invitation of the government. London, December 2016. Luke Harding meets former MI6 officer Christopher Steele to discuss the president-elect's connections with Russia. Harding follows two leads: money and sex. Washington, January 2017. Steele's explosive dossier alleges that the Kremlin has been 'cultivating, supporting, and assisting' Trump for years and that they have compromising information about him. Trump responds on twitter, 'FAKE NEWS.' In Collusion, award-winning journalist Luke Harding reveals the true nature of Trump's decades-long relationship with Russia and presents the gripping inside story of the dossier. It features exclusive new material and draws on sources from the intelligence community. Harding tells an astonishing story of offshore money, sketchy real-estate deals, a Miss Universe Pageant, mobsters, money laundering, hacking and Kremlin espionage. He shines a light on powerful Russian players like Aras Agalarov, Natalia Veselnitskaya and Sergey Kislyak, whose motivations and instructions may have come from Vladimir Putin himself. The special prosecutor, Robert Mueller, has already indicted several of the American protagonists, including Trump's campaign manager, Paul Manafort. More charges are likely as the crisis engulfs Trump's administration. This audiobook gets to the heart of the biggest political scandal of the modern era. Russia is reshaping the world order to its advantage - this is something that should trouble us all. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Luke Harding) Wed, 22 Nov 2017 07:16:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Collusion-Audiobook/B077MQJJKL thebookvoice.com 10:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Collusion Subtitle: How Russia Helped Trump Win the White House Author: Luke Harding Narrator: Jonathan Aris Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 37 mins Language: English Release date: 11-22-17 Publisher: Guardian Faber Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: A gripping exposé about the biggest political scandal of the modern era. Moscow, July 1987. Real-estate tycoon Donald Trump visits Soviet Russia for the first time at the invitation of the government. London, December 2016. Luke Harding meets former MI6 officer Christopher Steele to discuss the president-elect's connections with Russia. Harding follows two leads: money and sex. Washington, January 2017. Steele's explosive dossier alleges that the Kremlin has been 'cultivating, supporting, and assisting' Trump for years and that they have compromising information about him. Trump responds on twitter, 'FAKE NEWS.' In Collusion, award-winning journalist Luke Harding reveals the true nature of Trump's decades-long relationship with Russia and presents the gripping inside story of the dossier. It features exclusive new material and draws on sources from the intelligence community. Harding tells an astonishing story of offshore money, sketchy real-estate deals, a Miss Universe Pageant, mobsters, money laundering, hacking and Kremlin espionage. He shines a light on powerful Russian players like Aras Agalarov, Natalia Veselnitskaya and Sergey Kislyak, whose motivations and instructions may have come from Vladimir Putin himself. The special prosecutor, Robert Mueller, has already indicted several of the American protagonists, including Trump's campaign manager, Paul Manafort. More charges are likely as the crisis engulfs Trump's administration. This audiobook gets to the heart of the biggest political scandal of the modern era. Russia is reshaping the world order to its advantage - this is something that should trouble us all. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Collusion Subtitle: How Russia Helped Trump Win the White House Author: Luke Harding Narrator: Jonathan Aris Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 37 mins Language: English Release date: 11-22-17 Publisher: Guardian Faber Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: A gripping exposé about the biggest political scandal of the modern era. Moscow, July 1987. Real-estate tycoon Donald Trump visits Soviet Russia for the first time at the invitation of the government. London, December 2016. Luke Harding meets former MI6 officer Christopher Steele to discuss the president-elect's connections with Russia. Harding follows two leads: money and sex. Washington, January 2017. Steele's explosive dossier alleges that the Kremlin has been 'cultivating, supporting, and assisting' Trump for years and that they have compromising information about him. Trump responds on twitter, 'FAKE NEWS.' In Collusion, award-winning journalist Luke Harding reveals the true nature of Trump's decades-long relationship with Russia and presents the gripping inside story of the dossier. It features exclusive new material and draws on sources from the intelligence community. Harding tells an astonishing story of offshore money, sketchy real-estate deals, a Miss Universe Pageant, mobsters, money laundering, hacking and Kremlin espionage. He shines a light on powerful Russian players like Aras Agalarov, Natalia Veselnitskaya and Sergey Kislyak, whose motivations and instructions may have come from Vladimir Putin himself. The special prosecutor, Robert Mueller, has already indicted several of the American protagonists, including Trump's campaign manager, Paul Manafort. More charges are likely as the crisis engulfs Trump's administration. This audiobook gets to the heart of the biggest political scandal of the modern era. Russia is reshaping the world order to its advantage - this is something that should trouble us all. Members Reviews: Gripped! Absolutely excellent. Mr Harding has pulled together a phenomenal amount of material from a wide range of sources, and made it into a coherent narrative. A must-read for anyone interested in the current worrying confusion and disintegration of American and global politics. Highly recommended. Fascinating listen. Strongly recommend. If you're interested in US politics and particularly what's happened with the current administration and Russia, you'll be captivated with this book. This is an excellent example of good journalism and Luke Harding is on top form. Essential reading - thrilling, gripping, terrifying. This book is in-depth and enlightening. It reads like a terrific thriller, only it is not a work of fiction. The author slowly builds up an incredibly strong case for collusion and one that goes back over more than three decades. If this were a movie plot it might feel too fanciful be true, but the evidence presented by Harding is both detailed, compelling and damning. Interestingly this book was written in secrecy and released somewhat unexpectedly. The book provides an insider's perspective - which is fascinating. I very much enjoyed reading it and finished it over the course of a couple of evenings. This book is completely up to date as of November 2017 and I very much look forward to the follow up a couple of years from now, detailing the next steps in this ongoing and as yet unresolved political saga. It will almost certainly leave you gobsmacked but comes highly recommended. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Football-Leaks-Audiobook/B073WTPZWM Hören Sie sich dieses volle Hörbuch kostenlos bei https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> Titel: Football Leaks Untertitel: Die schmutzigen Geschäfte im Profifußball Autor:: Rafael Buschmann, Michael Wulzinger Erzähler: Mark Bremer Format: Unabridged Spieldauer: 9 hrs and 31 mins Sprache: Deutsch Veröffentlichungsdatum: 07-13-17 Herausgeber: Verlag Michael John Media Bewertung: 5 von 5 von 1 Stimmen Kategorien: Nonfiction, Politics Zusammenfassung des Herausgebers: Dass es in der Welt des Fußballs immer weniger um den Sport und immer mehr um schmutzige Geschäfte geht, ahnen die Fans nicht erst seit den Skandalen um die Fifa und die vermeintlich gekaufte WM 2006 in Deutschland. Die "Football Leaks" bieten nun erstmals Einblicke in die Schattenwelt der Branche, offenkundig wird die grenzenlose Gier, die hinter den Kulissen des Weltfußballs herrscht. Der Whistleblower "John" hat dem SPIEGEL 1,9 Terabyte geheimer Daten übergeben: Rund 18,6 Millionen Dokumente über Verhandlungen, Verträge und Abkommen, die deutlich machen, dass für die Akteure im Profifußball Moral und Gesetz oft kaum Gültigkeit zu haben scheinen - weder für Vereine, Spieler, Manager noch für die mächtigen, aber im Hintergrund agierenden Spielerberater. In "Football Leaks" beschreiben Rafael Buschmann und Michael Wulzinger die wichtigsten Enthüllungen, die sie aus dem riesigen Datenberg in monatelanger Recherche zusammengetragen haben. Zugleich ist ihr Werk die packende Geschichte eines Whistleblowers, der den Fußball von mafiösen Einflüssen befreien will - und der inzwischen selbst zum Gejagten geworden ist. ©2017 Deutsche Verlags-Anstalt (P)2017 John Verlag Kritik Bewertungen: Dieses Buch zeichnet in großer journalistischer Leistung das Ausmaß und die Hintergründe der zwielichtigen Deals nach. -- 11 Freunde biacuaduc@gmail.com (Rafael Buschmann) Thu, 13 Jul 2017 14:35:34 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Football-Leaks-Audiobook/B073WTPZWM thebookvoice.com 09:31:00 no Hören Sie diesen Titel kostenlos bei thebookvoice.com Hören Sie sich dieses volle Hörbuch kostenlos bei https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> Titel: Football Leaks Untertitel: Die schmutzigen Geschäfte im Profifußball Autor:: Rafael Buschmann, Michael Wulzinger Erzähler: Mark Bremer Format: Unabridged Spieldauer: 9 hrs and 31 mins Sprache: Deutsch Veröffentlichungsdatum: 07-13-17 Herausgeber: Verlag Michael John Media Bewertung: 5 von 5 von 1 Stimmen Kategorien: Nonfiction, Politics Zusammenfassung des Herausgebers: Dass es in der Welt des Fußballs immer weniger um den Sport und immer mehr um schmutzige Geschäfte geht, ahnen die Fans nicht erst seit den Skandalen um die Fifa und die vermeintlich gekaufte WM 2006 in Deutschland. Die "Football Leaks" bieten nun erstmals Einblicke in die Schattenwelt der Branche, offenkundig wird die grenzenlose Gier, die hinter den Kulissen des Weltfußballs herrscht. Der Whistleblower "John" hat dem SPIEGEL 1,9 Terabyte geheimer Daten übergeben: Rund 18,6 Millionen Dokumente über Verhandlungen, Verträge und Abkommen, die deutlich machen, dass für die Akteure im Profifußball Moral und Gesetz oft kaum Gültigkeit zu haben scheinen - weder für Vereine, Spieler, Manager noch für die mächtigen, aber im Hintergrund agierenden Spielerberater. In "Football Leaks" beschreiben Rafael Buschmann und Michael Wulzinger die wichtigsten Enthüllungen, die sie aus dem riesigen Datenberg in monatelanger Recherche zusammengetragen haben. Zugleich ist ihr Werk die packende Geschichte eines Whistleblowers, der den Fußball von mafiösen Einflüssen befreien will - und der inzwischen selbst zum Gejagten geworden ist. ©2017 Deutsche Verlags-Anstalt (P)2017 John Verlag Kritik Bewertungen: Dieses Buch zeichnet in großer journalistischer Leistung das Ausmaß und die Hintergründe der zwielichtigen Deals nach. -- 11 Freunde Hören Sie sich dieses volle Hörbuch kostenlos bei https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> Titel: Football Leaks Untertitel: Die schmutzigen Geschäfte im Profifußball Autor:: Rafael Buschmann, Michael Wulzinger Erzähler: Mark Bremer Format: Unabridged Spieldauer: 9 hrs and 31 mins Sprache: Deutsch Veröffentlichungsdatum: 07-13-17 Herausgeber: Verlag Michael John Media Bewertung: 5 von 5 von 1 Stimmen Kategorien: Nonfiction, Politics Zusammenfassung des Herausgebers: Dass es in der Welt des Fußballs immer weniger um den Sport und immer mehr um schmutzige Geschäfte geht, ahnen die Fans nicht erst seit den Skandalen um die Fifa und die vermeintlich gekaufte WM 2006 in Deutschland. Die "Football Leaks" bieten nun erstmals Einblicke in die Schattenwelt der Branche, offenkundig wird die grenzenlose Gier, die hinter den Kulissen des Weltfußballs herrscht. Der Whistleblower "John" hat dem SPIEGEL 1,9 Terabyte geheimer Daten übergeben: Rund 18,6 Millionen Dokumente über Verhandlungen, Verträge und Abkommen, die deutlich machen, dass für die Akteure im Profifußball Moral und Gesetz oft kaum Gültigkeit zu haben scheinen - weder für Vereine, Spieler, Manager noch für die mächtigen, aber im Hintergrund agierenden Spielerberater. In "Football Leaks" beschreiben Rafael Buschmann und Michael Wulzinger die wichtigsten Enthüllungen, die sie aus dem riesigen Datenberg in monatelanger Recherche zusammengetragen haben. Zugleich ist ihr Werk die packende Geschichte eines Whistleblowers, der den Fußball von mafiösen Einflüssen befreien will - und der inzwischen selbst zum Gejagten geworden ist. ©2017 Deutsche Verlags-Anstalt (P)2017 John Verlag Kritik Bewertungen: Dieses Buch zeichnet in großer journalistischer Leistung das Ausmaß und die Hintergründe der zwielichtigen Deals nach. -- 11 Freunde https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Failed-States-Audiobook/B002V1J5PC Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Failed States Subtitle: The Abuse of Power and the Assault on Democracy Author: Noam Chomsky Narrator: Alan Sklar Format: Unabridged Length: 12 hrs and 10 mins Language: English Release date: 03-28-06 Publisher: Macmillan Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 360 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: The United States has repeatedly asserted its right to intervene militarily against "failed states" around the globe. In this much-anticipated sequel to his international best seller Hegemony or Survival, Noam Chomsky turns the tables, charging the United States with being a "failed state", and therefore a danger to its own people and the world. "Failed states", Chomsky writes, are those "that do not protect their citizens from violence and perhaps even destruction, that regard themselves as beyond the reach of domestic or international law, and that suffer from a 'democratic deficit', having democratic forms but with limited substance." Exploring recent U.S. foreign and domestic policies, Chomsky assesses Washington's escalation of nuclear risks; the dangerous consequences of the occupation of Iraq; and Americas' self-exemption from international law. He also examines an American electoral system that frustrates genuine political alternatives, thus impeding any meaningful democracy. Forceful, lucid, and meticulously documented, Failed States offers a comprehensive analysis of a global superpower that has long claimed the right to reshape other nations while its own democratic institutions are in severe crisis, and its policies and practices recklessly place the world on the brink of nuclear and environmental disaster. Systematically dismantling America's pretense of being the world's arbiter of democracy, Failed States is Chomsky's most focused, and urgent, critique to date. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Noam Chomsky) Tue, 28 Mar 2006 22:42:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Failed-States-Audiobook/B002V1J5PC thebookvoice.com 12:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Failed States Subtitle: The Abuse of Power and the Assault on Democracy Author: Noam Chomsky Narrator: Alan Sklar Format: Unabridged Length: 12 hrs and 10 mins Language: English Release date: 03-28-06 Publisher: Macmillan Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 360 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: The United States has repeatedly asserted its right to intervene militarily against "failed states" around the globe. In this much-anticipated sequel to his international best seller Hegemony or Survival, Noam Chomsky turns the tables, charging the United States with being a "failed state", and therefore a danger to its own people and the world. "Failed states", Chomsky writes, are those "that do not protect their citizens from violence and perhaps even destruction, that regard themselves as beyond the reach of domestic or international law, and that suffer from a 'democratic deficit', having democratic forms but with limited substance." Exploring recent U.S. foreign and domestic policies, Chomsky assesses Washington's escalation of nuclear risks; the dangerous consequences of the occupation of Iraq; and Americas' self-exemption from international law. He also examines an American electoral system that frustrates genuine political alternatives, thus impeding any meaningful democracy. Forceful, lucid, and meticulously documented, Failed States offers a comprehensive analysis of a global superpower that has long claimed the right to reshape other nations while its own democratic institutions are in severe crisis, and its policies and practices recklessly place the world on the brink of nuclear and environmental disaster. Systematically dismantling America's pretense of being the world's arbiter of democracy, Failed States is Chomsky's most focused, and urgent, critique to date. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Failed States Subtitle: The Abuse of Power and the Assault on Democracy Author: Noam Chomsky Narrator: Alan Sklar Format: Unabridged Length: 12 hrs and 10 mins Language: English Release date: 03-28-06 Publisher: Macmillan Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 360 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: The United States has repeatedly asserted its right to intervene militarily against "failed states" around the globe. In this much-anticipated sequel to his international best seller Hegemony or Survival, Noam Chomsky turns the tables, charging the United States with being a "failed state", and therefore a danger to its own people and the world. "Failed states", Chomsky writes, are those "that do not protect their citizens from violence and perhaps even destruction, that regard themselves as beyond the reach of domestic or international law, and that suffer from a 'democratic deficit', having democratic forms but with limited substance." Exploring recent U.S. foreign and domestic policies, Chomsky assesses Washington's escalation of nuclear risks; the dangerous consequences of the occupation of Iraq; and Americas' self-exemption from international law. He also examines an American electoral system that frustrates genuine political alternatives, thus impeding any meaningful democracy. Forceful, lucid, and meticulously documented, Failed States offers a comprehensive analysis of a global superpower that has long claimed the right to reshape other nations while its own democratic institutions are in severe crisis, and its policies and practices recklessly place the world on the brink of nuclear and environmental disaster. Systematically dismantling America's pretense of being the world's arbiter of democracy, Failed States is Chomsky's most focused, and urgent, critique to date. Members Reviews: Incredible and Unforgettable This is one of those books you will never forget, and a book you will recommend just to have someone to discuss it with. I love history and this definitely qualifies as recent history. Most of us mistakenly rely on the 6 o'clock news for world events. But this book will surprise you in how much goes unreported by the news media, events unreported because they didn't serve the "correct" political agenda but never-the-less will be recorded in history. There was a revealing line in an old Michael Douglas movie called Falling Down, where after he is cornered from fighting "injustice" with his idea of justified terrorism, he surprisingly asks, "I'm the bad guy?" No American is raised to believe we are the bad guys. But US foreign policy in the 20th century is filled with secret agendas, events that clearly make us historically just that, the bad guys. A friend recommended I also get the hard copy of this book because Chomsky provides many footnotes of reference, documented facts, facts that history can't turn a blind eye to. This is not a conspiracy theory book. It's a history book. One you hopefully won't, and can't forget. Let's hope it makes a difference. Heavy Reading This is not for the light-hearted or for those who don't want to hear about how our country really works. Very eye-opening and scary too. Mr. Chomsky's book is based on verifiable information, government documents, and historical records. It will make your heart ache for the world and hopefully make you want to work towards bringing our country back into a democracy. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Die-Macht-der-Geographie-Audiobook/B0769ZVC9F Hören Sie sich dieses volle Hörbuch kostenlos bei https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> Titel: Die Macht der Geographie Untertitel: Wie sich Weltpolitik anhand von 10 Karten erklären lässt Autor:: Tim Marshall Erzähler: Julian Mehne Format: Unabridged Spieldauer: 9 hrs and 7 mins Sprache: Deutsch Veröffentlichungsdatum: 10-23-17 Herausgeber: Argon Verlag Bewertung: 5 von 5 von 1 Stimmen Kategorien: Nonfiction, Politics Zusammenfassung des Herausgebers: Weltpolitik ist auch Geopolitik. Alle Regierungen, alle Staatschefs unterliegen den Zwängen der Geographie. Berge und Ebenen, Flüsse, Meere, Wüsten setzen ihrem Entscheidungsspielraum Grenzen. Um Geschichte und Politik zu verstehen, muss man selbstverständlich die Menschen, die Ideen, die Einstellungen kennen. Aber wenn man die Geographie nicht mit einbezieht, bekommt man kein vollständiges Bild. Zum Beispiel Russland: Von den Moskauer Großfürsten über Iwan den Schrecklichen, Peter den Großen und Stalin bis hin zu Wladimir Putin sah sich jeder russische Staatschef denselben geostrategischen Problemen ausgesetzt, egal ob im Zarismus, im Kommunismus oder im kapitalistischen Nepotismus. Die meisten Häfen frieren immer noch ein halbes Jahr zu. Nicht gut für die Marine. Die nordeuropäische Tiefebene von der Nordsee bis zum Ural ist immer noch flach. Jeder kann durchmarschieren. Russland, China, die USA, Europa, Afrika, Lateinamerika, der Nahe Osten, Indien und Pakistan, Japan und Korea, die Arktis und Grönland: In zehn Kapiteln zeigt Tim Marshall, wie die Geographie die Weltpolitik beeinflusst und beeinflusst hat. ©2015 Tim Marshall / Die Originalausgabe erschien unter dem Titel "Prisoners of Geography" bei Elliot & Thompson Ltd., London / Für die deutschsprachige Ausgabe: dtv Verlagsgesellschaft mbH & Co. KG. Übersetzung von von Birgit Brandau (P)2017 Argon Verlag GmbH, Berlin biacuaduc@gmail.com (Tim Marshall) Mon, 23 Oct 2017 14:45:06 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Die-Macht-der-Geographie-Audiobook/B0769ZVC9F thebookvoice.com 09:07:00 no Hören Sie diesen Titel kostenlos bei thebookvoice.com Hören Sie sich dieses volle Hörbuch kostenlos bei https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> Titel: Die Macht der Geographie Untertitel: Wie sich Weltpolitik anhand von 10 Karten erklären lässt Autor:: Tim Marshall Erzähler: Julian Mehne Format: Unabridged Spieldauer: 9 hrs and 7 mins Sprache: Deutsch Veröffentlichungsdatum: 10-23-17 Herausgeber: Argon Verlag Bewertung: 5 von 5 von 1 Stimmen Kategorien: Nonfiction, Politics Zusammenfassung des Herausgebers: Weltpolitik ist auch Geopolitik. Alle Regierungen, alle Staatschefs unterliegen den Zwängen der Geographie. Berge und Ebenen, Flüsse, Meere, Wüsten setzen ihrem Entscheidungsspielraum Grenzen. Um Geschichte und Politik zu verstehen, muss man selbstverständlich die Menschen, die Ideen, die Einstellungen kennen. Aber wenn man die Geographie nicht mit einbezieht, bekommt man kein vollständiges Bild. Zum Beispiel Russland: Von den Moskauer Großfürsten über Iwan den Schrecklichen, Peter den Großen und Stalin bis hin zu Wladimir Putin sah sich jeder russische Staatschef denselben geostrategischen Problemen ausgesetzt, egal ob im Zarismus, im Kommunismus oder im kapitalistischen Nepotismus. Die meisten Häfen frieren immer noch ein halbes Jahr zu. Nicht gut für die Marine. Die nordeuropäische Tiefebene von der Nordsee bis zum Ural ist immer noch flach. Jeder kann durchmarschieren. Russland, China, die USA, Europa, Afrika, Lateinamerika, der Nahe Osten, Indien und Pakistan, Japan und Korea, die Arktis und Grönland: In zehn Kapiteln zeigt Tim Marshall, wie die Geographie die Weltpolitik beeinflusst und beeinflusst hat. ©2015 Tim Marshall / Die Originalausgabe erschien unter dem Titel "Prisoners of Geography" bei Elliot & Thompson Ltd., London / Für die deutschsprachige Ausgabe: dtv Verlagsgesellschaft mbH & Co. KG. Übersetzung von von Birgit Brandau (P)2017 Argon Verlag GmbH, Berlin Hören Sie sich dieses volle Hörbuch kostenlos bei https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> Titel: Die Macht der Geographie Untertitel: Wie sich Weltpolitik anhand von 10 Karten erklären lässt Autor:: Tim Marshall Erzähler: Julian Mehne Format: Unabridged Spieldauer: 9 hrs and 7 mins Sprache: Deutsch Veröffentlichungsdatum: 10-23-17 Herausgeber: Argon Verlag Bewertung: 5 von 5 von 1 Stimmen Kategorien: Nonfiction, Politics Zusammenfassung des Herausgebers: Weltpolitik ist auch Geopolitik. Alle Regierungen, alle Staatschefs unterliegen den Zwängen der Geographie. Berge und Ebenen, Flüsse, Meere, Wüsten setzen ihrem Entscheidungsspielraum Grenzen. Um Geschichte und Politik zu verstehen, muss man selbstverständlich die Menschen, die Ideen, die Einstellungen kennen. Aber wenn man die Geographie nicht mit einbezieht, bekommt man kein vollständiges Bild. Zum Beispiel Russland: Von den Moskauer Großfürsten über Iwan den Schrecklichen, Peter den Großen und Stalin bis hin zu Wladimir Putin sah sich jeder russische Staatschef denselben geostrategischen Problemen ausgesetzt, egal ob im Zarismus, im Kommunismus oder im kapitalistischen Nepotismus. Die meisten Häfen frieren immer noch ein halbes Jahr zu. Nicht gut für die Marine. Die nordeuropäische Tiefebene von der Nordsee bis zum Ural ist immer noch flach. Jeder kann durchmarschieren. Russland, China, die USA, Europa, Afrika, Lateinamerika, der Nahe Osten, Indien und Pakistan, Japan und Korea, die Arktis und Grönland: In zehn Kapiteln zeigt Tim Marshall, wie die Geographie die Weltpolitik beeinflusst und beeinflusst hat. ©2015 Tim Marshall / Die Originalausgabe erschien unter dem Titel "Prisoners of Geography" bei Elliot & Thompson Ltd., London / Für die deutschsprachige Ausgabe: dtv Verlagsgesellschaft mbH & Co. KG. Übersetzung von von Birgit Brandau (P)2017 Argon Verlag GmbH, Berlin https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/This-Town-Audiobook/B00DVREUQE Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: This Town Subtitle: Two Parties and a Funeral - Plus, Plenty of Valet Parking! - in America's Gilded Capital Author: Mark Leibovich Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Length: 11 hrs and 51 mins Language: English Release date: 07-16-13 Publisher: Penguin Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 754 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: One of the nation's most acclaimed journalists, The New York Times' Mark Leibovich, presents a blistering, penetrating, jaw-dropping - and often hysterical - look at Washingtons incestuous "media industrial complex". The great thing about Washington is no matter how many elections you lose, how many times you're indicted, how many scandals you've been tainted by, well, the great thing is you can always eat lunch in that town again. What keeps the permanent government spinning on its carousel is the freedom of shamelessness, and that mother's milk of politics, cash. In Mark Leibovichs remarkable look at the way things really work in D.C., a funeral for a beloved television star becomes the perfect networking platform, a disgraced political aide can emerge with more power than his boss, campaign losers befriend their vanquishers (and make more money than ever!), "conflict of interest" is a term lost in translation, political reporters are fetishized and worshipped for their ability to get one's name in print, and, well - we're all really friends, aren't we? What Julia Phillips did for Hollywood, Timothy Crouse did for journalists, and Michael Lewis did for Wall Street, Mark Leibovich does for our nation's capital. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Mark Leibovich) Tue, 16 Jul 2013 23:00:25 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/This-Town-Audiobook/B00DVREUQE thebookvoice.com 11:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: This Town Subtitle: Two Parties and a Funeral - Plus, Plenty of Valet Parking! - in America's Gilded Capital Author: Mark Leibovich Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Length: 11 hrs and 51 mins Language: English Release date: 07-16-13 Publisher: Penguin Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 754 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: One of the nation's most acclaimed journalists, The New York Times' Mark Leibovich, presents a blistering, penetrating, jaw-dropping - and often hysterical - look at Washingtons incestuous "media industrial complex". The great thing about Washington is no matter how many elections you lose, how many times you're indicted, how many scandals you've been tainted by, well, the great thing is you can always eat lunch in that town again. What keeps the permanent government spinning on its carousel is the freedom of shamelessness, and that mother's milk of politics, cash. In Mark Leibovichs remarkable look at the way things really work in D.C., a funeral for a beloved television star becomes the perfect networking platform, a disgraced political aide can emerge with more power than his boss, campaign losers befriend their vanquishers (and make more money than ever!), "conflict of interest" is a term lost in translation, political reporters are fetishized and worshipped for their ability to get one's name in print, and, well - we're all really friends, aren't we? What Julia Phillips did for Hollywood, Timothy Crouse did for journalists, and Michael Lewis did for Wall Street, Mark Leibovich does for our nation's capital. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: This Town Subtitle: Two Parties and a Funeral - Plus, Plenty of Valet Parking! - in America's Gilded Capital Author: Mark Leibovich Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Length: 11 hrs and 51 mins Language: English Release date: 07-16-13 Publisher: Penguin Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 754 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: One of the nation's most acclaimed journalists, The New York Times' Mark Leibovich, presents a blistering, penetrating, jaw-dropping - and often hysterical - look at Washingtons incestuous "media industrial complex". The great thing about Washington is no matter how many elections you lose, how many times you're indicted, how many scandals you've been tainted by, well, the great thing is you can always eat lunch in that town again. What keeps the permanent government spinning on its carousel is the freedom of shamelessness, and that mother's milk of politics, cash. In Mark Leibovichs remarkable look at the way things really work in D.C., a funeral for a beloved television star becomes the perfect networking platform, a disgraced political aide can emerge with more power than his boss, campaign losers befriend their vanquishers (and make more money than ever!), "conflict of interest" is a term lost in translation, political reporters are fetishized and worshipped for their ability to get one's name in print, and, well - we're all really friends, aren't we? What Julia Phillips did for Hollywood, Timothy Crouse did for journalists, and Michael Lewis did for Wall Street, Mark Leibovich does for our nation's capital. Members Reviews: They're out of touch ... and how! Another case where the author makes his point early, so the later part of the book are examples after we've already been convinced: the Beltway Bubble is far more insular (inbred) than I'd thought ... and I'm a jaded political junkie! An Old Boys' (mostly male, but there are Old Girls, too) Network of overpaid "consultants" living off of the presumed "connections" between lavish parties. Instead of trickle-down, money there circulates laterally. By the end of the first audio part I'd heard enough, so put the book aside, coming back later, which didn't help. Inside story of a Hill staffer didn't work for me, so I ended up fast-forwarding through much of it. Pace picks up for the final 1/3 or so with a portrait of Hillary Clinton, followed by an analysis of the role of the D. C. press corps in the 2012 campaign ("spin rooms" are a vestigial non-necessity). Romney fans might take offense that their candidate is usually referred by the author as Mittens. Overall, I found the tales of overpaid has-beens, and wanna-be's,a bit of a downer. Still, I thought it took guts for the author to write so honestly about folks he sees regularly. Recommended, though if you're looking for juicy details, there aren't really a lot. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Culture-Warrior-Audiobook/B002V0141Q Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Culture Warrior Author: Bill O'Reilly Narrator: Bill O'Reilly Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 5 mins Language: English Release date: 09-19-06 Publisher: Random House Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 531 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: In Culture Warrior, Bill O'Reilly defines this war and analyzes the competing philosophies of the traditionalist and secular-progressive camps. He examines why the nation's motto, E pluribus unum ("From many, one"), might change to "What about me?"; dissects the forces driving the secular-progressive agenda in the media and behind the scenes, including George Soros, George Lakoff, and the ACLU; and dives into matters of race, education, and the war on terror. He also shows how the culture war has played out in such high-profile instances as The Passion of the Christ, Fahrenheit 9/11, the abuse epidemic (child and otherwise), and the embattled place of religion in public life, with special emphasis on the "war against Christmas". Whatever controversies are roiling the nation, he fearlessly confronts them, and no one will be in the dark about which side he's on. Culture Warrior showcases Bill O'Reilly at his most eloquent and impassioned. He is an unrelenting fighter for the soul of America, and in this book he fights the good fight for the traditional values that have served this country so well for so long. Critic Reviews: "O'Reilly keeps fans stoked with red meat." (Publishers Weekly) biacuaduc@gmail.com (Bill O'Reilly) Tue, 19 Sep 2006 09:16:05 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Culture-Warrior-Audiobook/B002V0141Q thebookvoice.com 06:05:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Culture Warrior Author: Bill O'Reilly Narrator: Bill O'Reilly Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 5 mins Language: English Release date: 09-19-06 Publisher: Random House Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 531 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: In Culture Warrior, Bill O'Reilly defines this war and analyzes the competing philosophies of the traditionalist and secular-progressive camps. He examines why the nation's motto, E pluribus unum ("From many, one"), might change to "What about me?"; dissects the forces driving the secular-progressive agenda in the media and behind the scenes, including George Soros, George Lakoff, and the ACLU; and dives into matters of race, education, and the war on terror. He also shows how the culture war has played out in such high-profile instances as The Passion of the Christ, Fahrenheit 9/11, the abuse epidemic (child and otherwise), and the embattled place of religion in public life, with special emphasis on the "war against Christmas". Whatever controversies are roiling the nation, he fearlessly confronts them, and no one will be in the dark about which side he's on. Culture Warrior showcases Bill O'Reilly at his most eloquent and impassioned. He is an unrelenting fighter for the soul of America, and in this book he fights the good fight for the traditional values that have served this country so well for so long. Critic Reviews: "O'Reilly keeps fans stoked with red meat." (Publishers Weekly) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Culture Warrior Author: Bill O'Reilly Narrator: Bill O'Reilly Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 5 mins Language: English Release date: 09-19-06 Publisher: Random House Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 531 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: In Culture Warrior, Bill O'Reilly defines this war and analyzes the competing philosophies of the traditionalist and secular-progressive camps. He examines why the nation's motto, E pluribus unum ("From many, one"), might change to "What about me?"; dissects the forces driving the secular-progressive agenda in the media and behind the scenes, including George Soros, George Lakoff, and the ACLU; and dives into matters of race, education, and the war on terror. He also shows how the culture war has played out in such high-profile instances as The Passion of the Christ, Fahrenheit 9/11, the abuse epidemic (child and otherwise), and the embattled place of religion in public life, with special emphasis on the "war against Christmas". Whatever controversies are roiling the nation, he fearlessly confronts them, and no one will be in the dark about which side he's on. Culture Warrior showcases Bill O'Reilly at his most eloquent and impassioned. He is an unrelenting fighter for the soul of America, and in this book he fights the good fight for the traditional values that have served this country so well for so long. Critic Reviews: "O'Reilly keeps fans stoked with red meat." (Publishers Weekly) Members Reviews: conservative centrist I agree with Bill's assessment of our culture and the bias of the media and Hollywood. The books accurately depicts the opposing cultures. It is written with passion and a patriotic heart. A MUST READ! For anyone Whether you like Bill O'Reilly or not you should still read this book. He covers some of the most overlooked topics that are troubling our country. Meaning the stuff that really matters. Listen to the sample audio which is a small portion of the information you'll learn. Like him or not he's always blunt and to the point and brings up important information. Bill's on FIRE! Bill O'Reilly doesn't pull any punches here. He tells it like he thinks it is. If you want to know what the Right thinks of the Left, or if you are interested in learning what the Right think the Secular Progressive Movement is all about I would suggest that you start right here, in the No Spin Zone! Clarity Probably the best, most relevant, and important book in years. Far exceeded my expectations and helped me to gain clarity on several subjects. *Excellent.* Another Winner!! O'Reilly dose it again with his new and very informative Culture Warrior! This is a very entertaining and fast "listen". Like him or not, The man knows his stuff and backs it up with real facts. If your looking for a book that will truly tell you how it is and do it in an entertaining way? You can not go wrong with Culture Warrior! I would also like to offer another great piece of work by O'Reilly, "The O'Reilly Factor For Kids: A Survival Guide for America's Families". It too is a great read for the teens as well as adults. I can only hope he comes out with another masterpiece. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/More-Guns-Less-Crime-Audiobook/B07289NGQ3 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: More Guns, Less Crime Subtitle: Understanding Crime and Gun Control Laws Author: John R. Lott Jr. Narrator: Corey M. Snow Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 17 mins Language: English Release date: 05-30-17 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 14 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: On its initial publication in 1998, John R. Lott's More Guns, Less Crime drew both lavish praise and heated criticism. More than a decade later, it continues to play a key role in ongoing arguments over gun-control laws: Despite all the attacks by gun-control advocates, no one has ever been able to refute Lott's simple, startling conclusion that more guns mean less crime. Relying on the most rigorously comprehensive data analysis ever conducted on crime statistics and right-to-carry laws, the book directly challenges common perceptions about the relationship of guns, crime, and violence. For this third edition, Lott draws on an additional 10 years of data - including provocative analysis of the effects of gun bans in Chicago and Washington, DC - that brings the book fully up to date and further bolsters its central contention. Critic Reviews: "An intriguing and shocking look at crime, guns, and gun control policy." ( Kirkus) biacuaduc@gmail.com (John R. Lott Jr.) Tue, 30 May 2017 03:30:34 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/More-Guns-Less-Crime-Audiobook/B07289NGQ3 thebookvoice.com 10:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: More Guns, Less Crime Subtitle: Understanding Crime and Gun Control Laws Author: John R. Lott Jr. Narrator: Corey M. Snow Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 17 mins Language: English Release date: 05-30-17 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 14 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: On its initial publication in 1998, John R. Lott's More Guns, Less Crime drew both lavish praise and heated criticism. More than a decade later, it continues to play a key role in ongoing arguments over gun-control laws: Despite all the attacks by gun-control advocates, no one has ever been able to refute Lott's simple, startling conclusion that more guns mean less crime. Relying on the most rigorously comprehensive data analysis ever conducted on crime statistics and right-to-carry laws, the book directly challenges common perceptions about the relationship of guns, crime, and violence. For this third edition, Lott draws on an additional 10 years of data - including provocative analysis of the effects of gun bans in Chicago and Washington, DC - that brings the book fully up to date and further bolsters its central contention. Critic Reviews: "An intriguing and shocking look at crime, guns, and gun control policy." ( Kirkus) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: More Guns, Less Crime Subtitle: Understanding Crime and Gun Control Laws Author: John R. Lott Jr. Narrator: Corey M. Snow Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 17 mins Language: English Release date: 05-30-17 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 14 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: On its initial publication in 1998, John R. Lott's More Guns, Less Crime drew both lavish praise and heated criticism. More than a decade later, it continues to play a key role in ongoing arguments over gun-control laws: Despite all the attacks by gun-control advocates, no one has ever been able to refute Lott's simple, startling conclusion that more guns mean less crime. Relying on the most rigorously comprehensive data analysis ever conducted on crime statistics and right-to-carry laws, the book directly challenges common perceptions about the relationship of guns, crime, and violence. For this third edition, Lott draws on an additional 10 years of data - including provocative analysis of the effects of gun bans in Chicago and Washington, DC - that brings the book fully up to date and further bolsters its central contention. Critic Reviews: "An intriguing and shocking look at crime, guns, and gun control policy." ( Kirkus) Members Reviews: Very interesting listen! Very much enjoyed the book. I am definitely recommending this to friends. Narrator did a good job. I ended the book with several more counterpoints to opponents to the conclusions presented in this book. Fascinating info, poor audio production The chapters of the audio book seem to not align with the chapters in the book. This is going to make navigating within the book unnecessarily difficult until I can take the time to bookmark everything in a useful manner. While Lott's data is compelling, even more interesting are the critics he cites. The consensus of the critics are of a consistent theme: Our calculations of the data show much less reduction in crime than Lott claims, so don't believe Lott. I am left with the impression that there are members of the research community that think a 1% or 2% reduction things like murder and rape are bad things. If passing shall issue laws will result in only a 1% reduction in rape and murder, I think we should do it at the federal level. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Terror-Tunnels-Audiobook/B00PQVPRQ0 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Terror Tunnels Subtitle: The Case for Israel's Just War Against Hamas Author: Alan Dershowitz Narrator: Alan Dershowitz, Richard Davidson Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 34 mins Language: English Release date: 11-18-14 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 27 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: At a time when Israel is under persistent attack - on the battlefield, by international organizations, and in the court of public opinion - Alan Dershowitz presents a powerful case for Israels just war against terrorism. In the spirit of his international best-seller, The Case for Israel, Dershowitz shows why Israel's struggle against Hamas is a fight not only to protect its own citizens, but for all democracies. The nation-state of the Jewish people is providing a model for all who are threatened by terrorist groups - such as ISIS, al-Qaeda and Boko Haram. Having himself been in one of the Hamas terror tunnels, Dershowitz explains why Israel had no choice but to send in ground troops to protect its civilians against Hamas death squads. Dershowitz wrote this book to warn the world that unless Hamas' strategy of building terror tunnels and firing rockets from behind human shields is denounced and stopped - by the international community, the media, the academy, and good people of all religions, ethnicities, and nationalities - it will be coming soon "to a theater near you". Covering all the hot-button issues - from the BDS movement, to the rise of anti-Semitism, to the charge of war crimes, to the prospects of peace - Terror Tunnels: The Case for Israel's Just War Against Hamas is a must-listen for all who care about Israel, peace in the Mideast, human rights, and fairness. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Alan Dershowitz) Tue, 18 Nov 2014 14:43:09 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Terror-Tunnels-Audiobook/B00PQVPRQ0 thebookvoice.com 06:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Terror Tunnels Subtitle: The Case for Israel's Just War Against Hamas Author: Alan Dershowitz Narrator: Alan Dershowitz, Richard Davidson Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 34 mins Language: English Release date: 11-18-14 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 27 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: At a time when Israel is under persistent attack - on the battlefield, by international organizations, and in the court of public opinion - Alan Dershowitz presents a powerful case for Israels just war against terrorism. In the spirit of his international best-seller, The Case for Israel, Dershowitz shows why Israel's struggle against Hamas is a fight not only to protect its own citizens, but for all democracies. The nation-state of the Jewish people is providing a model for all who are threatened by terrorist groups - such as ISIS, al-Qaeda and Boko Haram. Having himself been in one of the Hamas terror tunnels, Dershowitz explains why Israel had no choice but to send in ground troops to protect its civilians against Hamas death squads. Dershowitz wrote this book to warn the world that unless Hamas' strategy of building terror tunnels and firing rockets from behind human shields is denounced and stopped - by the international community, the media, the academy, and good people of all religions, ethnicities, and nationalities - it will be coming soon "to a theater near you". Covering all the hot-button issues - from the BDS movement, to the rise of anti-Semitism, to the charge of war crimes, to the prospects of peace - Terror Tunnels: The Case for Israel's Just War Against Hamas is a must-listen for all who care about Israel, peace in the Mideast, human rights, and fairness. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Terror Tunnels Subtitle: The Case for Israel's Just War Against Hamas Author: Alan Dershowitz Narrator: Alan Dershowitz, Richard Davidson Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 34 mins Language: English Release date: 11-18-14 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 27 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: At a time when Israel is under persistent attack - on the battlefield, by international organizations, and in the court of public opinion - Alan Dershowitz presents a powerful case for Israels just war against terrorism. In the spirit of his international best-seller, The Case for Israel, Dershowitz shows why Israel's struggle against Hamas is a fight not only to protect its own citizens, but for all democracies. The nation-state of the Jewish people is providing a model for all who are threatened by terrorist groups - such as ISIS, al-Qaeda and Boko Haram. Having himself been in one of the Hamas terror tunnels, Dershowitz explains why Israel had no choice but to send in ground troops to protect its civilians against Hamas death squads. Dershowitz wrote this book to warn the world that unless Hamas' strategy of building terror tunnels and firing rockets from behind human shields is denounced and stopped - by the international community, the media, the academy, and good people of all religions, ethnicities, and nationalities - it will be coming soon "to a theater near you". Covering all the hot-button issues - from the BDS movement, to the rise of anti-Semitism, to the charge of war crimes, to the prospects of peace - Terror Tunnels: The Case for Israel's Just War Against Hamas is a must-listen for all who care about Israel, peace in the Mideast, human rights, and fairness. Members Reviews: If only I had this book in 2014 during Protective Edge Another Dershowitz classic. Exposing the radical fascist left for what they are with their anti-Israel hate. I realized after many conversations with liberal friends that trying to change their racist views by providing facts and data is just as effective as using facts and data to prove to Republicans that global warming is real. Facts and reason simply do not work. Thank you Dershowitz for being a beacon of hope and reason. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Double-Down-Audiobook/B00G3HK9YG Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Double Down Subtitle: Game Change 2012 Author: Mark Halperin, John Heilemann Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Length: 19 hrs and 9 mins Language: English Release date: 11-05-13 Publisher: Penguin Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 887 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: John Heilemann and Mark Halperin set the national conversation on fire with their best-selling account of the 2008 presidential election, Game Change. In Double Down, they apply their unparalleled access and storytelling savvy to the 2012 election, rendering an equally compelling narrative about the circus-like Republican nomination fight, the rise and fall of Mitt Romney, and the trials, tribulations, and Election Day triumph of Barack Obama. Drawing on hundreds of interviews with the people who lived the story, Heilemann and Halperin deliver another reportorial tour de force that reads like a fast-paced novel. Character driven and dialogue rich, replete with extravagantly detailed scenes, Double Down offers a panoramic account of a campaign at once intensely hard fought and lastingly consequential. For Obama, the victory he achieved meant even more to him than the one he had pulled off four years earlier. In 2008, he believed, voters had bet on a hope; in 2012, they passed positive judgment on what he'd actually done, allowing him to avert a loss that would have rendered his presidency a failed, one-term accident. For the Republicans, on the other hand, 2012 not only offered a crushing verdict but an existential challenge: to rethink and reconstitute the party or face irrelevance - or even extinction. Double Down is the occasionally shocking, often hilarious, ultimately definitive account of an election of singular importance. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Mark Halperin) Tue, 05 Nov 2013 09:16:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Double-Down-Audiobook/B00G3HK9YG thebookvoice.com 19:09:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Double Down Subtitle: Game Change 2012 Author: Mark Halperin, John Heilemann Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Length: 19 hrs and 9 mins Language: English Release date: 11-05-13 Publisher: Penguin Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 887 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: John Heilemann and Mark Halperin set the national conversation on fire with their best-selling account of the 2008 presidential election, Game Change. In Double Down, they apply their unparalleled access and storytelling savvy to the 2012 election, rendering an equally compelling narrative about the circus-like Republican nomination fight, the rise and fall of Mitt Romney, and the trials, tribulations, and Election Day triumph of Barack Obama. Drawing on hundreds of interviews with the people who lived the story, Heilemann and Halperin deliver another reportorial tour de force that reads like a fast-paced novel. Character driven and dialogue rich, replete with extravagantly detailed scenes, Double Down offers a panoramic account of a campaign at once intensely hard fought and lastingly consequential. For Obama, the victory he achieved meant even more to him than the one he had pulled off four years earlier. In 2008, he believed, voters had bet on a hope; in 2012, they passed positive judgment on what he'd actually done, allowing him to avert a loss that would have rendered his presidency a failed, one-term accident. For the Republicans, on the other hand, 2012 not only offered a crushing verdict but an existential challenge: to rethink and reconstitute the party or face irrelevance - or even extinction. Double Down is the occasionally shocking, often hilarious, ultimately definitive account of an election of singular importance. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Double Down Subtitle: Game Change 2012 Author: Mark Halperin, John Heilemann Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Length: 19 hrs and 9 mins Language: English Release date: 11-05-13 Publisher: Penguin Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 887 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: John Heilemann and Mark Halperin set the national conversation on fire with their best-selling account of the 2008 presidential election, Game Change. In Double Down, they apply their unparalleled access and storytelling savvy to the 2012 election, rendering an equally compelling narrative about the circus-like Republican nomination fight, the rise and fall of Mitt Romney, and the trials, tribulations, and Election Day triumph of Barack Obama. Drawing on hundreds of interviews with the people who lived the story, Heilemann and Halperin deliver another reportorial tour de force that reads like a fast-paced novel. Character driven and dialogue rich, replete with extravagantly detailed scenes, Double Down offers a panoramic account of a campaign at once intensely hard fought and lastingly consequential. For Obama, the victory he achieved meant even more to him than the one he had pulled off four years earlier. In 2008, he believed, voters had bet on a hope; in 2012, they passed positive judgment on what he'd actually done, allowing him to avert a loss that would have rendered his presidency a failed, one-term accident. For the Republicans, on the other hand, 2012 not only offered a crushing verdict but an existential challenge: to rethink and reconstitute the party or face irrelevance - or even extinction. Double Down is the occasionally shocking, often hilarious, ultimately definitive account of an election of singular importance. Members Reviews: About HALF as good as Game Change One good thing about this book--the author's did a decent job of making it non-partisan. I'm not sure what caused this book to be so disappointing to me--was it the narrator who was so flat and dry, or the actual way the material was put together? It seems like the plan was just to comprise a chronological list of events, and then just read down the line and check off each one. There wasn't any real excitement or anticipation - which was definitely there throughout Game Change. For political junkies who almost memorized every speech, gaff or event of the last election, I think this book will be a let down. If you weren't glued to the political news programs, and didn't know about all the "inside shenanigans," you will probably enjoy it more. I have heard that people who read the actual book (vs listening) found it to be a lot more engaging. Even though I found it half as good as Game Change, I couldn't give it 2.5, so had to round up. There are only a few reviews of this book on Audible so far, and I will really be interested to see what other's thought. Fairly good job of reliving the election of 2012 The book does a fairly good job of reliving the election of 2012 going all the way back to the earliest republican primary battles. There are allot of new and interesting bits. The kind of stuff that one says "I can't wait until the book is written on this to really know what happened behind the scenes." For example, how did Obama prepare for the first debate and what was the cause of his poor performance? Or how did the whole Clint Eastwood speech at the RNC go so wrong? But all together this is really just a recap of the media's portrayal of the election as a neck and neck fight all the way to the finish just with some extra insider perspective. There is no real explanation for how Obama won by such a landslide in electoral votes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Hazardous-Duty-Audiobook/B002V0JV98 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Hazardous Duty Subtitle: America's Most Decorated Living Soldier Reports From the Front and Tells the Way It Is Author: David H. Hackworth Narrator: David H. Hackworth Format: Abridged Length: 2 hrs and 59 mins Language: English Release date: 07-02-09 Publisher: Phoenix Books Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 34 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Hazardous Duty is a real-life, hard-hitting nonfiction thriller set in the ruins of Bosnia and the sands of Saudi Arabia, the deadly alleys of Mogadishu and the teeming streets of Port-au-Prince. Colonel Hackworth returns from these new American battlefields to report that the Pentagon is wasting hundred of billions of dollars gearing up to fight the wrong kind of wars, and offers a tough-love critique of American military leadership, interpreting the new post-Cold War conflicts. biacuaduc@gmail.com (David H. Hackworth) Thu, 02 Jul 2009 19:30:33 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Hazardous-Duty-Audiobook/B002V0JV98 thebookvoice.com 02:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Hazardous Duty Subtitle: America's Most Decorated Living Soldier Reports From the Front and Tells the Way It Is Author: David H. Hackworth Narrator: David H. Hackworth Format: Abridged Length: 2 hrs and 59 mins Language: English Release date: 07-02-09 Publisher: Phoenix Books Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 34 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Hazardous Duty is a real-life, hard-hitting nonfiction thriller set in the ruins of Bosnia and the sands of Saudi Arabia, the deadly alleys of Mogadishu and the teeming streets of Port-au-Prince. Colonel Hackworth returns from these new American battlefields to report that the Pentagon is wasting hundred of billions of dollars gearing up to fight the wrong kind of wars, and offers a tough-love critique of American military leadership, interpreting the new post-Cold War conflicts. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Hazardous Duty Subtitle: America's Most Decorated Living Soldier Reports From the Front and Tells the Way It Is Author: David H. Hackworth Narrator: David H. Hackworth Format: Abridged Length: 2 hrs and 59 mins Language: English Release date: 07-02-09 Publisher: Phoenix Books Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 34 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Hazardous Duty is a real-life, hard-hitting nonfiction thriller set in the ruins of Bosnia and the sands of Saudi Arabia, the deadly alleys of Mogadishu and the teeming streets of Port-au-Prince. Colonel Hackworth returns from these new American battlefields to report that the Pentagon is wasting hundred of billions of dollars gearing up to fight the wrong kind of wars, and offers a tough-love critique of American military leadership, interpreting the new post-Cold War conflicts. Members Reviews: It's not "About Face" This book wasnt for you, but who do you think might enjoy it more? I read this book when it first came out in the 90's and loved it. I was hoping Hack would be able to put a little extra in to make it worth getting on audio. Unfortunately, the production was half-assed and Hack seemed too tired to read his own book. That took a lot away from the story. Has Hazardous Duty turned you off from other books in this genre? I still love books about war and the military, and this book is good if you read the original. Would you be willing to try another one of David H. Hackworths performances? I would LOVE if they'd have Ray Porter read "About Face." Since Colonel Hackworth is dead, there will be no more books, articles or performances. If you could play editor, what scene or scenes would you have cut from Hazardous Duty? There is little I'd cut out, I would ADD the rest of the book that weren't read like the parts about Haiti and Croatia. Any additional comments? I can't stress enough that I am a big fan of David Hackworth. It's just that this audiobook was produced, edited, and performed badly. Hack just sounded tired and un-involved with his own book. Important As a man who grew up on 20th Century battlefields, Hackworth has a lot to say that we ought to listen to. This is an important read for any political bent. Wish Audible had the unabridged version. What real military is happening during war Would you listen to Hazardous Duty again? Why? This was my second reading and will do it again in time. Who was your favorite character and why? David Hackworth is a American hero and gives the enlisted mans feeling a definate look. Which scene was your favorite? Hackworth's plans and ideas for the military future is as great today as it was ten years ago when he first suggested them Was this a book you wanted to listen to all in one sitting? Yes Any additional comments? For this retired military man all Hackworth writings are a great read or in my case listen ! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Free-Market-Revolution-Audiobook/B00995PLUQ Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Free Market Revolution Subtitle: How Ayn Rands Ideas Can End Big Government Author: Yaron Brook, Don Watkins Narrator: Tom Weiner Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 13 mins Language: English Release date: 09-18-12 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 174 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Here is a look at how our current economic crises are caused by too much governmentand how Ayn Rands bold defense of free markets can help us change course. The rise of the Tea Party and the 2010 election results revealed that tens of millions of Americans are alarmed by big government but skeptical that anything can or will be done to stop the growth of the state. InFree Market Revolution,the keepers of Ayn Rands legacyargue that the answer lies in Randspioneering philosophy of capitalism and self-interesta philosophy that more and more people are turning to for answers. In the past few years, Rands works have surged to new peaks of popularity, as politicians like Paul Ryan, media figures like John Stossel, and businessmen like John Mackey routinely name her as one of their chief influences. Here, Brook and Watkins explain how her ideas can solve a host of political and economic ills, including the debt crisis, inflation, overregulation, and the growing welfare state. And most importantly, they show how Rands philosophy can enable defenders of the free market to seize the moral high ground in the fight to limit government. This is a fresh and urgent look at the ideas of one of the most controversial figures in modern historyideas that may prove the only hope for the future. Critic Reviews: A powerful and unapologetic case in support of capitalism. For those who think more government will solve our nations problems, Free Market Revolutionwill open your eyes. For those who can already see the light, it will sharpen your vision. (Peter Schiff,CEO of Euro Pacific Capital and New York Timesbest-selling author) Free Market Revolutionis must-reading for an age in which the government seems to be treatingAtlas Shruggednot as a warning, but as a how-to manual. (Glenn Reynolds) In this lengthy but digestible tome, Brook and Watkins, of the Ayn Rand Institute, tackle the 2008 housing crisis, subsequent Wall Street crash, Bernie Madoff, and the healthcare industrythrough the lens of Rands principlesThe book challenges existing value judgments of self-interest, self-sacrifice, and the morality of business people, deeming them not selfish but heroic, saving less intellectually skilled workers from starv[ing] in hopeless ineptitude. ( Publishers Weekly) biacuaduc@gmail.com (Yaron Brook) Tue, 18 Sep 2012 11:35:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Free-Market-Revolution-Audiobook/B00995PLUQ thebookvoice.com 08:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Free Market Revolution Subtitle: How Ayn Rands Ideas Can End Big Government Author: Yaron Brook, Don Watkins Narrator: Tom Weiner Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 13 mins Language: English Release date: 09-18-12 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 174 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Here is a look at how our current economic crises are caused by too much governmentand how Ayn Rands bold defense of free markets can help us change course. The rise of the Tea Party and the 2010 election results revealed that tens of millions of Americans are alarmed by big government but skeptical that anything can or will be done to stop the growth of the state. InFree Market Revolution,the keepers of Ayn Rands legacyargue that the answer lies in Randspioneering philosophy of capitalism and self-interesta philosophy that more and more people are turning to for answers. In the past few years, Rands works have surged to new peaks of popularity, as politicians like Paul Ryan, media figures like John Stossel, and businessmen like John Mackey routinely name her as one of their chief influences. Here, Brook and Watkins explain how her ideas can solve a host of political and economic ills, including the debt crisis, inflation, overregulation, and the growing welfare state. And most importantly, they show how Rands philosophy can enable defenders of the free market to seize the moral high ground in the fight to limit government. This is a fresh and urgent look at the ideas of one of the most controversial figures in modern historyideas that may prove the only hope for the future. Critic Reviews: A powerful and unapologetic case in support of capitalism. For those who think more government will solve our nations problems, Free Market Revolutionwill open your eyes. For those who can already see the light, it will sharpen your vision. (Peter Schiff,CEO of Euro Pacific Capital and New York Timesbest-selling author) Free Market Revolutionis must-reading for an age in which the government seems to be treatingAtlas Shruggednot as a warning, but as a how-to manual. (Glenn Reynolds) In this lengthy but digestible tome, Brook and Watkins, of the Ayn Rand Institute, tackle the 2008 housing crisis, subsequent Wall Street crash, Bernie Madoff, and the healthcare industrythrough the lens of Rands principlesThe book challenges existing value judgments of self-interest, self-sacrifice, and the morality of business people, deeming them not selfish but heroic, saving less intellectually skilled workers from starv[ing] in hopeless ineptitude. ( Publishers Weekly) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Free Market Revolution Subtitle: How Ayn Rands Ideas Can End Big Government Author: Yaron Brook, Don Watkins Narrator: Tom Weiner Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 13 mins Language: English Release date: 09-18-12 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 174 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Here is a look at how our current economic crises are caused by too much governmentand how Ayn Rands bold defense of free markets can help us change course. The rise of the Tea Party and the 2010 election results revealed that tens of millions of Americans are alarmed by big government but skeptical that anything can or will be done to stop the growth of the state. InFree Market Revolution,the keepers of Ayn Rands legacyargue that the answer lies in Randspioneering philosophy of capitalism and self-interesta philosophy that more and more people are turning to for answers. In the past few years, Rands works have surged to new peaks of popularity, as politicians like Paul Ryan, media figures like John Stossel, and businessmen like John Mackey routinely name her as one of their chief influences. Here, Brook and Watkins explain how her ideas can solve a host of political and economic ills, including the debt crisis, inflation, overregulation, and the growing welfare state. And most importantly, they show how Rands philosophy can enable defenders of the free market to seize the moral high ground in the fight to limit government. This is a fresh and urgent look at the ideas of one of the most controversial figures in modern historyideas that may prove the only hope for the future. Critic Reviews: A powerful and unapologetic case in support of capitalism. For those who think more government will solve our nations problems, Free Market Revolutionwill open your eyes. For those who can already see the light, it will sharpen your vision. (Peter Schiff,CEO of Euro Pacific Capital and New York Timesbest-selling author) Free Market Revolutionis must-reading for an age in which the government seems to be treatingAtlas Shruggednot as a warning, but as a how-to manual. (Glenn Reynolds) In this lengthy but digestible tome, Brook and Watkins, of the Ayn Rand Institute, tackle the 2008 housing crisis, subsequent Wall Street crash, Bernie Madoff, and the healthcare industrythrough the lens of Rands principlesThe book challenges existing value judgments of self-interest, self-sacrifice, and the morality of business people, deeming them not selfish but heroic, saving less intellectually skilled workers from starv[ing] in hopeless ineptitude. ( Publishers Weekly) Members Reviews: Eye Opening! Would you recommend this audiobook to a friend? If so, why? Can't say how educational this book was. Made me reconsider many long held "truths" that really aren't! Everyone should have to read or listen to this! Ayn Rand is relevant today Yaron Brook has done great work explaining Ayn Rand's philosophy in clear and concise language in "Free Market Revolution." Included is discussion on the "3 pillars of Capitalism": private property, individual liberty, voluntary association. Mr. Brook has also listed examples of modern-day situations where the US government is doing the wrong thing and the economy is suffering as a result. The Democrats and Republicans are both at fault. I enjoyed the style and content of the book. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Devil-We-Dont-Know-Audiobook/B008RAPV6S Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Devil We Don't Know Subtitle: The Dark Side of Revolutions in the Middle East Author: Nonie Darwish Narrator: Gigi Falkland Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 42 mins Language: English Release date: 08-01-12 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 18 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Respected human rights activist Nonie Darwish assesses the potential for freedom to succeed following the recent revolutions in the Middle East. The recent powerful wave of Middle East uprisings has fueled both hope and trepidation in the region and around the world as the ultimate fate - and fallout - of the Arab Spring continue to hang in the balance. Born and raised as a Muslim in Egypt and now living in the United States, Nonie Darwish brings an informed perspective to this carefully considered assessment of the potential outcome of the revolutions in the Middle East. This thought-provoking book will add to the ongoing debate on what the future holds for the people and the politics of the region and on the ultimate compatibility of freedom and democracy in the Muslim world. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Nonie Darwish) Wed, 01 Aug 2012 21:01:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Devil-We-Dont-Know-Audiobook/B008RAPV6S thebookvoice.com 06:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Devil We Don't Know Subtitle: The Dark Side of Revolutions in the Middle East Author: Nonie Darwish Narrator: Gigi Falkland Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 42 mins Language: English Release date: 08-01-12 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 18 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Respected human rights activist Nonie Darwish assesses the potential for freedom to succeed following the recent revolutions in the Middle East. The recent powerful wave of Middle East uprisings has fueled both hope and trepidation in the region and around the world as the ultimate fate - and fallout - of the Arab Spring continue to hang in the balance. Born and raised as a Muslim in Egypt and now living in the United States, Nonie Darwish brings an informed perspective to this carefully considered assessment of the potential outcome of the revolutions in the Middle East. This thought-provoking book will add to the ongoing debate on what the future holds for the people and the politics of the region and on the ultimate compatibility of freedom and democracy in the Muslim world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Devil We Don't Know Subtitle: The Dark Side of Revolutions in the Middle East Author: Nonie Darwish Narrator: Gigi Falkland Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 42 mins Language: English Release date: 08-01-12 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 18 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Respected human rights activist Nonie Darwish assesses the potential for freedom to succeed following the recent revolutions in the Middle East. The recent powerful wave of Middle East uprisings has fueled both hope and trepidation in the region and around the world as the ultimate fate - and fallout - of the Arab Spring continue to hang in the balance. Born and raised as a Muslim in Egypt and now living in the United States, Nonie Darwish brings an informed perspective to this carefully considered assessment of the potential outcome of the revolutions in the Middle East. This thought-provoking book will add to the ongoing debate on what the future holds for the people and the politics of the region and on the ultimate compatibility of freedom and democracy in the Muslim world. Members Reviews: Good to Learn from Former Adherent A thoroughly researched and straight-forward introduction for anyone who wants to advocate for truth and reason. Will not disappoint. Simplistic. What disappointed you about The Devil We Don't Know? There is no constructed reasoning in this book. From the verry begining it is made of an accumulation of unverrified "facts" and dogmas. The author is agressive and resentfull and expresses her own opinion without constructing her case. I'm verry disapointed by this book, it is a simplistic and narrow minded view of the arab world. Would you listen to another book narrated by Gigi Falkland? Yes, naration is not the issue here. one person opinion Would you try another book from Nonie Darwish and/or Gigi Falkland? very inaccurate, Islam and Quran specific very large volume, and it takes years to understand, she is cashing in , thinking the western audience would like to hear her trash one of the world growing religion 1.64 B around the world sorry that you did not check for accuracy Would you ever listen to anything by Nonie Darwish again? NO How did the narrator detract from the book? hate to great religon If you could play editor, what scene or scenes would you have cut from The Devil We Don't Know? all of it false, even the fact she try to state, no one can say for sure if the people she mentioned left the religion https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Guilty-Liberal-Victims-and-Their-Assault-on-America-Audiobook/B007APKXIC Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Guilty: Liberal 'Victims' and Their Assault on America Author: Ann Coulter Narrator: Ann Coulter Format: Abridged Length: 5 hrs and 54 mins Language: English Release date: 02-20-12 Publisher: Random House Audio Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 48 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: "Liberals seem to have hit upon a reverse Christ story as their belief system. He suffered and died for our sins; liberals make the rest of us suffer for sins we didnt commit." Who are the victims here? To hear liberals tell it, you'd think they do nothing but suffer at the hands of ruthless entities like the "Republican Attack Machine" and Fox News. Really? Its just another instance of the Big Lie, of course, told so often that some people have actually started to believe it. In Guilty, Ann Coulter explodes this myth to reveal that when it comes to bullying, no one outdoes the Left. Citing case after case, ranging from the hilariously absurd to the shockingly vicious, Coulter dissects these so-called victims who are invariably the oppressors. For instance: One essential and recurring truth about self-righteous liberals, says Coulter, is that "They viciously attack all while wailing that they are the true victims." With Guilty - a mordantly witty and shockingly specific catalog of offenses that liberals would rather we ignore and forget - Ann Coulter presents exhibits A through Z. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Ann Coulter) Mon, 20 Feb 2012 16:44:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Guilty-Liberal-Victims-and-Their-Assault-on-America-Audiobook/B007APKXIC thebookvoice.com 05:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Guilty: Liberal 'Victims' and Their Assault on America Author: Ann Coulter Narrator: Ann Coulter Format: Abridged Length: 5 hrs and 54 mins Language: English Release date: 02-20-12 Publisher: Random House Audio Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 48 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: "Liberals seem to have hit upon a reverse Christ story as their belief system. He suffered and died for our sins; liberals make the rest of us suffer for sins we didnt commit." Who are the victims here? To hear liberals tell it, you'd think they do nothing but suffer at the hands of ruthless entities like the "Republican Attack Machine" and Fox News. Really? Its just another instance of the Big Lie, of course, told so often that some people have actually started to believe it. In Guilty, Ann Coulter explodes this myth to reveal that when it comes to bullying, no one outdoes the Left. Citing case after case, ranging from the hilariously absurd to the shockingly vicious, Coulter dissects these so-called victims who are invariably the oppressors. For instance: One essential and recurring truth about self-righteous liberals, says Coulter, is that "They viciously attack all while wailing that they are the true victims." With Guilty - a mordantly witty and shockingly specific catalog of offenses that liberals would rather we ignore and forget - Ann Coulter presents exhibits A through Z. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Guilty: Liberal 'Victims' and Their Assault on America Author: Ann Coulter Narrator: Ann Coulter Format: Abridged Length: 5 hrs and 54 mins Language: English Release date: 02-20-12 Publisher: Random House Audio Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 48 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: "Liberals seem to have hit upon a reverse Christ story as their belief system. He suffered and died for our sins; liberals make the rest of us suffer for sins we didnt commit." Who are the victims here? To hear liberals tell it, you'd think they do nothing but suffer at the hands of ruthless entities like the "Republican Attack Machine" and Fox News. Really? Its just another instance of the Big Lie, of course, told so often that some people have actually started to believe it. In Guilty, Ann Coulter explodes this myth to reveal that when it comes to bullying, no one outdoes the Left. Citing case after case, ranging from the hilariously absurd to the shockingly vicious, Coulter dissects these so-called victims who are invariably the oppressors. For instance: One essential and recurring truth about self-righteous liberals, says Coulter, is that "They viciously attack all while wailing that they are the true victims." With Guilty - a mordantly witty and shockingly specific catalog of offenses that liberals would rather we ignore and forget - Ann Coulter presents exhibits A through Z. Members Reviews: True be told Another great book on truth that all with their heads in the sand should look up and read / hear most compelling information in a non bias way just the truth. Thank Ann Coulter Ann had me in stiches with her satire ! Where does Guilty: Liberal 'Victims' and Their Assault on America rank among all the audiobooks youve listened to so far? Near the top - I couldn't wait to get back in the car after gas stops to hear the next parts. What did you like best about this story? The facts - Ann provides so much ammunition and facts that you wouldn't be able to find for yourself. Which character as performed by Ann Coulter was your favorite? I bought this version specifically because Ann was the narrator. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Skipping-Towards-Gomorrah-Audiobook/B00EJPQDG2 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Skipping Towards Gomorrah Subtitle: The Seven Deadly Sins and the Pursuit of Happiness in America Author: Dan Savage Narrator: Dan Savage Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 57 mins Language: English Release date: 04-22-14 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 313 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: In Skipping Towards Gomorrah, Dan Savage eviscerates the right-wing conservatives as he commits each of the Seven Deadly Sins himself (or tries to) and finds those everyday Americans who take particular delight in their sinful pursuits. Among them: Combine a unique history of the Seven Deadly Sins, a new interpretation of the biblical stories of Sodom and Gomorrah, and enough Bill Bennett, Robert Bork, Pat Buchanan, Dr. Laura, and Bill O'Reilly bashing to more than make up for their incessant carping, and you've got the most provocative audiobook of the fall. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Dan Savage) Tue, 22 Apr 2014 07:30:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Skipping-Towards-Gomorrah-Audiobook/B00EJPQDG2 thebookvoice.com 08:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Skipping Towards Gomorrah Subtitle: The Seven Deadly Sins and the Pursuit of Happiness in America Author: Dan Savage Narrator: Dan Savage Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 57 mins Language: English Release date: 04-22-14 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 313 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: In Skipping Towards Gomorrah, Dan Savage eviscerates the right-wing conservatives as he commits each of the Seven Deadly Sins himself (or tries to) and finds those everyday Americans who take particular delight in their sinful pursuits. Among them: Combine a unique history of the Seven Deadly Sins, a new interpretation of the biblical stories of Sodom and Gomorrah, and enough Bill Bennett, Robert Bork, Pat Buchanan, Dr. Laura, and Bill O'Reilly bashing to more than make up for their incessant carping, and you've got the most provocative audiobook of the fall. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Skipping Towards Gomorrah Subtitle: The Seven Deadly Sins and the Pursuit of Happiness in America Author: Dan Savage Narrator: Dan Savage Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 57 mins Language: English Release date: 04-22-14 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 313 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: In Skipping Towards Gomorrah, Dan Savage eviscerates the right-wing conservatives as he commits each of the Seven Deadly Sins himself (or tries to) and finds those everyday Americans who take particular delight in their sinful pursuits. Among them: Combine a unique history of the Seven Deadly Sins, a new interpretation of the biblical stories of Sodom and Gomorrah, and enough Bill Bennett, Robert Bork, Pat Buchanan, Dr. Laura, and Bill O'Reilly bashing to more than make up for their incessant carping, and you've got the most provocative audiobook of the fall. Members Reviews: Not my favourite Savage, but still a must read. Okay, let's start of by admitting that I'm an absolute Savage Fan. The thought process that went into buying this book was "Oh, there's a new book by Dan Savage available? I'd better pre-order it!!!" And while the notion of exploring the seven deadly sins might seem a little... gratuitous... and might seem to serve only to promote Mr. Savage as a shameless hedonist trying to tear down the walls of decency.... okay, let's not kid ourselves. That's what it is, and that's what he is. But... the entire point of the book is that our notions of "sin" and "decency" need to be re-evaluated, and there's nothing wrong with a little shameless hedonism. Not only that, but he doesn't go in the directions you'd expect. For example, for Pride he talks about the Pride Parades... and whether he thinks they're relevant anymore. This is actually one of the two points I disagree with him on-- I think their meaning has changed and they are totally relevant. I also did not think that "firing a gun" served well as Wrath-- it was more of a platform for him to attack the second amendment. And I'll freely admit I'm one of those people who gets bitchy when you attack the second amendment, and that it's my main complaint with Mr. Savage. This a review, not a rebuttal, so I'll just leave it at "if you're like me on the second amendment, you will have objections." Well, and I'll add that his perspective is still worth reading.... I certainly don't think he's wrong about every point he makes, I just think he doesn't accurately represent the views he's opposing (which is as much the fault of the NRA as his). As always, the author is inappropriate, but as I believe he has said himself-- just inappropriate enough to get the job done. The books is, at different points, thought provoking, insightful, informative, outrageous... and real. I'm very glad he read it himself-- it always irritates me when books by talented speakers are read by others. That being said, there were some production issues; at several points he stops and starts a sentence over-- perfectly understandable, but should have been edited out. If you haven't read a Dan Savage book, or listened to his podcast, or read his column, this is probably not the place to start. A COMMITTED HEDONIST With tongue in cheek, Dan Savage shows himself to be a committed hedonist. He rails against the conservative rants of the 3Bs, William Bennett, Robert Bork, and Pat Buchanan by celebrating the seven sins of humankindPride, Envy, Gluttony, Lust, Anger, Greed, and Sloth. All seven sins are lampooned and coveted with delight. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/My-Turn-Audiobook/B01LFGHGP4 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: My Turn Subtitle: Hillary Clinton Targets the Presidency Author: Doug Henwood Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 43 mins Language: English Release date: 09-06-16 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 7 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Hillary Clinton is running for the presidency with a message of hope and change. But, as Doug Henwood makes clear in this concise, devastating indictment, little trust can be placed in her campaign promises. Rigorously reviewing her record, Henwood shows how Clinton's positions on key issues have always blown with the breeze of expediency, though generally around an axis of moralism and hawkishness. Without a meaningful program other than a broad fealty to the status quo, Henwood suggests, "the case for Hillary boils down to this: she has experience, she's a woman, and it's her turn". Cover painting by Sara Sole. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Doug Henwood) Tue, 06 Sep 2016 20:11:54 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/My-Turn-Audiobook/B01LFGHGP4 thebookvoice.com 03:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: My Turn Subtitle: Hillary Clinton Targets the Presidency Author: Doug Henwood Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 43 mins Language: English Release date: 09-06-16 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 7 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Hillary Clinton is running for the presidency with a message of hope and change. But, as Doug Henwood makes clear in this concise, devastating indictment, little trust can be placed in her campaign promises. Rigorously reviewing her record, Henwood shows how Clinton's positions on key issues have always blown with the breeze of expediency, though generally around an axis of moralism and hawkishness. Without a meaningful program other than a broad fealty to the status quo, Henwood suggests, "the case for Hillary boils down to this: she has experience, she's a woman, and it's her turn". Cover painting by Sara Sole. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: My Turn Subtitle: Hillary Clinton Targets the Presidency Author: Doug Henwood Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 43 mins Language: English Release date: 09-06-16 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 7 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Hillary Clinton is running for the presidency with a message of hope and change. But, as Doug Henwood makes clear in this concise, devastating indictment, little trust can be placed in her campaign promises. Rigorously reviewing her record, Henwood shows how Clinton's positions on key issues have always blown with the breeze of expediency, though generally around an axis of moralism and hawkishness. Without a meaningful program other than a broad fealty to the status quo, Henwood suggests, "the case for Hillary boils down to this: she has experience, she's a woman, and it's her turn". Cover painting by Sara Sole. Members Reviews: So great. A quick summary of Hillary's political history I take to be completely accurate. It was written before the election, it nevertheless serves now as a nice reminder of why she lost. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/United-States-of-Jihad-Audiobook/B01AOFLK0Y Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: United States of Jihad Subtitle: Investigating America's Homegrown Terrorists Author: Peter Bergen Narrator: Nicholas Guy Smith Format: Unabridged Length: 12 hrs and 16 mins Language: English Release date: 02-02-16 Publisher: Random House Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 129 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: A riveting, panoramic look at "homegrown" Islamist terrorism from 9/11 to the present. Since 9/11, more than 300 Americans - born and raised in Minnesota, Alabama, New Jersey, and elsewhere - have been indicted or convicted of terrorism charges. Some have taken the fight abroad: An American was among those who planned the attacks in Mumbai, and more than 80 US citizens have been charged with ISIS-related crimes. Others have acted on American soil, as with the attacks at Fort Hood, at the Boston Marathon, and in San Bernardino. What motivates them, how are they trained, and what do we sacrifice in our efforts to track them? Paced like a detective story, United States of Jihad tells the entwined stories of the key actors on the American front. Among the perpetrators are Anwar al-Awlaki, the New Mexico-born radical cleric who became the first American citizen killed by a CIA drone and who mentored the Charlie Hebdo shooters; Samir Khan, whose Inspire webzine has rallied terrorists around the world, including the Tsarnaev brothers; and Omar Hammami, an Alabama native and hip-hop fan who became a fixture in al Shabaab's propaganda videos until fatally displeasing his superiors. Drawing on his extensive network of intelligence contacts, from the National Counterterrorism Center and the FBI to the NYPD, Peter Bergen also offers an inside look at the controversial tactics of the agencies tracking potential terrorists, from infiltrating mosques to massive surveillance; at the bias experienced by innocent observant Muslims at the hands of law enforcement; at the critics and defenders of US policies on terrorism; and at how social media has revolutionized terrorism. Lucid and rigorously researched, United States of Jihad is an essential new analysis of the Americans who have embraced militant Islam both here and abroad. Critic Reviews: "Guided by evidence and deep experience, Peter Bergen has become one of America's most important analysts of Islamist militancy and terrorism. Here he again provides a timely, sober, fact-based study of the diverse and fragmentary character of homegrown violent jihadists. He places the scale of the threat into accurate perspective, without minimizing its dangers. Every American should read this book." (Steve Coll, author of Ghost Wars and Private Empire) "It is hard to imagine a timelier book than this one. Peter Bergen does what he does best - telling mesmerizing stories that weave together exhaustive research to illuminate a critically important subject. He shows us that the Americans among us who turn to jihad are not who we imagine them to be, suggesting ways in which we can be simultaneously more humane and more secure." (Anne-Marie Slaughter, author of The Idea That Is America; president and CEO of New America) "With his latest book, Peter Bergen shows once again that he has become the premier chronicler of jihadism in the 21st century. Read it and come away with a new understanding of America and of terrorism." (Thomas E. Ricks, author of The Generals and Fiasco) biacuaduc@gmail.com (Peter Bergen) Tue, 02 Feb 2016 23:19:07 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/United-States-of-Jihad-Audiobook/B01AOFLK0Y thebookvoice.com 12:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: United States of Jihad Subtitle: Investigating America's Homegrown Terrorists Author: Peter Bergen Narrator: Nicholas Guy Smith Format: Unabridged Length: 12 hrs and 16 mins Language: English Release date: 02-02-16 Publisher: Random House Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 129 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: A riveting, panoramic look at "homegrown" Islamist terrorism from 9/11 to the present. Since 9/11, more than 300 Americans - born and raised in Minnesota, Alabama, New Jersey, and elsewhere - have been indicted or convicted of terrorism charges. Some have taken the fight abroad: An American was among those who planned the attacks in Mumbai, and more than 80 US citizens have been charged with ISIS-related crimes. Others have acted on American soil, as with the attacks at Fort Hood, at the Boston Marathon, and in San Bernardino. What motivates them, how are they trained, and what do we sacrifice in our efforts to track them? Paced like a detective story, United States of Jihad tells the entwined stories of the key actors on the American front. Among the perpetrators are Anwar al-Awlaki, the New Mexico-born radical cleric who became the first American citizen killed by a CIA drone and who mentored the Charlie Hebdo shooters; Samir Khan, whose Inspire webzine has rallied terrorists around the world, including the Tsarnaev brothers; and Omar Hammami, an Alabama native and hip-hop fan who became a fixture in al Shabaab's propaganda videos until fatally displeasing his superiors. Drawing on his extensive network of intelligence contacts, from the National Counterterrorism Center and the FBI to the NYPD, Peter Bergen also offers an inside look at the controversial tactics of the agencies tracking potential terrorists, from infiltrating mosques to massive surveillance; at the bias experienced by innocent observant Muslims at the hands of law enforcement; at the critics and defenders of US policies on terrorism; and at how social media has revolutionized terrorism. Lucid and rigorously researched, United States of Jihad is an essential new analysis of the Americans who have embraced militant Islam both here and abroad. Critic Reviews: "Guided by evidence and deep experience, Peter Bergen has become one of America's most important analysts of Islamist militancy and terrorism. Here he again provides a timely, sober, fact-based study of the diverse and fragmentary character of homegrown violent jihadists. He places the scale of the threat into accurate perspective, without minimizing its dangers. Every American should read this book." (Steve Coll, author of Ghost Wars and Private Empire) "It is hard to imagine a timelier book than this one. Peter Bergen does what he does best - telling mesmerizing stories that weave together exhaustive research to illuminate a critically important subject. He shows us that the Americans among us who turn to jihad are not who we imagine them to be, suggesting ways in which we can be simultaneously more humane and more secure." (Anne-Marie Slaughter, author of The Idea That Is America; president and CEO of New America) "With his latest book, Peter Bergen shows once again that he has become the premier chronicler of jihadism in the 21st century. Read it and come away with a new understanding of America and of terrorism." (Thomas E. Ricks, author of The Generals and Fiasco) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: United States of Jihad Subtitle: Investigating America's Homegrown Terrorists Author: Peter Bergen Narrator: Nicholas Guy Smith Format: Unabridged Length: 12 hrs and 16 mins Language: English Release date: 02-02-16 Publisher: Random House Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 129 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: A riveting, panoramic look at "homegrown" Islamist terrorism from 9/11 to the present. Since 9/11, more than 300 Americans - born and raised in Minnesota, Alabama, New Jersey, and elsewhere - have been indicted or convicted of terrorism charges. Some have taken the fight abroad: An American was among those who planned the attacks in Mumbai, and more than 80 US citizens have been charged with ISIS-related crimes. Others have acted on American soil, as with the attacks at Fort Hood, at the Boston Marathon, and in San Bernardino. What motivates them, how are they trained, and what do we sacrifice in our efforts to track them? Paced like a detective story, United States of Jihad tells the entwined stories of the key actors on the American front. Among the perpetrators are Anwar al-Awlaki, the New Mexico-born radical cleric who became the first American citizen killed by a CIA drone and who mentored the Charlie Hebdo shooters; Samir Khan, whose Inspire webzine has rallied terrorists around the world, including the Tsarnaev brothers; and Omar Hammami, an Alabama native and hip-hop fan who became a fixture in al Shabaab's propaganda videos until fatally displeasing his superiors. Drawing on his extensive network of intelligence contacts, from the National Counterterrorism Center and the FBI to the NYPD, Peter Bergen also offers an inside look at the controversial tactics of the agencies tracking potential terrorists, from infiltrating mosques to massive surveillance; at the bias experienced by innocent observant Muslims at the hands of law enforcement; at the critics and defenders of US policies on terrorism; and at how social media has revolutionized terrorism. Lucid and rigorously researched, United States of Jihad is an essential new analysis of the Americans who have embraced militant Islam both here and abroad. Critic Reviews: "Guided by evidence and deep experience, Peter Bergen has become one of America's most important analysts of Islamist militancy and terrorism. Here he again provides a timely, sober, fact-based study of the diverse and fragmentary character of homegrown violent jihadists. He places the scale of the threat into accurate perspective, without minimizing its dangers. Every American should read this book." (Steve Coll, author of Ghost Wars and Private Empire) "It is hard to imagine a timelier book than this one. Peter Bergen does what he does best - telling mesmerizing stories that weave together exhaustive research to illuminate a critically important subject. He shows us that the Americans among us who turn to jihad are not who we imagine them to be, suggesting ways in which we can be simultaneously more humane and more secure." (Anne-Marie Slaughter, author of The Idea That Is America; president and CEO of New America) "With his latest book, Peter Bergen shows once again that he has become the premier chronicler of jihadism in the 21st century. Read it and come away with a new understanding of America and of terrorism." (Thomas E. Ricks, author of The Generals and Fiasco) Members Reviews: good overview A good brief overview of the growing trend of self radicalization. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Shadowbosses-Audiobook/B00A4LLQV2 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Shadowbosses Subtitle: Government Unions Control America and Rob Taxpayers Blind Author: Mallory Factor, Elizabeth Factor (contributor) Narrator: Mallory Factor Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 45 mins Language: English Release date: 11-13-12 Publisher: Hachette Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 21 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Shadowbosses reads like an organized crime novel, but it's actually a true story of how labor unions are infiltrating our government and corrupting our political process. This compelling and insightful book exposes how unions have organized federal, state, and local government employees without their consent, and how government employee unions are now a threat to our workers' freedoms, our free and fair elections, and even our American way of life. And, Mallory Factor reveals what's coming next: how unions are targeting millions of Americans - maybe even you - for forced unionization so that unions can collect billions more in forced dues and exert an even greater influence over American politics. A chilling expose, Shadowbosses is also a call to citizen action against those who really hold power in America today. Critic Reviews: "Mallory Factor's Shadowbosses is a must read for anyone in America who pays taxes!" (Sean Hannity, Fox News) "...Mallory Factor blows the lid off Big Labor's racket and arms you with the whole truth about the ruthless left-wing fat cats who pull the Democratic Party's strings.... Get the facts. Buy this book." (Michelle Malkin) "...Government union bosses have been siphoning off our tax dollars by the billions for years. Mallory Factor exposes them... with a hard-hitting, thoroughly documented, and enlightening exposé of these shadowbosses and their Big Labor empire." (Rand Paul, United States Senator from Kentucky) biacuaduc@gmail.com (Mallory Factor) Tue, 13 Nov 2012 07:06:33 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Shadowbosses-Audiobook/B00A4LLQV2 thebookvoice.com 09:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Shadowbosses Subtitle: Government Unions Control America and Rob Taxpayers Blind Author: Mallory Factor, Elizabeth Factor (contributor) Narrator: Mallory Factor Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 45 mins Language: English Release date: 11-13-12 Publisher: Hachette Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 21 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Shadowbosses reads like an organized crime novel, but it's actually a true story of how labor unions are infiltrating our government and corrupting our political process. This compelling and insightful book exposes how unions have organized federal, state, and local government employees without their consent, and how government employee unions are now a threat to our workers' freedoms, our free and fair elections, and even our American way of life. And, Mallory Factor reveals what's coming next: how unions are targeting millions of Americans - maybe even you - for forced unionization so that unions can collect billions more in forced dues and exert an even greater influence over American politics. A chilling expose, Shadowbosses is also a call to citizen action against those who really hold power in America today. Critic Reviews: "Mallory Factor's Shadowbosses is a must read for anyone in America who pays taxes!" (Sean Hannity, Fox News) "...Mallory Factor blows the lid off Big Labor's racket and arms you with the whole truth about the ruthless left-wing fat cats who pull the Democratic Party's strings.... Get the facts. Buy this book." (Michelle Malkin) "...Government union bosses have been siphoning off our tax dollars by the billions for years. Mallory Factor exposes them... with a hard-hitting, thoroughly documented, and enlightening exposé of these shadowbosses and their Big Labor empire." (Rand Paul, United States Senator from Kentucky) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Shadowbosses Subtitle: Government Unions Control America and Rob Taxpayers Blind Author: Mallory Factor, Elizabeth Factor (contributor) Narrator: Mallory Factor Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 45 mins Language: English Release date: 11-13-12 Publisher: Hachette Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 21 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Shadowbosses reads like an organized crime novel, but it's actually a true story of how labor unions are infiltrating our government and corrupting our political process. This compelling and insightful book exposes how unions have organized federal, state, and local government employees without their consent, and how government employee unions are now a threat to our workers' freedoms, our free and fair elections, and even our American way of life. And, Mallory Factor reveals what's coming next: how unions are targeting millions of Americans - maybe even you - for forced unionization so that unions can collect billions more in forced dues and exert an even greater influence over American politics. A chilling expose, Shadowbosses is also a call to citizen action against those who really hold power in America today. Critic Reviews: "Mallory Factor's Shadowbosses is a must read for anyone in America who pays taxes!" (Sean Hannity, Fox News) "...Mallory Factor blows the lid off Big Labor's racket and arms you with the whole truth about the ruthless left-wing fat cats who pull the Democratic Party's strings.... Get the facts. Buy this book." (Michelle Malkin) "...Government union bosses have been siphoning off our tax dollars by the billions for years. Mallory Factor exposes them... with a hard-hitting, thoroughly documented, and enlightening exposé of these shadowbosses and their Big Labor empire." (Rand Paul, United States Senator from Kentucky) Members Reviews: Revealing and repetitive Would you recommend Shadowbosses to your friends? Why or why not? only if concerned about union power and not a government employee What did you like about the performance? What did you dislike? clear but biased Do you think Shadowbosses needs a follow-up book? Why or why not? not without more evidence of progress in neutralizing govt union power. A Must Read for All - ESPECIALLY Liberals Would you consider the audio edition of Shadowbosses to be better than the print version? I did not buy the print version Who was your favorite character and why? There are no favorite characters in this book - it is all about the thugs who run American unions and the damage they do to all of us. Did the narration match the pace of the story? I appreciate that the author narrated the book - and he was not bad. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Restraint-A-New-Foundation-for-US-Grand-Strategy-Audiobook/B076VTZ8Y3 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Restraint: A New Foundation for U.S. Grand Strategy Subtitle: Cornell Studies in Security Affairs Author: Barry R. Posen Narrator: Jim R. Sartor Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 31 mins Language: English Release date: 10-30-17 Publisher: University Press Audiobooks Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: The United States, Barry R. Posen argues in Restraint, has grown incapable of moderating its ambitions in international politics. Since the collapse of Soviet power, it has pursued a grand strategy that he calls "liberal hegemony", one that Posen sees as unnecessary, counterproductive, costly, and wasteful. Written for policymakers and observers alike, Restraint explains precisely why this grand strategy works poorly and then provides a carefully designed alternative grand strategy and an associated military strategy and force structure. In contrast to the failures and unexpected problems that have stemmed from America's consistent overreaching, Posen makes an urgent argument for restraint in the future use of US military strength. After setting out the political implications of restraint as a guiding principle, Posen sketches the appropriate military forces and posture that would support such a strategy. He works with a deliberately constrained notion of grand strategy and, even more important, of national security (which he defines as including sovereignty, territorial integrity, power position, and safety). His alternative for military strategy, which Posen calls "command of the commons", focuses on protecting US global access through naval, air, and space power, while freeing the United States from most of the relationships that require the permanent stationing of US forces overseas. The book is published by Cornell University Press. Critic Reviews: "An enormously important and timely book which challenges the conventional wisdom about the merits and logic of liberal hegemony." (Brian C. Schmidt, International Affairs) "A tightly argued, impeccably sourced, and lucid case for a new American national security strategy." (Jessica T. Mathews, The New York Review of Books) "An eloquent case for a new grand strategy." (Jared McKinney, The American Spectator) biacuaduc@gmail.com (Barry R. Posen) Mon, 30 Oct 2017 08:52:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Restraint-A-New-Foundation-for-US-Grand-Strategy-Audiobook/B076VTZ8Y3 thebookvoice.com 09:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Restraint: A New Foundation for U.S. Grand Strategy Subtitle: Cornell Studies in Security Affairs Author: Barry R. Posen Narrator: Jim R. Sartor Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 31 mins Language: English Release date: 10-30-17 Publisher: University Press Audiobooks Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: The United States, Barry R. Posen argues in Restraint, has grown incapable of moderating its ambitions in international politics. Since the collapse of Soviet power, it has pursued a grand strategy that he calls "liberal hegemony", one that Posen sees as unnecessary, counterproductive, costly, and wasteful. Written for policymakers and observers alike, Restraint explains precisely why this grand strategy works poorly and then provides a carefully designed alternative grand strategy and an associated military strategy and force structure. In contrast to the failures and unexpected problems that have stemmed from America's consistent overreaching, Posen makes an urgent argument for restraint in the future use of US military strength. After setting out the political implications of restraint as a guiding principle, Posen sketches the appropriate military forces and posture that would support such a strategy. He works with a deliberately constrained notion of grand strategy and, even more important, of national security (which he defines as including sovereignty, territorial integrity, power position, and safety). His alternative for military strategy, which Posen calls "command of the commons", focuses on protecting US global access through naval, air, and space power, while freeing the United States from most of the relationships that require the permanent stationing of US forces overseas. The book is published by Cornell University Press. Critic Reviews: "An enormously important and timely book which challenges the conventional wisdom about the merits and logic of liberal hegemony." (Brian C. Schmidt, International Affairs) "A tightly argued, impeccably sourced, and lucid case for a new American national security strategy." (Jessica T. Mathews, The New York Review of Books) "An eloquent case for a new grand strategy." (Jared McKinney, The American Spectator) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Restraint: A New Foundation for U.S. Grand Strategy Subtitle: Cornell Studies in Security Affairs Author: Barry R. Posen Narrator: Jim R. Sartor Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 31 mins Language: English Release date: 10-30-17 Publisher: University Press Audiobooks Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: The United States, Barry R. Posen argues in Restraint, has grown incapable of moderating its ambitions in international politics. Since the collapse of Soviet power, it has pursued a grand strategy that he calls "liberal hegemony", one that Posen sees as unnecessary, counterproductive, costly, and wasteful. Written for policymakers and observers alike, Restraint explains precisely why this grand strategy works poorly and then provides a carefully designed alternative grand strategy and an associated military strategy and force structure. In contrast to the failures and unexpected problems that have stemmed from America's consistent overreaching, Posen makes an urgent argument for restraint in the future use of US military strength. After setting out the political implications of restraint as a guiding principle, Posen sketches the appropriate military forces and posture that would support such a strategy. He works with a deliberately constrained notion of grand strategy and, even more important, of national security (which he defines as including sovereignty, territorial integrity, power position, and safety). His alternative for military strategy, which Posen calls "command of the commons", focuses on protecting US global access through naval, air, and space power, while freeing the United States from most of the relationships that require the permanent stationing of US forces overseas. The book is published by Cornell University Press. Critic Reviews: "An enormously important and timely book which challenges the conventional wisdom about the merits and logic of liberal hegemony." (Brian C. Schmidt, International Affairs) "A tightly argued, impeccably sourced, and lucid case for a new American national security strategy." (Jessica T. Mathews, The New York Review of Books) "An eloquent case for a new grand strategy." (Jared McKinney, The American Spectator) Members Reviews: An Alternative Barry Posen presents a well-thought alternative to continued and unsustainable intervention for the U.S.. He argues for an alternative strategy the also provides opportunities for a more realistic and balanced force to go with that strategy. We cannot afford to continue without a valid consideration of alternatives. Excellent perspective. Covering a grand theme, painted with broad strokes â Written before Ukraine and Iraq The thesis of this book is that the United States is overstretched. The country is spending more than they can afford on defense. We are currently protecting countries which would be better off protecting themselves. We could defend our national interests with less of an outlay. In fact, reducing our presence elsewhere in the world would reduce the level of antagonism against America. Posen's focus is on conventional military power and conventional strategy and tactics â warfare between states. His assumption is that the tools and tactics of the existing military will be appropriate to combat the threats he sees, but it is a question of balance. Posen would like to see more military strength focused on "the commons," the oceans, skies, space and the communications sphere, and less on land-based armies. The United States' greatest assets are its geographic location, isolated, with access to two oceans, and its technology. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Theories-of-International-Politics-and-Zombies-Audiobook/B004NWNPRG Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Theories of International Politics and Zombies Author: Daniel W. Drezner Narrator: Oliver Wyman Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 52 mins Language: English Release date: 02-20-11 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 76 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: What would happen to international politics if the dead rose from the grave and started to eat the living? Daniel Drezner's groundbreaking book answers the question that other international relations scholars have been too scared to ask. Addressing timely issues with analytical bite, Drezner looks at how well-known theories from international relations might be applied to a war with zombies. Exploring the plots of popular zombie films, songs, and books, Theories of International Politics and Zombies predicts realistic scenarios for the political stage in the face of a zombie threat and considers how valid - or how rotten - such scenarios might be. Drezner boldly lurches into the breach and "stress tests" the ways that different approaches to world politics would explain policy responses to the living dead. He examines the most prominent international relations theories - including realism, liberalism, constructivism, neoconservatism, and bureaucratic politics - and decomposes their predictions. He digs into prominent zombie films and novels, such as Night of the Living Dead and World War Z, to see where essential theories hold up and where they would stumble and fall. Drezner argues that by thinking about outside-of-the-box threats we get a cognitive grip on what former U.S. Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld famously referred to as the "unknown unknowns" in international security. Correcting the zombie gap in international relations thinking and addressing the genuine but publicly unacknowledged fear of the dead rising from the grave, Theories of International Politics and Zombies presents political tactics and strategies accessible enough for any zombie to digest. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Daniel W. Drezner) Sun, 20 Feb 2011 00:24:44 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Theories-of-International-Politics-and-Zombies-Audiobook/B004NWNPRG thebookvoice.com 02:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Theories of International Politics and Zombies Author: Daniel W. Drezner Narrator: Oliver Wyman Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 52 mins Language: English Release date: 02-20-11 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 76 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: What would happen to international politics if the dead rose from the grave and started to eat the living? Daniel Drezner's groundbreaking book answers the question that other international relations scholars have been too scared to ask. Addressing timely issues with analytical bite, Drezner looks at how well-known theories from international relations might be applied to a war with zombies. Exploring the plots of popular zombie films, songs, and books, Theories of International Politics and Zombies predicts realistic scenarios for the political stage in the face of a zombie threat and considers how valid - or how rotten - such scenarios might be. Drezner boldly lurches into the breach and "stress tests" the ways that different approaches to world politics would explain policy responses to the living dead. He examines the most prominent international relations theories - including realism, liberalism, constructivism, neoconservatism, and bureaucratic politics - and decomposes their predictions. He digs into prominent zombie films and novels, such as Night of the Living Dead and World War Z, to see where essential theories hold up and where they would stumble and fall. Drezner argues that by thinking about outside-of-the-box threats we get a cognitive grip on what former U.S. Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld famously referred to as the "unknown unknowns" in international security. Correcting the zombie gap in international relations thinking and addressing the genuine but publicly unacknowledged fear of the dead rising from the grave, Theories of International Politics and Zombies presents political tactics and strategies accessible enough for any zombie to digest. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Theories of International Politics and Zombies Author: Daniel W. Drezner Narrator: Oliver Wyman Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 52 mins Language: English Release date: 02-20-11 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 76 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: What would happen to international politics if the dead rose from the grave and started to eat the living? Daniel Drezner's groundbreaking book answers the question that other international relations scholars have been too scared to ask. Addressing timely issues with analytical bite, Drezner looks at how well-known theories from international relations might be applied to a war with zombies. Exploring the plots of popular zombie films, songs, and books, Theories of International Politics and Zombies predicts realistic scenarios for the political stage in the face of a zombie threat and considers how valid - or how rotten - such scenarios might be. Drezner boldly lurches into the breach and "stress tests" the ways that different approaches to world politics would explain policy responses to the living dead. He examines the most prominent international relations theories - including realism, liberalism, constructivism, neoconservatism, and bureaucratic politics - and decomposes their predictions. He digs into prominent zombie films and novels, such as Night of the Living Dead and World War Z, to see where essential theories hold up and where they would stumble and fall. Drezner argues that by thinking about outside-of-the-box threats we get a cognitive grip on what former U.S. Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld famously referred to as the "unknown unknowns" in international security. Correcting the zombie gap in international relations thinking and addressing the genuine but publicly unacknowledged fear of the dead rising from the grave, Theories of International Politics and Zombies presents political tactics and strategies accessible enough for any zombie to digest. Members Reviews: writing style too dry for audio-format Academic style writing probably translates better in actual reading than in listening. Not especially hilarious, either. Just a cute idea. Good concept but felt incomplete Would you try another book from Daniel W. Drezner and/or Oliver Wyman? Possibly given the right subject matter. What did you like best about this story? The content and analisys is excelent. Would you listen to another book narrated by Oliver Wyman? Yes his narration was dry but given the writing style he did the best he could. Could you see Theories of International Politics and Zombies being made into a movie or a TV series? Who should the stars be? Not that type of book. Any additional comments? Given that this started as a research paper and was never planned as a book it was well done. I wish the writer would have expanded the real world parrallels and given more detailed conclusions in the book. Gouishly Accurate As a former ir student I love to delve into interesting books presenting real policy implications. This book is great for starters in or theory as it explores the main paradigms as well as explains them! I highly encourage professors to assign this in an intro class, it's real riveting and most of all relevant to this generation. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Supreme-Court-Audiobook/B06XP4SFKL Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Supreme Court Author: William H. Rehnquist Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 41 mins Language: English Release date: 03-28-17 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 14 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Chief Justice Rehnquist's engaging writing illuminates both the high and low points in the Court's history, from Chief Justice Marshall's dominance of the Court during the early 19th century through the landmark decisions of the Warren Court. Citing cases such as the Dred Scott decision and Roosevelt's Court-packing plan, Rehnquist makes clear that the Court does not operate in a vacuum, that the justices are unavoidably influenced by their surroundings, and that their decisions have real and lasting impacts on our society. The public often hears little about the Supreme Court until decisions are handed down. Here, Rehnquist reveals its inner workings-the process by which cases are chosen, the nature of the conferences where decisions are made, and the type of debates that take place. With grace and wit, this incisive history gives a dynamic and informative account of the most powerful court in the nation and how it has shaped the direction America has taken. biacuaduc@gmail.com (William H. Rehnquist) Tue, 28 Mar 2017 19:17:15 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Supreme-Court-Audiobook/B06XP4SFKL thebookvoice.com 10:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Supreme Court Author: William H. Rehnquist Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 41 mins Language: English Release date: 03-28-17 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 14 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Chief Justice Rehnquist's engaging writing illuminates both the high and low points in the Court's history, from Chief Justice Marshall's dominance of the Court during the early 19th century through the landmark decisions of the Warren Court. Citing cases such as the Dred Scott decision and Roosevelt's Court-packing plan, Rehnquist makes clear that the Court does not operate in a vacuum, that the justices are unavoidably influenced by their surroundings, and that their decisions have real and lasting impacts on our society. The public often hears little about the Supreme Court until decisions are handed down. Here, Rehnquist reveals its inner workings-the process by which cases are chosen, the nature of the conferences where decisions are made, and the type of debates that take place. With grace and wit, this incisive history gives a dynamic and informative account of the most powerful court in the nation and how it has shaped the direction America has taken. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Supreme Court Author: William H. Rehnquist Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 41 mins Language: English Release date: 03-28-17 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 14 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Chief Justice Rehnquist's engaging writing illuminates both the high and low points in the Court's history, from Chief Justice Marshall's dominance of the Court during the early 19th century through the landmark decisions of the Warren Court. Citing cases such as the Dred Scott decision and Roosevelt's Court-packing plan, Rehnquist makes clear that the Court does not operate in a vacuum, that the justices are unavoidably influenced by their surroundings, and that their decisions have real and lasting impacts on our society. The public often hears little about the Supreme Court until decisions are handed down. Here, Rehnquist reveals its inner workings-the process by which cases are chosen, the nature of the conferences where decisions are made, and the type of debates that take place. With grace and wit, this incisive history gives a dynamic and informative account of the most powerful court in the nation and how it has shaped the direction America has taken. Members Reviews: Absorbing This book was first published in 1987. William H. Rehnquist (1924-2005) was born in Wisconsin and graduated from Stanford University and Stanford Law School. His Stanford Law School classmate was Sandra Day OConnor. This was the first book ever published by a sitting Chief Justice on the inner workings of the U. S. Supreme Court. I most enjoyed the parts of the book where Rehnquist discussed his personal experiences, for example, when he described his first day as a law clerk to Justice Robert Jackson. In the last part of the book he provided some insights on what it was like to sit on the Supreme Court. Much of the book is about the history of the Court and some of the key landmark cases. I found the cases about the railroads of particular interest. It always amazes me how ruthless the railroads were at their zenith. The book is well written. Rehnquist was a conservative justice, but he did a good job in keeping the book neutral. I was surprised at how well Rehnquist wrote and kept the book interesting. I have read a number of books about the Supreme Court so was familiar with much of the book. I was more interested in Rehnquist himself. For those unfamiliar with the Supreme Court, this would be a good starting book to acquire an overview of the workings of the court and its history. The book is almost eleven hours. John Pruden did a good job narrating the book. Pruden is a voice-over artist and a full-time audiobook narrator. I am looking forward to listening to more book narrated by Pruden. View from the High Court There have been other books written about the Supreme Court, but to the best of my knowledge, there has only ever been one that was authored by a Supreme Court Justice. That alone makes this history worth the price of admission. Beginning with the creation of the Supreme Court and Marbury v. Maddison, William Rehnquists history covers everything from the greatest hits of the Marshall Court all the way through the Civil Rights victories of the Warren Court. The history lessons stop just as Rehnquist joins the Court (understandably so), but then the narrative shifts to a more personal look at Rehnquists own philosophy of the Court and its importance to America. Both sections go incredibly well together. I already knew most of the landmark cases Justice Rehnquist describes here, but law school doesnt teach students about individual personalities and philosophies of the various justices sitting on it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Why-Liberals-Win-the-Culture-Wars-Even-When-They-Lose-Elections-Audiobook/B0176YF4BW Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Why Liberals Win the Culture Wars (Even When They Lose Elections) Subtitle: The Battles That Define America from Jefferson's Heresies to Gay Marriage Author: Stephen Prothero Narrator: Tristan Morris Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 41 mins Language: English Release date: 01-05-16 Publisher: HarperAudio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 36 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: In this timely, carefully reasoned social history of the United States, the New York Times best-selling author of Religious Literacy and God Is Not One places today's heated culture wars within the context of a centuries-long struggle of right versus left and religious versus secular to reveal how, ultimately, liberals always win. Though they may seem to be dividing the country irreparably, today's heated cultural and political battles between right and left, progressives and the Tea Party, religious and secular are far from unprecedented. In this engaging and important work, Stephen Prothero reframes the current debate, viewing it as the latest in a number of flashpoints that have shaped our national identity. Prothero takes us on a lively tour through time, bringing into focus the election of 1800, which pitted Calvinists and Federalists against Jeffersonians and "infidels"; the Protestants' campaign against Catholics in the mid-19th century; the anti-Mormon crusade of the Victorian era; the fundamentalist-modernist debates of the 1920s; the culture wars of the 1980s and 1990s; and the current crusade against Islam. As Prothero makes clear, our culture wars have always been religious wars, progressing through the same stages of conservative reaction to liberal victories that eventually benefit all Americans. Drawing on his impressive depth of knowledge and detailed research, he explains how competing religious beliefs have continually molded our political, economic, and sociological discourse and reveals how the conflicts that separate us today, like those that came before, are actually the byproducts of our struggle to come to terms with inclusiveness and ideals of "Americanness". To explore these battles, he reminds us, is to look into the soul of America - and perhaps find essential answers to the questions that beset us. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Stephen Prothero) Tue, 05 Jan 2016 11:57:48 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Why-Liberals-Win-the-Culture-Wars-Even-When-They-Lose-Elections-Audiobook/B0176YF4BW thebookvoice.com 10:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Why Liberals Win the Culture Wars (Even When They Lose Elections) Subtitle: The Battles That Define America from Jefferson's Heresies to Gay Marriage Author: Stephen Prothero Narrator: Tristan Morris Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 41 mins Language: English Release date: 01-05-16 Publisher: HarperAudio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 36 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: In this timely, carefully reasoned social history of the United States, the New York Times best-selling author of Religious Literacy and God Is Not One places today's heated culture wars within the context of a centuries-long struggle of right versus left and religious versus secular to reveal how, ultimately, liberals always win. Though they may seem to be dividing the country irreparably, today's heated cultural and political battles between right and left, progressives and the Tea Party, religious and secular are far from unprecedented. In this engaging and important work, Stephen Prothero reframes the current debate, viewing it as the latest in a number of flashpoints that have shaped our national identity. Prothero takes us on a lively tour through time, bringing into focus the election of 1800, which pitted Calvinists and Federalists against Jeffersonians and "infidels"; the Protestants' campaign against Catholics in the mid-19th century; the anti-Mormon crusade of the Victorian era; the fundamentalist-modernist debates of the 1920s; the culture wars of the 1980s and 1990s; and the current crusade against Islam. As Prothero makes clear, our culture wars have always been religious wars, progressing through the same stages of conservative reaction to liberal victories that eventually benefit all Americans. Drawing on his impressive depth of knowledge and detailed research, he explains how competing religious beliefs have continually molded our political, economic, and sociological discourse and reveals how the conflicts that separate us today, like those that came before, are actually the byproducts of our struggle to come to terms with inclusiveness and ideals of "Americanness". To explore these battles, he reminds us, is to look into the soul of America - and perhaps find essential answers to the questions that beset us. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Why Liberals Win the Culture Wars (Even When They Lose Elections) Subtitle: The Battles That Define America from Jefferson's Heresies to Gay Marriage Author: Stephen Prothero Narrator: Tristan Morris Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 41 mins Language: English Release date: 01-05-16 Publisher: HarperAudio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 36 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: In this timely, carefully reasoned social history of the United States, the New York Times best-selling author of Religious Literacy and God Is Not One places today's heated culture wars within the context of a centuries-long struggle of right versus left and religious versus secular to reveal how, ultimately, liberals always win. Though they may seem to be dividing the country irreparably, today's heated cultural and political battles between right and left, progressives and the Tea Party, religious and secular are far from unprecedented. In this engaging and important work, Stephen Prothero reframes the current debate, viewing it as the latest in a number of flashpoints that have shaped our national identity. Prothero takes us on a lively tour through time, bringing into focus the election of 1800, which pitted Calvinists and Federalists against Jeffersonians and "infidels"; the Protestants' campaign against Catholics in the mid-19th century; the anti-Mormon crusade of the Victorian era; the fundamentalist-modernist debates of the 1920s; the culture wars of the 1980s and 1990s; and the current crusade against Islam. As Prothero makes clear, our culture wars have always been religious wars, progressing through the same stages of conservative reaction to liberal victories that eventually benefit all Americans. Drawing on his impressive depth of knowledge and detailed research, he explains how competing religious beliefs have continually molded our political, economic, and sociological discourse and reveals how the conflicts that separate us today, like those that came before, are actually the byproducts of our struggle to come to terms with inclusiveness and ideals of "Americanness". To explore these battles, he reminds us, is to look into the soul of America - and perhaps find essential answers to the questions that beset us. Members Reviews: Makes great points, but the dude talks SLOW This is a terrific and well-studied reminder that America has been arguing with itself since its birth. I felt like the case studies were a little draggy in parts, but when he got to the conclusion, I finally recognized why he had drummed some points home so hard. (The conclusions blew my mind.) It has helped me have a deeper understanding of the nature of our country's politics, and of the individuals waging the culture wars. The narrator speaks very clearly and very slowly. I enjoyed his performance much better once I realized I could speed him up. Resistance to Change This book is well written. Easy to listen to and follow the point of view. History always seems to reveal our human tendency to hold on to what we think we're losing when we could have something better if we let go of nostalgia. I continue to pray that we will be more civilized in our culture wars. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Naechste-Ausfahrt-Zukunft-Audiobook/B075R967CG Hören Sie sich dieses volle Hörbuch kostenlos bei https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> Titel: Nächste Ausfahrt Zukunft Untertitel: Geschichten aus einer Welt im Wandel Autor:: Ranga Yogeshwar Erzähler: Ranga Yogeshwar Format: Unabridged Spieldauer: 12 hrs and 17 mins Sprache: Deutsch Veröffentlichungsdatum: 10-05-17 Herausgeber: Argon Verlag Kategorien: Nonfiction, Politics Zusammenfassung des Herausgebers: Ein neuer und frischer Blick auf unsere Welt im Wandel: Für Ranga Yogeshwar ist die eigene unmittelbare Erfahrung entscheidend. Aus dieser Sicht blickt der bekannte Wissenschaftsjournalist auf eine zunehmend globalere Welt, die digitalen Umbrüche oder die Veränderungen der Medien, betrachtet die neue Rolle der Frau oder den Wert alter Kulturgüter. In dieser Welt des Umbruchs gibt es durchaus besorgniserregende Entwicklungen. In einigen Bereichen wird es dringend Zeit, dass wir den momentan eingeschlagenen Kurs überdenken und ändern. Doch ein reflektierter Fortschritt birgt auch eine großartige Chance: Zum ersten Mal in der Geschichte ist es uns möglich, die eigene Welt auf direkte Weise zu verändern. Ein informatives, aber auch sehr unterhaltsames Hörbuch. >> Diese ungekürzte Hörbuch-Fassung wird Ihnen exklusiv von Audible präsentiert und ist ausschließlich im Download erhältlich. ©2017 Verlag Kiepenheuer & Witsch, Köln (P)2017 Argon Verlag GmbH, Berlin biacuaduc@gmail.com (Ranga Yogeshwar) Thu, 05 Oct 2017 13:33:39 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Naechste-Ausfahrt-Zukunft-Audiobook/B075R967CG thebookvoice.com 12:17:00 no Hören Sie diesen Titel kostenlos bei thebookvoice.com Hören Sie sich dieses volle Hörbuch kostenlos bei https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> Titel: Nächste Ausfahrt Zukunft Untertitel: Geschichten aus einer Welt im Wandel Autor:: Ranga Yogeshwar Erzähler: Ranga Yogeshwar Format: Unabridged Spieldauer: 12 hrs and 17 mins Sprache: Deutsch Veröffentlichungsdatum: 10-05-17 Herausgeber: Argon Verlag Kategorien: Nonfiction, Politics Zusammenfassung des Herausgebers: Ein neuer und frischer Blick auf unsere Welt im Wandel: Für Ranga Yogeshwar ist die eigene unmittelbare Erfahrung entscheidend. Aus dieser Sicht blickt der bekannte Wissenschaftsjournalist auf eine zunehmend globalere Welt, die digitalen Umbrüche oder die Veränderungen der Medien, betrachtet die neue Rolle der Frau oder den Wert alter Kulturgüter. In dieser Welt des Umbruchs gibt es durchaus besorgniserregende Entwicklungen. In einigen Bereichen wird es dringend Zeit, dass wir den momentan eingeschlagenen Kurs überdenken und ändern. Doch ein reflektierter Fortschritt birgt auch eine großartige Chance: Zum ersten Mal in der Geschichte ist es uns möglich, die eigene Welt auf direkte Weise zu verändern. Ein informatives, aber auch sehr unterhaltsames Hörbuch. >> Diese ungekürzte Hörbuch-Fassung wird Ihnen exklusiv von Audible präsentiert und ist ausschließlich im Download erhältlich. ©2017 Verlag Kiepenheuer & Witsch, Köln (P)2017 Argon Verlag GmbH, Berlin Hören Sie sich dieses volle Hörbuch kostenlos bei https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> Titel: Nächste Ausfahrt Zukunft Untertitel: Geschichten aus einer Welt im Wandel Autor:: Ranga Yogeshwar Erzähler: Ranga Yogeshwar Format: Unabridged Spieldauer: 12 hrs and 17 mins Sprache: Deutsch Veröffentlichungsdatum: 10-05-17 Herausgeber: Argon Verlag Kategorien: Nonfiction, Politics Zusammenfassung des Herausgebers: Ein neuer und frischer Blick auf unsere Welt im Wandel: Für Ranga Yogeshwar ist die eigene unmittelbare Erfahrung entscheidend. Aus dieser Sicht blickt der bekannte Wissenschaftsjournalist auf eine zunehmend globalere Welt, die digitalen Umbrüche oder die Veränderungen der Medien, betrachtet die neue Rolle der Frau oder den Wert alter Kulturgüter. In dieser Welt des Umbruchs gibt es durchaus besorgniserregende Entwicklungen. In einigen Bereichen wird es dringend Zeit, dass wir den momentan eingeschlagenen Kurs überdenken und ändern. Doch ein reflektierter Fortschritt birgt auch eine großartige Chance: Zum ersten Mal in der Geschichte ist es uns möglich, die eigene Welt auf direkte Weise zu verändern. Ein informatives, aber auch sehr unterhaltsames Hörbuch. >> Diese ungekürzte Hörbuch-Fassung wird Ihnen exklusiv von Audible präsentiert und ist ausschließlich im Download erhältlich. ©2017 Verlag Kiepenheuer & Witsch, Köln (P)2017 Argon Verlag GmbH, Berlin https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Rethinking-Camelot-Audiobook/B00YI0BZNE Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Rethinking Camelot Subtitle: JFK, the Vietnam War, and U.S. Political Culture Author: Noam Chomsky Narrator: Brian Jones Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 14 mins Language: English Release date: 07-28-15 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 11 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Noam Chomsky dismisses efforts to resurrect Camelot - an attractive American myth portraying JFK as a shining knight promising peace, foiled only by assassins bent on stopping this lone hero from withdrawing from Vietnam. Chomsky argues that US institutions and political culture, not individual presidents, are the key to understanding US behavior during the Vietnam War. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Noam Chomsky) Tue, 28 Jul 2015 08:40:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Rethinking-Camelot-Audiobook/B00YI0BZNE thebookvoice.com 07:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Rethinking Camelot Subtitle: JFK, the Vietnam War, and U.S. Political Culture Author: Noam Chomsky Narrator: Brian Jones Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 14 mins Language: English Release date: 07-28-15 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 11 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Noam Chomsky dismisses efforts to resurrect Camelot - an attractive American myth portraying JFK as a shining knight promising peace, foiled only by assassins bent on stopping this lone hero from withdrawing from Vietnam. Chomsky argues that US institutions and political culture, not individual presidents, are the key to understanding US behavior during the Vietnam War. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Rethinking Camelot Subtitle: JFK, the Vietnam War, and U.S. Political Culture Author: Noam Chomsky Narrator: Brian Jones Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 14 mins Language: English Release date: 07-28-15 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 11 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Noam Chomsky dismisses efforts to resurrect Camelot - an attractive American myth portraying JFK as a shining knight promising peace, foiled only by assassins bent on stopping this lone hero from withdrawing from Vietnam. Chomsky argues that US institutions and political culture, not individual presidents, are the key to understanding US behavior during the Vietnam War. Members Reviews: HIGHLY RECOMMENDED!! As well, Kennedy authorized the invasion of Cuba on April 17th, 1961, and authorized Operation Mongoose, and only turned down Operation Northwoods because he was he knew it wouldn't work. Kennedy, according to the official documents, sanctioned crop burnings, germ warfare, sinking fishing boats, etc. John and Bobby knew all about almost everything that happened, and anyone who says otherwise is full of it. HIGHLY RECOMMENDED!! Great Price! Excellent Shipping Time! Thank You! rethinking Amelot It is an excellent book to look at the era from today's perspective. It is great for discussions in my history class Four Stars Good historical read. Debunking JFK as anti-imperialist Another Chomsky classic. This one takes on the common notions hat JFK was âthe liberal oneâ on foreign relations & it was LBJ that screwed everything up. As the internal documents subsequently released & discussed herein, both KFK & LBJ were committed to a project of âwinning [the Vietnam War] for the sake of winning.â The book rightly posits JFK as a devoted militant & that choices WERE actually posed to him - and yet he invariably chose more war & more escalation. Chomsky sets forth how the build-up of the war was amazingly consistent between JFK, LBJ & even RFK. Indeed, RFK - while making public pronouncements against the war in the lead-up to the â68 election - wrote secretly that he was committed to continue the war as long as 20 years or more if necessary. Finally, Chomsky demonstrates definitively the amazing consistently between the âliberal Demsâ that withdrawal was always an option, but only after victory. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Die-Stunde-der-Dilettanten-Audiobook/B078YVGMLG Hören Sie sich dieses volle Hörbuch kostenlos bei https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> Titel: Die Stunde der Dilettanten Untertitel: Wie wir uns verschaukeln lassen Autor:: Thomas Rietzschel Erzähler: Anke Fabian Format: Unabridged Spieldauer: 9 hrs and 10 mins Sprache: Deutsch Veröffentlichungsdatum: 01-19-18 Herausgeber: GESAFA Christine Lemke-Munsch Kategorien: Nonfiction, Politics Zusammenfassung des Herausgebers: Der moderne Beruf: Dilettant. Nicht erlernbar, kein Studium erforderlich, auf allen (Interessens-)Gebieten anzutreffen, Wissen unnötig. Zeichnet sich besonders durch Ahnungslosigkeit aus, spricht ohne Sinn und Verstand unqualifiziertes Zeug, handelt ohne sich der Konsequenzen bewusst zu sein, es geht um mehr Schein als Sein. Trotz Kompetenzmangel sind höchste Positionen erreichbar mit Wollen und So-tun-als-ob, eben durch perfekte Inszenierung des eigenen Selbst. Dilettanten bekleiden höchste Ämter und Würden, stehen über "normal" arbeitenden Personen, erhalten beachtliche Einkommen und scheuen sich nicht, das gesellschaftliche Niveau um jeden Preis abzusenken, koste es, was es wolle. Das dabei hart erkämpfte und errungene Werte und Kulturgüter sang- und klanglos aufgegeben werden, wird (bisher) ohne Aufschrei hingenommen. Sich nicht länger verschaukeln und für dumm verkaufen zu lassen, weder von Anlageberatern, Politikern, Medien, ist das Plädoyer von Thomas Rietzschel. "Denn es gibt noch etwas außer dem eigenen Vorteil, etwas, das es um seiner selbst willen zu bewahren gilt." Der Autor veranschaulicht in acht Kapiteln aktuellere Ereignisse, nennt Ross und Reiter, um Entstehung, Verbreitungsgrad, Mechanismen in Industrie, Wirtschaft und Politik darzulegen. Auswirkungen auf Bildung und Wissen, die Rolle der Medien sowie gesellschaftliche Entwicklungen mit Beispielen werden ungeschönt, auf hohem Niveau beschrieben. Ein erbaulicher Beitrag, der hoffen lässt, einer weiteren Volksverdummung entgegen wirken zu können. Ein kurzweiliges Wirtschaftsbuch zum Hören, das aufklärend und genauso spannend ist wie ein Krimi. ©2012 Paul Zsolnay Verlag, Wien (P)2012 Verlag GESAFA biacuaduc@gmail.com (Thomas Rietzschel) Fri, 19 Jan 2018 00:12:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Die-Stunde-der-Dilettanten-Audiobook/B078YVGMLG thebookvoice.com 09:10:00 no Hören Sie diesen Titel kostenlos bei thebookvoice.com Hören Sie sich dieses volle Hörbuch kostenlos bei https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> Titel: Die Stunde der Dilettanten Untertitel: Wie wir uns verschaukeln lassen Autor:: Thomas Rietzschel Erzähler: Anke Fabian Format: Unabridged Spieldauer: 9 hrs and 10 mins Sprache: Deutsch Veröffentlichungsdatum: 01-19-18 Herausgeber: GESAFA Christine Lemke-Munsch Kategorien: Nonfiction, Politics Zusammenfassung des Herausgebers: Der moderne Beruf: Dilettant. Nicht erlernbar, kein Studium erforderlich, auf allen (Interessens-)Gebieten anzutreffen, Wissen unnötig. Zeichnet sich besonders durch Ahnungslosigkeit aus, spricht ohne Sinn und Verstand unqualifiziertes Zeug, handelt ohne sich der Konsequenzen bewusst zu sein, es geht um mehr Schein als Sein. Trotz Kompetenzmangel sind höchste Positionen erreichbar mit Wollen und So-tun-als-ob, eben durch perfekte Inszenierung des eigenen Selbst. Dilettanten bekleiden höchste Ämter und Würden, stehen über "normal" arbeitenden Personen, erhalten beachtliche Einkommen und scheuen sich nicht, das gesellschaftliche Niveau um jeden Preis abzusenken, koste es, was es wolle. Das dabei hart erkämpfte und errungene Werte und Kulturgüter sang- und klanglos aufgegeben werden, wird (bisher) ohne Aufschrei hingenommen. Sich nicht länger verschaukeln und für dumm verkaufen zu lassen, weder von Anlageberatern, Politikern, Medien, ist das Plädoyer von Thomas Rietzschel. "Denn es gibt noch etwas außer dem eigenen Vorteil, etwas, das es um seiner selbst willen zu bewahren gilt." Der Autor veranschaulicht in acht Kapiteln aktuellere Ereignisse, nennt Ross und Reiter, um Entstehung, Verbreitungsgrad, Mechanismen in Industrie, Wirtschaft und Politik darzulegen. Auswirkungen auf Bildung und Wissen, die Rolle der Medien sowie gesellschaftliche Entwicklungen mit Beispielen werden ungeschönt, auf hohem Niveau beschrieben. Ein erbaulicher Beitrag, der hoffen lässt, einer weiteren Volksverdummung entgegen wirken zu können. Ein kurzweiliges Wirtschaftsbuch zum Hören, das aufklärend und genauso spannend ist wie ein Krimi. ©2012 Paul Zsolnay Verlag, Wien (P)2012 Verlag GESAFA Hören Sie sich dieses volle Hörbuch kostenlos bei https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> Titel: Die Stunde der Dilettanten Untertitel: Wie wir uns verschaukeln lassen Autor:: Thomas Rietzschel Erzähler: Anke Fabian Format: Unabridged Spieldauer: 9 hrs and 10 mins Sprache: Deutsch Veröffentlichungsdatum: 01-19-18 Herausgeber: GESAFA Christine Lemke-Munsch Kategorien: Nonfiction, Politics Zusammenfassung des Herausgebers: Der moderne Beruf: Dilettant. Nicht erlernbar, kein Studium erforderlich, auf allen (Interessens-)Gebieten anzutreffen, Wissen unnötig. Zeichnet sich besonders durch Ahnungslosigkeit aus, spricht ohne Sinn und Verstand unqualifiziertes Zeug, handelt ohne sich der Konsequenzen bewusst zu sein, es geht um mehr Schein als Sein. Trotz Kompetenzmangel sind höchste Positionen erreichbar mit Wollen und So-tun-als-ob, eben durch perfekte Inszenierung des eigenen Selbst. Dilettanten bekleiden höchste Ämter und Würden, stehen über "normal" arbeitenden Personen, erhalten beachtliche Einkommen und scheuen sich nicht, das gesellschaftliche Niveau um jeden Preis abzusenken, koste es, was es wolle. Das dabei hart erkämpfte und errungene Werte und Kulturgüter sang- und klanglos aufgegeben werden, wird (bisher) ohne Aufschrei hingenommen. Sich nicht länger verschaukeln und für dumm verkaufen zu lassen, weder von Anlageberatern, Politikern, Medien, ist das Plädoyer von Thomas Rietzschel. "Denn es gibt noch etwas außer dem eigenen Vorteil, etwas, das es um seiner selbst willen zu bewahren gilt." Der Autor veranschaulicht in acht Kapiteln aktuellere Ereignisse, nennt Ross und Reiter, um Entstehung, Verbreitungsgrad, Mechanismen in Industrie, Wirtschaft und Politik darzulegen. Auswirkungen auf Bildung und Wissen, die Rolle der Medien sowie gesellschaftliche Entwicklungen mit Beispielen werden ungeschönt, auf hohem Niveau beschrieben. Ein erbaulicher Beitrag, der hoffen lässt, einer weiteren Volksverdummung entgegen wirken zu können. Ein kurzweiliges Wirtschaftsbuch zum Hören, das aufklärend und genauso spannend ist wie ein Krimi. ©2012 Paul Zsolnay Verlag, Wien (P)2012 Verlag GESAFA https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Southerner-Take-Your-Stand-Audiobook/B078WZGKHN Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Southerner, Take Your Stand! Author: John Vinson Narrator: Bill Izard Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 43 mins Language: English Release date: 01-11-18 Publisher: Shotwell Publishing Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: The title and message of John Vinsons audiobook is one in the same - Southerner, Take Your Stand! This is not an empty call to action or pining for the good ol' days, but a practical guide to reclaiming your identity and your life. Although this audiobook is specific to Southerners, the discerning listener will view Vinsons work as applicable to any individual, family, or community that wants to separate themselves - as far as possible - from the "Establishment" and get back to the basics of faith, family, community, sustainable living, and self-sufficiency. This road to independence is fraught with danger and hardships, but the alternative route is a road to both moral and material ruin: "The time is ripe to set a new course of living and making a living. Southerners and other Americans must understand that to depend on the Establishment is to participate in our own destruction. If we are to be saved, we must save ourselves by striking out on our own, a person at a time, a family at a time, and a community at a time, to build a future worth living as free men and women.... Be warned that the route to Southern renewal will offer hardship, toil, and difficulty. It will require blazing new trails while following ancient directions. It is not a mission for weaklings." The authors hope is that this audiobook will "rouse the Southern remnant and provide new ideas for action." biacuaduc@gmail.com (John Vinson) Thu, 11 Jan 2018 21:27:09 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Southerner-Take-Your-Stand-Audiobook/B078WZGKHN thebookvoice.com 01:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Southerner, Take Your Stand! Author: John Vinson Narrator: Bill Izard Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 43 mins Language: English Release date: 01-11-18 Publisher: Shotwell Publishing Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: The title and message of John Vinsons audiobook is one in the same - Southerner, Take Your Stand! This is not an empty call to action or pining for the good ol' days, but a practical guide to reclaiming your identity and your life. Although this audiobook is specific to Southerners, the discerning listener will view Vinsons work as applicable to any individual, family, or community that wants to separate themselves - as far as possible - from the "Establishment" and get back to the basics of faith, family, community, sustainable living, and self-sufficiency. This road to independence is fraught with danger and hardships, but the alternative route is a road to both moral and material ruin: "The time is ripe to set a new course of living and making a living. Southerners and other Americans must understand that to depend on the Establishment is to participate in our own destruction. If we are to be saved, we must save ourselves by striking out on our own, a person at a time, a family at a time, and a community at a time, to build a future worth living as free men and women.... Be warned that the route to Southern renewal will offer hardship, toil, and difficulty. It will require blazing new trails while following ancient directions. It is not a mission for weaklings." The authors hope is that this audiobook will "rouse the Southern remnant and provide new ideas for action." Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Southerner, Take Your Stand! Author: John Vinson Narrator: Bill Izard Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 43 mins Language: English Release date: 01-11-18 Publisher: Shotwell Publishing Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: The title and message of John Vinsons audiobook is one in the same - Southerner, Take Your Stand! This is not an empty call to action or pining for the good ol' days, but a practical guide to reclaiming your identity and your life. Although this audiobook is specific to Southerners, the discerning listener will view Vinsons work as applicable to any individual, family, or community that wants to separate themselves - as far as possible - from the "Establishment" and get back to the basics of faith, family, community, sustainable living, and self-sufficiency. This road to independence is fraught with danger and hardships, but the alternative route is a road to both moral and material ruin: "The time is ripe to set a new course of living and making a living. Southerners and other Americans must understand that to depend on the Establishment is to participate in our own destruction. If we are to be saved, we must save ourselves by striking out on our own, a person at a time, a family at a time, and a community at a time, to build a future worth living as free men and women.... Be warned that the route to Southern renewal will offer hardship, toil, and difficulty. It will require blazing new trails while following ancient directions. It is not a mission for weaklings." The authors hope is that this audiobook will "rouse the Southern remnant and provide new ideas for action." Members Reviews: Five Stars Excellent read. Five Stars Great read! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-War-on-Science-Audiobook/B01MSW5FNJ Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The War on Science Subtitle: Who's Waging It, Why It Matters, What We Can Do About It Author: Shawn Lawrence Otto Narrator: Peter Berkrot Format: Unabridged Length: 20 hrs and 18 mins Language: English Release date: 12-08-16 Publisher: Post Hypnotic Press Inc. Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 58 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: "Wherever the people are well informed," Thomas Jefferson wrote, "they can be trusted with their own government." But what happens when they are not? In every issue of modern society - from climate change to vaccinations, transportation to technology, health care to defense - we are in the midst of an unprecedented expansion of scientific progress and a simultaneous expansion of danger. At the very time we need them most, scientists and the idea of objective knowledge are being bombarded by a vast, well-funded, three-part war on science: the identity politics war on science, the ideological war on science, and the industrial war on science. The result is an unprecedented erosion of thought in Western democracies as voters, policymakers, and justices actively ignore the evidence from science, leaving major policy decisions to be based more on the demands of the most strident voices. Shawn Lawrence Otto's provocative new book investigates the historical, social, philosophical, political, and emotional reasons for why and how evidence-based politics are in decline and authoritarian politics are once again on the rise, and offers a vision, an argument, and some compelling solutions to bring us to our collective senses, before it's too late. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Shawn Lawrence Otto) Thu, 08 Dec 2016 04:18:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-War-on-Science-Audiobook/B01MSW5FNJ thebookvoice.com 20:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The War on Science Subtitle: Who's Waging It, Why It Matters, What We Can Do About It Author: Shawn Lawrence Otto Narrator: Peter Berkrot Format: Unabridged Length: 20 hrs and 18 mins Language: English Release date: 12-08-16 Publisher: Post Hypnotic Press Inc. Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 58 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: "Wherever the people are well informed," Thomas Jefferson wrote, "they can be trusted with their own government." But what happens when they are not? In every issue of modern society - from climate change to vaccinations, transportation to technology, health care to defense - we are in the midst of an unprecedented expansion of scientific progress and a simultaneous expansion of danger. At the very time we need them most, scientists and the idea of objective knowledge are being bombarded by a vast, well-funded, three-part war on science: the identity politics war on science, the ideological war on science, and the industrial war on science. The result is an unprecedented erosion of thought in Western democracies as voters, policymakers, and justices actively ignore the evidence from science, leaving major policy decisions to be based more on the demands of the most strident voices. Shawn Lawrence Otto's provocative new book investigates the historical, social, philosophical, political, and emotional reasons for why and how evidence-based politics are in decline and authoritarian politics are once again on the rise, and offers a vision, an argument, and some compelling solutions to bring us to our collective senses, before it's too late. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The War on Science Subtitle: Who's Waging It, Why It Matters, What We Can Do About It Author: Shawn Lawrence Otto Narrator: Peter Berkrot Format: Unabridged Length: 20 hrs and 18 mins Language: English Release date: 12-08-16 Publisher: Post Hypnotic Press Inc. Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 58 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: "Wherever the people are well informed," Thomas Jefferson wrote, "they can be trusted with their own government." But what happens when they are not? In every issue of modern society - from climate change to vaccinations, transportation to technology, health care to defense - we are in the midst of an unprecedented expansion of scientific progress and a simultaneous expansion of danger. At the very time we need them most, scientists and the idea of objective knowledge are being bombarded by a vast, well-funded, three-part war on science: the identity politics war on science, the ideological war on science, and the industrial war on science. The result is an unprecedented erosion of thought in Western democracies as voters, policymakers, and justices actively ignore the evidence from science, leaving major policy decisions to be based more on the demands of the most strident voices. Shawn Lawrence Otto's provocative new book investigates the historical, social, philosophical, political, and emotional reasons for why and how evidence-based politics are in decline and authoritarian politics are once again on the rise, and offers a vision, an argument, and some compelling solutions to bring us to our collective senses, before it's too late. Members Reviews: couldnt be timelier In an emergency, medics are taught to look for those that are not speaking among those who are screaming for help. In a similar light, we may be missing those most important scientific voices because they cant be heard above the din of media attention some unscientific work gets. In the audiobook, The War on Science: Who's Waging It, Why It Matters, What We Can Do About It, by Shawn Otto, its clear that the issue is complex and he doesnt shy away from the whole story. In this 20- hour volume, which resembles an eloquent offering from the Great Courses line-up, we get the full story from beginning to end, that we as a country, are often in the dark. The volume couldnt be timelier as the new administration, whether you are for or against, puts stops on the dissemination of information from the USDA, the CDC, and EPA. Before tackling the current issues, it makes sense to look back at the rise and decline of our leader's desire for scientific evidence. Who would want to listen to twenty hours of content? Scientists. policymakers, and those with a vested interest in science and government that want the free and transparent distribution of information. The writing is at a very high and sometimes inaccessible level for many and the sheer depth of research would normally make it difficult to digest. However, the logic is sound, the arguments clear, and well documented. The expectation for many would be to listen from beginning to end, but with multiple parts, chronological movement from a presidential policy of one administration to another, it becomes difficult to follow if in that way. It is really, I believe, a great catalyst for upper-level undergraduate or graduate classroom discussion. The book provides a great return on investment for the single credit Audible charges. About the Narrator Peter Berkrot is a veteran narrator with a few hundred titles on Audible.com alone. I first listened to him with The Design of Everyday Things, a classic from Donald A. Norman and his voice works especially well for non-fiction. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Tales-of-Two-Americas-Audiobook/B0758S8Y46 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Tales of Two Americas Subtitle: Stories of Inequality in a Divided Nation Author: John Freeman - editor Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt, Corey M. Snow Format: Unabridged Length: 11 hrs and 8 mins Language: English Release date: 09-12-17 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 3 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: America is broken. You don't need a fistful of statistics to know this. Visit any city, and evidence of our shattered social compact will present itself. From Appalachia to the Rust Belt and down to rural Texas, the gap between the wealthiest and the poorest stretches to unimaginable chasms. Whether the cause of this inequality is systemic injustice, the entrenchment of racism in our culture, the long war on drugs, or immigration policies, it endangers not only the American Dream but our very lives. In Tales of Two Americas, some of the literary world's most exciting writers look beyond numbers and wages to convey what it feels like to live in this divided nation. Their extraordinarily powerful stories, essays, and poems demonstrate how boundaries break down when experiences are shared, and that in sharing our stories we can help to alleviate a suffering that touches so many people. Authors include Anthony Doerr, Ann Patchett, Roxane Gay, Rebecca Solnit, Hector Tobar, Joyce Carol Oates, Edwidge Danticat, Richard Russo, Eula Bliss, Karen Russell, and many more. Critic Reviews: "The prose throughout is top quality, and readers drawn by the famous writers involved will also enjoy discovering authors previously unknown to them." (Publishers Weekly) biacuaduc@gmail.com (John Freeman - editor) Tue, 12 Sep 2017 00:19:60 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Tales-of-Two-Americas-Audiobook/B0758S8Y46 thebookvoice.com 11:08:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Tales of Two Americas Subtitle: Stories of Inequality in a Divided Nation Author: John Freeman - editor Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt, Corey M. Snow Format: Unabridged Length: 11 hrs and 8 mins Language: English Release date: 09-12-17 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 3 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: America is broken. You don't need a fistful of statistics to know this. Visit any city, and evidence of our shattered social compact will present itself. From Appalachia to the Rust Belt and down to rural Texas, the gap between the wealthiest and the poorest stretches to unimaginable chasms. Whether the cause of this inequality is systemic injustice, the entrenchment of racism in our culture, the long war on drugs, or immigration policies, it endangers not only the American Dream but our very lives. In Tales of Two Americas, some of the literary world's most exciting writers look beyond numbers and wages to convey what it feels like to live in this divided nation. Their extraordinarily powerful stories, essays, and poems demonstrate how boundaries break down when experiences are shared, and that in sharing our stories we can help to alleviate a suffering that touches so many people. Authors include Anthony Doerr, Ann Patchett, Roxane Gay, Rebecca Solnit, Hector Tobar, Joyce Carol Oates, Edwidge Danticat, Richard Russo, Eula Bliss, Karen Russell, and many more. Critic Reviews: "The prose throughout is top quality, and readers drawn by the famous writers involved will also enjoy discovering authors previously unknown to them." (Publishers Weekly) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Tales of Two Americas Subtitle: Stories of Inequality in a Divided Nation Author: John Freeman - editor Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt, Corey M. Snow Format: Unabridged Length: 11 hrs and 8 mins Language: English Release date: 09-12-17 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 3 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: America is broken. You don't need a fistful of statistics to know this. Visit any city, and evidence of our shattered social compact will present itself. From Appalachia to the Rust Belt and down to rural Texas, the gap between the wealthiest and the poorest stretches to unimaginable chasms. Whether the cause of this inequality is systemic injustice, the entrenchment of racism in our culture, the long war on drugs, or immigration policies, it endangers not only the American Dream but our very lives. In Tales of Two Americas, some of the literary world's most exciting writers look beyond numbers and wages to convey what it feels like to live in this divided nation. Their extraordinarily powerful stories, essays, and poems demonstrate how boundaries break down when experiences are shared, and that in sharing our stories we can help to alleviate a suffering that touches so many people. Authors include Anthony Doerr, Ann Patchett, Roxane Gay, Rebecca Solnit, Hector Tobar, Joyce Carol Oates, Edwidge Danticat, Richard Russo, Eula Bliss, Karen Russell, and many more. Critic Reviews: "The prose throughout is top quality, and readers drawn by the famous writers involved will also enjoy discovering authors previously unknown to them." (Publishers Weekly) Members Reviews: Best Book for a book club This book helped me see life through the eyes of others about whom I thought I knew. I had but ASSumed that I knew. Most stories I was able to follow without having to read a second time. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Godless-Audiobook/B002V01BTG Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Godless Subtitle: The Church of Liberalism Author: Ann Coulter Narrator: Elizabeth White Format: Unabridged Length: 12 hrs and 54 mins Language: English Release date: 06-01-06 Publisher: Books on Tape Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 430 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Godless is the most explosive book yet from #1 New York Times best-selling author Ann Coulter. In this completely original and thoroughly controversial work, Coulter writes, "Liberals love to boast that they are not 'religious', which is what one would expect to hear from the state-sanctioned religion. Of course liberalism is a religion. It has its own cosmology, its own miracles, its own beliefs in the supernatural, its own churches, its own high priests, its own saints, its own total worldview, and its own explanation of the existence of the universe. In other words, liberalism contains all the attributes of what is generally known as 'religion'." ©2006 Ann Coulter; (P)2006 Books on Tape biacuaduc@gmail.com (Ann Coulter) Thu, 01 Jun 2006 17:03:11 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Godless-Audiobook/B002V01BTG thebookvoice.com 12:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Godless Subtitle: The Church of Liberalism Author: Ann Coulter Narrator: Elizabeth White Format: Unabridged Length: 12 hrs and 54 mins Language: English Release date: 06-01-06 Publisher: Books on Tape Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 430 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Godless is the most explosive book yet from #1 New York Times best-selling author Ann Coulter. In this completely original and thoroughly controversial work, Coulter writes, "Liberals love to boast that they are not 'religious', which is what one would expect to hear from the state-sanctioned religion. Of course liberalism is a religion. It has its own cosmology, its own miracles, its own beliefs in the supernatural, its own churches, its own high priests, its own saints, its own total worldview, and its own explanation of the existence of the universe. In other words, liberalism contains all the attributes of what is generally known as 'religion'." ©2006 Ann Coulter; (P)2006 Books on Tape Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Godless Subtitle: The Church of Liberalism Author: Ann Coulter Narrator: Elizabeth White Format: Unabridged Length: 12 hrs and 54 mins Language: English Release date: 06-01-06 Publisher: Books on Tape Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 430 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Godless is the most explosive book yet from #1 New York Times best-selling author Ann Coulter. In this completely original and thoroughly controversial work, Coulter writes, "Liberals love to boast that they are not 'religious', which is what one would expect to hear from the state-sanctioned religion. Of course liberalism is a religion. It has its own cosmology, its own miracles, its own beliefs in the supernatural, its own churches, its own high priests, its own saints, its own total worldview, and its own explanation of the existence of the universe. In other words, liberalism contains all the attributes of what is generally known as 'religion'." ©2006 Ann Coulter; (P)2006 Books on Tape Members Reviews: Somebodies ears are burning Wow! I got this to keep me awake as I drove through the night. I chose a controversial book for that purpose. And it worked I didn't think I would laugh so hard. She makes very good arguments for her positions with scalding little jabs that fit so well even liberals have to swallow a smile. Both Clintons had to put aloe vera on their ears. This is ultra conservative in nature and a good read from that point of view. Political correctness is not one of her virtues - I found that refreshing. Demagogic and Disappointing Having just finished reading Demonic I was looking forward to Coulter's razor logic and irrefutable arguments in this volume. Although elements were there, Coulter was far less disciplined in her arguments in this book. Many of the elements which Coulter attributed to "Liberals" were, in fact, truthful. However, making blanket statements about members and beliefs of a political party can be hazardous. Coulter ignored those hazards and plunged ahead with the same mindless demagoguery that Liberals so often use when attempting to denigrate members of the Tea Party and other Center Right and Right Wing groups. She selected in many cases the most extreme views and applied them without discrimination to all Liberals, a thing which is as unsustainable as applying the extremist philosophies of some right wing individuals to all of us on the right. It just doesn't cut it. When discussing Darwinian theory Coulter is excellent, but, again, she tends to extremes which make much of what she is saying less palatable. Demonic was a superbly written book which could well become a textbook of the right and righteous. This book was a diatribe written more in anger than logical thought. This style of writing and talking has driven me away from listening to many right wing commentators, Coulter among them, as they tend to make representations which do not stand up to logical argument. Demonic on the other hand is a wonderful source for argument and historic reference. That is what I seek, not blind fanaticism that convinces only members of the choir. Hopefully, Demonic will be the forerunner of the future style of Coulter's writing and talking. She is unquestionably brilliant and well versed. She needs to stick to facts and avoid emotionalism which drives a good deal of Godless. Very polarized, very repetitive As a Canadian, it took me a little bit of time to become fully acquainted with all of the terms that the author uses for each political party, and each political point of view. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-End-of-Europe-Audiobook/B06XY73Q56 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The End of Europe Subtitle: Dictators, Demagogues, and the Coming Dark Age Author: James Kirchick Narrator: Eric Martin Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 19 mins Language: English Release date: 04-11-17 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 55 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Once the world's bastion of liberal, democratic values, Europe is now having to confront demons it thought it had laid to rest. The old pathologies of anti-Semitism, populist nationalism, and territorial aggression are threatening to tear the European postwar consensus apart. In riveting dispatches from this unfolding tragedy, James Kirchick shows us the shallow disingenuousness of the leaders who pushed for "Brexit"; examines how a vast migrant wave is exacerbating tensions between Europeans and their Muslim minorities; explores the rising anti-Semitism that causes Jewish schools and synagogues in France and Germany to resemble armed bunkers; and describes how Russian imperial ambitions are destabilizing nations from Estonia to Ukraine. With President Trump now threatening to abandon America's traditional role as upholder of the liberal world order and guarantor of the continent's security, Europe may be alone in dealing with these unprecedented challenges. Based on extensive firsthand reporting, this book is a provocative, disturbing look at a continent in unexpected crisis. Critic Reviews: "Students of geopolitics and current affairs would do well to spend time with this book, which, though deceptively slender, contains multitudes." (Kirkus) biacuaduc@gmail.com (James Kirchick) Tue, 11 Apr 2017 22:57:21 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-End-of-Europe-Audiobook/B06XY73Q56 thebookvoice.com 10:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The End of Europe Subtitle: Dictators, Demagogues, and the Coming Dark Age Author: James Kirchick Narrator: Eric Martin Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 19 mins Language: English Release date: 04-11-17 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 55 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Once the world's bastion of liberal, democratic values, Europe is now having to confront demons it thought it had laid to rest. The old pathologies of anti-Semitism, populist nationalism, and territorial aggression are threatening to tear the European postwar consensus apart. In riveting dispatches from this unfolding tragedy, James Kirchick shows us the shallow disingenuousness of the leaders who pushed for "Brexit"; examines how a vast migrant wave is exacerbating tensions between Europeans and their Muslim minorities; explores the rising anti-Semitism that causes Jewish schools and synagogues in France and Germany to resemble armed bunkers; and describes how Russian imperial ambitions are destabilizing nations from Estonia to Ukraine. With President Trump now threatening to abandon America's traditional role as upholder of the liberal world order and guarantor of the continent's security, Europe may be alone in dealing with these unprecedented challenges. Based on extensive firsthand reporting, this book is a provocative, disturbing look at a continent in unexpected crisis. Critic Reviews: "Students of geopolitics and current affairs would do well to spend time with this book, which, though deceptively slender, contains multitudes." (Kirkus) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The End of Europe Subtitle: Dictators, Demagogues, and the Coming Dark Age Author: James Kirchick Narrator: Eric Martin Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 19 mins Language: English Release date: 04-11-17 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 55 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Once the world's bastion of liberal, democratic values, Europe is now having to confront demons it thought it had laid to rest. The old pathologies of anti-Semitism, populist nationalism, and territorial aggression are threatening to tear the European postwar consensus apart. In riveting dispatches from this unfolding tragedy, James Kirchick shows us the shallow disingenuousness of the leaders who pushed for "Brexit"; examines how a vast migrant wave is exacerbating tensions between Europeans and their Muslim minorities; explores the rising anti-Semitism that causes Jewish schools and synagogues in France and Germany to resemble armed bunkers; and describes how Russian imperial ambitions are destabilizing nations from Estonia to Ukraine. With President Trump now threatening to abandon America's traditional role as upholder of the liberal world order and guarantor of the continent's security, Europe may be alone in dealing with these unprecedented challenges. Based on extensive firsthand reporting, this book is a provocative, disturbing look at a continent in unexpected crisis. Critic Reviews: "Students of geopolitics and current affairs would do well to spend time with this book, which, though deceptively slender, contains multitudes." (Kirkus) Members Reviews: Great book. Author goes off the rails in the beginning expressing anti-Trump anti-American sentiment. Great book. Author goes off the rails in the beginning expressing anti-Trump anti-American sentiment. Disappointing, Silly And Really Childish Book. Would you try another book from James Kirchick and/or Eric Martin? Yes - Whenever I need a good laugh. Would you ever listen to anything by James Kirchick again? Only if I ever need a good laugh. What didnt you like about Eric Martins performance? Thought he was pretty emotionless ..........but then again he did have to work with this awful material :( What character would you cut from The End of Europe? The Author Any additional comments? This Author should probably apply for a job on FOX. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Radical-Hope-Audiobook/B072L449LZ Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Radical Hope Subtitle: Letters of Love and Dissent in Dangerous Times Author: Carolina De Robertis - editor Narrator: Adenrele Ojo, Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 42 mins Language: English Release date: 05-02-17 Publisher: Random House Audio Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Radical Hope is a collection of letters - to ancestors, to children five generations from now, to strangers in grocery lines, to any and all who feel weary and discouraged - written by award-winning novelists, poets, political thinkers, and activists. Provocative and inspiring, Radical Hope offers listeners a kaleidoscopic view of the love and courage needed to navigate this time of upheaval, uncertainty, and fear in view of the recent US presidential election. Including letters by Junot Díaz, Alicia Garza, Roxana Robinson, Lisa See, Jewelle Gomez, Hari Kunzru, Faith Adiele, Parnaz Foroutan, Chip Livingston, Mohja Kahf, Achy Obejas, Viet Thanh Nguyen, Cherríe Moraga, Kate Schatz, Boris Fishman, Karen Joy Fowler, Elmaz Abinader, Aya de León, Jane Smiley, Luis Alberto Urrea, Mona Eltahawy, Jeff Chang, Claire Messud, Meredith Russo, Reyna Grande, Katie Kitamura, iO Tillett Wright, Francisco Goldman, Celeste Ng, Peter Orner, and Cristina García. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Carolina De Robertis - editor) Tue, 02 May 2017 22:06:15 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Radical-Hope-Audiobook/B072L449LZ thebookvoice.com 07:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Radical Hope Subtitle: Letters of Love and Dissent in Dangerous Times Author: Carolina De Robertis - editor Narrator: Adenrele Ojo, Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 42 mins Language: English Release date: 05-02-17 Publisher: Random House Audio Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Radical Hope is a collection of letters - to ancestors, to children five generations from now, to strangers in grocery lines, to any and all who feel weary and discouraged - written by award-winning novelists, poets, political thinkers, and activists. Provocative and inspiring, Radical Hope offers listeners a kaleidoscopic view of the love and courage needed to navigate this time of upheaval, uncertainty, and fear in view of the recent US presidential election. Including letters by Junot Díaz, Alicia Garza, Roxana Robinson, Lisa See, Jewelle Gomez, Hari Kunzru, Faith Adiele, Parnaz Foroutan, Chip Livingston, Mohja Kahf, Achy Obejas, Viet Thanh Nguyen, Cherríe Moraga, Kate Schatz, Boris Fishman, Karen Joy Fowler, Elmaz Abinader, Aya de León, Jane Smiley, Luis Alberto Urrea, Mona Eltahawy, Jeff Chang, Claire Messud, Meredith Russo, Reyna Grande, Katie Kitamura, iO Tillett Wright, Francisco Goldman, Celeste Ng, Peter Orner, and Cristina García. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Radical Hope Subtitle: Letters of Love and Dissent in Dangerous Times Author: Carolina De Robertis - editor Narrator: Adenrele Ojo, Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 42 mins Language: English Release date: 05-02-17 Publisher: Random House Audio Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Radical Hope is a collection of letters - to ancestors, to children five generations from now, to strangers in grocery lines, to any and all who feel weary and discouraged - written by award-winning novelists, poets, political thinkers, and activists. Provocative and inspiring, Radical Hope offers listeners a kaleidoscopic view of the love and courage needed to navigate this time of upheaval, uncertainty, and fear in view of the recent US presidential election. Including letters by Junot Díaz, Alicia Garza, Roxana Robinson, Lisa See, Jewelle Gomez, Hari Kunzru, Faith Adiele, Parnaz Foroutan, Chip Livingston, Mohja Kahf, Achy Obejas, Viet Thanh Nguyen, Cherríe Moraga, Kate Schatz, Boris Fishman, Karen Joy Fowler, Elmaz Abinader, Aya de León, Jane Smiley, Luis Alberto Urrea, Mona Eltahawy, Jeff Chang, Claire Messud, Meredith Russo, Reyna Grande, Katie Kitamura, iO Tillett Wright, Francisco Goldman, Celeste Ng, Peter Orner, and Cristina García. Members Reviews: Wonderful collection of letters that address our contemporary social scene ... Wonderful collection of letters that address our contemporary social scene in the US. At a time when I was struggling to find something positive in the daily barrage of negativity, this offers hope. peaceful yet energizing book Wonderful book, just what I wanted to read Wonderful Great collection of letters very powerful and interesting and moving. Well put together by the author. Will be discussing for a book club and great source for conversation. Amazing!! I just started using it, so no results at the moment. But, the feeling I get when I message my head is amazing, therefore, I presume results will be displayed after a frequent usage. De Robertis gathers people here to give hope, community ... De Robertis gathers people here to give hope, community and hold to principals of all peoples; her sense of timing here is much appreciated. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Poverty-Industry-Audiobook/B06WRV73MC Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Poverty Industry Subtitle: The Exploitation of America's Most Vulnerable Citizens Author: Daniel L. Hatcher Narrator: Colleen Patrick Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 40 mins Language: English Release date: 02-22-17 Publisher: NYU Press Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 10 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Government aid doesn't always go where it's supposed to. Foster care agencies team up with companies to take disability and survivor benefits from abused and neglected children. States and their revenue consultants use illusory schemes to siphon Medicaid funds intended for children and the poor into general state coffers. Child support payments for foster children and families on public assistance are converted into government revenue. And the poverty industry keeps expanding, leaving us with nursing homes and juvenile detention centers that sedate residents to reduce costs and maximize profit, local governments buying nursing homes to take the facilities' federal aid while the elderly languish with poor care, and counties hiring companies to mine the poor for additional funds in modern day debtor's prisons. In The Poverty Industry, Daniel L. Hatcher shows us how state governments and their private industry partners are profiting from the social safety net, turning America's most vulnerable populations into sources of revenue. The poverty industry is stealing billions in federal aid and other funds from impoverished families, abused and neglected children, and the disabled and elderly poor. As policy experts across the political spectrum debate how to best structure government assistance programs, a massive siphoning of the safety net is occurring behind the scenes. In the face of these abuses of power, Hatcher offers a road map for reforms to realign the practices of human service agencies with their intended purpose, to prevent the misuse of public taxpayer dollars, and to ensure that government aid truly gets to those in need. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Daniel L. Hatcher) Wed, 22 Feb 2017 12:00:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Poverty-Industry-Audiobook/B06WRV73MC thebookvoice.com 09:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Poverty Industry Subtitle: The Exploitation of America's Most Vulnerable Citizens Author: Daniel L. Hatcher Narrator: Colleen Patrick Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 40 mins Language: English Release date: 02-22-17 Publisher: NYU Press Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 10 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Government aid doesn't always go where it's supposed to. Foster care agencies team up with companies to take disability and survivor benefits from abused and neglected children. States and their revenue consultants use illusory schemes to siphon Medicaid funds intended for children and the poor into general state coffers. Child support payments for foster children and families on public assistance are converted into government revenue. And the poverty industry keeps expanding, leaving us with nursing homes and juvenile detention centers that sedate residents to reduce costs and maximize profit, local governments buying nursing homes to take the facilities' federal aid while the elderly languish with poor care, and counties hiring companies to mine the poor for additional funds in modern day debtor's prisons. In The Poverty Industry, Daniel L. Hatcher shows us how state governments and their private industry partners are profiting from the social safety net, turning America's most vulnerable populations into sources of revenue. The poverty industry is stealing billions in federal aid and other funds from impoverished families, abused and neglected children, and the disabled and elderly poor. As policy experts across the political spectrum debate how to best structure government assistance programs, a massive siphoning of the safety net is occurring behind the scenes. In the face of these abuses of power, Hatcher offers a road map for reforms to realign the practices of human service agencies with their intended purpose, to prevent the misuse of public taxpayer dollars, and to ensure that government aid truly gets to those in need. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Poverty Industry Subtitle: The Exploitation of America's Most Vulnerable Citizens Author: Daniel L. Hatcher Narrator: Colleen Patrick Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 40 mins Language: English Release date: 02-22-17 Publisher: NYU Press Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 10 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Government aid doesn't always go where it's supposed to. Foster care agencies team up with companies to take disability and survivor benefits from abused and neglected children. States and their revenue consultants use illusory schemes to siphon Medicaid funds intended for children and the poor into general state coffers. Child support payments for foster children and families on public assistance are converted into government revenue. And the poverty industry keeps expanding, leaving us with nursing homes and juvenile detention centers that sedate residents to reduce costs and maximize profit, local governments buying nursing homes to take the facilities' federal aid while the elderly languish with poor care, and counties hiring companies to mine the poor for additional funds in modern day debtor's prisons. In The Poverty Industry, Daniel L. Hatcher shows us how state governments and their private industry partners are profiting from the social safety net, turning America's most vulnerable populations into sources of revenue. The poverty industry is stealing billions in federal aid and other funds from impoverished families, abused and neglected children, and the disabled and elderly poor. As policy experts across the political spectrum debate how to best structure government assistance programs, a massive siphoning of the safety net is occurring behind the scenes. In the face of these abuses of power, Hatcher offers a road map for reforms to realign the practices of human service agencies with their intended purpose, to prevent the misuse of public taxpayer dollars, and to ensure that government aid truly gets to those in need. Members Reviews: Poverty industry is big business. Poverty industry is a must listen for anyone concerned the equality among the poorest of us citizens. The breathtaking ways and means that the poor are being exploited is frightening. I don't know if there is a more important issue today. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Culture-of-Fear-Audiobook/B002UZHPB0 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Culture of Fear Subtitle: Why Americans Are Afraid of the Wrong Things Author: Barry Glassner Narrator: Barry Glassner, Michael Moore Format: Abridged Length: 4 hrs and 40 mins Language: English Release date: 11-27-03 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 130 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: This audio edition includes an exclusive introduction by documentary filmmaker and author Michael Moore. Critic Reviews: "A critical look at the baseless, harmful paranoia spread by our mass media....One of the most important sociological books you'll read this year, and certainly the most reassuring." (Kirkus) "A gutsy expose of one of the most widespread delusions of our time: misplaced fear." (Los Angeles Times Book Review) "[Glassner] wields an impressive body of research and consequently enjoys the power of redefining reality for a moment in history." (Salon) "Oddly comforting....Glassner's delivery is serious but not emotionless....virtually everyone will leave this book with a more realistic, guardedly optimistic world view." (Publishers Weekly) biacuaduc@gmail.com (Barry Glassner) Thu, 27 Nov 2003 11:20:49 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Culture-of-Fear-Audiobook/B002UZHPB0 thebookvoice.com 04:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Culture of Fear Subtitle: Why Americans Are Afraid of the Wrong Things Author: Barry Glassner Narrator: Barry Glassner, Michael Moore Format: Abridged Length: 4 hrs and 40 mins Language: English Release date: 11-27-03 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 130 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: This audio edition includes an exclusive introduction by documentary filmmaker and author Michael Moore. Critic Reviews: "A critical look at the baseless, harmful paranoia spread by our mass media....One of the most important sociological books you'll read this year, and certainly the most reassuring." (Kirkus) "A gutsy expose of one of the most widespread delusions of our time: misplaced fear." (Los Angeles Times Book Review) "[Glassner] wields an impressive body of research and consequently enjoys the power of redefining reality for a moment in history." (Salon) "Oddly comforting....Glassner's delivery is serious but not emotionless....virtually everyone will leave this book with a more realistic, guardedly optimistic world view." (Publishers Weekly) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Culture of Fear Subtitle: Why Americans Are Afraid of the Wrong Things Author: Barry Glassner Narrator: Barry Glassner, Michael Moore Format: Abridged Length: 4 hrs and 40 mins Language: English Release date: 11-27-03 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 130 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: This audio edition includes an exclusive introduction by documentary filmmaker and author Michael Moore. Critic Reviews: "A critical look at the baseless, harmful paranoia spread by our mass media....One of the most important sociological books you'll read this year, and certainly the most reassuring." (Kirkus) "A gutsy expose of one of the most widespread delusions of our time: misplaced fear." (Los Angeles Times Book Review) "[Glassner] wields an impressive body of research and consequently enjoys the power of redefining reality for a moment in history." (Salon) "Oddly comforting....Glassner's delivery is serious but not emotionless....virtually everyone will leave this book with a more realistic, guardedly optimistic world view." (Publishers Weekly) Members Reviews: Well documented critique I had heard great things about this book and was suprised to see some of the negative reviews on this site. After listening, rather than having a "left wing agenda," my take was that this was a very well thought and documented intellectual critique of the media. It debunks issues on both sides of the political spectrum and the author backs up his argument with compelling or outright overwhelming factual information including studies, articles, and so on. Another criticism on this site was about how inconcievable "political correctness" being created by the right could be. I was especially interested in this and the author does a great job of making his argument and backing it up with documentation. I wonder if the reviewer even listened that closely? My only criticism is the book is read by the author. The reading is a little dry, not as exciting as some of the other books I've heard. But that's somewhat to be expected with a book of this nature. Overall, I'd recommend it. A really enjoyable social science listen... I enjoyed every minute of this audiobook. This one is intellectual, but easy to understand for anyone. A little bit philosophy, a lot social science, and a bit of wit here and there. My favorite audio book to date, and I listen a lot. a worthy listen Worth hearing. On how and why, we (as a society) are kept in constant fear. refreshingly honest and thorough refreshingly honest and thorough. really makes you think about the culture of fear in our country and how it affects journalism. Awesome More of this type of truth needs to be heard. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Socialism-Utopian-and-Scientific-Audiobook/B077V1759M Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Socialism: Utopian and Scientific Author: Friedrich Engels Narrator: George Doyle Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 44 mins Language: English Release date: 12-24-17 Publisher: Audioliterature Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: In "Socialism: Utopian and Scientific" (1883), Friedrich Engels explains that Marxism is scientific socialism. Engels claims that whereas utopian socialism is idealist, reflects the personal opinions of the authors and claims that society can be adapted based on these opinions, scientific socialism derives itself from reality. It focuses on the materialist conception of history, which is based on an analysis over history, and concludes that communism naturally follows capitalism. Engels begins the text by chronicling the thought of utopian socialists, starting with Saint-Simon. He then proceeds to Fourier and Robert Owen. In chapter two, he summarizes dialectics, and then chronicles the thought from the ancient Greeks to Hegel. Chapter three summarizes dialectics in relation to economic and social struggles, essentially echoing the words of Marx. Friedrich Engels (1820-1895) was a German philosopher, social scientist, journalist and businessman. He founded Marxist theory together with Karl Marx. ©2017 Audioliterature (P)2017 Audioliterature biacuaduc@gmail.com (Friedrich Engels) Sun, 24 Dec 2017 09:26:05 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Socialism-Utopian-and-Scientific-Audiobook/B077V1759M thebookvoice.com 02:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Socialism: Utopian and Scientific Author: Friedrich Engels Narrator: George Doyle Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 44 mins Language: English Release date: 12-24-17 Publisher: Audioliterature Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: In "Socialism: Utopian and Scientific" (1883), Friedrich Engels explains that Marxism is scientific socialism. Engels claims that whereas utopian socialism is idealist, reflects the personal opinions of the authors and claims that society can be adapted based on these opinions, scientific socialism derives itself from reality. It focuses on the materialist conception of history, which is based on an analysis over history, and concludes that communism naturally follows capitalism. Engels begins the text by chronicling the thought of utopian socialists, starting with Saint-Simon. He then proceeds to Fourier and Robert Owen. In chapter two, he summarizes dialectics, and then chronicles the thought from the ancient Greeks to Hegel. Chapter three summarizes dialectics in relation to economic and social struggles, essentially echoing the words of Marx. Friedrich Engels (1820-1895) was a German philosopher, social scientist, journalist and businessman. He founded Marxist theory together with Karl Marx. ©2017 Audioliterature (P)2017 Audioliterature Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Socialism: Utopian and Scientific Author: Friedrich Engels Narrator: George Doyle Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 44 mins Language: English Release date: 12-24-17 Publisher: Audioliterature Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: In "Socialism: Utopian and Scientific" (1883), Friedrich Engels explains that Marxism is scientific socialism. Engels claims that whereas utopian socialism is idealist, reflects the personal opinions of the authors and claims that society can be adapted based on these opinions, scientific socialism derives itself from reality. It focuses on the materialist conception of history, which is based on an analysis over history, and concludes that communism naturally follows capitalism. Engels begins the text by chronicling the thought of utopian socialists, starting with Saint-Simon. He then proceeds to Fourier and Robert Owen. In chapter two, he summarizes dialectics, and then chronicles the thought from the ancient Greeks to Hegel. Chapter three summarizes dialectics in relation to economic and social struggles, essentially echoing the words of Marx. Friedrich Engels (1820-1895) was a German philosopher, social scientist, journalist and businessman. He founded Marxist theory together with Karl Marx. ©2017 Audioliterature (P)2017 Audioliterature Members Reviews: A brilliant defense of historical materialism by one of the principal figures in it's development I gave it 5 stars because it's so solid and well written, and like another pamphlet that Engels co-authored, it's as relevant today as the day it was written. This should be required reading for (everyone) anyone who believes that the notion of Socialism is Utopian/unattainable by nature or definition. Five Stars good Five Stars essential Finally, a concise exposition! This little book is the most concise summary of the ideas of Socialism that I have found so far. Engels does a brilliant job in laying out an outline of the evolution of capitalism from feudalism through the guild system to the industrial revolution. He also describes the evolution of thought as practiced by the Ancient Greeks into the dialectic of Hegel, which made thinking about processes and change possible and, consequently, the evolution of Socialist theory. The burning question in my mind with regard to Socialist theory has been, "How exactly will social ownership and control of the means of production create a fairer distribution of wealth and capital?" Unfortunately, this question remains unanswered. Control of capital cannot in and of itself provide the knowledge of the behavior of markets necessary to predict and control them for the good of all. The recent failure of the Federal Reserve and other worldwide central banking, using interest rates, to control the inevitable boom-and-bust economic cycles points up this flaw in capitalism, and no Socialist answer appears in this book either. The one to read after the "Manifesto" This is the best text to read for those seek an acquaintance with Marxism, and is the book most often recommended on introductory courses. It is simultaneously more detailed and easier to read than the "Communist Manifesto". Engels begins with the eighteenth century philosophers who "prepared men's minds for the coming revolution and for whom Reason became the sole measure of everything." He then proceeds to examine the work of three men he dubs "Utopian" socialists - St. Simon, Fourier and Owen - who advanced beyond the philosophers in seeing the need for economic as well as political equality. However, says Engels, they shared the same error in supposing mankind can be liberated by truth and reason. St. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Propaganda-and-the-Public-Mind-Audiobook/B010N09DC2 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Propaganda and the Public Mind Author: Noam Chomsky, David Barsamian Narrator: Brian Jones Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 9 mins Language: English Release date: 07-28-15 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 52 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Renowned interviewer David Barsamian showcases his unique access to Chomsky's thinking on a number of topics of contemporary and historical import. Chomsky offers insights into the institutions that shape the public mind in the service of power and profit. In an interview conducted after the important November 1999 "Battle in Seattle", Chomsky discusses prospects for building a movement to challenge corporate domination of the media, the environment, and even our private lives. Whether discussing US military escalation in Colombia, attacks on Social Security, or growing inequality worldwide, Chomsky shows how ordinary people, if they work together, have the power to make meaningful change. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Noam Chomsky) Tue, 28 Jul 2015 06:44:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Propaganda-and-the-Public-Mind-Audiobook/B010N09DC2 thebookvoice.com 08:09:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Propaganda and the Public Mind Author: Noam Chomsky, David Barsamian Narrator: Brian Jones Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 9 mins Language: English Release date: 07-28-15 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 52 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Renowned interviewer David Barsamian showcases his unique access to Chomsky's thinking on a number of topics of contemporary and historical import. Chomsky offers insights into the institutions that shape the public mind in the service of power and profit. In an interview conducted after the important November 1999 "Battle in Seattle", Chomsky discusses prospects for building a movement to challenge corporate domination of the media, the environment, and even our private lives. Whether discussing US military escalation in Colombia, attacks on Social Security, or growing inequality worldwide, Chomsky shows how ordinary people, if they work together, have the power to make meaningful change. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Propaganda and the Public Mind Author: Noam Chomsky, David Barsamian Narrator: Brian Jones Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 9 mins Language: English Release date: 07-28-15 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 52 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Renowned interviewer David Barsamian showcases his unique access to Chomsky's thinking on a number of topics of contemporary and historical import. Chomsky offers insights into the institutions that shape the public mind in the service of power and profit. In an interview conducted after the important November 1999 "Battle in Seattle", Chomsky discusses prospects for building a movement to challenge corporate domination of the media, the environment, and even our private lives. Whether discussing US military escalation in Colombia, attacks on Social Security, or growing inequality worldwide, Chomsky shows how ordinary people, if they work together, have the power to make meaningful change. Members Reviews: Letting the Facts Speak for Themselves Noam Chomsky has been talking about the mechanisms of propaganda and manufactured outrage for a very long time. If you want deeper insights, this is where to turn. In this series of talks with David Barsamian, we hear a real discussion with an utter lack of punditry. Chomsky has said that he is not a charismatic speaker, and is not interested in persuading people, but that he helps people persuade themselves. He wants to tell you what he thinks, but not what you should think. As critical thinkers, we can distinguish between statements of opinion and fact. You may not agree with Mr. Chomsky that the US is the greatest threat to world peace, but his facts are incontrovertible. He goes over what was omitted in the media regarding Central America and Viet Nam, as well as what was submitted for broadcast news. Brian Jones is a clear and animated narrator. He keeps the voices of Chomsky and Barsamian distinct, and even adds a bit of the charisma that Mr. Chomsky says he lacks. Incredibly Revealing As a Vietnam veteran I was educated as to "why we fought". Certainly not for reasons we were told. Chomsky's diverse knowledge reveals something for everyone. Jaw dropping Enlightened by Chomsky. Light bulbs in my head kept turning on and on. Incredible perspective of the mechanics and institutions that rule our lives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/23-7-Audiobook/B01MA54C8F Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: 23/7 Subtitle: Pelican Bay Prison and the Rise of Long-Term Solitary Confinement Author: Keramet Reiter Narrator: C.S.E Cooney Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 3 mins Language: English Release date: 10-31-16 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 14 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Originally meant to be brief and exceptional, solitary confinement in US prisons has become long-term and common. Prisoners spend 23 hours a day in featureless cells, with no visitors or human contact for years on end, and they are held entirely at administrators' discretion. Keramet Reiter tells the history of one "supermax", California's Pelican Bay State Prison, whose extreme conditions recently sparked a statewide hunger strike by 30,000 prisoners. This book describes how Pelican Bay was created without legislative oversight, in fearful response to 1970s radicals; how easily prisoners slip into solitary; and the mental havoc and social costs of years and decades in isolation. The product of 15 years of research in and about prisons, this book provides essential background to a subject now drawing national attention. Critic Reviews: "23/7 tells a compelling story of the banality of evil in correctional planning and penal confinement." (Franklin E. Zimring, University of California, Berkeley) biacuaduc@gmail.com (Keramet Reiter) Mon, 31 Oct 2016 12:42:07 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/23-7-Audiobook/B01MA54C8F thebookvoice.com 10:03:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: 23/7 Subtitle: Pelican Bay Prison and the Rise of Long-Term Solitary Confinement Author: Keramet Reiter Narrator: C.S.E Cooney Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 3 mins Language: English Release date: 10-31-16 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 14 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Originally meant to be brief and exceptional, solitary confinement in US prisons has become long-term and common. Prisoners spend 23 hours a day in featureless cells, with no visitors or human contact for years on end, and they are held entirely at administrators' discretion. Keramet Reiter tells the history of one "supermax", California's Pelican Bay State Prison, whose extreme conditions recently sparked a statewide hunger strike by 30,000 prisoners. This book describes how Pelican Bay was created without legislative oversight, in fearful response to 1970s radicals; how easily prisoners slip into solitary; and the mental havoc and social costs of years and decades in isolation. The product of 15 years of research in and about prisons, this book provides essential background to a subject now drawing national attention. Critic Reviews: "23/7 tells a compelling story of the banality of evil in correctional planning and penal confinement." (Franklin E. Zimring, University of California, Berkeley) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: 23/7 Subtitle: Pelican Bay Prison and the Rise of Long-Term Solitary Confinement Author: Keramet Reiter Narrator: C.S.E Cooney Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 3 mins Language: English Release date: 10-31-16 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 14 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Originally meant to be brief and exceptional, solitary confinement in US prisons has become long-term and common. Prisoners spend 23 hours a day in featureless cells, with no visitors or human contact for years on end, and they are held entirely at administrators' discretion. Keramet Reiter tells the history of one "supermax", California's Pelican Bay State Prison, whose extreme conditions recently sparked a statewide hunger strike by 30,000 prisoners. This book describes how Pelican Bay was created without legislative oversight, in fearful response to 1970s radicals; how easily prisoners slip into solitary; and the mental havoc and social costs of years and decades in isolation. The product of 15 years of research in and about prisons, this book provides essential background to a subject now drawing national attention. Critic Reviews: "23/7 tells a compelling story of the banality of evil in correctional planning and penal confinement." (Franklin E. Zimring, University of California, Berkeley) Members Reviews: Thorough research Great book, meticulously researched and remarkably humane. An enlightening (and disturbing) view into how prison policy is developed in California. Medicine The research and care that went into this book is a miracle for those interested in criminal justice reform or for those simply interested in discovering the dark corners of solitary. This book is as much a documentary as it is a living prayer for tomorrow... Not worth it Very one sided, repetitive and the narrator's voice gets annoying. Very liberal although it does start out well Poor killers what about the victims !! This so call author try to make killers into victims instead of the real victims. She does not believe that the killers should be punished .According to her killers should only be in jail have the right to play Baseball what movie and have steak and glass of wine for diner. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Reflections-on-the-Revolution-in-France-Rights-of-Man-Audiobook/B002V01EUC Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Reflections on the Revolution in France & Rights of Man Author: George H. Smith Narrator: Craig Deitschman Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 51 mins Language: English Release date: 06-26-06 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 8 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: The Giants of Political Thought series is an easy and entertaining way to broaden your mind and your awareness of great ideas. Reflections on the Revolution in France is a slashing attack on the French Revolution by one of Britains most famous statesmen. Liberty and social order, Burke argues, are maintained by the traditional rights and duties embedded in custom and law. And when these traditions are overthrown in revolutions, society is threatened with chaos, bloodshed and despotism. In Rights of Man, Thomas Paine argues that the French Revolution was based on the same principles as the American Revolution: natural rights, an implied social contract, and the right of revolution against oppressive governments. Paine, unlike Burke, sees government as the primary threat to social order. He has little regard for traditional institutions, if those institutions are oppressive and unjust. biacuaduc@gmail.com (George H. Smith) Mon, 26 Jun 2006 03:35:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Reflections-on-the-Revolution-in-France-Rights-of-Man-Audiobook/B002V01EUC thebookvoice.com 02:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Reflections on the Revolution in France & Rights of Man Author: George H. Smith Narrator: Craig Deitschman Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 51 mins Language: English Release date: 06-26-06 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 8 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: The Giants of Political Thought series is an easy and entertaining way to broaden your mind and your awareness of great ideas. Reflections on the Revolution in France is a slashing attack on the French Revolution by one of Britains most famous statesmen. Liberty and social order, Burke argues, are maintained by the traditional rights and duties embedded in custom and law. And when these traditions are overthrown in revolutions, society is threatened with chaos, bloodshed and despotism. In Rights of Man, Thomas Paine argues that the French Revolution was based on the same principles as the American Revolution: natural rights, an implied social contract, and the right of revolution against oppressive governments. Paine, unlike Burke, sees government as the primary threat to social order. He has little regard for traditional institutions, if those institutions are oppressive and unjust. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Reflections on the Revolution in France & Rights of Man Author: George H. Smith Narrator: Craig Deitschman Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 51 mins Language: English Release date: 06-26-06 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 8 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: The Giants of Political Thought series is an easy and entertaining way to broaden your mind and your awareness of great ideas. Reflections on the Revolution in France is a slashing attack on the French Revolution by one of Britains most famous statesmen. Liberty and social order, Burke argues, are maintained by the traditional rights and duties embedded in custom and law. And when these traditions are overthrown in revolutions, society is threatened with chaos, bloodshed and despotism. In Rights of Man, Thomas Paine argues that the French Revolution was based on the same principles as the American Revolution: natural rights, an implied social contract, and the right of revolution against oppressive governments. Paine, unlike Burke, sees government as the primary threat to social order. He has little regard for traditional institutions, if those institutions are oppressive and unjust. Members Reviews: Reflecting on Reflections I want the real Burke book unabridged on audible. George Smith totally discounts Burke's forethought and foresight on the mess that was to become the French Revolution. Burke's book itself is insightful, but Smith's take on it was not. I do not recommend this book. Misleading Title Any additional comments? If you are looking for audio versions of Burke's or Paine's classics works mentioned in this title, be advised: THIS IS NOT IT! I was quite disappointed when I realized this was simply a very short book "about" these classic texts. And not a very good one at that. If you are looking for mediocre commentary on Burke and Paine, then have at it. If, however, you actually want to listen to either of these greats, you will have to go elsewhere. instrumental This is not the two works in the title. I bought them thinking they were but this is about those two works. It is very very helpful to listen to prior to reading either of the two works. Smith does a good job of summarizing. It is instrumental to understanding the works. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/How-to-Talk-to-a-Liberal-If-You-Must-Audiobook/B002V8MEEE Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: How to Talk to a Liberal (If You Must) Subtitle: The World According to Ann Coulter Author: Ann Coulter Narrator: Elizabeth White Format: Unabridged Length: 15 hrs and 21 mins Language: English Release date: 10-05-04 Publisher: Books on Tape Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 649 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: From the author of The New York Times best sellers Treason and Slander comes an updated Ann Coulter compendium, complete with reader responses and television and talk radio transcripts (Couric, Donahue, Franken). With titles like "Would Mohamed Atta Object to Armed Pilots?", "9 out of 10 Caribou Support Drilling", and "Liberal Pimps for Clintonism", How to Talk to a Liberal covers Coulter's waterfront on her favorite issues and targets, from national security to Hollywood. Agree or disagree with her, Coulter says exactly what's on her mind, unafraid of consequences, and in the process elicits real passion and feisty political debate. ©2004 Ann Coulter; (P)2004 Books on Tape Critic Reviews: "A great deal of research supports Ms. Coulter's wisecracks." (New York Times) biacuaduc@gmail.com (Ann Coulter) Tue, 05 Oct 2004 01:19:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/How-to-Talk-to-a-Liberal-If-You-Must-Audiobook/B002V8MEEE thebookvoice.com 15:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: How to Talk to a Liberal (If You Must) Subtitle: The World According to Ann Coulter Author: Ann Coulter Narrator: Elizabeth White Format: Unabridged Length: 15 hrs and 21 mins Language: English Release date: 10-05-04 Publisher: Books on Tape Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 649 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: From the author of The New York Times best sellers Treason and Slander comes an updated Ann Coulter compendium, complete with reader responses and television and talk radio transcripts (Couric, Donahue, Franken). With titles like "Would Mohamed Atta Object to Armed Pilots?", "9 out of 10 Caribou Support Drilling", and "Liberal Pimps for Clintonism", How to Talk to a Liberal covers Coulter's waterfront on her favorite issues and targets, from national security to Hollywood. Agree or disagree with her, Coulter says exactly what's on her mind, unafraid of consequences, and in the process elicits real passion and feisty political debate. ©2004 Ann Coulter; (P)2004 Books on Tape Critic Reviews: "A great deal of research supports Ms. Coulter's wisecracks." (New York Times) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: How to Talk to a Liberal (If You Must) Subtitle: The World According to Ann Coulter Author: Ann Coulter Narrator: Elizabeth White Format: Unabridged Length: 15 hrs and 21 mins Language: English Release date: 10-05-04 Publisher: Books on Tape Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 649 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: From the author of The New York Times best sellers Treason and Slander comes an updated Ann Coulter compendium, complete with reader responses and television and talk radio transcripts (Couric, Donahue, Franken). With titles like "Would Mohamed Atta Object to Armed Pilots?", "9 out of 10 Caribou Support Drilling", and "Liberal Pimps for Clintonism", How to Talk to a Liberal covers Coulter's waterfront on her favorite issues and targets, from national security to Hollywood. Agree or disagree with her, Coulter says exactly what's on her mind, unafraid of consequences, and in the process elicits real passion and feisty political debate. ©2004 Ann Coulter; (P)2004 Books on Tape Critic Reviews: "A great deal of research supports Ms. Coulter's wisecracks." (New York Times) Members Reviews: Loved it Coulter just cracks me up. It's kind of a guilty pleasure though 'cause she spews the venom with such zeal. Though she has her tongue firmly planted in her cheek the truth is there. If you lean leftward you may find her style objectionable. She is entertaining and that is how I approached this work. I wasn't disappointed. funny...but.... Coulter has a knack for delivering memorable punches and articulating amuzing, bruising ironies. But while there is no end to the number of internal inconsistencies I hear in liberal rhetoric, I have to admit I'm a mostly embarrassed to have Ann as a mouthpiece for modern conservatives. The depth of her reflection seems shallow compared to many other conservative and libertarian pundits - I certainly wouldn't pull out her quotes in serious political conversations with friends. I'd be taken down for hypocrisy in twenty different ways. I wish she could combine her lively style with more authenticity. She seems to be less about factual reporting and careful, synthetic analysis and more about pushing emotional hot-buttons without even establishing a factual ground for doing so. If you really want to talk to a liberal, you need to be able to communicate that you are listening to them and understand them. If you talk to a liberal the way Coulter does, well - you'll have many fewer friends and you'll never really persuade anyone of anything. Persuasion is one of the most important arts of our time. It involves highly skilled communication. Coulter bludgeons this art. So yeah, I chuckle. But I'm deeply disturbed that she's reinforcing the very attitudes and perspectives that make Americans a dysfunctional citizenship with a dysfunctional government. The Queen of the Right Her wit is like a new razor. When she writes a book there are more footnotes than any writer that I have read. If you are tired of the Liberal press she is a breath of fresh air. Ha ha ha ha ha! Ann, you are so good! The film discussion alone is worth the book price. Yes, when no one is arguing, liberals sound soooo good. But only then. This is one fun book. Go Ann! Very interesting read. Since each article is about 10 - 15 minutes long, I would find myself popping it in to listen to 1 or 2 articles and, a couple hours later, still listening. Her biting, insightful commentary will have you laughing out loud in the car or wherever you are listening. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Constitution-and-the-Declaration-of-Independence-Audiobook/B01I5HDW1S Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Constitution and the Declaration of Independence Subtitle: A Pocket Constitution Author: The Founding Fathers, Izzard Ink Publishing, Paul B. Skousen Narrator: Mark Deakins Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 16 mins Language: English Release date: 07-11-16 Publisher: Izzard Ink Publishing Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 17 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: How often have people claimed that a certain thing was "in the Constitution" and you've wanted to pull out a copy to show them what this incredible document really says? This is the book you want to keep with you at all times: the full text of the Declaration of Independence and the Constitution, the two documents that are the backbone of United States government. Hearing them as they were written is a must for every American. Regular listening is required for any historian or member of the legal profession, and a good idea for all Americans. Acclaimed Constitutional scholar Paul Skousen, author of How to Read the Constitution, frames this simple text with a brief preface and a summary of important facts about these two documents, including important dates, for the ultimate quick reference. Throughout the text of the Constitution, he provides a clear guide to parts that became invalid due to later amendments, making the current meaning clear. Without intruding on the meaning, Skousen gives you a great tool for understanding our most basic principles of good government. An inspiring introduction by New York Times best-selling author Dan Clark will put you in the right frame of mind to listen to and appreciate these great documents. This handy guide can become your best friend, and you'll want to keep a copy nearby. Here is your chance to become an expert on two of the most important documents that shaped our country! biacuaduc@gmail.com (The Founding Fathers) Mon, 11 Jul 2016 18:52:39 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Constitution-and-the-Declaration-of-Independence-Audiobook/B01I5HDW1S thebookvoice.com 02:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Constitution and the Declaration of Independence Subtitle: A Pocket Constitution Author: The Founding Fathers, Izzard Ink Publishing, Paul B. Skousen Narrator: Mark Deakins Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 16 mins Language: English Release date: 07-11-16 Publisher: Izzard Ink Publishing Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 17 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: How often have people claimed that a certain thing was "in the Constitution" and you've wanted to pull out a copy to show them what this incredible document really says? This is the book you want to keep with you at all times: the full text of the Declaration of Independence and the Constitution, the two documents that are the backbone of United States government. Hearing them as they were written is a must for every American. Regular listening is required for any historian or member of the legal profession, and a good idea for all Americans. Acclaimed Constitutional scholar Paul Skousen, author of How to Read the Constitution, frames this simple text with a brief preface and a summary of important facts about these two documents, including important dates, for the ultimate quick reference. Throughout the text of the Constitution, he provides a clear guide to parts that became invalid due to later amendments, making the current meaning clear. Without intruding on the meaning, Skousen gives you a great tool for understanding our most basic principles of good government. An inspiring introduction by New York Times best-selling author Dan Clark will put you in the right frame of mind to listen to and appreciate these great documents. This handy guide can become your best friend, and you'll want to keep a copy nearby. Here is your chance to become an expert on two of the most important documents that shaped our country! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Constitution and the Declaration of Independence Subtitle: A Pocket Constitution Author: The Founding Fathers, Izzard Ink Publishing, Paul B. Skousen Narrator: Mark Deakins Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 16 mins Language: English Release date: 07-11-16 Publisher: Izzard Ink Publishing Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 17 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: How often have people claimed that a certain thing was "in the Constitution" and you've wanted to pull out a copy to show them what this incredible document really says? This is the book you want to keep with you at all times: the full text of the Declaration of Independence and the Constitution, the two documents that are the backbone of United States government. Hearing them as they were written is a must for every American. Regular listening is required for any historian or member of the legal profession, and a good idea for all Americans. Acclaimed Constitutional scholar Paul Skousen, author of How to Read the Constitution, frames this simple text with a brief preface and a summary of important facts about these two documents, including important dates, for the ultimate quick reference. Throughout the text of the Constitution, he provides a clear guide to parts that became invalid due to later amendments, making the current meaning clear. Without intruding on the meaning, Skousen gives you a great tool for understanding our most basic principles of good government. An inspiring introduction by New York Times best-selling author Dan Clark will put you in the right frame of mind to listen to and appreciate these great documents. This handy guide can become your best friend, and you'll want to keep a copy nearby. Here is your chance to become an expert on two of the most important documents that shaped our country! Members Reviews: Just Listen to It Would you consider the audio edition of The Constitution and the Declaration of Independence to be better than the print version? I would. I like to listen on the go. The narrator was great. What other book might you compare The Constitution and the Declaration of Independence to and why? How to Read the Constitution and the Declaration of Independence. Have you listened to any of Mark Deakinss other performances before? How does this one compare? I did listen to Rogue Lawyer. Both are done very well. Was there a moment in the book that particularly moved you? The Constitution always moves me. Any additional comments? This is a great reading of our founding documents. Great Reading of the Constitution Where does The Constitution and the Declaration of Independence rank among all the audiobooks youve listened to so far? It has to be one of the top readings I have heard of The Constitution and the Declaration of Independence. What was one of the most memorable moments of The Constitution and the Declaration of Independence? The Constitution and the Declaration of Independence. Which scene was your favorite? Of course the reading of The Constitution and the Declaration of Independence but I also enjoyed the myths. Whats the most interesting tidbit youve picked up from this book? I should listen to our founding documents often. Any additional comments? This is a great additional to an American's audio book collection. A great professional version of the Constitution. Biased. At the beginning the author states the American Constitution is the first one written...untrue. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Unlearning-Liberty-Audiobook/B00AHI69VY Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Unlearning Liberty Subtitle: Campus Censorship and the End of American Debate Author: Greg Lukianoff Narrator: Philip Hodges Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 6 mins Language: English Release date: 12-04-12 Publisher: Encounter Books Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 57 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: For over a generation, shocking cases of censorship at America's colleges and universities have taught students the wrong lessons about living in a free society. Drawing on a decade of experience battling for freedom of speech on campus, First Amendment lawyer Greg Lukianoff reveals how higher education fails to teach students to become critical thinkers: by stifling open debate, our campuses are supercharging ideological divisions, promoting groupthink, and encouraging an unscholarly certainty about complex issues. Lukianoff walks readers through the life of a modern-day college student, from orientation to the end of freshman year. Through this lens, he describes startling violations of free speech rights: a student in Indiana punished for publicly reading a book, a student in Georgia expelled for a pro-environment collage he posted on Facebook, students at Yale banned from putting an F. Scott Fitzgerald quote on a T shirt, and students across the country corralled into tiny free speech zones when they wanted to express their views. But Lukianoff goes further, demonstrating how this culture of censorship is bleeding into the larger society. As he explores public controversies involving Juan Williams, Rush Limbaugh, Bill Maher, Richard Dawkins, Larry Summers - even Dave Barry and Jon Stewart - Lukianoff paints a stark picture of our ability as a nation to discuss important issues rationally. Unlearning Liberty: Campus Censorship and the End of American Debate illuminates how intolerance for dissent and debate on today's campus threatens the freedom of every citizen and makes us all just a little bit dumber. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Greg Lukianoff) Tue, 04 Dec 2012 15:37:11 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Unlearning-Liberty-Audiobook/B00AHI69VY thebookvoice.com 09:06:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Unlearning Liberty Subtitle: Campus Censorship and the End of American Debate Author: Greg Lukianoff Narrator: Philip Hodges Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 6 mins Language: English Release date: 12-04-12 Publisher: Encounter Books Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 57 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: For over a generation, shocking cases of censorship at America's colleges and universities have taught students the wrong lessons about living in a free society. Drawing on a decade of experience battling for freedom of speech on campus, First Amendment lawyer Greg Lukianoff reveals how higher education fails to teach students to become critical thinkers: by stifling open debate, our campuses are supercharging ideological divisions, promoting groupthink, and encouraging an unscholarly certainty about complex issues. Lukianoff walks readers through the life of a modern-day college student, from orientation to the end of freshman year. Through this lens, he describes startling violations of free speech rights: a student in Indiana punished for publicly reading a book, a student in Georgia expelled for a pro-environment collage he posted on Facebook, students at Yale banned from putting an F. Scott Fitzgerald quote on a T shirt, and students across the country corralled into tiny free speech zones when they wanted to express their views. But Lukianoff goes further, demonstrating how this culture of censorship is bleeding into the larger society. As he explores public controversies involving Juan Williams, Rush Limbaugh, Bill Maher, Richard Dawkins, Larry Summers - even Dave Barry and Jon Stewart - Lukianoff paints a stark picture of our ability as a nation to discuss important issues rationally. Unlearning Liberty: Campus Censorship and the End of American Debate illuminates how intolerance for dissent and debate on today's campus threatens the freedom of every citizen and makes us all just a little bit dumber. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Unlearning Liberty Subtitle: Campus Censorship and the End of American Debate Author: Greg Lukianoff Narrator: Philip Hodges Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 6 mins Language: English Release date: 12-04-12 Publisher: Encounter Books Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 57 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: For over a generation, shocking cases of censorship at America's colleges and universities have taught students the wrong lessons about living in a free society. Drawing on a decade of experience battling for freedom of speech on campus, First Amendment lawyer Greg Lukianoff reveals how higher education fails to teach students to become critical thinkers: by stifling open debate, our campuses are supercharging ideological divisions, promoting groupthink, and encouraging an unscholarly certainty about complex issues. Lukianoff walks readers through the life of a modern-day college student, from orientation to the end of freshman year. Through this lens, he describes startling violations of free speech rights: a student in Indiana punished for publicly reading a book, a student in Georgia expelled for a pro-environment collage he posted on Facebook, students at Yale banned from putting an F. Scott Fitzgerald quote on a T shirt, and students across the country corralled into tiny free speech zones when they wanted to express their views. But Lukianoff goes further, demonstrating how this culture of censorship is bleeding into the larger society. As he explores public controversies involving Juan Williams, Rush Limbaugh, Bill Maher, Richard Dawkins, Larry Summers - even Dave Barry and Jon Stewart - Lukianoff paints a stark picture of our ability as a nation to discuss important issues rationally. Unlearning Liberty: Campus Censorship and the End of American Debate illuminates how intolerance for dissent and debate on today's campus threatens the freedom of every citizen and makes us all just a little bit dumber. Members Reviews: good read, bad listen. this is a great book how ever it is poorly edited, the reader stumbles over words and has to repeat himself and he breaths loudly ever 5 seconds, these things should have been edited out. great book for those who are contemplating college The philosophy in the school room one generation will be the philosophy of the government in the next.-- Abraham Lincoln. it opened up my eyrs it showed me the reality of the destruction of civil rights in college by liberals. Great Book, Robotic Performance This book is wonderful and informative, however the reading is dispassionate and lifeless. to be fair there are a few times where the narrator emotes, but these are short and rare. A non-polar look at freedom of speech abuses in ed I learned a lot and changed some of my views as a result of the book. The book was also happily not preachy. I will be listening to it again. The narration is fine but amateur (vocal retakes come in at different levels of loudness with different mic placement and some voice edits never got made). My background is music and audio, so I'm probably just a bit picky here. I will strongly recommend the book, especially to students and teachers. Great work! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Guns-Audiobook/B00BC02IH0 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Guns Author: Stephen King Narrator: Christian Rummel Format: Unabridged Length: 49 mins Language: English Release date: 02-11-13 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 1330 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: In a pulls-no-punches essay intended to provoke rational discussion, Stephen King sets down his thoughts about gun violence in America. Anger and grief in the wake of the shootings at Sandy Hook Elementary School are palpable in this urgent piece of writing, but no less remarkable are King's keen thoughtfulness and composure as he explores the contours of the gun-control issue and constructs his argument for what can and should be done. King's earnings from the sale of this essay will go to the Brady Campaign to Prevent Gun Violence. Stephen King is the author of 11/22/63, Under the Dome, Carrie, The Shining, and many other best-selling works. "The overwhelming response from readers of the Kindle Single edition of Guns underscores the great need for thoughtful discourse on the issue of guns in AmericaIm thrilled Audible is bringing Guns to the quickly growing audience of audiobook listeners." (Stephen King) Critic Reviews: "There are a handful of subjects in America so emotional and polarizing that the national dialogue around them amounts to little more than a shouting match. Chief among these is the subject of guns. In this intimate and moving Kindle Single, Stephen King employs all his gifts as writer and citizen to address gun violence in America. But why should we care what Stephen King has to say? As it turns out, there are a number of reasons. Despite his "liberal creds," King is an unapologetic gun owner himself. He is also the author of a novel--published under the pseudonym Richard Bachman--that has served as a "possible accelerant" for at least four real-life high school shooters. King had his publisher take that book off the market long ago, but the guns and the occasional bursts of unfathomable violence remain. When division is everywhere, is it possible for someone to argue passionately for the middle road? That is what King seeks to do here--this is a frank and thoughtful contribution to a dialogue in dire need of voices from the 'all-but-deserted middle.'" (Chris Schluep, Amazon.com) biacuaduc@gmail.com (Stephen King) Mon, 11 Feb 2013 05:58:28 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Guns-Audiobook/B00BC02IH0 thebookvoice.com 00:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Guns Author: Stephen King Narrator: Christian Rummel Format: Unabridged Length: 49 mins Language: English Release date: 02-11-13 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 1330 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: In a pulls-no-punches essay intended to provoke rational discussion, Stephen King sets down his thoughts about gun violence in America. Anger and grief in the wake of the shootings at Sandy Hook Elementary School are palpable in this urgent piece of writing, but no less remarkable are King's keen thoughtfulness and composure as he explores the contours of the gun-control issue and constructs his argument for what can and should be done. King's earnings from the sale of this essay will go to the Brady Campaign to Prevent Gun Violence. Stephen King is the author of 11/22/63, Under the Dome, Carrie, The Shining, and many other best-selling works. "The overwhelming response from readers of the Kindle Single edition of Guns underscores the great need for thoughtful discourse on the issue of guns in AmericaIm thrilled Audible is bringing Guns to the quickly growing audience of audiobook listeners." (Stephen King) Critic Reviews: "There are a handful of subjects in America so emotional and polarizing that the national dialogue around them amounts to little more than a shouting match. Chief among these is the subject of guns. In this intimate and moving Kindle Single, Stephen King employs all his gifts as writer and citizen to address gun violence in America. But why should we care what Stephen King has to say? As it turns out, there are a number of reasons. Despite his "liberal creds," King is an unapologetic gun owner himself. He is also the author of a novel--published under the pseudonym Richard Bachman--that has served as a "possible accelerant" for at least four real-life high school shooters. King had his publisher take that book off the market long ago, but the guns and the occasional bursts of unfathomable violence remain. When division is everywhere, is it possible for someone to argue passionately for the middle road? That is what King seeks to do here--this is a frank and thoughtful contribution to a dialogue in dire need of voices from the 'all-but-deserted middle.'" (Chris Schluep, Amazon.com) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Guns Author: Stephen King Narrator: Christian Rummel Format: Unabridged Length: 49 mins Language: English Release date: 02-11-13 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 1330 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: In a pulls-no-punches essay intended to provoke rational discussion, Stephen King sets down his thoughts about gun violence in America. Anger and grief in the wake of the shootings at Sandy Hook Elementary School are palpable in this urgent piece of writing, but no less remarkable are King's keen thoughtfulness and composure as he explores the contours of the gun-control issue and constructs his argument for what can and should be done. King's earnings from the sale of this essay will go to the Brady Campaign to Prevent Gun Violence. Stephen King is the author of 11/22/63, Under the Dome, Carrie, The Shining, and many other best-selling works. "The overwhelming response from readers of the Kindle Single edition of Guns underscores the great need for thoughtful discourse on the issue of guns in AmericaIm thrilled Audible is bringing Guns to the quickly growing audience of audiobook listeners." (Stephen King) Critic Reviews: "There are a handful of subjects in America so emotional and polarizing that the national dialogue around them amounts to little more than a shouting match. Chief among these is the subject of guns. In this intimate and moving Kindle Single, Stephen King employs all his gifts as writer and citizen to address gun violence in America. But why should we care what Stephen King has to say? As it turns out, there are a number of reasons. Despite his "liberal creds," King is an unapologetic gun owner himself. He is also the author of a novel--published under the pseudonym Richard Bachman--that has served as a "possible accelerant" for at least four real-life high school shooters. King had his publisher take that book off the market long ago, but the guns and the occasional bursts of unfathomable violence remain. When division is everywhere, is it possible for someone to argue passionately for the middle road? That is what King seeks to do here--this is a frank and thoughtful contribution to a dialogue in dire need of voices from the 'all-but-deserted middle.'" (Chris Schluep, Amazon.com) Members Reviews: No Bull! Just the facts. A breath of sanity. This is just brilliant . An antidote to the: "You tube fodder" that the next Gen. seems to thrive on. (My kids included.) If you have an opinion on gun ownership; listen to it. If you hate guns; listen to it. If you love guns; listen to it. And hey ... it will only take 60 minutes of your time. Good for you, Stephen King After reading King's memoir on writing, I thought I would give this a try and it was fantastic. What a bright, articulate man he is and so enjoyable to listen to. Not just for liberals... If you could sum up Guns in three words, what would they be? Enlightning, controversial, smart! What was the most compelling aspect of this narrative? The writer's point of view Have you listened to any of Christian Rummels other performances before? How does this one compare? no Did you have an extreme reaction to this book? Did it make you laugh or cry? Made me really think! Any additional comments? Great article.. I just wish everyone would listen to and with an open mind! Important words Everyone in this country needs to read or listen to this essay. Whether they agree or not, it's so full of information and reason that it forms a necessary jumping off point for debate and communal understanding. A Balanced and Reasonable Argument Not what you would expect, given the source. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Inside-Islam-Audiobook/B072PRBJGJ Hören Sie sich dieses volle Hörbuch kostenlos bei https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> Titel: Inside Islam Untertitel: Was in Deutschlands Moscheen gepredigt wird Autor:: Constantin Schreiber Erzähler: Constantin Schreiber Format: Unabridged Spieldauer: 6 hrs and 3 mins Sprache: Deutsch Veröffentlichungsdatum: 05-23-17 Herausgeber: HörbucHHamburg HHV GmbH Bewertung: 4.5 von 5 von 2 Stimmen Kategorien: Nonfiction, Politics Zusammenfassung des Herausgebers: Millionen Muslime leben unter uns, doch wir wissen fast nichts über sie. Wie viele Muslime gibt es eigentlich in Deutschland und wie und wo gehen sie ihrem Glauben nach? Constantin Schreiber hat sich dafür auf die Suche gemacht und liefert den ersten deutschen Moschee-Report: Wo gibt es überall Moscheen und was predigen Imame beim Freitagsgebet? Wie wird über Deutschland gesprochen, wenn keine Kamera dabei ist und man sich unbeobachtet fühlt? Schreiber recherchiert in einer für viele unverständlichen Realität, die unsere Gesellschaft prägt wie nie zuvor. ©2017 Ullstein Buchverlage GmbH, Berlin / Hörbuch Hamburg HHV GmbH, Hamburg (P)2017 Hörbuch Hamburg HHV GmbH, Hamburg biacuaduc@gmail.com (Constantin Schreiber) Tue, 23 May 2017 01:53:32 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Inside-Islam-Audiobook/B072PRBJGJ thebookvoice.com 06:03:00 no Hören Sie diesen Titel kostenlos bei thebookvoice.com Hören Sie sich dieses volle Hörbuch kostenlos bei https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> Titel: Inside Islam Untertitel: Was in Deutschlands Moscheen gepredigt wird Autor:: Constantin Schreiber Erzähler: Constantin Schreiber Format: Unabridged Spieldauer: 6 hrs and 3 mins Sprache: Deutsch Veröffentlichungsdatum: 05-23-17 Herausgeber: HörbucHHamburg HHV GmbH Bewertung: 4.5 von 5 von 2 Stimmen Kategorien: Nonfiction, Politics Zusammenfassung des Herausgebers: Millionen Muslime leben unter uns, doch wir wissen fast nichts über sie. Wie viele Muslime gibt es eigentlich in Deutschland und wie und wo gehen sie ihrem Glauben nach? Constantin Schreiber hat sich dafür auf die Suche gemacht und liefert den ersten deutschen Moschee-Report: Wo gibt es überall Moscheen und was predigen Imame beim Freitagsgebet? Wie wird über Deutschland gesprochen, wenn keine Kamera dabei ist und man sich unbeobachtet fühlt? Schreiber recherchiert in einer für viele unverständlichen Realität, die unsere Gesellschaft prägt wie nie zuvor. ©2017 Ullstein Buchverlage GmbH, Berlin / Hörbuch Hamburg HHV GmbH, Hamburg (P)2017 Hörbuch Hamburg HHV GmbH, Hamburg Hören Sie sich dieses volle Hörbuch kostenlos bei https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> Titel: Inside Islam Untertitel: Was in Deutschlands Moscheen gepredigt wird Autor:: Constantin Schreiber Erzähler: Constantin Schreiber Format: Unabridged Spieldauer: 6 hrs and 3 mins Sprache: Deutsch Veröffentlichungsdatum: 05-23-17 Herausgeber: HörbucHHamburg HHV GmbH Bewertung: 4.5 von 5 von 2 Stimmen Kategorien: Nonfiction, Politics Zusammenfassung des Herausgebers: Millionen Muslime leben unter uns, doch wir wissen fast nichts über sie. Wie viele Muslime gibt es eigentlich in Deutschland und wie und wo gehen sie ihrem Glauben nach? Constantin Schreiber hat sich dafür auf die Suche gemacht und liefert den ersten deutschen Moschee-Report: Wo gibt es überall Moscheen und was predigen Imame beim Freitagsgebet? Wie wird über Deutschland gesprochen, wenn keine Kamera dabei ist und man sich unbeobachtet fühlt? Schreiber recherchiert in einer für viele unverständlichen Realität, die unsere Gesellschaft prägt wie nie zuvor. ©2017 Ullstein Buchverlage GmbH, Berlin / Hörbuch Hamburg HHV GmbH, Hamburg (P)2017 Hörbuch Hamburg HHV GmbH, Hamburg Mitglieder Bewertungen: Great - for German readers A read for the informed (in German only) https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Deutschland-digital-Audiobook/B01MG1HHZ1 Hören Sie sich dieses volle Hörbuch kostenlos bei https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> Titel: Deutschland digital Untertitel: Wer macht das Geschäft in unserem Land? Autor:: Marc Beise, Schäfer Ulrich Erzähler: Clemes Nicol Format: Unabridged Spieldauer: 9 hrs and 10 mins Sprache: Deutsch Veröffentlichungsdatum: 10-20-16 Herausgeber: ABOD Verlag Kategorien: Nonfiction, Politics Zusammenfassung des Herausgebers: Wir stehen vor einer Revolution, die unsere Wirtschaft und Gesellschaft gewaltiger verändern wird als je zuvor. Alles, worauf die Deutschen bisher zurecht stolz waren - Erfindergeist, Ingenieurskunst, Ausbildungssystem, Maschinenbau, Produktivität, sozialer Friede - ist in Gefahr, von den digitalen Angreifern aus dem Silicon Valley zerstört, ausgeweidet und dominiert zu werden. Deutschland ist also in Gefahr, sagen die Wirtschaftsexperten Marc Beise und Ulrich Schäfer. Aber es hat noch nicht verloren. Deutschland hat im Gegenteil sogar gute Chancen, selber zum Angreifer zu werden und diesen Prozess maßgeblich mitzugestalten. Sie zeigen, wo wir heute stehen und was sich ändern muss, damit wir unseren Wohlstand erhalten. ©2016 ABOD Verlag (P)2016 Campus biacuaduc@gmail.com (Marc Beise) Thu, 20 Oct 2016 13:04:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Deutschland-digital-Audiobook/B01MG1HHZ1 thebookvoice.com 09:10:00 no Hören Sie diesen Titel kostenlos bei thebookvoice.com Hören Sie sich dieses volle Hörbuch kostenlos bei https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> Titel: Deutschland digital Untertitel: Wer macht das Geschäft in unserem Land? Autor:: Marc Beise, Schäfer Ulrich Erzähler: Clemes Nicol Format: Unabridged Spieldauer: 9 hrs and 10 mins Sprache: Deutsch Veröffentlichungsdatum: 10-20-16 Herausgeber: ABOD Verlag Kategorien: Nonfiction, Politics Zusammenfassung des Herausgebers: Wir stehen vor einer Revolution, die unsere Wirtschaft und Gesellschaft gewaltiger verändern wird als je zuvor. Alles, worauf die Deutschen bisher zurecht stolz waren - Erfindergeist, Ingenieurskunst, Ausbildungssystem, Maschinenbau, Produktivität, sozialer Friede - ist in Gefahr, von den digitalen Angreifern aus dem Silicon Valley zerstört, ausgeweidet und dominiert zu werden. Deutschland ist also in Gefahr, sagen die Wirtschaftsexperten Marc Beise und Ulrich Schäfer. Aber es hat noch nicht verloren. Deutschland hat im Gegenteil sogar gute Chancen, selber zum Angreifer zu werden und diesen Prozess maßgeblich mitzugestalten. Sie zeigen, wo wir heute stehen und was sich ändern muss, damit wir unseren Wohlstand erhalten. ©2016 ABOD Verlag (P)2016 Campus Hören Sie sich dieses volle Hörbuch kostenlos bei https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> Titel: Deutschland digital Untertitel: Wer macht das Geschäft in unserem Land? Autor:: Marc Beise, Schäfer Ulrich Erzähler: Clemes Nicol Format: Unabridged Spieldauer: 9 hrs and 10 mins Sprache: Deutsch Veröffentlichungsdatum: 10-20-16 Herausgeber: ABOD Verlag Kategorien: Nonfiction, Politics Zusammenfassung des Herausgebers: Wir stehen vor einer Revolution, die unsere Wirtschaft und Gesellschaft gewaltiger verändern wird als je zuvor. Alles, worauf die Deutschen bisher zurecht stolz waren - Erfindergeist, Ingenieurskunst, Ausbildungssystem, Maschinenbau, Produktivität, sozialer Friede - ist in Gefahr, von den digitalen Angreifern aus dem Silicon Valley zerstört, ausgeweidet und dominiert zu werden. Deutschland ist also in Gefahr, sagen die Wirtschaftsexperten Marc Beise und Ulrich Schäfer. Aber es hat noch nicht verloren. Deutschland hat im Gegenteil sogar gute Chancen, selber zum Angreifer zu werden und diesen Prozess maßgeblich mitzugestalten. Sie zeigen, wo wir heute stehen und was sich ändern muss, damit wir unseren Wohlstand erhalten. ©2016 ABOD Verlag (P)2016 Campus https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Flyover-Nation-Audiobook/B01GIPE222 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Flyover Nation Subtitle: You Can't Run a Country You've Never Been To Author: Dana Loesch Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 13 mins Language: English Release date: 06-21-16 Publisher: Brilliance Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 242 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Blaze TV and top radio host Dana Loesch explains that the biggest political problem today is that the people who run this country have no idea what life is really like for ordinary Americans. In fact, they have contempt for the very people they claim to represent. When the owners of a small pizza parlor in Indiana were asked by the local press whether they would ever cater a gay wedding, they said no, citing their personal religious beliefs. The internet responded with immediate outrage, posting death threats and vicious online reviews, and forcing them to shut down. All for expressing a personal opinion rooted in faith, in response to a completely hypothetical question. A new front in the culture war had been opened. When the owners of the pizza parlor told Dana Loesch on a Blaze TV interview that they might never reopen, Loesch started a fundraising campaign. Hundreds of thousands of dollars quickly poured in to support them. The people donating weren't taking a stand against gay rights; they just believed that a random mom-and-pop shop shouldn't be run out of business because media and political elites on both coasts caricature and vilify rural Americans. Most of the problems with our country today can be traced to a very simple cause - the growing disconnect between the government and media elites and the rest of us, the old-fashioned, hard-working, God-fearing Americans who are proud to live in middle America. As Loesch explains, too many people getting on their high horse about Wal-Mart have never shopped in one. Protesters outraged at small town cops have never been helped by one. Environmentalists who claim to want to protect the spotted owl have never been in the woods with one. Atheists who attack committed Christians have never sat in a pew with one. Loesch doesn't take aims solely at the Democrats; some Republicans in Congress and on the presidential campaign trail have also forgotten what life is like for the people back home. While these so-called leaders may have forgotten the people in coal towns and farming communities, the voters in those communities haven't forgotten Washington's betrayals. And it will show in 2016. As one of the most powerful and recognizable voices on talk radio today, Dana Loesch is leading a revolution of America's new Silent Majority. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Dana Loesch) Tue, 21 Jun 2016 06:47:33 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Flyover-Nation-Audiobook/B01GIPE222 thebookvoice.com 07:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Flyover Nation Subtitle: You Can't Run a Country You've Never Been To Author: Dana Loesch Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 13 mins Language: English Release date: 06-21-16 Publisher: Brilliance Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 242 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Blaze TV and top radio host Dana Loesch explains that the biggest political problem today is that the people who run this country have no idea what life is really like for ordinary Americans. In fact, they have contempt for the very people they claim to represent. When the owners of a small pizza parlor in Indiana were asked by the local press whether they would ever cater a gay wedding, they said no, citing their personal religious beliefs. The internet responded with immediate outrage, posting death threats and vicious online reviews, and forcing them to shut down. All for expressing a personal opinion rooted in faith, in response to a completely hypothetical question. A new front in the culture war had been opened. When the owners of the pizza parlor told Dana Loesch on a Blaze TV interview that they might never reopen, Loesch started a fundraising campaign. Hundreds of thousands of dollars quickly poured in to support them. The people donating weren't taking a stand against gay rights; they just believed that a random mom-and-pop shop shouldn't be run out of business because media and political elites on both coasts caricature and vilify rural Americans. Most of the problems with our country today can be traced to a very simple cause - the growing disconnect between the government and media elites and the rest of us, the old-fashioned, hard-working, God-fearing Americans who are proud to live in middle America. As Loesch explains, too many people getting on their high horse about Wal-Mart have never shopped in one. Protesters outraged at small town cops have never been helped by one. Environmentalists who claim to want to protect the spotted owl have never been in the woods with one. Atheists who attack committed Christians have never sat in a pew with one. Loesch doesn't take aims solely at the Democrats; some Republicans in Congress and on the presidential campaign trail have also forgotten what life is like for the people back home. While these so-called leaders may have forgotten the people in coal towns and farming communities, the voters in those communities haven't forgotten Washington's betrayals. And it will show in 2016. As one of the most powerful and recognizable voices on talk radio today, Dana Loesch is leading a revolution of America's new Silent Majority. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Flyover Nation Subtitle: You Can't Run a Country You've Never Been To Author: Dana Loesch Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 13 mins Language: English Release date: 06-21-16 Publisher: Brilliance Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 242 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Blaze TV and top radio host Dana Loesch explains that the biggest political problem today is that the people who run this country have no idea what life is really like for ordinary Americans. In fact, they have contempt for the very people they claim to represent. When the owners of a small pizza parlor in Indiana were asked by the local press whether they would ever cater a gay wedding, they said no, citing their personal religious beliefs. The internet responded with immediate outrage, posting death threats and vicious online reviews, and forcing them to shut down. All for expressing a personal opinion rooted in faith, in response to a completely hypothetical question. A new front in the culture war had been opened. When the owners of the pizza parlor told Dana Loesch on a Blaze TV interview that they might never reopen, Loesch started a fundraising campaign. Hundreds of thousands of dollars quickly poured in to support them. The people donating weren't taking a stand against gay rights; they just believed that a random mom-and-pop shop shouldn't be run out of business because media and political elites on both coasts caricature and vilify rural Americans. Most of the problems with our country today can be traced to a very simple cause - the growing disconnect between the government and media elites and the rest of us, the old-fashioned, hard-working, God-fearing Americans who are proud to live in middle America. As Loesch explains, too many people getting on their high horse about Wal-Mart have never shopped in one. Protesters outraged at small town cops have never been helped by one. Environmentalists who claim to want to protect the spotted owl have never been in the woods with one. Atheists who attack committed Christians have never sat in a pew with one. Loesch doesn't take aims solely at the Democrats; some Republicans in Congress and on the presidential campaign trail have also forgotten what life is like for the people back home. While these so-called leaders may have forgotten the people in coal towns and farming communities, the voters in those communities haven't forgotten Washington's betrayals. And it will show in 2016. As one of the most powerful and recognizable voices on talk radio today, Dana Loesch is leading a revolution of America's new Silent Majority. Members Reviews: Interesting and worthwhile book! While I do not agree with Dana Loesch on everything, her descriptions of flyover country and the values of the majority of people who live there are dead right. Her point that coastal elites do not understand those people is equally correct. Flyover Nation is a very worthwhile book. Narration is outstanding. Ah I think I am in love. I met Dana at a book signing she was a very nice lady. Next thing I knew I started reading this book I was enthralled by it I couldn't stop listening to the audio version. I also met Dana's husband Chris at the book signing I told him I hated him because I love this woman and I want to marry her so I asked if she had a sister. The answer was no. But the book is amazing if you don't know anything about the conservative movement you really need to listen to this book. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Palestine-Israel-Conflict-Audiobook/B00L88Z5K8 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Palestine-Israel Conflict Author: Dan Cohn-Sherlock, Dawoud El-Alami Narrator: Richard Aspel Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 17 mins Language: English Release date: 06-25-14 Publisher: Bolinda Publishing Pty Ltd Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 25 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: The new audiobook edition of this best-selling book gives a thorough and accessible account of the history behind the Palestine-Israeli conflict, its roots, and the possibilities for the future. The audiobook is divided into two parts - the first by an American rabbi and Professor of Judaism, and the second by a Palestinian lecturer on Islam. The result is a real insight into the situation, with each author giving full vent to the emotions behind the two sides of the debate - Cohn-Sherbok and El-Amini come together at the audiobooks conclusion to debate the issues, and offer real solutions to which future peace talks may aspire. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Dan Cohn-Sherlock) Wed, 25 Jun 2014 00:02:09 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Palestine-Israel-Conflict-Audiobook/B00L88Z5K8 thebookvoice.com 10:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Palestine-Israel Conflict Author: Dan Cohn-Sherlock, Dawoud El-Alami Narrator: Richard Aspel Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 17 mins Language: English Release date: 06-25-14 Publisher: Bolinda Publishing Pty Ltd Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 25 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: The new audiobook edition of this best-selling book gives a thorough and accessible account of the history behind the Palestine-Israeli conflict, its roots, and the possibilities for the future. The audiobook is divided into two parts - the first by an American rabbi and Professor of Judaism, and the second by a Palestinian lecturer on Islam. The result is a real insight into the situation, with each author giving full vent to the emotions behind the two sides of the debate - Cohn-Sherbok and El-Amini come together at the audiobooks conclusion to debate the issues, and offer real solutions to which future peace talks may aspire. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Palestine-Israel Conflict Author: Dan Cohn-Sherlock, Dawoud El-Alami Narrator: Richard Aspel Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 17 mins Language: English Release date: 06-25-14 Publisher: Bolinda Publishing Pty Ltd Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 25 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: The new audiobook edition of this best-selling book gives a thorough and accessible account of the history behind the Palestine-Israeli conflict, its roots, and the possibilities for the future. The audiobook is divided into two parts - the first by an American rabbi and Professor of Judaism, and the second by a Palestinian lecturer on Islam. The result is a real insight into the situation, with each author giving full vent to the emotions behind the two sides of the debate - Cohn-Sherbok and El-Amini come together at the audiobooks conclusion to debate the issues, and offer real solutions to which future peace talks may aspire. Members Reviews: At lasta balanced presentation of opposing views! If this book persuades you that either the Israelis or the Arabs are the villains in the current Arab/Israeli conflict, then perhaps you need to listen to it again. Both sides of this issue have been thoughtfully presentedwithout any ranting or irrationalityin this remarkable and comprehensive analysis of the history leading up to the situation in today's Middle East. Suffice it to say there is great tragedyand far too much militarismon both sides of this conflict, and I will not presume to weigh in on either side. Only thisif we are to understand the situation in the Middle East today, the perspectives voiced in this book must be understood and acknowledged. I cannot recommend this book highly enough. Save your money. A list of events. No analysis. The Palestinians did this to us; the Israelis did that to us; this conference was held; that meeting took place. You will not learn what the dynamic cause of the conflict is. Just excellent. An excellent book. As an Israeli, it really filled the holes in my knowledge and much improved my overall view of conflict. The debate in the end is riveting. my head hurts now. this was what I needed to hear, when you know anything you are going to read will be biased why not hunt out a history book that comprises two biased versions so you can decide the middle ground. like this i particularly was relieved to hear a little author to author combat over last hour to get a better vibe as how far from neutral they were. are you sure Tolkien didnt invent this insane situation? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Politically-Incorrect-Guide-to-Global-Warming-and-Environmentalism-Audiobook/B002VA92C4 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Politically Incorrect Guide to Global Warming (and Environmentalism) Author: Christopher C. Horner Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach Format: Unabridged Length: 11 hrs and 35 mins Language: English Release date: 02-13-07 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 303 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: In The Politically Incorrect Guide to Global Warming (and Environmentalism), he exposes the shoddy science, plain dishonesty, and hidden political agenda behind the biggest phony environmental scare since, well, since green predictions of catastrophic global cooling in the 1970s. The Politically Incorrect Guide to Global Warming (and Environmentalism) provides a provocative, entertaining, and well documented exposé of some of the most shamelessly politicized pseudoscience we are likely to see in our relatively cool lifetimes. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Christopher C. Horner) Tue, 13 Feb 2007 15:38:25 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Politically-Incorrect-Guide-to-Global-Warming-and-Environmentalism-Audiobook/B002VA92C4 thebookvoice.com 11:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Politically Incorrect Guide to Global Warming (and Environmentalism) Author: Christopher C. Horner Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach Format: Unabridged Length: 11 hrs and 35 mins Language: English Release date: 02-13-07 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 303 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: In The Politically Incorrect Guide to Global Warming (and Environmentalism), he exposes the shoddy science, plain dishonesty, and hidden political agenda behind the biggest phony environmental scare since, well, since green predictions of catastrophic global cooling in the 1970s. The Politically Incorrect Guide to Global Warming (and Environmentalism) provides a provocative, entertaining, and well documented exposé of some of the most shamelessly politicized pseudoscience we are likely to see in our relatively cool lifetimes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Politically Incorrect Guide to Global Warming (and Environmentalism) Author: Christopher C. Horner Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach Format: Unabridged Length: 11 hrs and 35 mins Language: English Release date: 02-13-07 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 303 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: In The Politically Incorrect Guide to Global Warming (and Environmentalism), he exposes the shoddy science, plain dishonesty, and hidden political agenda behind the biggest phony environmental scare since, well, since green predictions of catastrophic global cooling in the 1970s. The Politically Incorrect Guide to Global Warming (and Environmentalism) provides a provocative, entertaining, and well documented exposé of some of the most shamelessly politicized pseudoscience we are likely to see in our relatively cool lifetimes. Members Reviews: Must Read If you have any doubt at all regarding the science and truthfulness of Al Gore and his band of mindless followers then give this book a listen. I used to think Religion was one of the worst users of peoples fears to get their way, but there is a new contender. Global Warming Alarmist might even be more dangerous than Religion for taking away a persons ability to see both sides of an issue. They use every trick in a Cult handbook with practiced ease and modern skill. This book is not about how perfect humans are, or that there is no need for improvement. It is a here-to-fore unseen side of the issue. The critical side that requires acknowledgment and not to be simply tossed aside as a EXXON shill. It may shock people to realize that questioning god does not make you the devil. (Although if you do belive that then don't bother reading this book. It will just upset you.) This book is a good starting place. If you don't belive the authors claims look them up for yourself. The evidence is there and some people (like me) need to be nudged in the right direction. I never questioned the greenhouse effect. Why whould I? What would they have to gain? Therein lay Al Gore brilliance! because, in fact, they have much to gain. Even though I know how a real greenhouse works I never noticed how silly the global greenhouse argument is until I gave it the slightest thought and most likly wouldn't have unless I read this book. I don't want the enviroment to be wrecked because of me, but I'm not going to buy every air-headed claim that I'm to blame when I'm not. It's in my best interest to find out. Enjoy if nothing else the arguments, life isn't as black and white as Al Gore whould like you to think. Not great for Audio This type of book definitely lends itself more toward print. There are too many references, and asides that don't work well in an audio format. If you have the option, I would choose the print edition of this book. Great Book If your like me and sick and tired of hearing about "global warming". This book is for you!!! All the Al-Goreanites might not appreciate to elegance in which this book is written. Eye Opener Humorous and well written. Will be attacked by the usual suspects. Incorrect, period The author is right that there is much exaggeration by environmentalists. But he thinks the remedy is exaggeration on the other side. It is no help in sorting out the conflicting claims on this issue. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Political-Mind-Audiobook/B002V5A0IO Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Political Mind Author: George Lakoff Narrator: Kent Cassella Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 30 mins Language: English Release date: 09-17-08 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 115 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: In What's the Matter with Kansas? Thomas Frank pointed out that a great number of Americans actually vote against their own interests. In The Political Mind, George Lakoff explains why. As it turns out, human beings are not the rational creatures we've so long imagined ourselves to be. Ideas, morals, and values do not exist somewhere outside the body, ready to be examined and put to use. Instead, they exist quite literally inside the brain - and they take physical shape there. For example, we form particular kinds of narratives in our minds just like we form specific muscle memories such as typing or dancing, and then we fit new information into those narratives. Getting that information out of one narrative type and into another - or building a whole new narrative altogether - can be as hard as learning to play the banjo. Changing your mind isn't like changing your body - it's the same thing. But as long as progressive politicians and activists persist in believing that people use an objective system of reasoning to decide on their politics, the Democrats will continue to lose elections. They must wrest control of the terms of the debate from their opponents rather than accepting their frame and trying to argue within it. This passionate, erudite, and groundbreaking book will appeal to readers of Steven Pinker and Thomas Frank. It is a fascinating read for anyone interested in how the mind works, how society works, and how they work together. Critic Reviews: "His conclusion - that if citizens and policy-makers better understand brain functioning, hope exists to ameliorate global warming and other societal disasters in the making - will be of vital importance and interest to all readers." ( Publishers Weekly) biacuaduc@gmail.com (George Lakoff) Wed, 17 Sep 2008 04:38:36 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Political-Mind-Audiobook/B002V5A0IO thebookvoice.com 08:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Political Mind Author: George Lakoff Narrator: Kent Cassella Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 30 mins Language: English Release date: 09-17-08 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 115 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: In What's the Matter with Kansas? Thomas Frank pointed out that a great number of Americans actually vote against their own interests. In The Political Mind, George Lakoff explains why. As it turns out, human beings are not the rational creatures we've so long imagined ourselves to be. Ideas, morals, and values do not exist somewhere outside the body, ready to be examined and put to use. Instead, they exist quite literally inside the brain - and they take physical shape there. For example, we form particular kinds of narratives in our minds just like we form specific muscle memories such as typing or dancing, and then we fit new information into those narratives. Getting that information out of one narrative type and into another - or building a whole new narrative altogether - can be as hard as learning to play the banjo. Changing your mind isn't like changing your body - it's the same thing. But as long as progressive politicians and activists persist in believing that people use an objective system of reasoning to decide on their politics, the Democrats will continue to lose elections. They must wrest control of the terms of the debate from their opponents rather than accepting their frame and trying to argue within it. This passionate, erudite, and groundbreaking book will appeal to readers of Steven Pinker and Thomas Frank. It is a fascinating read for anyone interested in how the mind works, how society works, and how they work together. Critic Reviews: "His conclusion - that if citizens and policy-makers better understand brain functioning, hope exists to ameliorate global warming and other societal disasters in the making - will be of vital importance and interest to all readers." ( Publishers Weekly) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Political Mind Author: George Lakoff Narrator: Kent Cassella Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 30 mins Language: English Release date: 09-17-08 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 115 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: In What's the Matter with Kansas? Thomas Frank pointed out that a great number of Americans actually vote against their own interests. In The Political Mind, George Lakoff explains why. As it turns out, human beings are not the rational creatures we've so long imagined ourselves to be. Ideas, morals, and values do not exist somewhere outside the body, ready to be examined and put to use. Instead, they exist quite literally inside the brain - and they take physical shape there. For example, we form particular kinds of narratives in our minds just like we form specific muscle memories such as typing or dancing, and then we fit new information into those narratives. Getting that information out of one narrative type and into another - or building a whole new narrative altogether - can be as hard as learning to play the banjo. Changing your mind isn't like changing your body - it's the same thing. But as long as progressive politicians and activists persist in believing that people use an objective system of reasoning to decide on their politics, the Democrats will continue to lose elections. They must wrest control of the terms of the debate from their opponents rather than accepting their frame and trying to argue within it. This passionate, erudite, and groundbreaking book will appeal to readers of Steven Pinker and Thomas Frank. It is a fascinating read for anyone interested in how the mind works, how society works, and how they work together. Critic Reviews: "His conclusion - that if citizens and policy-makers better understand brain functioning, hope exists to ameliorate global warming and other societal disasters in the making - will be of vital importance and interest to all readers." ( Publishers Weekly) Members Reviews: One of the most important political books This book explains how a someone can talk to people with the same beliefs and go over the heads of the opposition without them realizing it. It exposes the trap of getting your opposition to use the same terms (frames), which actually strengthens your own position. Good story, unacceptable performance Who would you have cast as narrator instead of Kent Cassella? There are many very good narrators and all of them would fit. Unfortunately, Kent Cassella made a very bad job here. I don't know any other of his performances and I hope I won't have to know. This was probably the worst narration I have ever listened to. One could think that Kent Cassella is going to win a sort of fast-reading grand prix. Very good book; poorly prepared reader What did you like best about The Political Mind? What did you like least? I like Lakoff's ideas, and I think everyone can benefit from carefully considering his approach to framing. The reading was distractingly poor. What did you like best about this story? The ideas are important. I taught critical thinking in college for about 20 years, and I wish I had had some of Lakoff's ideas about framing for those courses. How could the performance have been better? The reader should have prepared himself a little by learning how to pronounce a good many of the words he mispronounced, and by finding a smoother way to deal with attribution sprinkled through the book. I found the reading distractingly poor An absolute must read before the 2012 elections The true test of this book is to ask your conservative friends (if you have any) to read it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Discontent-and-Its-Civilizations-Audiobook/B00S5HOGC8 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Discontent and Its Civilizations Subtitle: Dispatches from Lahore, New York, and London Author: Mohsin Hamid Narrator: Mohsin Hamid Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 28 mins Language: English Release date: 02-24-15 Publisher: Penguin Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 25 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: From "one of his generation's most inventive and gifted writers" (The New York Times), intimate and sharply observed commentary on life, art, politics, and "the war on terror". Mohsin Hamid's brilliant, moving, and extraordinarily clever novels have not only made him an international best seller, they have earned him a reputation as a "master critic of the modern global condition" (Foreign Policy). His stories are at once timeless and of-the-moment, and his themes are universal: love, language, ambition, power, corruption, religion, family, identity. Here, he explores this terrain from a different angle in essays that deftly counterpoise the personal and the political, and are shot through with the same passion, imagination, and breathtaking shifts of perspective that gives his fiction its unmistakable electric charge. A "water lily" who has called three countries on three continents his home - Pakistan, the birthplace to which he returned as a young father; the United States, where he spent his childhood and young adulthood; and Britain, where he married and became a citizen - Hamid writes about overlapping worlds with fluidity and penetrating insight. Whether he is discussing courtship rituals or pop culture, drones or the rhythms of daily life in an extended family compound, he transports us beyond the scarifying headlines of an anxious West and a volatile East, beyond stereotype and assumption, and helps to bring a dazzling, diverse global culture within emotional and intellectual reach. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Mohsin Hamid) Tue, 24 Feb 2015 06:38:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Discontent-and-Its-Civilizations-Audiobook/B00S5HOGC8 thebookvoice.com 04:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Discontent and Its Civilizations Subtitle: Dispatches from Lahore, New York, and London Author: Mohsin Hamid Narrator: Mohsin Hamid Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 28 mins Language: English Release date: 02-24-15 Publisher: Penguin Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 25 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: From "one of his generation's most inventive and gifted writers" (The New York Times), intimate and sharply observed commentary on life, art, politics, and "the war on terror". Mohsin Hamid's brilliant, moving, and extraordinarily clever novels have not only made him an international best seller, they have earned him a reputation as a "master critic of the modern global condition" (Foreign Policy). His stories are at once timeless and of-the-moment, and his themes are universal: love, language, ambition, power, corruption, religion, family, identity. Here, he explores this terrain from a different angle in essays that deftly counterpoise the personal and the political, and are shot through with the same passion, imagination, and breathtaking shifts of perspective that gives his fiction its unmistakable electric charge. A "water lily" who has called three countries on three continents his home - Pakistan, the birthplace to which he returned as a young father; the United States, where he spent his childhood and young adulthood; and Britain, where he married and became a citizen - Hamid writes about overlapping worlds with fluidity and penetrating insight. Whether he is discussing courtship rituals or pop culture, drones or the rhythms of daily life in an extended family compound, he transports us beyond the scarifying headlines of an anxious West and a volatile East, beyond stereotype and assumption, and helps to bring a dazzling, diverse global culture within emotional and intellectual reach. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Discontent and Its Civilizations Subtitle: Dispatches from Lahore, New York, and London Author: Mohsin Hamid Narrator: Mohsin Hamid Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 28 mins Language: English Release date: 02-24-15 Publisher: Penguin Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 25 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: From "one of his generation's most inventive and gifted writers" (The New York Times), intimate and sharply observed commentary on life, art, politics, and "the war on terror". Mohsin Hamid's brilliant, moving, and extraordinarily clever novels have not only made him an international best seller, they have earned him a reputation as a "master critic of the modern global condition" (Foreign Policy). His stories are at once timeless and of-the-moment, and his themes are universal: love, language, ambition, power, corruption, religion, family, identity. Here, he explores this terrain from a different angle in essays that deftly counterpoise the personal and the political, and are shot through with the same passion, imagination, and breathtaking shifts of perspective that gives his fiction its unmistakable electric charge. A "water lily" who has called three countries on three continents his home - Pakistan, the birthplace to which he returned as a young father; the United States, where he spent his childhood and young adulthood; and Britain, where he married and became a citizen - Hamid writes about overlapping worlds with fluidity and penetrating insight. Whether he is discussing courtship rituals or pop culture, drones or the rhythms of daily life in an extended family compound, he transports us beyond the scarifying headlines of an anxious West and a volatile East, beyond stereotype and assumption, and helps to bring a dazzling, diverse global culture within emotional and intellectual reach. Members Reviews: Favorite of Hamid's writings While I still haven't read Moth Smoke, this is my favorite of Hamid's works. Thoughtful and articulate. Good story but too many statistics As a Pakistani this book allowed me to revisit Pakistan's political history through present and its relationship with America. However, Mohsin doesn't fully explain its impact directly on his life and or his family. This would have been more engaging. A thought provoking insight into the modern political and cultural landscape If want to think about the clash of cultures in a interesting intelligent way this is for you Narrator What could have made this a 4 or 5-star listening experience for you? I hate to say this, but I was unable to listen to this Narrator. Maybe he is talented in many other things, but narration or reading is DEFINETLY not one of his talents. Or maybe it is the audio quality that taped him. He mumbles and his voice trails away , I had to turn the volume to the loudest back and forth. Maybe if someone else read it ,I would have understood it better. I just finished another Pakistani story, the narrator was marvelous, " I dared to call him father" by Bilquis Sheikh and the narrator was I think Lorna something. Her diction, her reading ,acting etc was v pleasant. I really apologize, but it is a friendly critique, maybe if someone else read it, I could listen to it and understand it . The subject was v interesting though . What didnt you like about Mohsin Hamids performance? I don't know him and I don't want to hurt his feelings or ruin his future. This is a very friendly advice to just learn from it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Scandal-of-Money-Audiobook/B01EB69QUI Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Scandal of Money Subtitle: Why Wall Street Recovers but the Economy Never Does Author: George Gilder Narrator: Corey M. Snow Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs Language: English Release date: 04-26-16 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 44 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Why do conservatives have such a hard time winning the economic debate in the court of public opinion? Simple, George Gilder says: Conservatives misunderstand economics almost as badly as liberals do. Republicans have been running on tax cut proposals since the era of Harding and Coolidge without seriously addressing the key problems of a global economy in decline. Enough is enough. Gilder, author of the New York Times best seller Wealth and Poverty, proposes a completely new framework for understanding economic growth that will replace failed 20th-century conservative economics and turn the economic debate - and the country - around. Critic Reviews: "George Gilder shows that money is time, and time is real. He is our best guide to our most fundamental economic problem." (Peter Thiel, founder of PayPal) biacuaduc@gmail.com (George Gilder) Tue, 26 Apr 2016 05:50:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Scandal-of-Money-Audiobook/B01EB69QUI thebookvoice.com 00:05:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Scandal of Money Subtitle: Why Wall Street Recovers but the Economy Never Does Author: George Gilder Narrator: Corey M. Snow Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs Language: English Release date: 04-26-16 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 44 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Why do conservatives have such a hard time winning the economic debate in the court of public opinion? Simple, George Gilder says: Conservatives misunderstand economics almost as badly as liberals do. Republicans have been running on tax cut proposals since the era of Harding and Coolidge without seriously addressing the key problems of a global economy in decline. Enough is enough. Gilder, author of the New York Times best seller Wealth and Poverty, proposes a completely new framework for understanding economic growth that will replace failed 20th-century conservative economics and turn the economic debate - and the country - around. Critic Reviews: "George Gilder shows that money is time, and time is real. He is our best guide to our most fundamental economic problem." (Peter Thiel, founder of PayPal) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Scandal of Money Subtitle: Why Wall Street Recovers but the Economy Never Does Author: George Gilder Narrator: Corey M. Snow Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs Language: English Release date: 04-26-16 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 44 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Why do conservatives have such a hard time winning the economic debate in the court of public opinion? Simple, George Gilder says: Conservatives misunderstand economics almost as badly as liberals do. Republicans have been running on tax cut proposals since the era of Harding and Coolidge without seriously addressing the key problems of a global economy in decline. Enough is enough. Gilder, author of the New York Times best seller Wealth and Poverty, proposes a completely new framework for understanding economic growth that will replace failed 20th-century conservative economics and turn the economic debate - and the country - around. Critic Reviews: "George Gilder shows that money is time, and time is real. He is our best guide to our most fundamental economic problem." (Peter Thiel, founder of PayPal) Members Reviews: eye opener I don't have a good foundation in economics nor money theory, but I think I understand the author's points. Really look forward to a more egalitarian society where special privileges are stripped from the few, enabled by the new gold standard. The most important book and I've read in the last decade This book really helped me to grasp why are our economy functions the way it does and how it could be made to function much better. Mr. Gilder manages to explain some very complex but important concepts in ways that are approachable to people without a degree in economics or finance but who have a good science background. This book would probably be difficult to grasp if I hadn't taken college introductory economics and if I did not have a good science background. Most importantly, Mr. Gilder is 100% spot on with his analysis of the world's economic problems and the solutions to those problems. I'm pretty sure this book is important. However this is one of those books I'll have to listen to several times. At some point I hope I will understand the concepts, but I fear it may be beyond me. Someone said of some economic theories that if you don't grasp them in 5 minutes you probably never will. I fear this may describe my aptitude perfectly. Finaly Clarity and Sanity please bring it on. After the first ten minutes I felt for sure, I was not going to like this. After mercilessly tearing through the usual rhetoric; it started to become clear, this guy makes sense. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Stealth-Invasion-Audiobook/B075RFRQ91 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Stealth Invasion Subtitle: Muslim Conquest Through Immigration & Resettlement Jihad Author: Leo Hohmann Narrator: Jerry Sciarrio Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 55 mins Language: English Release date: 09-20-17 Publisher: Books In Motion Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 6 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Americans are shocked by ongoing news reports chronicling growing chaos in Europe, where massive Muslim migration is wreaking havoc on the continent including horrendous acts of mass terrorism, an epidemic of rape and sexual assault against European women, and large, jihadist-rich enclaves where even police are hesitant to enter. Yet, few realize that America is heading down the same suicidal path. As journalist Leo Hohmann documents in Stealth Invasion: Muslim Conquest Through Immigration and Resettlement Jihad, an international network of mostly Muslim Brotherhood-linked activists has been building its ranks within the United States for more than three decades, aided by a US immigration system seemingly obsessed with welcoming as many unassimilable migrants with anti-Western values as possible. As a result, largely secret plans for major population changes in hundreds of US cities and towns are already being implemented. As Stealth Invasion reveals, the Muslim Brotherhood has a well-defined strategy for conquering America, not necessarily with violent jihadist attacks although we should expect those to increase but through more subtle means collectively called "civilization jihad." According to the Brotherhood's own documents seized by the FBI, "civilization jihad" involves infiltrating and conquering Western democracies from within, gradually, over time. Meanwhile, the world is undergoing a historic shift of populations out of the Middle East and Africa, and into Europe, Canada, and the United States. Stealth Invasion connects the dots between the problems in Europe now unfolding across America and blows the lid off a corrupt, fraudulent program that has been secretly dumping Third World refugees, many of them radical, on America for decades. Listeners will meet the people and groups behind this shadowy resettlement network, which starts at the United Nations and includes the White House, some surprising church groups, and corporate honchos involved in everything from investment banking and meatpacking to Florida vacations and yogurt manufacturing. In Stealth Invasion, Leo Hohmann reveals how Congress has turned a lind eye to the program since President Jimmy Carter igned into law the Refugee Act of 1980, allowing the United Nations, not American officials, to select the refugees sent to our cities. As a result, those selected are increasingly coming from hot ed of radicalism like Syria, Iraq, and Somalia while persecuted Christians are left behind. The government uses a network of private agencies, most with churchy names tied to Lutherans, Catholics, Episcopalians, Jews, and even evangelicals, to do the resettlement work, but the pu lic is hut out of the process from beginning to end. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Leo Hohmann) Wed, 20 Sep 2017 18:30:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Stealth-Invasion-Audiobook/B075RFRQ91 thebookvoice.com 09:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Stealth Invasion Subtitle: Muslim Conquest Through Immigration & Resettlement Jihad Author: Leo Hohmann Narrator: Jerry Sciarrio Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 55 mins Language: English Release date: 09-20-17 Publisher: Books In Motion Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 6 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Americans are shocked by ongoing news reports chronicling growing chaos in Europe, where massive Muslim migration is wreaking havoc on the continent including horrendous acts of mass terrorism, an epidemic of rape and sexual assault against European women, and large, jihadist-rich enclaves where even police are hesitant to enter. Yet, few realize that America is heading down the same suicidal path. As journalist Leo Hohmann documents in Stealth Invasion: Muslim Conquest Through Immigration and Resettlement Jihad, an international network of mostly Muslim Brotherhood-linked activists has been building its ranks within the United States for more than three decades, aided by a US immigration system seemingly obsessed with welcoming as many unassimilable migrants with anti-Western values as possible. As a result, largely secret plans for major population changes in hundreds of US cities and towns are already being implemented. As Stealth Invasion reveals, the Muslim Brotherhood has a well-defined strategy for conquering America, not necessarily with violent jihadist attacks although we should expect those to increase but through more subtle means collectively called "civilization jihad." According to the Brotherhood's own documents seized by the FBI, "civilization jihad" involves infiltrating and conquering Western democracies from within, gradually, over time. Meanwhile, the world is undergoing a historic shift of populations out of the Middle East and Africa, and into Europe, Canada, and the United States. Stealth Invasion connects the dots between the problems in Europe now unfolding across America and blows the lid off a corrupt, fraudulent program that has been secretly dumping Third World refugees, many of them radical, on America for decades. Listeners will meet the people and groups behind this shadowy resettlement network, which starts at the United Nations and includes the White House, some surprising church groups, and corporate honchos involved in everything from investment banking and meatpacking to Florida vacations and yogurt manufacturing. In Stealth Invasion, Leo Hohmann reveals how Congress has turned a lind eye to the program since President Jimmy Carter igned into law the Refugee Act of 1980, allowing the United Nations, not American officials, to select the refugees sent to our cities. As a result, those selected are increasingly coming from hot ed of radicalism like Syria, Iraq, and Somalia while persecuted Christians are left behind. The government uses a network of private agencies, most with churchy names tied to Lutherans, Catholics, Episcopalians, Jews, and even evangelicals, to do the resettlement work, but the pu lic is hut out of the process from beginning to end. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Stealth Invasion Subtitle: Muslim Conquest Through Immigration & Resettlement Jihad Author: Leo Hohmann Narrator: Jerry Sciarrio Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 55 mins Language: English Release date: 09-20-17 Publisher: Books In Motion Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 6 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Americans are shocked by ongoing news reports chronicling growing chaos in Europe, where massive Muslim migration is wreaking havoc on the continent including horrendous acts of mass terrorism, an epidemic of rape and sexual assault against European women, and large, jihadist-rich enclaves where even police are hesitant to enter. Yet, few realize that America is heading down the same suicidal path. As journalist Leo Hohmann documents in Stealth Invasion: Muslim Conquest Through Immigration and Resettlement Jihad, an international network of mostly Muslim Brotherhood-linked activists has been building its ranks within the United States for more than three decades, aided by a US immigration system seemingly obsessed with welcoming as many unassimilable migrants with anti-Western values as possible. As a result, largely secret plans for major population changes in hundreds of US cities and towns are already being implemented. As Stealth Invasion reveals, the Muslim Brotherhood has a well-defined strategy for conquering America, not necessarily with violent jihadist attacks although we should expect those to increase but through more subtle means collectively called "civilization jihad." According to the Brotherhood's own documents seized by the FBI, "civilization jihad" involves infiltrating and conquering Western democracies from within, gradually, over time. Meanwhile, the world is undergoing a historic shift of populations out of the Middle East and Africa, and into Europe, Canada, and the United States. Stealth Invasion connects the dots between the problems in Europe now unfolding across America and blows the lid off a corrupt, fraudulent program that has been secretly dumping Third World refugees, many of them radical, on America for decades. Listeners will meet the people and groups behind this shadowy resettlement network, which starts at the United Nations and includes the White House, some surprising church groups, and corporate honchos involved in everything from investment banking and meatpacking to Florida vacations and yogurt manufacturing. In Stealth Invasion, Leo Hohmann reveals how Congress has turned a lind eye to the program since President Jimmy Carter igned into law the Refugee Act of 1980, allowing the United Nations, not American officials, to select the refugees sent to our cities. As a result, those selected are increasingly coming from hot ed of radicalism like Syria, Iraq, and Somalia while persecuted Christians are left behind. The government uses a network of private agencies, most with churchy names tied to Lutherans, Catholics, Episcopalians, Jews, and even evangelicals, to do the resettlement work, but the pu lic is hut out of the process from beginning to end. Members Reviews: Every American should read this book Every American should read or lesson to this book, it is a must read for all and to share https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Clean-House-Audiobook/B01JMBXWMK Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Clean House Subtitle: Exposing Our Government's Secrets and Lies Author: Tom Fitton Narrator: Kirby Heyborne Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 57 mins Language: English Release date: 08-30-16 Publisher: Simon & Schuster Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 121 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: From the New York Times best-selling author of The Corruption Chronicles comes a devastating exposé of the scandals of Obama's second term. Judicial Watch President Tom Fitton reveals what the largest watchdog agency in America has uncovered in its battles against Obama's secrecy. Clean House takes us through incriminating documents from the attack in Benghazi, Hillary Clinton's secret emails, the IRS scandal, and the Obamacare swindle. As the president of Judicial Watch, America's largest nonpartisan government watchdog, Tom Fitton has investigated the Clinton, Bush, and Obama administrations. Judicial Watch is the group that helped impeach Bill Clinton and took the Bush White House secrecy all the way up to the Supreme Court. Since the beginning of the Obama administration, this grassroots group has filed over 700 open-records demands and dozens of lawsuits, including a successful fight over the secret Obama White House visitor logs. Americans are rightly worried they are losing their country. How did five congressional committees miss the smoking gun on Benghazi? How did Hillary Clinton keep a secret email server quiet for years? Does the IRS audit you because of your politics? Did the first American target of Obama's drone program work for the US government? How did Congress commit fraud to get Obamacare taxpayer subsidies? In Clean House Tom Fitton answers these questions and provides shocking evidence of the corruption endemic to the Obama White House. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Tom Fitton) Tue, 30 Aug 2016 00:43:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Clean-House-Audiobook/B01JMBXWMK thebookvoice.com 07:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Clean House Subtitle: Exposing Our Government's Secrets and Lies Author: Tom Fitton Narrator: Kirby Heyborne Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 57 mins Language: English Release date: 08-30-16 Publisher: Simon & Schuster Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 121 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: From the New York Times best-selling author of The Corruption Chronicles comes a devastating exposé of the scandals of Obama's second term. Judicial Watch President Tom Fitton reveals what the largest watchdog agency in America has uncovered in its battles against Obama's secrecy. Clean House takes us through incriminating documents from the attack in Benghazi, Hillary Clinton's secret emails, the IRS scandal, and the Obamacare swindle. As the president of Judicial Watch, America's largest nonpartisan government watchdog, Tom Fitton has investigated the Clinton, Bush, and Obama administrations. Judicial Watch is the group that helped impeach Bill Clinton and took the Bush White House secrecy all the way up to the Supreme Court. Since the beginning of the Obama administration, this grassroots group has filed over 700 open-records demands and dozens of lawsuits, including a successful fight over the secret Obama White House visitor logs. Americans are rightly worried they are losing their country. How did five congressional committees miss the smoking gun on Benghazi? How did Hillary Clinton keep a secret email server quiet for years? Does the IRS audit you because of your politics? Did the first American target of Obama's drone program work for the US government? How did Congress commit fraud to get Obamacare taxpayer subsidies? In Clean House Tom Fitton answers these questions and provides shocking evidence of the corruption endemic to the Obama White House. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Clean House Subtitle: Exposing Our Government's Secrets and Lies Author: Tom Fitton Narrator: Kirby Heyborne Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 57 mins Language: English Release date: 08-30-16 Publisher: Simon & Schuster Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 121 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: From the New York Times best-selling author of The Corruption Chronicles comes a devastating exposé of the scandals of Obama's second term. Judicial Watch President Tom Fitton reveals what the largest watchdog agency in America has uncovered in its battles against Obama's secrecy. Clean House takes us through incriminating documents from the attack in Benghazi, Hillary Clinton's secret emails, the IRS scandal, and the Obamacare swindle. As the president of Judicial Watch, America's largest nonpartisan government watchdog, Tom Fitton has investigated the Clinton, Bush, and Obama administrations. Judicial Watch is the group that helped impeach Bill Clinton and took the Bush White House secrecy all the way up to the Supreme Court. Since the beginning of the Obama administration, this grassroots group has filed over 700 open-records demands and dozens of lawsuits, including a successful fight over the secret Obama White House visitor logs. Americans are rightly worried they are losing their country. How did five congressional committees miss the smoking gun on Benghazi? How did Hillary Clinton keep a secret email server quiet for years? Does the IRS audit you because of your politics? Did the first American target of Obama's drone program work for the US government? How did Congress commit fraud to get Obamacare taxpayer subsidies? In Clean House Tom Fitton answers these questions and provides shocking evidence of the corruption endemic to the Obama White House. Members Reviews: this is a must-read before election day it does not matter if you are a liberal or a conservative. This is not about right-wing vs. left-wing this is about the American people versus our government. This book very clearly gives examples of how our government does not have our best interests in mind and is taking advantage of the American people's money and ignorance. Please read this book and pass it on to your friends I could not believe how disgusted I was by the time I was finished with this book. This is only motivated me even more to vote trump the truth hurst i cant beleave we let obama and all the others get this far.....we are so stupid Eye Opening Insight A well crafted review of the last 8 years of government oversight and policy that has led America down a dark path and an uncertain future. Why did someone like Trump win the election? Start here. For those wondering how someone like Donald Trump just won the election, this is a good place to start to learn why. I think many people became sick of the previous administration's lax foreign policy, open borders, disregard for law, lack of transparency, and crony capitalism. This book touches on all of that. The vast majority of American people saw the swamp that is DC and felt the best option for president was a Washington outsider businessman who would take no guff and drain it. (Though I fully expect Judicial Watch to keep an eye on his administration too.) Scary stuff. Excellent information. This book exposes how politicians run their own agendas, and then cover up and stonewall when they are uncovered. A deep sense of morality seems to be altogether missing from the political maneuvering. A timely listen coming into the fresh presidential term in 2017. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Hillbilly-una-elegia-rural-Audiobook/B0747TTP9R Escuche este audio libro completo gratis en https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> Título: Hillbilly, una elegía rural Subtitular: Memorias de una familia y una cultura en crisis Autor: J. D. Vance, Ramón González Férriz - translator Narrador: Juan Magraner Formato: Unabridged Duración: 8 hrs and 55 mins Idioma: Español Fecha de publicación: 07-27-17 Editor: Deusto Calificaciones: 4.5 de 5 de 3 votos Categorías: Nonfiction, Politics Resumen del editor: Hillbilly, una elegía rural es un relato apasionado y apasionante de una clase social en decadencia, la de la clase trabajadora blanca en Estados Unidos. Los hillbillies, término peyorativo que hace referencia a los habitantes de la cordillera de los Apalaches, forman parte de este grupo social cada vez más empobrecido y radicalizado del país. J.D. Vance cuenta la historia de unos habitantes que se han ido degradando lentamente durante más de cuarenta años y cuyo declive ejemplifica a la perfección su disfuncional familia. De la mano de su violenta abuela, de su madre drogadicta o de su ausente padre, Vance retrata los anhelos, las luchas y conflictos, los valores y la incansable búsqueda de culpables a quienes responsabilizar de su desdicha, de una comunidad olvidada durante años por el sistema y ahora, tras la victoria de Donald Trump, convertida en centro de atención. El resentimiento, la falta de ambición y una combinación letal de victimismo y pesimismo junto a una devoción por el país, una fervorosa fe en Dios y un desaforado sentido del honor han hecho que los hillbillies posean una tendencia a la violencia física y verbal, al alcoholismo y las drogas, se conformen con vivir de los subsidios del Gobierno y sean despreciados por sus compatriotas de ambas costas del país. Su respuesta a todo ello es conocida: han encumbrado a Donald Trump a la presidencia de Estados Unidos. Please note: This audiobook is in Spanish. biacuaduc@gmail.com (J. D. Vance) Thu, 27 Jul 2017 01:24:09 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Hillbilly-una-elegia-rural-Audiobook/B0747TTP9R thebookvoice.com 08:55:00 no Escucha este título completo gratis en thebookvoice.com Escuche este audio libro completo gratis en https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> Título: Hillbilly, una elegía rural Subtitular: Memorias de una familia y una cultura en crisis Autor: J. D. Vance, Ramón González Férriz - translator Narrador: Juan Magraner Formato: Unabridged Duración: 8 hrs and 55 mins Idioma: Español Fecha de publicación: 07-27-17 Editor: Deusto Calificaciones: 4.5 de 5 de 3 votos Categorías: Nonfiction, Politics Resumen del editor: Hillbilly, una elegía rural es un relato apasionado y apasionante de una clase social en decadencia, la de la clase trabajadora blanca en Estados Unidos. Los hillbillies, término peyorativo que hace referencia a los habitantes de la cordillera de los Apalaches, forman parte de este grupo social cada vez más empobrecido y radicalizado del país. J.D. Vance cuenta la historia de unos habitantes que se han ido degradando lentamente durante más de cuarenta años y cuyo declive ejemplifica a la perfección su disfuncional familia. De la mano de su violenta abuela, de su madre drogadicta o de su ausente padre, Vance retrata los anhelos, las luchas y conflictos, los valores y la incansable búsqueda de culpables a quienes responsabilizar de su desdicha, de una comunidad olvidada durante años por el sistema y ahora, tras la victoria de Donald Trump, convertida en centro de atención. El resentimiento, la falta de ambición y una combinación letal de victimismo y pesimismo junto a una devoción por el país, una fervorosa fe en Dios y un desaforado sentido del honor han hecho que los hillbillies posean una tendencia a la violencia física y verbal, al alcoholismo y las drogas, se conformen con vivir de los subsidios del Gobierno y sean despreciados por sus compatriotas de ambas costas del país. Su respuesta a todo ello es conocida: han encumbrado a Donald Trump a la presidencia de Estados Unidos. Please note: This audiobook is in Spanish. Escuche este audio libro completo gratis en https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> Título: Hillbilly, una elegía rural Subtitular: Memorias de una familia y una cultura en crisis Autor: J. D. Vance, Ramón González Férriz - translator Narrador: Juan Magraner Formato: Unabridged Duración: 8 hrs and 55 mins Idioma: Español Fecha de publicación: 07-27-17 Editor: Deusto Calificaciones: 4.5 de 5 de 3 votos Categorías: Nonfiction, Politics Resumen del editor: Hillbilly, una elegía rural es un relato apasionado y apasionante de una clase social en decadencia, la de la clase trabajadora blanca en Estados Unidos. Los hillbillies, término peyorativo que hace referencia a los habitantes de la cordillera de los Apalaches, forman parte de este grupo social cada vez más empobrecido y radicalizado del país. J.D. Vance cuenta la historia de unos habitantes que se han ido degradando lentamente durante más de cuarenta años y cuyo declive ejemplifica a la perfección su disfuncional familia. De la mano de su violenta abuela, de su madre drogadicta o de su ausente padre, Vance retrata los anhelos, las luchas y conflictos, los valores y la incansable búsqueda de culpables a quienes responsabilizar de su desdicha, de una comunidad olvidada durante años por el sistema y ahora, tras la victoria de Donald Trump, convertida en centro de atención. El resentimiento, la falta de ambición y una combinación letal de victimismo y pesimismo junto a una devoción por el país, una fervorosa fe en Dios y un desaforado sentido del honor han hecho que los hillbillies posean una tendencia a la violencia física y verbal, al alcoholismo y las drogas, se conformen con vivir de los subsidios del Gobierno y sean despreciados por sus compatriotas de ambas costas del país. Su respuesta a todo ello es conocida: han encumbrado a Donald Trump a la presidencia de Estados Unidos. Please note: This audiobook is in Spanish. Opiniones de los miembros: Five Stars Historia muy interesante de la America desconocida. Five Stars Una vision muy interesante de la sociedad blanca americana https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Unholy-Alliance-Audiobook/B01KBDQ8BU Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Unholy Alliance Subtitle: The Agenda Iran, Russia, and Jihadists Share for Conquering the World Author: Jay Sekulow Narrator: Jay Sekulow Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 30 mins Language: English Release date: 09-20-16 Publisher: Simon & Schuster Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 90 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: The New York Times best-selling author of Rise of ISIS exposes the dangers of radical Islam and the effects it has on the American way of life in this informative and eye-opening new book. The fundamental principle of our system of government is individual liberty. Our forefathers chose to bequeath a system that limited the reach of government officials so that Americans could control their own lives. When the United States was attacked on September 11, 2001, the true face of radical Islam was exposed for the world to see. Our nation came face-to-face with a rabid ideology that was - and is - committed to destroying our freedoms and imposing Islamic Shariah onto the Western world. The principles of Shariah, which demands total submission to Allah, completely clash with US law and legal tradition. But that doesn't stop adherents of fundamental Islam from executing those whom they believe have offended Islam and Muhammad. As such, Shariah has become a threatening danger to our country, our values, and our way of life. In Unholy Alliance, Jay Sekulow and the American Center for Law and Justice (ACLJ) tackle radical Islam head on. They expose the attempts by fundamentalist Muslims - both in the US and abroad - to destroy our legal system in favor of a system that would destroy our essential liberties. They bring attention to terrorism in today's world and reflect on the recent Paris and San Bernadino attacks as well as Russia, Syria, Iran, and continuous threats to our nation. Each of us should be aware of what is going in the world and learn what we can do as individuals to protect and defend the Constitution against all enemies, be they foreign or domestic. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Jay Sekulow) Tue, 20 Sep 2016 17:06:18 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Unholy-Alliance-Audiobook/B01KBDQ8BU thebookvoice.com 05:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Unholy Alliance Subtitle: The Agenda Iran, Russia, and Jihadists Share for Conquering the World Author: Jay Sekulow Narrator: Jay Sekulow Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 30 mins Language: English Release date: 09-20-16 Publisher: Simon & Schuster Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 90 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: The New York Times best-selling author of Rise of ISIS exposes the dangers of radical Islam and the effects it has on the American way of life in this informative and eye-opening new book. The fundamental principle of our system of government is individual liberty. Our forefathers chose to bequeath a system that limited the reach of government officials so that Americans could control their own lives. When the United States was attacked on September 11, 2001, the true face of radical Islam was exposed for the world to see. Our nation came face-to-face with a rabid ideology that was - and is - committed to destroying our freedoms and imposing Islamic Shariah onto the Western world. The principles of Shariah, which demands total submission to Allah, completely clash with US law and legal tradition. But that doesn't stop adherents of fundamental Islam from executing those whom they believe have offended Islam and Muhammad. As such, Shariah has become a threatening danger to our country, our values, and our way of life. In Unholy Alliance, Jay Sekulow and the American Center for Law and Justice (ACLJ) tackle radical Islam head on. They expose the attempts by fundamentalist Muslims - both in the US and abroad - to destroy our legal system in favor of a system that would destroy our essential liberties. They bring attention to terrorism in today's world and reflect on the recent Paris and San Bernadino attacks as well as Russia, Syria, Iran, and continuous threats to our nation. Each of us should be aware of what is going in the world and learn what we can do as individuals to protect and defend the Constitution against all enemies, be they foreign or domestic. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Unholy Alliance Subtitle: The Agenda Iran, Russia, and Jihadists Share for Conquering the World Author: Jay Sekulow Narrator: Jay Sekulow Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 30 mins Language: English Release date: 09-20-16 Publisher: Simon & Schuster Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 90 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: The New York Times best-selling author of Rise of ISIS exposes the dangers of radical Islam and the effects it has on the American way of life in this informative and eye-opening new book. The fundamental principle of our system of government is individual liberty. Our forefathers chose to bequeath a system that limited the reach of government officials so that Americans could control their own lives. When the United States was attacked on September 11, 2001, the true face of radical Islam was exposed for the world to see. Our nation came face-to-face with a rabid ideology that was - and is - committed to destroying our freedoms and imposing Islamic Shariah onto the Western world. The principles of Shariah, which demands total submission to Allah, completely clash with US law and legal tradition. But that doesn't stop adherents of fundamental Islam from executing those whom they believe have offended Islam and Muhammad. As such, Shariah has become a threatening danger to our country, our values, and our way of life. In Unholy Alliance, Jay Sekulow and the American Center for Law and Justice (ACLJ) tackle radical Islam head on. They expose the attempts by fundamentalist Muslims - both in the US and abroad - to destroy our legal system in favor of a system that would destroy our essential liberties. They bring attention to terrorism in today's world and reflect on the recent Paris and San Bernadino attacks as well as Russia, Syria, Iran, and continuous threats to our nation. Each of us should be aware of what is going in the world and learn what we can do as individuals to protect and defend the Constitution against all enemies, be they foreign or domestic. Members Reviews: Great and very informative. I will recommend it to all to read and learn . I have learned a lot and use reference. Disturbing! Any additional comments? Disturbing, factual information about current events! Names I remember from The Iran Hostage Crisis, recent news stories... We are at war and we had better come to grips with that! Excellent research I would recommend for all to read or listen to this book if you're not familiar with history of Islamic extremists and their plans to harm nation's that disagree with them. Eye opener and a great summary of past and current events and how they are linked. There is Only One Law of The Land While Democrats and Progressives seek to subvert the law of the land for their own purposes, it only makes sense that they also will typically embrace notions of duality in Law such as the allowance of Sharia Law. Only those who wage a war against women would embrace the various non-unified Sharia. In almost all of its various forms, it oppresses women and severely limits their rights relative to that of men. Jay Sekulow assists us in better understanding the subversion of American Law and how this appearance of collusion is very much a parallelism in ideologies rather than an outright collusion. Still. collusion against Western Law is the agenda. You will learn a lot This is a graduate level course in an audio book. Chapter six is especially learned about the history driving the issue at hand. A little weak at the end. It overall fascinating https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/A-Republic-Not-an-Empire-Audiobook/B00L97GN2M Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: A Republic, Not an Empire Subtitle: Reclaiming America's Destiny Author: Patrick J. Buchanan Narrator: Ron Dewey Format: Unabridged Length: 14 hrs and 30 mins Language: English Release date: 06-25-14 Publisher: Regnery Publishing Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 15 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: All but predicting the September 11 attacks, Pat Buchanan warns that America is inviting terrorist attacks and conflict by engaging in an interventionist foreign policy that is costly, dangerous, and does not serve our own interests. Anyone who has caught Pat Buchanan's television appearances, or heard his campaign rhetoric, will be surprised at his relatively evenhanded and thoughtful tone as he writes - often quite persuasively - in favor of the restoration of the political, military, and economic independence that largely drove U.S. foreign policy in the 19th century. At the heart of A Republic, Not an Empire is a well-written history of U.S. foreign policy beginning with the end of the American Revolution, going through the First and Second World Wars, Vietnam, and the end of the cold war, up to the superpower's involvement in the Persian Gulf and the former Yugoslavia. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Patrick J. Buchanan) Wed, 25 Jun 2014 05:46:28 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/A-Republic-Not-an-Empire-Audiobook/B00L97GN2M thebookvoice.com 14:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: A Republic, Not an Empire Subtitle: Reclaiming America's Destiny Author: Patrick J. Buchanan Narrator: Ron Dewey Format: Unabridged Length: 14 hrs and 30 mins Language: English Release date: 06-25-14 Publisher: Regnery Publishing Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 15 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: All but predicting the September 11 attacks, Pat Buchanan warns that America is inviting terrorist attacks and conflict by engaging in an interventionist foreign policy that is costly, dangerous, and does not serve our own interests. Anyone who has caught Pat Buchanan's television appearances, or heard his campaign rhetoric, will be surprised at his relatively evenhanded and thoughtful tone as he writes - often quite persuasively - in favor of the restoration of the political, military, and economic independence that largely drove U.S. foreign policy in the 19th century. At the heart of A Republic, Not an Empire is a well-written history of U.S. foreign policy beginning with the end of the American Revolution, going through the First and Second World Wars, Vietnam, and the end of the cold war, up to the superpower's involvement in the Persian Gulf and the former Yugoslavia. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: A Republic, Not an Empire Subtitle: Reclaiming America's Destiny Author: Patrick J. Buchanan Narrator: Ron Dewey Format: Unabridged Length: 14 hrs and 30 mins Language: English Release date: 06-25-14 Publisher: Regnery Publishing Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 15 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: All but predicting the September 11 attacks, Pat Buchanan warns that America is inviting terrorist attacks and conflict by engaging in an interventionist foreign policy that is costly, dangerous, and does not serve our own interests. Anyone who has caught Pat Buchanan's television appearances, or heard his campaign rhetoric, will be surprised at his relatively evenhanded and thoughtful tone as he writes - often quite persuasively - in favor of the restoration of the political, military, and economic independence that largely drove U.S. foreign policy in the 19th century. At the heart of A Republic, Not an Empire is a well-written history of U.S. foreign policy beginning with the end of the American Revolution, going through the First and Second World Wars, Vietnam, and the end of the cold war, up to the superpower's involvement in the Persian Gulf and the former Yugoslavia. Members Reviews: A little dated, but.... This was an informative book. Lots oh history covered in the wars our Country has endured since winning our freedom! Unfortunately it was written pre Obama and even Patrick J. Buchanan couldn't foresee the mess our Republic is in. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Arguing-with-Idiots-Audiobook/B002V0KKT8 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Arguing with Idiots Subtitle: How to Stop Small Minds and Big Government Author: Glenn Beck Narrator: Glenn Beck, Pat Gray, Steve "Stu" Burguiere Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 1 min Language: English Release date: 09-22-09 Publisher: Simon & Schuster Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 839 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Just go away! you think to yourself -- but they only become more obnoxious. Your heart rate quickens. You start to sweat. You can't get away. Your only hope is this book. Glenn Beck, author of the number-one New York Times best sellers An Inconvenient Book and Glenn Beck's Common Sense, has stumbled upon the secret formula to winning arguments against people with big mouths but small minds: knowing the facts. And this book is full of them. The next time your idiot friends tell you how gun control prevents gun violence, you'll tell them all about England's handgun ban. When they tell you that we should copy the UK's health care system, you'll recount the horrifying facts you heard here. And the next time an idiot tells you that vegetable prices will skyrocket without illegal workers, you'll stop saying "No, they won't" and you'll start saying, "actually, eliminating all illegal labor will cause us to spend just $8 a year more on produce." Idiots can't be identified through voting records, they can be found only by looking for people who hide behind stereotypes, embrace partisanship, and believe that bumper-sticker slogans are a substitute for common sense. If you know someone who fits the bill, then Arguing with Idiots will help you silence them once and for all with the ultimate weapon: the truth. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Glenn Beck) Tue, 22 Sep 2009 22:40:27 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Arguing-with-Idiots-Audiobook/B002V0KKT8 thebookvoice.com 09:01:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Arguing with Idiots Subtitle: How to Stop Small Minds and Big Government Author: Glenn Beck Narrator: Glenn Beck, Pat Gray, Steve "Stu" Burguiere Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 1 min Language: English Release date: 09-22-09 Publisher: Simon & Schuster Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 839 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Just go away! you think to yourself -- but they only become more obnoxious. Your heart rate quickens. You start to sweat. You can't get away. Your only hope is this book. Glenn Beck, author of the number-one New York Times best sellers An Inconvenient Book and Glenn Beck's Common Sense, has stumbled upon the secret formula to winning arguments against people with big mouths but small minds: knowing the facts. And this book is full of them. The next time your idiot friends tell you how gun control prevents gun violence, you'll tell them all about England's handgun ban. When they tell you that we should copy the UK's health care system, you'll recount the horrifying facts you heard here. And the next time an idiot tells you that vegetable prices will skyrocket without illegal workers, you'll stop saying "No, they won't" and you'll start saying, "actually, eliminating all illegal labor will cause us to spend just $8 a year more on produce." Idiots can't be identified through voting records, they can be found only by looking for people who hide behind stereotypes, embrace partisanship, and believe that bumper-sticker slogans are a substitute for common sense. If you know someone who fits the bill, then Arguing with Idiots will help you silence them once and for all with the ultimate weapon: the truth. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Arguing with Idiots Subtitle: How to Stop Small Minds and Big Government Author: Glenn Beck Narrator: Glenn Beck, Pat Gray, Steve "Stu" Burguiere Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 1 min Language: English Release date: 09-22-09 Publisher: Simon & Schuster Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 839 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Just go away! you think to yourself -- but they only become more obnoxious. Your heart rate quickens. You start to sweat. You can't get away. Your only hope is this book. Glenn Beck, author of the number-one New York Times best sellers An Inconvenient Book and Glenn Beck's Common Sense, has stumbled upon the secret formula to winning arguments against people with big mouths but small minds: knowing the facts. And this book is full of them. The next time your idiot friends tell you how gun control prevents gun violence, you'll tell them all about England's handgun ban. When they tell you that we should copy the UK's health care system, you'll recount the horrifying facts you heard here. And the next time an idiot tells you that vegetable prices will skyrocket without illegal workers, you'll stop saying "No, they won't" and you'll start saying, "actually, eliminating all illegal labor will cause us to spend just $8 a year more on produce." Idiots can't be identified through voting records, they can be found only by looking for people who hide behind stereotypes, embrace partisanship, and believe that bumper-sticker slogans are a substitute for common sense. If you know someone who fits the bill, then Arguing with Idiots will help you silence them once and for all with the ultimate weapon: the truth. Members Reviews: Bofo Becko! Love him or hate him, agree or disagree -- One thing you have to admit, Beck is entertaining, to the max. This was an absolutely GREAT listen! I liked it so much I may even buy the book so I can savor it in written form. I especially recommend this book to those of progressive proclivity. It will drive them nuts! BWAHAAAA! Everyone should read this book - Especially if you want to understand what's really going on behind the politics and rhetoric Everyone should read this book. After reading, or should I say having it read to me with narrator putting the right emphasis on each part, you'll understand what's going on in America and around the world in general. If you don't know your history, you are bound to repeat it. This book helped me see American Capitalism in a totally different light and made me appreciate the US Constitution. Real Talk - If you really want to be aware on how you can make a difference in your city, state and country - read/listen to this book. And besides, this book had me laughing out loud all through it. Glen Beck is HILARIOUS I never thought I would say this but "Thank you, Glen Beck" Worthwhile Entertaining, since of the arguments might not have been balanced, though. Overall, a good read (listen) well done Beck!!! Where does Arguing with Idiots rank among all the audiobooks youve listened to so far? This is one of my favorite audio books to listen to. It is not only entertaining, but informative. What was the most compelling aspect of this narrative? Everything in the book is backed up with facts! Not just opinions, but real facts that cant be argued with. Any additional comments? Its hard to argue with people who are emotionally connected to their political views, and in a way I guess we all are to a point. This book gives you strong facts to defend yourself; even then, its hard to make them listen. This is well put together, and narrated. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Dissent-and-the-Supreme-Court-Audiobook/B016705T98 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Dissent and the Supreme Court Subtitle: Its Role in the Court's History and the Nation's Constitutional Dialogue Author: Melvin I. Urofsky Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Length: 19 hrs and 23 mins Language: English Release date: 10-13-15 Publisher: Random House Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 56 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: From the admired judicial authority, author of Louis D. Brandeis ("Remarkable" - Anthony Lewis, The New York Review of Books; "Monumental" - Alan M. Dershowitz, The New York Times Book Review), Division and Discord, and Supreme Decisions - Melvin Urofsky's major new audiobook looks at the role of dissent in the Supreme Court and the meaning of the Constitution through the greatest and longest lasting public-policy debate in the country's history, among members of the Supreme Court, between the Court and the other branches of government, and between the Court and the people of the United States. Urofsky writes of the necessity of constitutional dialogue as one of the ways in which we as a people reinvent and reinvigorate our democratic society. In Dissent and the Supreme Court, he explores the great dissents throughout the Court's 225-year history. He discusses in detail the role the Supreme Court has played in helping to define what the Constitution means, how the Court's majority opinions have not always been right, and how the dissenters, by positing alternative interpretations, have initiated a critical dialogue about what a particular decision should mean. This dialogue is sometimes resolved quickly; other times it may take decades before the Court adjusts its position. Louis Brandeis' dissenting opinion about wiretapping became the position of the Court four decades after it was written. The Court took six decades to adopt the dissenting opinion of the first Justice John Harlan in Plessy v. Ferguson - that segregation on the basis of race violated the Constitution - in Brown v. Board of Education. Urofsky shows that the practice of dissent grew slowly but steadily and that in the 19th century dissents became more frequent. In the (in)famous case of Dred Scott v. Sanford, Chief Justice Roger Taney's opinion upheld slavery, declaring that blacks could never be citizens. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Melvin I. Urofsky) Tue, 13 Oct 2015 18:07:55 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Dissent-and-the-Supreme-Court-Audiobook/B016705T98 thebookvoice.com 19:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Dissent and the Supreme Court Subtitle: Its Role in the Court's History and the Nation's Constitutional Dialogue Author: Melvin I. Urofsky Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Length: 19 hrs and 23 mins Language: English Release date: 10-13-15 Publisher: Random House Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 56 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: From the admired judicial authority, author of Louis D. Brandeis ("Remarkable" - Anthony Lewis, The New York Review of Books; "Monumental" - Alan M. Dershowitz, The New York Times Book Review), Division and Discord, and Supreme Decisions - Melvin Urofsky's major new audiobook looks at the role of dissent in the Supreme Court and the meaning of the Constitution through the greatest and longest lasting public-policy debate in the country's history, among members of the Supreme Court, between the Court and the other branches of government, and between the Court and the people of the United States. Urofsky writes of the necessity of constitutional dialogue as one of the ways in which we as a people reinvent and reinvigorate our democratic society. In Dissent and the Supreme Court, he explores the great dissents throughout the Court's 225-year history. He discusses in detail the role the Supreme Court has played in helping to define what the Constitution means, how the Court's majority opinions have not always been right, and how the dissenters, by positing alternative interpretations, have initiated a critical dialogue about what a particular decision should mean. This dialogue is sometimes resolved quickly; other times it may take decades before the Court adjusts its position. Louis Brandeis' dissenting opinion about wiretapping became the position of the Court four decades after it was written. The Court took six decades to adopt the dissenting opinion of the first Justice John Harlan in Plessy v. Ferguson - that segregation on the basis of race violated the Constitution - in Brown v. Board of Education. Urofsky shows that the practice of dissent grew slowly but steadily and that in the 19th century dissents became more frequent. In the (in)famous case of Dred Scott v. Sanford, Chief Justice Roger Taney's opinion upheld slavery, declaring that blacks could never be citizens. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Dissent and the Supreme Court Subtitle: Its Role in the Court's History and the Nation's Constitutional Dialogue Author: Melvin I. Urofsky Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Length: 19 hrs and 23 mins Language: English Release date: 10-13-15 Publisher: Random House Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 56 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: From the admired judicial authority, author of Louis D. Brandeis ("Remarkable" - Anthony Lewis, The New York Review of Books; "Monumental" - Alan M. Dershowitz, The New York Times Book Review), Division and Discord, and Supreme Decisions - Melvin Urofsky's major new audiobook looks at the role of dissent in the Supreme Court and the meaning of the Constitution through the greatest and longest lasting public-policy debate in the country's history, among members of the Supreme Court, between the Court and the other branches of government, and between the Court and the people of the United States. Urofsky writes of the necessity of constitutional dialogue as one of the ways in which we as a people reinvent and reinvigorate our democratic society. In Dissent and the Supreme Court, he explores the great dissents throughout the Court's 225-year history. He discusses in detail the role the Supreme Court has played in helping to define what the Constitution means, how the Court's majority opinions have not always been right, and how the dissenters, by positing alternative interpretations, have initiated a critical dialogue about what a particular decision should mean. This dialogue is sometimes resolved quickly; other times it may take decades before the Court adjusts its position. Louis Brandeis' dissenting opinion about wiretapping became the position of the Court four decades after it was written. The Court took six decades to adopt the dissenting opinion of the first Justice John Harlan in Plessy v. Ferguson - that segregation on the basis of race violated the Constitution - in Brown v. Board of Education. Urofsky shows that the practice of dissent grew slowly but steadily and that in the 19th century dissents became more frequent. In the (in)famous case of Dred Scott v. Sanford, Chief Justice Roger Taney's opinion upheld slavery, declaring that blacks could never be citizens. Members Reviews: Incisive A few years ago I started reading the biographies of Supreme Court Justices. I found their stories and that of the Court fascinating. Since then I have been reading about the Supreme Court and want to know more about the law. I found this book absolutely captivating; but I am sure the readers with law degrees will already know the material and if one is not interested they might be bored. Melvin Urofsky traced the history of dissents from the founding era to the present. The author attempts to determine what value can be found in dissenting opinions. Urofsky states that dissents are an essential part of the constitutional dialogue, the device by which our nation has adapted to the changing times. Urofsky reviews not only the Supreme Court but various State Supreme Courts and some foreign courts particularly France as it compares to the United States. The author also spends some time comparing the difference between the Supreme Court of Canada to that of the United States. Urofsky discusses in detail some of the famous dissents and some history of the Justices who wrote them. Some of the people he covers are John Marshall, Louis Brandeis, John Marshall Harlan, Hugo Black, Oliver Wendell Holmes, Stephen Breyer, Antonin Scalia, Ruth Bader Ginsberg, and Felix Frankfurter. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Gore-v-Bush-The-First-Debate-Audiobook/B002UUKMM4 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Gore v. Bush - The First Debate Author: Vice President Al Gore, Governor George W. Bush Length: 1 hr and 30 mins Language: English Release date: 10-04-00 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 50 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: The first in a series of highly anticipated debates between presidential candidates Vice President Al Gore and Governor George W. Bush took place at the University of Massachusetts on October 3. The VP and the Governor wasted no opportunity to criticize each other on everything from policy to credibility to track records. If you missed the debate, or want to hear it again, audible.com has made this program available for FREE. Listen now before you vote! biacuaduc@gmail.com (Vice President Al Gore) Wed, 04 Oct 2000 06:27:12 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Gore-v-Bush-The-First-Debate-Audiobook/B002UUKMM4 thebookvoice.com 01:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Gore v. Bush - The First Debate Author: Vice President Al Gore, Governor George W. Bush Length: 1 hr and 30 mins Language: English Release date: 10-04-00 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 50 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: The first in a series of highly anticipated debates between presidential candidates Vice President Al Gore and Governor George W. Bush took place at the University of Massachusetts on October 3. The VP and the Governor wasted no opportunity to criticize each other on everything from policy to credibility to track records. If you missed the debate, or want to hear it again, audible.com has made this program available for FREE. Listen now before you vote! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Gore v. Bush - The First Debate Author: Vice President Al Gore, Governor George W. Bush Length: 1 hr and 30 mins Language: English Release date: 10-04-00 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 50 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: The first in a series of highly anticipated debates between presidential candidates Vice President Al Gore and Governor George W. Bush took place at the University of Massachusetts on October 3. The VP and the Governor wasted no opportunity to criticize each other on everything from policy to credibility to track records. If you missed the debate, or want to hear it again, audible.com has made this program available for FREE. Listen now before you vote! Members Reviews: Makes UK politics seem brilliant,! The truth is American politics ate lame as the President has mo real power, which is a shame. Being. President is about leadership and vision and both lacked in this debate and their future offices. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Free-Speech-Isnt-Free-Audiobook/B01M13EZ4J Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Free Speech Isn't Free Subtitle: How 90 Men Stood up Against the Globalist Establishment -- And Won Author: Roosh V Narrator: Lamar Green Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 30 mins Language: English Release date: 09-19-16 Publisher: Kings Media LLC Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 22 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Free speech may be your right, but unless you fight for it, you'll lose it. That is the message of Free Speech Isn't Free, which chronicles how organizing a lecture tour for masculine men inserted Roosh Valizadeh into an unexpected free speech fight spanning several continents, putting both him and his family in danger from the globalist establishment and their mob of deranged social justice warriors. After becoming activated by mass-scale media distortions and mayoral denouncements, the SJW mob in Canada rose up against Roosh and his followers to halt his tour. Roosh refused to cancel and set out to hold the lectures in secret. He shares how he fought back against the mob while trying to come to terms with the globalist agenda that they're controlled by. The well-informed men he met throughout the tour were critical in sharing hidden knowledge that put the agenda's puzzle pieces into place. Even after the lecture, when Roosh tried to conduct happy hour meetings for his followers, a bigger worldwide outrage befell him, leading to the doxing of his family and threats to burn their house to the ground. Free Speech Isn't Free shares that story for the first time in a special epilogue, and what was going through the mind of a man who was the number one target for a 1984-inspired "two minutes of hate" that took place worldwide. How far will you go if the establishment attacks you for what you believe in? Are you ready to defend yourself if they come after your reputation, your job, and your family? Free Speech Isn't Free shows what one man did when powerful groups tried to silence him, along with everything he learned during the most momentous months of his life, that will help others be able to identify and defend against attacks within their own lives. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Roosh V) Mon, 19 Sep 2016 09:35:07 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Free-Speech-Isnt-Free-Audiobook/B01M13EZ4J thebookvoice.com 05:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Free Speech Isn't Free Subtitle: How 90 Men Stood up Against the Globalist Establishment -- And Won Author: Roosh V Narrator: Lamar Green Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 30 mins Language: English Release date: 09-19-16 Publisher: Kings Media LLC Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 22 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Free speech may be your right, but unless you fight for it, you'll lose it. That is the message of Free Speech Isn't Free, which chronicles how organizing a lecture tour for masculine men inserted Roosh Valizadeh into an unexpected free speech fight spanning several continents, putting both him and his family in danger from the globalist establishment and their mob of deranged social justice warriors. After becoming activated by mass-scale media distortions and mayoral denouncements, the SJW mob in Canada rose up against Roosh and his followers to halt his tour. Roosh refused to cancel and set out to hold the lectures in secret. He shares how he fought back against the mob while trying to come to terms with the globalist agenda that they're controlled by. The well-informed men he met throughout the tour were critical in sharing hidden knowledge that put the agenda's puzzle pieces into place. Even after the lecture, when Roosh tried to conduct happy hour meetings for his followers, a bigger worldwide outrage befell him, leading to the doxing of his family and threats to burn their house to the ground. Free Speech Isn't Free shares that story for the first time in a special epilogue, and what was going through the mind of a man who was the number one target for a 1984-inspired "two minutes of hate" that took place worldwide. How far will you go if the establishment attacks you for what you believe in? Are you ready to defend yourself if they come after your reputation, your job, and your family? Free Speech Isn't Free shows what one man did when powerful groups tried to silence him, along with everything he learned during the most momentous months of his life, that will help others be able to identify and defend against attacks within their own lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Free Speech Isn't Free Subtitle: How 90 Men Stood up Against the Globalist Establishment -- And Won Author: Roosh V Narrator: Lamar Green Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 30 mins Language: English Release date: 09-19-16 Publisher: Kings Media LLC Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 22 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Free speech may be your right, but unless you fight for it, you'll lose it. That is the message of Free Speech Isn't Free, which chronicles how organizing a lecture tour for masculine men inserted Roosh Valizadeh into an unexpected free speech fight spanning several continents, putting both him and his family in danger from the globalist establishment and their mob of deranged social justice warriors. After becoming activated by mass-scale media distortions and mayoral denouncements, the SJW mob in Canada rose up against Roosh and his followers to halt his tour. Roosh refused to cancel and set out to hold the lectures in secret. He shares how he fought back against the mob while trying to come to terms with the globalist agenda that they're controlled by. The well-informed men he met throughout the tour were critical in sharing hidden knowledge that put the agenda's puzzle pieces into place. Even after the lecture, when Roosh tried to conduct happy hour meetings for his followers, a bigger worldwide outrage befell him, leading to the doxing of his family and threats to burn their house to the ground. Free Speech Isn't Free shares that story for the first time in a special epilogue, and what was going through the mind of a man who was the number one target for a 1984-inspired "two minutes of hate" that took place worldwide. How far will you go if the establishment attacks you for what you believe in? Are you ready to defend yourself if they come after your reputation, your job, and your family? Free Speech Isn't Free shows what one man did when powerful groups tried to silence him, along with everything he learned during the most momentous months of his life, that will help others be able to identify and defend against attacks within their own lives. Members Reviews: Eye opening and shocking story Roosh hits the nail on the head. I was riveted listening to his battles here in Canada and eye opening look behind the curtain on how the estabishment really opperated Fascinating insight! Very well written and offers incredible insights into the culture war and societal decay. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Dismantling-America-Audiobook/B003Z8N3EY Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Dismantling America Author: Thomas Sowell Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 11 mins Language: English Release date: 08-11-10 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 213 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: These wide-ranging essays - on many individual political, economic, cultural, and legal issues - have as a recurring, underlying theme the decline of the values and institutions that have sustained and advanced American society for more than two centuries. This decline has been more than erosion. It has, in many cases, been a deliberate dismantling of American values and institutions by people convinced that their superior wisdom and virtue must override both the traditions of the country and the will of the people. Whether these essays (originally published as syndicated newspaper columns) are individually about financial bailouts, illegal immigrants, gay marriage, national security, or the Duke University rape case, the underlying concern is about what these very different kinds of things say about the general direction of American society. This larger and longer-lasting question is whether the particular issues discussed reflect a degeneration or dismantling of the America that we once knew and expected to pass on to our children and grandchildren. There are people determined that this countrys values, history, laws, traditions, and role in the world are fundamentally wrong and must be changed. Such people will not stop dismantling America unless they get stoppedand the next election may be the last time to stop them, before they take the country beyond the point of no return. Critic Reviews: For anyone looking for a straightforward and honest discussion of the origins of our current crisis, informed by a deep understanding of both economics and politics. ( Washington Times) biacuaduc@gmail.com (Thomas Sowell) Wed, 11 Aug 2010 05:60:43 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Dismantling-America-Audiobook/B003Z8N3EY thebookvoice.com 08:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Dismantling America Author: Thomas Sowell Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 11 mins Language: English Release date: 08-11-10 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 213 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: These wide-ranging essays - on many individual political, economic, cultural, and legal issues - have as a recurring, underlying theme the decline of the values and institutions that have sustained and advanced American society for more than two centuries. This decline has been more than erosion. It has, in many cases, been a deliberate dismantling of American values and institutions by people convinced that their superior wisdom and virtue must override both the traditions of the country and the will of the people. Whether these essays (originally published as syndicated newspaper columns) are individually about financial bailouts, illegal immigrants, gay marriage, national security, or the Duke University rape case, the underlying concern is about what these very different kinds of things say about the general direction of American society. This larger and longer-lasting question is whether the particular issues discussed reflect a degeneration or dismantling of the America that we once knew and expected to pass on to our children and grandchildren. There are people determined that this countrys values, history, laws, traditions, and role in the world are fundamentally wrong and must be changed. Such people will not stop dismantling America unless they get stoppedand the next election may be the last time to stop them, before they take the country beyond the point of no return. Critic Reviews: For anyone looking for a straightforward and honest discussion of the origins of our current crisis, informed by a deep understanding of both economics and politics. ( Washington Times) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Dismantling America Author: Thomas Sowell Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 11 mins Language: English Release date: 08-11-10 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 213 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: These wide-ranging essays - on many individual political, economic, cultural, and legal issues - have as a recurring, underlying theme the decline of the values and institutions that have sustained and advanced American society for more than two centuries. This decline has been more than erosion. It has, in many cases, been a deliberate dismantling of American values and institutions by people convinced that their superior wisdom and virtue must override both the traditions of the country and the will of the people. Whether these essays (originally published as syndicated newspaper columns) are individually about financial bailouts, illegal immigrants, gay marriage, national security, or the Duke University rape case, the underlying concern is about what these very different kinds of things say about the general direction of American society. This larger and longer-lasting question is whether the particular issues discussed reflect a degeneration or dismantling of the America that we once knew and expected to pass on to our children and grandchildren. There are people determined that this countrys values, history, laws, traditions, and role in the world are fundamentally wrong and must be changed. Such people will not stop dismantling America unless they get stoppedand the next election may be the last time to stop them, before they take the country beyond the point of no return. Critic Reviews: For anyone looking for a straightforward and honest discussion of the origins of our current crisis, informed by a deep understanding of both economics and politics. ( Washington Times) Members Reviews: Nice Collection of Essays This book is a rehash of previous articles but not having read Sowell before, I found it to be a good introduction to the author. Numerous issues are covered with specific examples given. Sowell's descriptions and analysis are logical, consistent throughout and easy to follow. I will be purchasing more of his books. Clear and concise and interesting Where does Dismantling America rank among all the audiobooks youve listened to so far? Among the best of current events and thought provoking concepts.. What did you like best about this story? A series of short articles powerfully written. Turned My World Upside Down! Would you consider the audio edition of Dismantling America to be better than the print version? It is for me. It does well for my inability to follow a long storys. These are articles Thomas Sowell has collected and put in a book format. I can learn by listening to a couple topics and then return later for more. What other book might you compare Dismantling America to and why? Other Thomas Sowell Books. They are all amazing and similar in how he writes and teaches. What does Robertson Dean bring to the story that you wouldnt experience if you just read the book? Hes not boring, perfect speed. If you were to make a film of this book, what would be the tag line be? Musings of a genius unimpressed with himself. Any additional comments? This book explains how America has morphed into what you see today. Its not the country I once knew. If you read any Thomas Sowell book you will never be the same. This unassuming man tells it like it is and calmly explains what is happening right under our noses! Like he says in the book "Its not too late. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Utilitarianism-On-Liberty-Audiobook/B01MTY7EYT Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Utilitarianism/On Liberty Author: John Stuart Mill Narrator: Derek Le Page Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 49 mins Language: English Release date: 12-08-16 Publisher: Ukemi Audiobooks Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 10 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: John Stuart Mill (1808-1873) was a torchbearer for liberal thought in the 19th century, including liberty of the individual and freedom of speech, and he championed women's suffrage in Parliament. A remarkable man - he learned Greek aged three and at eight had read Herodotus, Xenophon and Plato - he campaigned all his life for a just society. These two essays are his key works. In Utilitarianism (published in 1863, four years after On Liberty), Mill observes that 'the principle of utility' equates to the 'greatest-happiness principle' and that this should be the basis of an ethical life. Mill expands on this view in five chapters and deals with difficulties and criticisms, including the balance of individual versus general happiness. In On Liberty (published in 1859 and written with his wife, Harriet Taylor, who died a year earlier), Mill applied his already established views on utilitarianism to the society and the state. He discusses the necessary balances between authority and liberty; the individual must have freedom, but within a utilitarian (greatest-happiness principle) compass. Nevertheless, he considers the 'tyranny of the majority', and he acknowledges that in certain societies rule by command may benefit the majority. But he emphasises the fundamental importance of individual liberty, so long as it does not harm others. Though it has had its critics, On Liberty remains a key document and has a special resonance for world politics today. biacuaduc@gmail.com (John Stuart Mill) Thu, 08 Dec 2016 00:11:28 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Utilitarianism-On-Liberty-Audiobook/B01MTY7EYT thebookvoice.com 08:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Utilitarianism/On Liberty Author: John Stuart Mill Narrator: Derek Le Page Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 49 mins Language: English Release date: 12-08-16 Publisher: Ukemi Audiobooks Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 10 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: John Stuart Mill (1808-1873) was a torchbearer for liberal thought in the 19th century, including liberty of the individual and freedom of speech, and he championed women's suffrage in Parliament. A remarkable man - he learned Greek aged three and at eight had read Herodotus, Xenophon and Plato - he campaigned all his life for a just society. These two essays are his key works. In Utilitarianism (published in 1863, four years after On Liberty), Mill observes that 'the principle of utility' equates to the 'greatest-happiness principle' and that this should be the basis of an ethical life. Mill expands on this view in five chapters and deals with difficulties and criticisms, including the balance of individual versus general happiness. In On Liberty (published in 1859 and written with his wife, Harriet Taylor, who died a year earlier), Mill applied his already established views on utilitarianism to the society and the state. He discusses the necessary balances between authority and liberty; the individual must have freedom, but within a utilitarian (greatest-happiness principle) compass. Nevertheless, he considers the 'tyranny of the majority', and he acknowledges that in certain societies rule by command may benefit the majority. But he emphasises the fundamental importance of individual liberty, so long as it does not harm others. Though it has had its critics, On Liberty remains a key document and has a special resonance for world politics today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Utilitarianism/On Liberty Author: John Stuart Mill Narrator: Derek Le Page Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 49 mins Language: English Release date: 12-08-16 Publisher: Ukemi Audiobooks Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 10 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: John Stuart Mill (1808-1873) was a torchbearer for liberal thought in the 19th century, including liberty of the individual and freedom of speech, and he championed women's suffrage in Parliament. A remarkable man - he learned Greek aged three and at eight had read Herodotus, Xenophon and Plato - he campaigned all his life for a just society. These two essays are his key works. In Utilitarianism (published in 1863, four years after On Liberty), Mill observes that 'the principle of utility' equates to the 'greatest-happiness principle' and that this should be the basis of an ethical life. Mill expands on this view in five chapters and deals with difficulties and criticisms, including the balance of individual versus general happiness. In On Liberty (published in 1859 and written with his wife, Harriet Taylor, who died a year earlier), Mill applied his already established views on utilitarianism to the society and the state. He discusses the necessary balances between authority and liberty; the individual must have freedom, but within a utilitarian (greatest-happiness principle) compass. Nevertheless, he considers the 'tyranny of the majority', and he acknowledges that in certain societies rule by command may benefit the majority. But he emphasises the fundamental importance of individual liberty, so long as it does not harm others. Though it has had its critics, On Liberty remains a key document and has a special resonance for world politics today. Members Reviews: excellent brilliant vocabulary, excellent philosophy and ideas with clearly articulated explanation, great narration and pronunciation, thought provoking ideas https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/10-Books-Every-Conservative-Must-Read-Audiobook/B003RCTOTQ Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: 10 Books Every Conservative Must Read Subtitle: Plus Four Not to Miss and One Imposter Author: Benjamin Wiker Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 32 mins Language: English Release date: 06-14-10 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 90 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Offering a CliffsNotes guide to some of the most important literary works of our time, Benjamin Wiker, author of 10 Books That Screwed Up the World, turns his discerning eye from the great texts that have done damage to Western civilization to the great texts that could help rebuild it. This book features a range of works, from classics such as Democracy in America and The Federalist Papers to more popular classics like Sense and Sensibility and The Tempest. Through these works, Wiker reveals some of the most important lessons for our time, as well as the true meaning of conservatism. Written with an educational purpose and a witty tone, this is a must listen for conservatives, Republicans, and book lovers everywhere. Critic Reviews: Sprightly, witty, engaging....Professor Wiker recommends actually reading the booksbut his own book is a whole lot more fun." (Thomas E. Woods, Jr., Ph.D., author of How the Catholic Church Built Western Civilization) A valuable contribution to the most urgent intellectual project of our day. (Elizabeth Kantor, Ph.D., author of The Politically Incorrect Guide to English and American Literature) biacuaduc@gmail.com (Benjamin Wiker) Mon, 14 Jun 2010 21:52:54 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/10-Books-Every-Conservative-Must-Read-Audiobook/B003RCTOTQ thebookvoice.com 10:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: 10 Books Every Conservative Must Read Subtitle: Plus Four Not to Miss and One Imposter Author: Benjamin Wiker Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 32 mins Language: English Release date: 06-14-10 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 90 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Offering a CliffsNotes guide to some of the most important literary works of our time, Benjamin Wiker, author of 10 Books That Screwed Up the World, turns his discerning eye from the great texts that have done damage to Western civilization to the great texts that could help rebuild it. This book features a range of works, from classics such as Democracy in America and The Federalist Papers to more popular classics like Sense and Sensibility and The Tempest. Through these works, Wiker reveals some of the most important lessons for our time, as well as the true meaning of conservatism. Written with an educational purpose and a witty tone, this is a must listen for conservatives, Republicans, and book lovers everywhere. Critic Reviews: Sprightly, witty, engaging....Professor Wiker recommends actually reading the booksbut his own book is a whole lot more fun." (Thomas E. Woods, Jr., Ph.D., author of How the Catholic Church Built Western Civilization) A valuable contribution to the most urgent intellectual project of our day. (Elizabeth Kantor, Ph.D., author of The Politically Incorrect Guide to English and American Literature) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: 10 Books Every Conservative Must Read Subtitle: Plus Four Not to Miss and One Imposter Author: Benjamin Wiker Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 32 mins Language: English Release date: 06-14-10 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 90 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Offering a CliffsNotes guide to some of the most important literary works of our time, Benjamin Wiker, author of 10 Books That Screwed Up the World, turns his discerning eye from the great texts that have done damage to Western civilization to the great texts that could help rebuild it. This book features a range of works, from classics such as Democracy in America and The Federalist Papers to more popular classics like Sense and Sensibility and The Tempest. Through these works, Wiker reveals some of the most important lessons for our time, as well as the true meaning of conservatism. Written with an educational purpose and a witty tone, this is a must listen for conservatives, Republicans, and book lovers everywhere. Critic Reviews: Sprightly, witty, engaging....Professor Wiker recommends actually reading the booksbut his own book is a whole lot more fun." (Thomas E. Woods, Jr., Ph.D., author of How the Catholic Church Built Western Civilization) A valuable contribution to the most urgent intellectual project of our day. (Elizabeth Kantor, Ph.D., author of The Politically Incorrect Guide to English and American Literature) Members Reviews: A Great Place to Get Started If you are looking for an overview of conservative philosophy this book would be the best place to start. A well-written and comprehensive overview of the most important conservative books (at least according to the author), this book has eye opening and rich content for anyone who thinks that conservative philosophy is just "free markets" and "small government". There is much much more than that to conservative thought and values; this book really gives an interesting overview. Who would have thought conservativism goes back over 2000 years! Nicely recorded and pleasant to listen to as well. 5 stars, get it! Fair Enough Having read most of the books on this list, I think I'll have to agree with Mr. Wiker. He presents pretty compelling logic to support his political ideas, though I have to strongly disagree with him about Ayn Rand. Atlas Shrugged is quintessential reading for anyone trying to understand the economic beliefs of the right. The problems come in where their religious beliefs don't see eye-to-eye. Mr. Wiker's interpretation of The Lord of the Rings was one I had heard in passing, but in this extended explanation I came around to being able to appreciate the work in a different light. After the gushing review of C. S. Lewis' Abolition of Man, I have to read that book. What I liked most about this book is it focused on the conservative mindset, though there were many glancing blows thrown across the isle. I would strongly recommend it to any conservative looking for the way. Liberals who are truly trying to understand the right can take a lot from this book, but most will miss its messages. Hear Conservatism Defined This is a GREAT book and worth 5 stars. I read Wikers previous book Ten Books that Screwed Up the World, and I looked forward to any similar work. I was not disappointed. Several times while reading I thought to myself, Im loving this! Wiker provides an excellent introduction to help us understand how the terms conservative and liberal have changed over the centuries, lest we jump to the mistaken assumption that yesterdays liberal is also todays liberal. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Slouching-Towards-Gomorrah-Audiobook/B0036JYVFW Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Slouching Towards Gomorrah Subtitle: Modern Liberalism and American Decline Author: Robert H. Bork Narrator: Barrett Whitener Format: Unabridged Length: 13 hrs and 7 mins Language: English Release date: 02-02-10 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 76 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Welcome to America, 1996. The rough beast that visionary poet Yeats foresaw in 1919 is now a full-grown monster of decadence several generations deep. As a nation, we are pursuing a path toward Gomorrah, the biblical city burned to the ground for the sinfulness of its people. In Slouching Towards Gomorrah, one of our nation's most distinguished conservative scholars offers a prophetic view of a culture in decline, a nation in such serious moral trouble that its very foundation is crumbling. The root of our decline, Bork argues, is the rise of modern liberalism, which stresses the dual forces of radical egalitarianism and radical individualism. Bork traces modern liberalism through the past two and a half centuries and suggests how it may have arisen from the very nature of western civilization itself. Critic Reviews: "Forthright and magisterial, this is a fine summary of social conservativism, one those who want to understand that position should read first." (Booklist) "Reader Barrett Whitener projects a confident newscaster's voicenever stumbling no matter how difficult the terminology." (AudioFile) "[Bork] methodically takes us through the sectors of our experience which have been infected by the excesses of post-1960s liberalism.On each of these topics Bork brings to bear an astonishing range of information and argument." (Commentary Magazine) biacuaduc@gmail.com (Robert H. Bork) Tue, 02 Feb 2010 13:32:16 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Slouching-Towards-Gomorrah-Audiobook/B0036JYVFW thebookvoice.com 13:07:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Slouching Towards Gomorrah Subtitle: Modern Liberalism and American Decline Author: Robert H. Bork Narrator: Barrett Whitener Format: Unabridged Length: 13 hrs and 7 mins Language: English Release date: 02-02-10 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 76 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Welcome to America, 1996. The rough beast that visionary poet Yeats foresaw in 1919 is now a full-grown monster of decadence several generations deep. As a nation, we are pursuing a path toward Gomorrah, the biblical city burned to the ground for the sinfulness of its people. In Slouching Towards Gomorrah, one of our nation's most distinguished conservative scholars offers a prophetic view of a culture in decline, a nation in such serious moral trouble that its very foundation is crumbling. The root of our decline, Bork argues, is the rise of modern liberalism, which stresses the dual forces of radical egalitarianism and radical individualism. Bork traces modern liberalism through the past two and a half centuries and suggests how it may have arisen from the very nature of western civilization itself. Critic Reviews: "Forthright and magisterial, this is a fine summary of social conservativism, one those who want to understand that position should read first." (Booklist) "Reader Barrett Whitener projects a confident newscaster's voicenever stumbling no matter how difficult the terminology." (AudioFile) "[Bork] methodically takes us through the sectors of our experience which have been infected by the excesses of post-1960s liberalism.On each of these topics Bork brings to bear an astonishing range of information and argument." (Commentary Magazine) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Slouching Towards Gomorrah Subtitle: Modern Liberalism and American Decline Author: Robert H. Bork Narrator: Barrett Whitener Format: Unabridged Length: 13 hrs and 7 mins Language: English Release date: 02-02-10 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 76 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Welcome to America, 1996. The rough beast that visionary poet Yeats foresaw in 1919 is now a full-grown monster of decadence several generations deep. As a nation, we are pursuing a path toward Gomorrah, the biblical city burned to the ground for the sinfulness of its people. In Slouching Towards Gomorrah, one of our nation's most distinguished conservative scholars offers a prophetic view of a culture in decline, a nation in such serious moral trouble that its very foundation is crumbling. The root of our decline, Bork argues, is the rise of modern liberalism, which stresses the dual forces of radical egalitarianism and radical individualism. Bork traces modern liberalism through the past two and a half centuries and suggests how it may have arisen from the very nature of western civilization itself. Critic Reviews: "Forthright and magisterial, this is a fine summary of social conservativism, one those who want to understand that position should read first." (Booklist) "Reader Barrett Whitener projects a confident newscaster's voicenever stumbling no matter how difficult the terminology." (AudioFile) "[Bork] methodically takes us through the sectors of our experience which have been infected by the excesses of post-1960s liberalism.On each of these topics Bork brings to bear an astonishing range of information and argument." (Commentary Magazine) Members Reviews: Unbelievably perceptive!!! An amazing revelation of where America stands as a country and a culture and where its headed. robert bork vs. ted kennedy and joe biden ? do you enjoy playing political "...what-if ?..." ? have you closely followed the supreme court's rulings ? do you wonder who often provides the swing votes this concise book outlines robert bork's basic judicial philosophy it was written about 9 years after his devastating 1987 senate rejection many see it as a focal point in american political and civil discourse bork was fundamentally an honest and arrogant american conservative biden and kennedy used bork's lack of humility and political sense against him their 1987 senate hearings were a mean and public rebuke to republican america as it turned out, anthony kennedy was appointed to that supreme court seat he has reliably provided the swing vote in numerous 5-4 supreme court rulings sadly, since 1987, the line between judicial and political has been hard to find Excellent book, appalling narrator Would you recommend this audiobook to a friend? If so, why? I would not recommend the audiobook version of this book to a friend, no. I would recommend the book--highly. This narrator, however, reads quickly: it sounds like he is on 1.25x or 1.5x speed (I had to check to see if my Audible settings were on normal reading speed), and he is duotonous throughout--no voice inflections, no emphasis where needed, etc. Terrible narration. I listen to a lot of non-fiction audiobooks, and most of the time I have to back up the narration occasionally to listen to something again to ensure I heard it or understood it. With this narrator, however, I essentially listened to this book 2-3x because I had to back it up so much. Atrocious narration. It is a real injustice to such a seminal work such as this one. I would NOT recommend this audiobook to anyone. Go buy the real book and finish in 1/3 the time. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/America-Needs-Talent-Audiobook/B014FVEBL8 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: America Needs Talent Subtitle: Attracting, Educating & Deploying the 21st-Century Workforce Author: Jamie Merisotis Narrator: Michael Ferraiuolo Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 52 mins Language: English Release date: 09-01-15 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 3 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: With falling wages and rising inequality, persistent unemployment, failing schools, and broken cities, have America's best days come and gone? In America Needs Talent, Jamie Merisotis, a globally recognized leader in philanthropy, higher education, and public policy, explains why talent is needed to usher in a new era of innovation and success and why deliberate choices must be made by government, the private sector, education, and individuals to grow talent in America. What if you paid for education based on what you actually learned instead of the time you spent in class? What if your visa application were processed as if you were an asset to our nation's growing talent pool instead of by Homeland Security? Merisotis proposes bold ideas to successfully deploy the world's most talented people - from rethinking higher education to transforming immigration laws, revitalizing urban hubs, and encouraging private sector innovation. The outlook may be gloomy now, but it doesn't need to be. The second American Century can happen - by developing and deploying the next thinkers, makers, and risk takers who will power America's knowledge economy in the 21st century. Critic Reviews: "This book should be on the desk of every 2016 presidential candidate." (Anne-Marie Slaughter, president and CEO, New America) biacuaduc@gmail.com (Jamie Merisotis) Tue, 01 Sep 2015 10:23:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/America-Needs-Talent-Audiobook/B014FVEBL8 thebookvoice.com 04:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: America Needs Talent Subtitle: Attracting, Educating & Deploying the 21st-Century Workforce Author: Jamie Merisotis Narrator: Michael Ferraiuolo Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 52 mins Language: English Release date: 09-01-15 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 3 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: With falling wages and rising inequality, persistent unemployment, failing schools, and broken cities, have America's best days come and gone? In America Needs Talent, Jamie Merisotis, a globally recognized leader in philanthropy, higher education, and public policy, explains why talent is needed to usher in a new era of innovation and success and why deliberate choices must be made by government, the private sector, education, and individuals to grow talent in America. What if you paid for education based on what you actually learned instead of the time you spent in class? What if your visa application were processed as if you were an asset to our nation's growing talent pool instead of by Homeland Security? Merisotis proposes bold ideas to successfully deploy the world's most talented people - from rethinking higher education to transforming immigration laws, revitalizing urban hubs, and encouraging private sector innovation. The outlook may be gloomy now, but it doesn't need to be. The second American Century can happen - by developing and deploying the next thinkers, makers, and risk takers who will power America's knowledge economy in the 21st century. Critic Reviews: "This book should be on the desk of every 2016 presidential candidate." (Anne-Marie Slaughter, president and CEO, New America) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: America Needs Talent Subtitle: Attracting, Educating & Deploying the 21st-Century Workforce Author: Jamie Merisotis Narrator: Michael Ferraiuolo Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 52 mins Language: English Release date: 09-01-15 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 3 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: With falling wages and rising inequality, persistent unemployment, failing schools, and broken cities, have America's best days come and gone? In America Needs Talent, Jamie Merisotis, a globally recognized leader in philanthropy, higher education, and public policy, explains why talent is needed to usher in a new era of innovation and success and why deliberate choices must be made by government, the private sector, education, and individuals to grow talent in America. What if you paid for education based on what you actually learned instead of the time you spent in class? What if your visa application were processed as if you were an asset to our nation's growing talent pool instead of by Homeland Security? Merisotis proposes bold ideas to successfully deploy the world's most talented people - from rethinking higher education to transforming immigration laws, revitalizing urban hubs, and encouraging private sector innovation. The outlook may be gloomy now, but it doesn't need to be. The second American Century can happen - by developing and deploying the next thinkers, makers, and risk takers who will power America's knowledge economy in the 21st century. Critic Reviews: "This book should be on the desk of every 2016 presidential candidate." (Anne-Marie Slaughter, president and CEO, New America) Members Reviews: Concise Great concise and direct read. Great solutions for America's ongoing challenge of recruiting, cultivating and retaining talent. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Hard-Measures-Audiobook/B007X55OLK Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Hard Measures Subtitle: How Aggressive CIA Actions After 9-11 Saved American Lives Author: Jose A. Rodriguez Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 6 mins Language: English Release date: 04-30-12 Publisher: Simon & Schuster Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 275 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: From a top-level operative in the counterterrorism unit of the CIA comes an explosive memoir about the behind-the-scenes fight against Al Qaeda after September 11. Since the death of Osama Bin Laden, interest in counterterrorism is at an all-time high. Most people dont know that Bin Ladens death was the culmination of years of covert operations and tactics largely overseen by Jose Rodriguez from 2001 to late 2007 and built on by his successors. Like a real-life Jack Bauer from televisions 24, Rodriguezs sometimes controversial tenure as Chief of the Agencys Counterterrorism Center involved CIA officers capturing and detaining key senior Al Qaeda operatives and implementing Enhanced Interrogation Techniques, tools which were an integral part of the War on Terror but are no longer available to those fighting America's fiercest foes. Born in Puerto Rico and raised in Columbia, Bolivia, and the Dominican Republic, Rodriguez shares his unlikely journey from law school student to CIA recruit and finally, at the end of a 31-year career, to being Americas top spy. Rodriguez sparked controversy and a three-year investigation by his decision to order the destruction of videotapes showing CIA officers conducting harsh, but what he describes as legal, necessary, and effective interrogation[s]. Riveting and timely, Hard Measures also examines how the current political climate and resulting policies have negatively impacted the CIAs efficiency - even taking away the mechanisms that made feats like the successful Bin Laden operation possible. Critic Reviews: "Jose Rodriguez guided some of the CIA's greatest counterterror victories, and his story is one of courage, commitment, and decisiveness. In this book, he provides concrete details about the value of the Agency's interrogation program of terrorists - a program which thwarted terrorist attacks and has made America safer." (General Michael V. Hayden, USAF [Ret.] Former Director of Central Intelligence) biacuaduc@gmail.com (Jose A. Rodriguez) Mon, 30 Apr 2012 21:03:28 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Hard-Measures-Audiobook/B007X55OLK thebookvoice.com 08:06:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Hard Measures Subtitle: How Aggressive CIA Actions After 9-11 Saved American Lives Author: Jose A. Rodriguez Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 6 mins Language: English Release date: 04-30-12 Publisher: Simon & Schuster Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 275 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: From a top-level operative in the counterterrorism unit of the CIA comes an explosive memoir about the behind-the-scenes fight against Al Qaeda after September 11. Since the death of Osama Bin Laden, interest in counterterrorism is at an all-time high. Most people dont know that Bin Ladens death was the culmination of years of covert operations and tactics largely overseen by Jose Rodriguez from 2001 to late 2007 and built on by his successors. Like a real-life Jack Bauer from televisions 24, Rodriguezs sometimes controversial tenure as Chief of the Agencys Counterterrorism Center involved CIA officers capturing and detaining key senior Al Qaeda operatives and implementing Enhanced Interrogation Techniques, tools which were an integral part of the War on Terror but are no longer available to those fighting America's fiercest foes. Born in Puerto Rico and raised in Columbia, Bolivia, and the Dominican Republic, Rodriguez shares his unlikely journey from law school student to CIA recruit and finally, at the end of a 31-year career, to being Americas top spy. Rodriguez sparked controversy and a three-year investigation by his decision to order the destruction of videotapes showing CIA officers conducting harsh, but what he describes as legal, necessary, and effective interrogation[s]. Riveting and timely, Hard Measures also examines how the current political climate and resulting policies have negatively impacted the CIAs efficiency - even taking away the mechanisms that made feats like the successful Bin Laden operation possible. Critic Reviews: "Jose Rodriguez guided some of the CIA's greatest counterterror victories, and his story is one of courage, commitment, and decisiveness. In this book, he provides concrete details about the value of the Agency's interrogation program of terrorists - a program which thwarted terrorist attacks and has made America safer." (General Michael V. Hayden, USAF [Ret.] Former Director of Central Intelligence) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Hard Measures Subtitle: How Aggressive CIA Actions After 9-11 Saved American Lives Author: Jose A. Rodriguez Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 6 mins Language: English Release date: 04-30-12 Publisher: Simon & Schuster Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 275 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: From a top-level operative in the counterterrorism unit of the CIA comes an explosive memoir about the behind-the-scenes fight against Al Qaeda after September 11. Since the death of Osama Bin Laden, interest in counterterrorism is at an all-time high. Most people dont know that Bin Ladens death was the culmination of years of covert operations and tactics largely overseen by Jose Rodriguez from 2001 to late 2007 and built on by his successors. Like a real-life Jack Bauer from televisions 24, Rodriguezs sometimes controversial tenure as Chief of the Agencys Counterterrorism Center involved CIA officers capturing and detaining key senior Al Qaeda operatives and implementing Enhanced Interrogation Techniques, tools which were an integral part of the War on Terror but are no longer available to those fighting America's fiercest foes. Born in Puerto Rico and raised in Columbia, Bolivia, and the Dominican Republic, Rodriguez shares his unlikely journey from law school student to CIA recruit and finally, at the end of a 31-year career, to being Americas top spy. Rodriguez sparked controversy and a three-year investigation by his decision to order the destruction of videotapes showing CIA officers conducting harsh, but what he describes as legal, necessary, and effective interrogation[s]. Riveting and timely, Hard Measures also examines how the current political climate and resulting policies have negatively impacted the CIAs efficiency - even taking away the mechanisms that made feats like the successful Bin Laden operation possible. Critic Reviews: "Jose Rodriguez guided some of the CIA's greatest counterterror victories, and his story is one of courage, commitment, and decisiveness. In this book, he provides concrete details about the value of the Agency's interrogation program of terrorists - a program which thwarted terrorist attacks and has made America safer." (General Michael V. Hayden, USAF [Ret.] Former Director of Central Intelligence) Members Reviews: for and against Is there anything you would change about this book? The author, in a way that reminds me of John Mcain in his autobiography, is ready to question everyone else's integrity and decisions but never his own. the lack of self criticism takes away from this book. also the bitching about the FBI is pretty tiresome at times Would you be willing to try another book from Jose A. Rodriguez? Why or why not? Yes. he's been in a powerful, exclusive position and has experience that puts him in a position to tell us a lot of interesting stuff. the interesting stuff is present but so is some pretty dull stuff Would you listen to another book narrated by Sean Pratt? Yes. Not outstanding but he settled in to his narration and didn't show off or impose himself Did Hard Measures inspire you to do anything? not particularly Any additional comments? There are some really interesting and informative sections but Jose spends a little more time than i think he should have done on some pretty uninteresting bugbears he has. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/A-Spontaneous-Order-Audiobook/B01GENSAWG Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: A Spontaneous Order Subtitle: The Capitalist Case for a Stateless Society Author: Chase Rachels Narrator: Graham Wright Format: Unabridged Length: 15 hrs and 7 mins Language: English Release date: 06-01-16 Publisher: Chase Rachels Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 54 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: A Spontaneous Order: The Capitalist Case for a Stateless Society is an astonishingly concise, rigorous, and accessible presentation of anarcho-capitalist ideals. It covers a wide range of topics including: money and banking, monopolies and cartels, insurance, health care, law, security, poverty, education, environmentalism, and more! To enjoy this compelling listen requires no previous political, philosophical, or economic knowledge as all uncommon concepts are defined and explained in a simple yet uncompromising manner. Take heed, this work is liable to cause radical paradigm shifts in your understanding of both the state and free market. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Chase Rachels) Wed, 01 Jun 2016 17:51:47 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/A-Spontaneous-Order-Audiobook/B01GENSAWG thebookvoice.com 15:07:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: A Spontaneous Order Subtitle: The Capitalist Case for a Stateless Society Author: Chase Rachels Narrator: Graham Wright Format: Unabridged Length: 15 hrs and 7 mins Language: English Release date: 06-01-16 Publisher: Chase Rachels Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 54 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: A Spontaneous Order: The Capitalist Case for a Stateless Society is an astonishingly concise, rigorous, and accessible presentation of anarcho-capitalist ideals. It covers a wide range of topics including: money and banking, monopolies and cartels, insurance, health care, law, security, poverty, education, environmentalism, and more! To enjoy this compelling listen requires no previous political, philosophical, or economic knowledge as all uncommon concepts are defined and explained in a simple yet uncompromising manner. Take heed, this work is liable to cause radical paradigm shifts in your understanding of both the state and free market. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: A Spontaneous Order Subtitle: The Capitalist Case for a Stateless Society Author: Chase Rachels Narrator: Graham Wright Format: Unabridged Length: 15 hrs and 7 mins Language: English Release date: 06-01-16 Publisher: Chase Rachels Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 54 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: A Spontaneous Order: The Capitalist Case for a Stateless Society is an astonishingly concise, rigorous, and accessible presentation of anarcho-capitalist ideals. It covers a wide range of topics including: money and banking, monopolies and cartels, insurance, health care, law, security, poverty, education, environmentalism, and more! To enjoy this compelling listen requires no previous political, philosophical, or economic knowledge as all uncommon concepts are defined and explained in a simple yet uncompromising manner. Take heed, this work is liable to cause radical paradigm shifts in your understanding of both the state and free market. Members Reviews: Awesome content Content was great but the reader could have had more life, enthusiasm and passion for the subject. Great content, shame about sleep-inducing audio The comuter-generated voice was mind numbing. You will be listening to a sampled voice, which works for phone menus, but in a long book you will be listening to 10,000 sentences with the exact same bland tone and vocal inflection AS EVERY OTHER SENTENCE. You will be asleep after a short time. This type of audio should be free or public domain, not charged at a price like a human recording. I recommend this excellent book 100% for its content, but please buy the hard copy, unless you can find an audio version recorded by an actual human being. Fantastic read - Sound quality terrible Content was so good I had to finish it but the narration was almost unbarable Top 10 One of the greatest books available on why and how we should have a voluntary society. Compelling, complete and controversial Very intriguing. I may be a voluntaryist now! What a delightful surprise and profoundly helpful https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-New-Constitution-Article-I-Bill-of-Rights-Section-1-Human-Rights-Audiobook/B078Z48P8R Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The New Constitution: Article I: Bill of Rights, Section 1: Human Rights Author: Travis Wayne Goodsell Narrator: Trevor Clinger Format: Unabridged Length: 22 mins Language: English Release date: 01-17-18 Publisher: Travis Wayne Goodsell Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: We, the people of the United States of America, are at a crossroads. Our nation, our government, our economy, our constitution, our lives, and our future is in great jeopardy and on the verge of collapse and destruction. Past generations have failed to stop the infiltration in our new nation, and their slow and planned alteration of what was originally our inalienable rights have now been replaced with denials, censorship, banning, editing, infringement, and outright removal. Our nation has never had an opportunity to actually find out if a constitutional government works. As one born a citizen, it is my right and my duty to stand up against the corruption that has crept in and taken over every aspect of our lives, and to speak out in opposition to the false and corrupting principles and propose new government to ensure our liberty, protection, and prosperity to ourselves and our posterity based upon true principles that preserve constitutional and human rights to all, not just the 1%. This then becomes a new world order, but not the new world order of our enemy, whose plans and actions are leading us to our enslavement and our destruction. The depopulation agenda is evil. We have more than enough room for many multi-billions of people and the ability to produce the basic necessities required to care for all of us. There is no need to kill off and control the population for the intended purpose for the 1% to acquire more and more money. So, I hope I can generate support for this concept, and I hope I plug up all the weaknesses that currently threaten us. And I hope I am not too late in my presentation for a better world order based upon true constitutional principles that ensures rights to all of mankind. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Travis Wayne Goodsell) Wed, 17 Jan 2018 09:45:48 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-New-Constitution-Article-I-Bill-of-Rights-Section-1-Human-Rights-Audiobook/B078Z48P8R thebookvoice.com 00:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The New Constitution: Article I: Bill of Rights, Section 1: Human Rights Author: Travis Wayne Goodsell Narrator: Trevor Clinger Format: Unabridged Length: 22 mins Language: English Release date: 01-17-18 Publisher: Travis Wayne Goodsell Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: We, the people of the United States of America, are at a crossroads. Our nation, our government, our economy, our constitution, our lives, and our future is in great jeopardy and on the verge of collapse and destruction. Past generations have failed to stop the infiltration in our new nation, and their slow and planned alteration of what was originally our inalienable rights have now been replaced with denials, censorship, banning, editing, infringement, and outright removal. Our nation has never had an opportunity to actually find out if a constitutional government works. As one born a citizen, it is my right and my duty to stand up against the corruption that has crept in and taken over every aspect of our lives, and to speak out in opposition to the false and corrupting principles and propose new government to ensure our liberty, protection, and prosperity to ourselves and our posterity based upon true principles that preserve constitutional and human rights to all, not just the 1%. This then becomes a new world order, but not the new world order of our enemy, whose plans and actions are leading us to our enslavement and our destruction. The depopulation agenda is evil. We have more than enough room for many multi-billions of people and the ability to produce the basic necessities required to care for all of us. There is no need to kill off and control the population for the intended purpose for the 1% to acquire more and more money. So, I hope I can generate support for this concept, and I hope I plug up all the weaknesses that currently threaten us. And I hope I am not too late in my presentation for a better world order based upon true constitutional principles that ensures rights to all of mankind. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The New Constitution: Article I: Bill of Rights, Section 1: Human Rights Author: Travis Wayne Goodsell Narrator: Trevor Clinger Format: Unabridged Length: 22 mins Language: English Release date: 01-17-18 Publisher: Travis Wayne Goodsell Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: We, the people of the United States of America, are at a crossroads. Our nation, our government, our economy, our constitution, our lives, and our future is in great jeopardy and on the verge of collapse and destruction. Past generations have failed to stop the infiltration in our new nation, and their slow and planned alteration of what was originally our inalienable rights have now been replaced with denials, censorship, banning, editing, infringement, and outright removal. Our nation has never had an opportunity to actually find out if a constitutional government works. As one born a citizen, it is my right and my duty to stand up against the corruption that has crept in and taken over every aspect of our lives, and to speak out in opposition to the false and corrupting principles and propose new government to ensure our liberty, protection, and prosperity to ourselves and our posterity based upon true principles that preserve constitutional and human rights to all, not just the 1%. This then becomes a new world order, but not the new world order of our enemy, whose plans and actions are leading us to our enslavement and our destruction. The depopulation agenda is evil. We have more than enough room for many multi-billions of people and the ability to produce the basic necessities required to care for all of us. There is no need to kill off and control the population for the intended purpose for the 1% to acquire more and more money. So, I hope I can generate support for this concept, and I hope I plug up all the weaknesses that currently threaten us. And I hope I am not too late in my presentation for a better world order based upon true constitutional principles that ensures rights to all of mankind. Members Reviews: Our government needs to listen to this! I really appreciated the author's knowledge in the subject matter as well as how in depth this author went in regards to human rights. I believe, that if there was a new constitution drafted, it would be something like this audiobook! I highly recommend! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-New-Constitution-Article-I-Bill-of-Rights-Additional-Rights-Audiobook/B078Z44C5D Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The New Constitution: Article I: Bill of Rights: Additional Rights Author: Travis Wayne Goodsell Narrator: Trevor Clinger Format: Unabridged Length: 20 mins Language: English Release date: 01-17-18 Publisher: Travis Wayne Goodsell Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: We, the people of the United States of America, are at a crossroads. Our nation, our government, our economy, our constitution, our lives, and our future is in great jeopardy and on the verge of collapse and destruction. Past generations have failed to stop the infiltration in our new nation, and their slow and planned alteration of what was originally our inalienable rights have now been replaced with denials, censorship, banning, editing, infringement, and outright removal. Our nation has never had an opportunity to actually find out if a constitutional government works. As one born a citizen, it is my right and my duty to stand up against the corruption that has crept in and taken over every aspect of our lives, and to speak out in opposition to the false and corrupting principles and propose new government to ensure our liberty, protection, and prosperity to ourselves and our posterity based upon true principles that preserve constitutional and human rights to all, not just the 1%. This then becomes a new world order, but not the new world order of our enemy, whose plans and actions are leading us to our enslavement and our destruction. The depopulation agenda is evil. We have more than enough room for many multi-billions of people and the ability to produce the basic necessities required to care for all of us. There is no need to kill off and control the population for the intended purpose for the 1% to acquire more and more money. So, I hope I can generate support for this concept, and I hope I plug up all the weaknesses that currently threaten us. And I hope I am not too late in my presentation for a better world order based upon true constitutional principles that ensures rights to all of mankind. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Travis Wayne Goodsell) Wed, 17 Jan 2018 16:03:07 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-New-Constitution-Article-I-Bill-of-Rights-Additional-Rights-Audiobook/B078Z44C5D thebookvoice.com 00:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The New Constitution: Article I: Bill of Rights: Additional Rights Author: Travis Wayne Goodsell Narrator: Trevor Clinger Format: Unabridged Length: 20 mins Language: English Release date: 01-17-18 Publisher: Travis Wayne Goodsell Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: We, the people of the United States of America, are at a crossroads. Our nation, our government, our economy, our constitution, our lives, and our future is in great jeopardy and on the verge of collapse and destruction. Past generations have failed to stop the infiltration in our new nation, and their slow and planned alteration of what was originally our inalienable rights have now been replaced with denials, censorship, banning, editing, infringement, and outright removal. Our nation has never had an opportunity to actually find out if a constitutional government works. As one born a citizen, it is my right and my duty to stand up against the corruption that has crept in and taken over every aspect of our lives, and to speak out in opposition to the false and corrupting principles and propose new government to ensure our liberty, protection, and prosperity to ourselves and our posterity based upon true principles that preserve constitutional and human rights to all, not just the 1%. This then becomes a new world order, but not the new world order of our enemy, whose plans and actions are leading us to our enslavement and our destruction. The depopulation agenda is evil. We have more than enough room for many multi-billions of people and the ability to produce the basic necessities required to care for all of us. There is no need to kill off and control the population for the intended purpose for the 1% to acquire more and more money. So, I hope I can generate support for this concept, and I hope I plug up all the weaknesses that currently threaten us. And I hope I am not too late in my presentation for a better world order based upon true constitutional principles that ensures rights to all of mankind. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The New Constitution: Article I: Bill of Rights: Additional Rights Author: Travis Wayne Goodsell Narrator: Trevor Clinger Format: Unabridged Length: 20 mins Language: English Release date: 01-17-18 Publisher: Travis Wayne Goodsell Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: We, the people of the United States of America, are at a crossroads. Our nation, our government, our economy, our constitution, our lives, and our future is in great jeopardy and on the verge of collapse and destruction. Past generations have failed to stop the infiltration in our new nation, and their slow and planned alteration of what was originally our inalienable rights have now been replaced with denials, censorship, banning, editing, infringement, and outright removal. Our nation has never had an opportunity to actually find out if a constitutional government works. As one born a citizen, it is my right and my duty to stand up against the corruption that has crept in and taken over every aspect of our lives, and to speak out in opposition to the false and corrupting principles and propose new government to ensure our liberty, protection, and prosperity to ourselves and our posterity based upon true principles that preserve constitutional and human rights to all, not just the 1%. This then becomes a new world order, but not the new world order of our enemy, whose plans and actions are leading us to our enslavement and our destruction. The depopulation agenda is evil. We have more than enough room for many multi-billions of people and the ability to produce the basic necessities required to care for all of us. There is no need to kill off and control the population for the intended purpose for the 1% to acquire more and more money. So, I hope I can generate support for this concept, and I hope I plug up all the weaknesses that currently threaten us. And I hope I am not too late in my presentation for a better world order based upon true constitutional principles that ensures rights to all of mankind. Members Reviews: Wow, what a cool audiobook! I found this book to be very educational. Great job at pointing out all of the things that need fixed. Our government is a mess, and an audiobook like this may help them! The author was very knowledgable! I found this book to revolutionary. Maybe our three branches of government should give this a listen. I loved the author's ideas about how a new constitution should be drafted and what things it should include! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Presidents-Book-of-Secrets-Audiobook/B01H0MO1IC Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The President's Book of Secrets Subtitle: The Untold Story of Intelligence Briefings to America's Presidents from Kennedy to Obama Author: David Priess Narrator: Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Length: 12 hrs and 29 mins Language: English Release date: 07-19-16 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 77 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Every president has had a unique and complicated relationship with the intelligence community. While some have been coolly distant, even adversarial, others have found their intelligence agencies to be among the most valuable instruments of policy and power. Since John F. Kennedy's presidency, this relationship has been distilled into a personalized daily report: a short summary of what the intelligence apparatus considers the most crucial information for the president to know that day about global threats and opportunities. This top-secret document is known as the President's Daily Brief, or, within national security circles, simply "the Book". Presidents have spent anywhere from a few moments (Richard Nixon) to a healthy part of their day (George W. Bush) consumed by its contents; some (Bill Clinton and George H. W. Bush) consider it far and away the most important document they saw on a regular basis while commander in chief. The details of most PDBs are highly classified and will remain so for many years. But the process by which the intelligence community develops and presents the Book is a fascinating look into the operation of power at the highest levels. David Priess, a former intelligence officer and daily briefer, has interviewed every living former president and vice president as well as more than 100 others intimately involved with the production and delivery of the president's book of secrets. He offers an unprecedented window into the decision making of every president from Kennedy to Obama, with many character-rich stories revealed here for the first time. biacuaduc@gmail.com (David Priess) Tue, 19 Jul 2016 11:53:25 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Presidents-Book-of-Secrets-Audiobook/B01H0MO1IC thebookvoice.com 12:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The President's Book of Secrets Subtitle: The Untold Story of Intelligence Briefings to America's Presidents from Kennedy to Obama Author: David Priess Narrator: Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Length: 12 hrs and 29 mins Language: English Release date: 07-19-16 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 77 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Every president has had a unique and complicated relationship with the intelligence community. While some have been coolly distant, even adversarial, others have found their intelligence agencies to be among the most valuable instruments of policy and power. Since John F. Kennedy's presidency, this relationship has been distilled into a personalized daily report: a short summary of what the intelligence apparatus considers the most crucial information for the president to know that day about global threats and opportunities. This top-secret document is known as the President's Daily Brief, or, within national security circles, simply "the Book". Presidents have spent anywhere from a few moments (Richard Nixon) to a healthy part of their day (George W. Bush) consumed by its contents; some (Bill Clinton and George H. W. Bush) consider it far and away the most important document they saw on a regular basis while commander in chief. The details of most PDBs are highly classified and will remain so for many years. But the process by which the intelligence community develops and presents the Book is a fascinating look into the operation of power at the highest levels. David Priess, a former intelligence officer and daily briefer, has interviewed every living former president and vice president as well as more than 100 others intimately involved with the production and delivery of the president's book of secrets. He offers an unprecedented window into the decision making of every president from Kennedy to Obama, with many character-rich stories revealed here for the first time. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The President's Book of Secrets Subtitle: The Untold Story of Intelligence Briefings to America's Presidents from Kennedy to Obama Author: David Priess Narrator: Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Length: 12 hrs and 29 mins Language: English Release date: 07-19-16 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 77 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Every president has had a unique and complicated relationship with the intelligence community. While some have been coolly distant, even adversarial, others have found their intelligence agencies to be among the most valuable instruments of policy and power. Since John F. Kennedy's presidency, this relationship has been distilled into a personalized daily report: a short summary of what the intelligence apparatus considers the most crucial information for the president to know that day about global threats and opportunities. This top-secret document is known as the President's Daily Brief, or, within national security circles, simply "the Book". Presidents have spent anywhere from a few moments (Richard Nixon) to a healthy part of their day (George W. Bush) consumed by its contents; some (Bill Clinton and George H. W. Bush) consider it far and away the most important document they saw on a regular basis while commander in chief. The details of most PDBs are highly classified and will remain so for many years. But the process by which the intelligence community develops and presents the Book is a fascinating look into the operation of power at the highest levels. David Priess, a former intelligence officer and daily briefer, has interviewed every living former president and vice president as well as more than 100 others intimately involved with the production and delivery of the president's book of secrets. He offers an unprecedented window into the decision making of every president from Kennedy to Obama, with many character-rich stories revealed here for the first time. Members Reviews: Hoping for More i was hoping to hear about declassified stories from the PDB, but that was only about 5% of the book. Instead it was more about the people behind and presentation of the book. about the report and nothing but the report Extremely limited book tells you who liked the report, who didn't like it, how the report changed form in ridiculous detail. If you want to see the presidency through a soda straw with this stupid report always in the foreground, go ahead and get it. Oh...don't expect to see or read one though! They let Putin read one but not us! Lol. Waist of time. Goes great paired with Drift by Rachel Maddow this book lends insight into what was going through the minds of our Modern Day Presidents and seriously goes great with Drift. The two combined layer a comprehensive overview of US Intelligence and Military changes that we should all be keenly aware of. A must read. Good for what it is. You must enjoy the minutiae of Presidential routine to stay with this book. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Bubble-of-American-Supremacy-Audiobook/B002V9ZBBQ Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Bubble of American Supremacy Subtitle: Correcting the Misuse of American Power Author: George Soros Narrator: uncredited Format: Abridged Length: 4 hrs and 49 mins Language: English Release date: 11-04-04 Publisher: Public Affairs Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 69 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Soros believes that this administration's plans abroad come from the same sort of "bubble" psychology that afflicted our markets in the late 90s. They have used a real fact, our overwhelming military supremacy, to create a deluded worldview, that might makes right and that "you're either with us or against us", in the same way that the recent boom used a real fact, the growth in technology, to lead to a delusion, the "new economy". Like the best of the books that have responded quickly to world events, The Bubble of American Supremacy, has a clear, intriguing, comprehensive thesis that makes necessary, and compelling, order of our seemingly disordered world. Critic Reviews: "[An] intensely polemical but also succinct and well-reasoned book." (Los Angeles Times Book Review) "Soros offers historical perspective, social theory, and his own keen observational skills to make his points. This may be the one anti-Bush book that reaches an audience beyond the Democratic amen corner." (Booklist) biacuaduc@gmail.com (George Soros) Thu, 04 Nov 2004 17:54:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Bubble-of-American-Supremacy-Audiobook/B002V9ZBBQ thebookvoice.com 04:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Bubble of American Supremacy Subtitle: Correcting the Misuse of American Power Author: George Soros Narrator: uncredited Format: Abridged Length: 4 hrs and 49 mins Language: English Release date: 11-04-04 Publisher: Public Affairs Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 69 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Soros believes that this administration's plans abroad come from the same sort of "bubble" psychology that afflicted our markets in the late 90s. They have used a real fact, our overwhelming military supremacy, to create a deluded worldview, that might makes right and that "you're either with us or against us", in the same way that the recent boom used a real fact, the growth in technology, to lead to a delusion, the "new economy". Like the best of the books that have responded quickly to world events, The Bubble of American Supremacy, has a clear, intriguing, comprehensive thesis that makes necessary, and compelling, order of our seemingly disordered world. Critic Reviews: "[An] intensely polemical but also succinct and well-reasoned book." (Los Angeles Times Book Review) "Soros offers historical perspective, social theory, and his own keen observational skills to make his points. This may be the one anti-Bush book that reaches an audience beyond the Democratic amen corner." (Booklist) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Bubble of American Supremacy Subtitle: Correcting the Misuse of American Power Author: George Soros Narrator: uncredited Format: Abridged Length: 4 hrs and 49 mins Language: English Release date: 11-04-04 Publisher: Public Affairs Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 69 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Soros believes that this administration's plans abroad come from the same sort of "bubble" psychology that afflicted our markets in the late 90s. They have used a real fact, our overwhelming military supremacy, to create a deluded worldview, that might makes right and that "you're either with us or against us", in the same way that the recent boom used a real fact, the growth in technology, to lead to a delusion, the "new economy". Like the best of the books that have responded quickly to world events, The Bubble of American Supremacy, has a clear, intriguing, comprehensive thesis that makes necessary, and compelling, order of our seemingly disordered world. Critic Reviews: "[An] intensely polemical but also succinct and well-reasoned book." (Los Angeles Times Book Review) "Soros offers historical perspective, social theory, and his own keen observational skills to make his points. This may be the one anti-Bush book that reaches an audience beyond the Democratic amen corner." (Booklist) Members Reviews: Great perspective, solid facts Of course Soros is a liberal. Conservative reactionarieis may call it "dumb", perhaps they should actually listen. First half of the book is pre-election, but the facts are the same even though Bush won. A pleasure for us lefties, a review of the "why not" for others. The second half is Soros' world view of Open Societies, a more challenging listen, more controversial, forces you to develop your own opinion about what America actually stands for. I recommend if you're a leftie or not. Your opinion Outdated alt-left political twiddle by author. Do not waste your time on this book What should Africans learn from Georges SOROS? What made the experience of listening to The Bubble of American Supremacy the most enjoyable? I started reading SOROS when I discovered OSIWA, the West African version of his Open Society foundation. I have nothing but respect for any man who suffers a tragedy in his childhood, and then lives the rest of his life to correct it; and to correct it, not just for himself and his people, but also for the whole world. Georges Soros has witnessed the horrors of Nazism and everything he has done thereafter has been to free the world from such tyrannical regimes. Today, America governs the world. That is a fact. SOROS wrote this book against the tyrannical drift of the American leadership. He is against what he calls the "social Darwinists" in the American government. Those warmongers who still think that bombing the world will keep America safe and prosperous.In this book, he talks about his (unsuccessful) efforts to defeat the BUSH campaign and to prevent the IRAQ invasion. But he also talks about his Open Society Foundation and its successful actions worldwide: from Russia to Eastern Europe, South East Asia, South America and now Africa. Georges Soros has set out to single handedly impact social movements in many countries. The key philosophy is : Individual Freedoms and Open society.I respect that. The truth is I would do the same thing if I had his money and his influence. Which leads me to my main concern about Georges SOROS overall actions. SOROS is on record for saying that he does not care about social implications when conducting his financial speculations. Many Asian countries have learned it at their own expense. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Operation-Shakespeare-Audiobook/B00LG7FNXK Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Operation Shakespeare Subtitle: The True Story of an Elite International Sting Author: John Shiffman Narrator: David Drummond Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 4 mins Language: English Release date: 07-15-14 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 45 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: In Operation Shakespeare, investigative journalist John Shiffman traces a high-risk undercover operation launched by an elite undercover Homeland Security unit created to stop the Iranians, Russians, Chinese, Pakistanis, and North Koreans from acquiring sophisticated American-made electronics capable of guiding missiles, jamming radar, and triggering countless weapons - from wireless IEDs to nuclear bombs. The U.S. agents must outwit not only enemy brokers but also American manufacturers and global bankers who are too willing to put profit over national security. The three-year sting climaxes when the U.S. agents lure the Iranian broker to a former Soviet republic with the promise of American-made radar, fighter-jet, and missile components, then secretly drag him back to the United States, where he is held in secret for two years. The laptop the Iranian carries into the sting provides the CIA with a virtual road map to Tehran's clandestine effort to obtain U.S. military technology. biacuaduc@gmail.com (John Shiffman) Tue, 15 Jul 2014 04:29:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Operation-Shakespeare-Audiobook/B00LG7FNXK thebookvoice.com 09:04:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Operation Shakespeare Subtitle: The True Story of an Elite International Sting Author: John Shiffman Narrator: David Drummond Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 4 mins Language: English Release date: 07-15-14 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 45 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: In Operation Shakespeare, investigative journalist John Shiffman traces a high-risk undercover operation launched by an elite undercover Homeland Security unit created to stop the Iranians, Russians, Chinese, Pakistanis, and North Koreans from acquiring sophisticated American-made electronics capable of guiding missiles, jamming radar, and triggering countless weapons - from wireless IEDs to nuclear bombs. The U.S. agents must outwit not only enemy brokers but also American manufacturers and global bankers who are too willing to put profit over national security. The three-year sting climaxes when the U.S. agents lure the Iranian broker to a former Soviet republic with the promise of American-made radar, fighter-jet, and missile components, then secretly drag him back to the United States, where he is held in secret for two years. The laptop the Iranian carries into the sting provides the CIA with a virtual road map to Tehran's clandestine effort to obtain U.S. military technology. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Operation Shakespeare Subtitle: The True Story of an Elite International Sting Author: John Shiffman Narrator: David Drummond Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 4 mins Language: English Release date: 07-15-14 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 45 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: In Operation Shakespeare, investigative journalist John Shiffman traces a high-risk undercover operation launched by an elite undercover Homeland Security unit created to stop the Iranians, Russians, Chinese, Pakistanis, and North Koreans from acquiring sophisticated American-made electronics capable of guiding missiles, jamming radar, and triggering countless weapons - from wireless IEDs to nuclear bombs. The U.S. agents must outwit not only enemy brokers but also American manufacturers and global bankers who are too willing to put profit over national security. The three-year sting climaxes when the U.S. agents lure the Iranian broker to a former Soviet republic with the promise of American-made radar, fighter-jet, and missile components, then secretly drag him back to the United States, where he is held in secret for two years. The laptop the Iranian carries into the sting provides the CIA with a virtual road map to Tehran's clandestine effort to obtain U.S. military technology. Members Reviews: under our noses While the core story here is about a sting operation related to arms sales, the author provides additional information about how US defense contractors frequently break American law by knowingly selling arms to the bad guys. More than just your run of the mill TRUE spy story Truth is stranger than fiction in this book about arms dealers. There are a whole bunch of crazy characters from the government and in the business. Not the best story ever heard but certainly worth your time. At times a littler boring and very familiar or I would give it a higher score. Outstanding!!! This is a well-told and highly relevant exploration of the shadowy world of black market arms trading, focussing on one particular case. It was so well written, it puts the issue of stealing high-tech military secrets and hardware front and center as an important issue of our time. The technical details are easy to handle, set amongst the rich characters and riveting storyline. Apparently, it is going to be adapted into a movie, but I highly recommend reading it anyway, as the minor characters and rich contextual details won't make it into that format. Most exciting, scary and fascinating book I've read for ages. It fits well with Manhunt: the Ten Year Search for Bin Laden by Peter Bergen, as they both cover enormously relevant recent history through recounting the capture of one individual. Excellent storytelling of real, but covert, events. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Crash-of-2016-Audiobook/B00GMPV0WE Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Crash of 2016 Subtitle: The Plot to Destroy America - and What We Can Do to Stop It Author: Thom Hartmann Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 35 mins Language: English Release date: 11-12-13 Publisher: Hachette Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 339 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: The United States is more vulnerable today than ever before - including during the Great Depression and the Civil War - because the pillars of democracy that once supported a booming middle class have been corrupted, and without them, America teeters on the verge of the next Great Crash. The United States is in the midst of an economic implosion that could make the Great Depression look like child's play. In The Crash of 2016, Thom Hartmann argues that the facade of our once-great United States will soon disintegrate to reveal the rotting core where corporate and billionaire power and greed have replaced democratic infrastructure and governance. Our once-enlightened political and economic systems have been manipulated to ensure the success of only a fraction of the population at the expense of the rest of us. The result is a "for the rich, by the rich" scheme leading to policies that only benefit the highest bidders. Hartmann outlines the destructive forces - planted by Lewis Powell in 1971 and come to fruition with the "Reagan Revolution" - that have looted our nation over the past decade, and how their actions fit into a cycle of American history that lets such forces rise to power every four generations. However, a backlash is now palpable against the "economic royalists" - a term coined by FDR to describe those hoarding power and wealth - including the banksters, oligarchs, and politicians who have plunged our nation into economic chaos and social instability. Although we are in the midst of what could become the most catastrophic economic crash in American history, a way forward is emerging, just as it did in the previous great crashes of the 1760s, 1856, and 1929. The choices we make now will redefine American culture. Before us stands a genuine opportunity to embrace the moral motive over the profit motive - and to rebuild the American economic model that once yielded great success. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Thom Hartmann) Tue, 12 Nov 2013 15:05:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Crash-of-2016-Audiobook/B00GMPV0WE thebookvoice.com 09:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Crash of 2016 Subtitle: The Plot to Destroy America - and What We Can Do to Stop It Author: Thom Hartmann Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 35 mins Language: English Release date: 11-12-13 Publisher: Hachette Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 339 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: The United States is more vulnerable today than ever before - including during the Great Depression and the Civil War - because the pillars of democracy that once supported a booming middle class have been corrupted, and without them, America teeters on the verge of the next Great Crash. The United States is in the midst of an economic implosion that could make the Great Depression look like child's play. In The Crash of 2016, Thom Hartmann argues that the facade of our once-great United States will soon disintegrate to reveal the rotting core where corporate and billionaire power and greed have replaced democratic infrastructure and governance. Our once-enlightened political and economic systems have been manipulated to ensure the success of only a fraction of the population at the expense of the rest of us. The result is a "for the rich, by the rich" scheme leading to policies that only benefit the highest bidders. Hartmann outlines the destructive forces - planted by Lewis Powell in 1971 and come to fruition with the "Reagan Revolution" - that have looted our nation over the past decade, and how their actions fit into a cycle of American history that lets such forces rise to power every four generations. However, a backlash is now palpable against the "economic royalists" - a term coined by FDR to describe those hoarding power and wealth - including the banksters, oligarchs, and politicians who have plunged our nation into economic chaos and social instability. Although we are in the midst of what could become the most catastrophic economic crash in American history, a way forward is emerging, just as it did in the previous great crashes of the 1760s, 1856, and 1929. The choices we make now will redefine American culture. Before us stands a genuine opportunity to embrace the moral motive over the profit motive - and to rebuild the American economic model that once yielded great success. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Crash of 2016 Subtitle: The Plot to Destroy America - and What We Can Do to Stop It Author: Thom Hartmann Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 35 mins Language: English Release date: 11-12-13 Publisher: Hachette Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 339 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: The United States is more vulnerable today than ever before - including during the Great Depression and the Civil War - because the pillars of democracy that once supported a booming middle class have been corrupted, and without them, America teeters on the verge of the next Great Crash. The United States is in the midst of an economic implosion that could make the Great Depression look like child's play. In The Crash of 2016, Thom Hartmann argues that the facade of our once-great United States will soon disintegrate to reveal the rotting core where corporate and billionaire power and greed have replaced democratic infrastructure and governance. Our once-enlightened political and economic systems have been manipulated to ensure the success of only a fraction of the population at the expense of the rest of us. The result is a "for the rich, by the rich" scheme leading to policies that only benefit the highest bidders. Hartmann outlines the destructive forces - planted by Lewis Powell in 1971 and come to fruition with the "Reagan Revolution" - that have looted our nation over the past decade, and how their actions fit into a cycle of American history that lets such forces rise to power every four generations. However, a backlash is now palpable against the "economic royalists" - a term coined by FDR to describe those hoarding power and wealth - including the banksters, oligarchs, and politicians who have plunged our nation into economic chaos and social instability. Although we are in the midst of what could become the most catastrophic economic crash in American history, a way forward is emerging, just as it did in the previous great crashes of the 1760s, 1856, and 1929. The choices we make now will redefine American culture. Before us stands a genuine opportunity to embrace the moral motive over the profit motive - and to rebuild the American economic model that once yielded great success. Members Reviews: New twist/ much learned I have read all the books talking about market crashes and so forth. This one is unique - and was certainly worth my while. it has a different twist and it brings in unique historical facts that add much to my knowledge of market forces and economics. If you are a Republican, you may have to bite your tongue in a few places and just grin and bear it. Do not let the political views of the author cloud the message being delivered. I have to admit, it does get dry in some parts and I had to skip one chapter as it got too deep into the politics. There is much truth in this book it is definitely a must read (or in this case a must listen). Good analysis, interesting conclusions Hartmann's book is a very good, plain language look at the history of economics and the pendulum swings from liberal to conservative economic policies. It's a far easier read, but makes similar points to Thomas Piketty's Capital in the 21st Century. So, if you peeked at that but found it daunting, this is a more accessible book that focuses specifically on the US. Like Piketty's book, it argues that, far from hindering economic growth and stability, high levels of taxation of the super rich were directly responsible for the enormous growth of the middle class and dominated during the US's most prosperous decades. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Last-Empire-Audiobook/B01J4F689I Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Last Empire Subtitle: Essays 1992-2000 Author: Gore Vidal Narrator: Dan Cashman Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 58 mins Language: English Release date: 07-27-16 Publisher: Phoenix Books Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 25 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: The Last Empire is Gore Vidal's ninth collection of essays in the course of his distinguished literary career. Vidal displays unparalleled range and inimitable style as he offers incisive observations about terrorism, civil liberties, the CIA, Al Gore, Tony Blair, and the Clintons, interwoven with a rich tapestry of personal anecdote, critical insight, and historical detail. Written between the first presidential campaign of Bill Clinton and the electoral crisis of 2000, The Last Empire is a sweeping coda to the still-existing conflicted vision of the American dream. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Gore Vidal) Wed, 27 Jul 2016 17:42:05 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Last-Empire-Audiobook/B01J4F689I thebookvoice.com 05:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Last Empire Subtitle: Essays 1992-2000 Author: Gore Vidal Narrator: Dan Cashman Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 58 mins Language: English Release date: 07-27-16 Publisher: Phoenix Books Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 25 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: The Last Empire is Gore Vidal's ninth collection of essays in the course of his distinguished literary career. Vidal displays unparalleled range and inimitable style as he offers incisive observations about terrorism, civil liberties, the CIA, Al Gore, Tony Blair, and the Clintons, interwoven with a rich tapestry of personal anecdote, critical insight, and historical detail. Written between the first presidential campaign of Bill Clinton and the electoral crisis of 2000, The Last Empire is a sweeping coda to the still-existing conflicted vision of the American dream. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Last Empire Subtitle: Essays 1992-2000 Author: Gore Vidal Narrator: Dan Cashman Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 58 mins Language: English Release date: 07-27-16 Publisher: Phoenix Books Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 25 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: The Last Empire is Gore Vidal's ninth collection of essays in the course of his distinguished literary career. Vidal displays unparalleled range and inimitable style as he offers incisive observations about terrorism, civil liberties, the CIA, Al Gore, Tony Blair, and the Clintons, interwoven with a rich tapestry of personal anecdote, critical insight, and historical detail. Written between the first presidential campaign of Bill Clinton and the electoral crisis of 2000, The Last Empire is a sweeping coda to the still-existing conflicted vision of the American dream. Members Reviews: Collection a reminder of what patriotism truly is The late great Gore Vidal was one of America's finest intellects. In his novels, his plays, and his essays he consistently demonstrated his genius. But be forewarned, he is not for the faint of heart or easily offended. Vidal relished skewering the hypocrites and the vandals who he saw destroying America from within. That is why I call him one of the most patriotic intellectuals of the 20th and 21st centuries. Whether it's our prudish sexual mores or our love of the military industrial complex, Vidal was there to point it out. Like many Americans, I have been sickened by the ugliness of American political scene of the last few decades. Conservatives and liberals continue to throw muck at one another and because we are so divided we gleefully egg them on. Vidal saw that which probably is part of his decision to live overseas. Still, his writing is stimulating--occasionally outrageous, frequently annoying, but always witty and provocative. And considering the popularity of the musical "Hamilton", it's hopefully not too long before Vidal's masterful novel, "Burr", becomes available on Audible. Along with all his other novels (only 2 of his novels are currently available)! Good work poorly read Would you listen to The Last Empire again? Why? I could not listen to it again and in fact could not finish it due to the lacerating boredom invoked by the narrator, mired in a seeming quandery of ill timed mispronunciations with a voice lacking resonance, timbre or it seems, any understanding of his subject. What was one of the most memorable moments of The Last Empire? Vidal needs no review as few writers can incise the heart of an issue with the delicacy of the surgeon and then bludgeon it with language as he does. How did the narrator detract from the book? The lack of timing, inflection and any resonance coupled with mispronunciations made it impossible to sit through. Was this a book you wanted to listen to all in one sitting? No Excellent Should be required reading for anyone interested in postwar USA . Vidal brilliantly disects American imperial policy with wit, anger and clarity https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Die-Macher-hinter-den-Kulissen-Audiobook/B019WNXJ6C Hören Sie sich dieses volle Hörbuch kostenlos bei https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> Titel: Die Macher hinter den Kulissen Untertitel: Wie transatlantische Netzwerke heimlich die Demokratie unterwandern Autor:: Hermann Ploppa Erzähler: Matthias Lühn Format: Unabridged Spieldauer: 6 hrs and 28 mins Sprache: Deutsch Veröffentlichungsdatum: 12-29-15 Herausgeber: ABOD Verlag Kategorien: Nonfiction, Politics Zusammenfassung des Herausgebers: "Man kann mehr erreichen, wenn man nicht in der Öffentlichkeit arbeitet." (Beate Lindemann, langjährige Geschäftsführerin der Atlantik-Brücke in Berliner Zeitung 16.1.2003). Laut Umfragen wünschen sich die meisten Deutschen eine sozial ausgewogene Politik und eine Außenpolitik unabhängig von den Großmächten in West und Ost. Trotzdem gerät unsere Sozialpolitik in immer bedenklichere Schieflage und wir werden in immer gefährlichere militärische Abenteuer der USA hineingezogen. In letzter Zeit wird allenthalben über TTIP diskutiert. Jedoch nicht über die Initiatoren von TTIP, ihre Motive, ihre "Philosophie", ihre Strategie und Taktik. Hermann Ploppa zeigt in diesem Hörbuch die diskreten, feinmaschigen Netzwerke oder auch Seilschaften wie Bilderberger oder Atlantikbrücke, die in aller Stille Politik, Wirtschaft, Medien und Wissenschaft durchdrungen haben. Neoliberale Schockstrategen und US-Lobbygruppen arbeiten seit Jahrzehnten in einem Generationen übergreifenden Projekt an der Enteignung und Entmündigung der Bürger mit dem Ziel der Ersetzung demokratisch legitimierter Nationalstaaten durch die exklusive Herrschaft einer selbst erwählten Elite. "There is no Alternative!", sagte Maggie Thatcher dereinst. Doch, sagt Hermann Ploppa, und er deutet im Schlusskapitel an konkreten Beispielen Alternativen einer Dreiteilung der Wirtschaft in genossenschaftlich, öffentlich-rechtlich und privatwirtschaftlich-kapitalistisch an. ©2015 Nomen Verlag (P)2015 ABOD Verlag biacuaduc@gmail.com (Hermann Ploppa) Tue, 29 Dec 2015 01:24:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Die-Macher-hinter-den-Kulissen-Audiobook/B019WNXJ6C thebookvoice.com 06:28:00 no Hören Sie diesen Titel kostenlos bei thebookvoice.com Hören Sie sich dieses volle Hörbuch kostenlos bei https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> Titel: Die Macher hinter den Kulissen Untertitel: Wie transatlantische Netzwerke heimlich die Demokratie unterwandern Autor:: Hermann Ploppa Erzähler: Matthias Lühn Format: Unabridged Spieldauer: 6 hrs and 28 mins Sprache: Deutsch Veröffentlichungsdatum: 12-29-15 Herausgeber: ABOD Verlag Kategorien: Nonfiction, Politics Zusammenfassung des Herausgebers: "Man kann mehr erreichen, wenn man nicht in der Öffentlichkeit arbeitet." (Beate Lindemann, langjährige Geschäftsführerin der Atlantik-Brücke in Berliner Zeitung 16.1.2003). Laut Umfragen wünschen sich die meisten Deutschen eine sozial ausgewogene Politik und eine Außenpolitik unabhängig von den Großmächten in West und Ost. Trotzdem gerät unsere Sozialpolitik in immer bedenklichere Schieflage und wir werden in immer gefährlichere militärische Abenteuer der USA hineingezogen. In letzter Zeit wird allenthalben über TTIP diskutiert. Jedoch nicht über die Initiatoren von TTIP, ihre Motive, ihre "Philosophie", ihre Strategie und Taktik. Hermann Ploppa zeigt in diesem Hörbuch die diskreten, feinmaschigen Netzwerke oder auch Seilschaften wie Bilderberger oder Atlantikbrücke, die in aller Stille Politik, Wirtschaft, Medien und Wissenschaft durchdrungen haben. Neoliberale Schockstrategen und US-Lobbygruppen arbeiten seit Jahrzehnten in einem Generationen übergreifenden Projekt an der Enteignung und Entmündigung der Bürger mit dem Ziel der Ersetzung demokratisch legitimierter Nationalstaaten durch die exklusive Herrschaft einer selbst erwählten Elite. "There is no Alternative!", sagte Maggie Thatcher dereinst. Doch, sagt Hermann Ploppa, und er deutet im Schlusskapitel an konkreten Beispielen Alternativen einer Dreiteilung der Wirtschaft in genossenschaftlich, öffentlich-rechtlich und privatwirtschaftlich-kapitalistisch an. ©2015 Nomen Verlag (P)2015 ABOD Verlag Hören Sie sich dieses volle Hörbuch kostenlos bei https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> Titel: Die Macher hinter den Kulissen Untertitel: Wie transatlantische Netzwerke heimlich die Demokratie unterwandern Autor:: Hermann Ploppa Erzähler: Matthias Lühn Format: Unabridged Spieldauer: 6 hrs and 28 mins Sprache: Deutsch Veröffentlichungsdatum: 12-29-15 Herausgeber: ABOD Verlag Kategorien: Nonfiction, Politics Zusammenfassung des Herausgebers: "Man kann mehr erreichen, wenn man nicht in der Öffentlichkeit arbeitet." (Beate Lindemann, langjährige Geschäftsführerin der Atlantik-Brücke in Berliner Zeitung 16.1.2003). Laut Umfragen wünschen sich die meisten Deutschen eine sozial ausgewogene Politik und eine Außenpolitik unabhängig von den Großmächten in West und Ost. Trotzdem gerät unsere Sozialpolitik in immer bedenklichere Schieflage und wir werden in immer gefährlichere militärische Abenteuer der USA hineingezogen. In letzter Zeit wird allenthalben über TTIP diskutiert. Jedoch nicht über die Initiatoren von TTIP, ihre Motive, ihre "Philosophie", ihre Strategie und Taktik. Hermann Ploppa zeigt in diesem Hörbuch die diskreten, feinmaschigen Netzwerke oder auch Seilschaften wie Bilderberger oder Atlantikbrücke, die in aller Stille Politik, Wirtschaft, Medien und Wissenschaft durchdrungen haben. Neoliberale Schockstrategen und US-Lobbygruppen arbeiten seit Jahrzehnten in einem Generationen übergreifenden Projekt an der Enteignung und Entmündigung der Bürger mit dem Ziel der Ersetzung demokratisch legitimierter Nationalstaaten durch die exklusive Herrschaft einer selbst erwählten Elite. "There is no Alternative!", sagte Maggie Thatcher dereinst. Doch, sagt Hermann Ploppa, und er deutet im Schlusskapitel an konkreten Beispielen Alternativen einer Dreiteilung der Wirtschaft in genossenschaftlich, öffentlich-rechtlich und privatwirtschaftlich-kapitalistisch an. ©2015 Nomen Verlag (P)2015 ABOD Verlag https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Landmark-Audiobook/B003IQRN12 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Landmark Subtitle: The Inside Story of Americas New Health-Care Law and What It Means for Us All Author: The Washington Post Narrator: Pam Ward Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 28 mins Language: English Release date: 04-30-10 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 37 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: The Washington Posts must-read guide to health-care reform traces how President Obama and the Democrats achieved this historic overhaul, explains the legislation itself, and shows how it will impact individual Americans. After a year-long political war, in March 2010 President Obama and the Democratic leaders of Congress achieved a victory that has eluded lawmakers for 75 years: an overhaul of Americas health-care system. In this indispensible book, the staff of the Washington Post tells the story of health-care reform and explains what it means for the American people. In the books first section, the Washington Posts reporter embedded in the White House provides a behind-the-scenes narrative of how Obama and the Democrats pushed through health-care reform in the face of nearly unanimous Republican opposition. This section traces the tortured evolution of the legislation, showing how the Senate killed the public option, how the January 2010 victory of Republican senator Scott Brown left the Democrats scrambling, and how Democratic leaders ultimately negotiated among entrenched political factionsincluding disillusioned Democratsto reach a compromise. What does this final package include? The books second section provides an accessible summary of the legislation that Obama signed into law in March 2010. In the third section, Washington Post writers answer our most pressing questions about the health-care legislations immediate impact. Most importantly, how will the new law affect individualssmall-business owners, uninsured Americans with pre-existing conditions, and twentysomethings on their parents policies? This is a must-read for anyone who wants to understand how this legislation came into being and what the new health-care program means. Contributors include: National Editor Kevin Merida, Associate Editor Steven Luxenberg, and staff writers Ceci Connolly, and Alec MacGillis. biacuaduc@gmail.com (The Washington Post) Fri, 30 Apr 2010 15:26:12 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Landmark-Audiobook/B003IQRN12 thebookvoice.com 10:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Landmark Subtitle: The Inside Story of Americas New Health-Care Law and What It Means for Us All Author: The Washington Post Narrator: Pam Ward Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 28 mins Language: English Release date: 04-30-10 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 37 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: The Washington Posts must-read guide to health-care reform traces how President Obama and the Democrats achieved this historic overhaul, explains the legislation itself, and shows how it will impact individual Americans. After a year-long political war, in March 2010 President Obama and the Democratic leaders of Congress achieved a victory that has eluded lawmakers for 75 years: an overhaul of Americas health-care system. In this indispensible book, the staff of the Washington Post tells the story of health-care reform and explains what it means for the American people. In the books first section, the Washington Posts reporter embedded in the White House provides a behind-the-scenes narrative of how Obama and the Democrats pushed through health-care reform in the face of nearly unanimous Republican opposition. This section traces the tortured evolution of the legislation, showing how the Senate killed the public option, how the January 2010 victory of Republican senator Scott Brown left the Democrats scrambling, and how Democratic leaders ultimately negotiated among entrenched political factionsincluding disillusioned Democratsto reach a compromise. What does this final package include? The books second section provides an accessible summary of the legislation that Obama signed into law in March 2010. In the third section, Washington Post writers answer our most pressing questions about the health-care legislations immediate impact. Most importantly, how will the new law affect individualssmall-business owners, uninsured Americans with pre-existing conditions, and twentysomethings on their parents policies? This is a must-read for anyone who wants to understand how this legislation came into being and what the new health-care program means. Contributors include: National Editor Kevin Merida, Associate Editor Steven Luxenberg, and staff writers Ceci Connolly, and Alec MacGillis. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Landmark Subtitle: The Inside Story of Americas New Health-Care Law and What It Means for Us All Author: The Washington Post Narrator: Pam Ward Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 28 mins Language: English Release date: 04-30-10 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 37 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: The Washington Posts must-read guide to health-care reform traces how President Obama and the Democrats achieved this historic overhaul, explains the legislation itself, and shows how it will impact individual Americans. After a year-long political war, in March 2010 President Obama and the Democratic leaders of Congress achieved a victory that has eluded lawmakers for 75 years: an overhaul of Americas health-care system. In this indispensible book, the staff of the Washington Post tells the story of health-care reform and explains what it means for the American people. In the books first section, the Washington Posts reporter embedded in the White House provides a behind-the-scenes narrative of how Obama and the Democrats pushed through health-care reform in the face of nearly unanimous Republican opposition. This section traces the tortured evolution of the legislation, showing how the Senate killed the public option, how the January 2010 victory of Republican senator Scott Brown left the Democrats scrambling, and how Democratic leaders ultimately negotiated among entrenched political factionsincluding disillusioned Democratsto reach a compromise. What does this final package include? The books second section provides an accessible summary of the legislation that Obama signed into law in March 2010. In the third section, Washington Post writers answer our most pressing questions about the health-care legislations immediate impact. Most importantly, how will the new law affect individualssmall-business owners, uninsured Americans with pre-existing conditions, and twentysomethings on their parents policies? This is a must-read for anyone who wants to understand how this legislation came into being and what the new health-care program means. Contributors include: National Editor Kevin Merida, Associate Editor Steven Luxenberg, and staff writers Ceci Connolly, and Alec MacGillis. Members Reviews: Time Sensitive Landmark will bring the listener up to date on the Health Care Bill. A reading of this volume will enable you to understand the history, the bill, and prospects for implementation. You will be able to talk intelligently with insurance Brokers, supervisors, and others concerned about the compliance task ahead of us. This book is Time Sensitive, so don't wait too long to download it and listen. The writing is crisp and clear. Pam Ward has another great reading. In the words of Janice Joplin "...get it while you can." The Bill that almost wasn't What did you like best about Landmark? What did you like least? I like that the book covered many areas I have not heard about in the main stream media. I did not like that the book seemed to interject option at times. Would you recommend Landmark to your friends? Why or why not? I would and have recommended this book to people I know working in the medical felid as I do. I believe it is a quick way to get the big picture of what the bill has in it and how it came about. Did Pam Ward do a good job differentiating all the characters? How? I believe Pam Ward did a fine job with the book and I would listen to one from her again. Was Landmark worth the listening time? I do feel Landmark was worth listening to and I have told several people to try it out. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Guide-to-Bruce-Bueno-de-Mesquitas-The-Dictators-Handbook-Audiobook/B06Y5N17MC Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Guide to Bruce Bueno de Mesquita's The Dictator's Handbook Author: Eureka Narrator: Sam Scholl Format: Unabridged Length: 12 mins Language: English Release date: 04-12-17 Publisher: Eureka Ratings: 2 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Please note: This is a companion to the book and not the original book. Guide to Bruce Bueno de Mesquita's The Dictator's Handbook. Preview: The Dictator's Handbook: Why Bad Behavior Is Almost Always Good Politics (2011) is an examination of what motivates leaders in democracies and dictatorships. Authors Bruce Bueno de Mesquita and Alastair Smith argue that those in power try to stay in power by catering to the members of their winning coalition, whether that means millions of voters or a handful of military generals.... Inside this companion: biacuaduc@gmail.com (Eureka) Wed, 12 Apr 2017 12:59:28 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Guide-to-Bruce-Bueno-de-Mesquitas-The-Dictators-Handbook-Audiobook/B06Y5N17MC thebookvoice.com 00:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Guide to Bruce Bueno de Mesquita's The Dictator's Handbook Author: Eureka Narrator: Sam Scholl Format: Unabridged Length: 12 mins Language: English Release date: 04-12-17 Publisher: Eureka Ratings: 2 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Please note: This is a companion to the book and not the original book. Guide to Bruce Bueno de Mesquita's The Dictator's Handbook. Preview: The Dictator's Handbook: Why Bad Behavior Is Almost Always Good Politics (2011) is an examination of what motivates leaders in democracies and dictatorships. Authors Bruce Bueno de Mesquita and Alastair Smith argue that those in power try to stay in power by catering to the members of their winning coalition, whether that means millions of voters or a handful of military generals.... Inside this companion: Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Guide to Bruce Bueno de Mesquita's The Dictator's Handbook Author: Eureka Narrator: Sam Scholl Format: Unabridged Length: 12 mins Language: English Release date: 04-12-17 Publisher: Eureka Ratings: 2 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Please note: This is a companion to the book and not the original book. Guide to Bruce Bueno de Mesquita's The Dictator's Handbook. Preview: The Dictator's Handbook: Why Bad Behavior Is Almost Always Good Politics (2011) is an examination of what motivates leaders in democracies and dictatorships. Authors Bruce Bueno de Mesquita and Alastair Smith argue that those in power try to stay in power by catering to the members of their winning coalition, whether that means millions of voters or a handful of military generals.... Inside this companion: https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Notre-ennemi-le-capital-Audiobook/B075MNPD5B Écoutez ce livre audio dans son intégralité gratuitement sur https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> Titre: Notre ennemi le capital Auteur: Jean-Claude Michéa Narrateur: François Delaive Format: Unabridged Durée: 3 hrs and 25 mins Langue: Français Date de publication: 09-21-17 Éditeur: Audible Studios Evaluation: 5 sur 5 sur 2 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Résumé de l'éditeur: Si l'on veut réellement rassembler la grande majorité des classes populaires autour d'un programme de déconstruction graduelle du système capitaliste (et non pas simplement accroître ses privilèges électoraux), il faut impérativement commencer par remettre en question ce vieux système de clivages fondé sur la "confiance aveugle dans l'idée de progrès", dont les présupposés philosophiques de plus en plus paralysants (du type "parti de demain" - celui de la Silicon Valley - contre "parti d'hier" - celui de l'agriculture paysanne ou de la culture du livre) ne cessent d'offrir depuis plus de trente ans à la gauche européenne le moyen idéal de dissimuler sa réconciliation totale avec le capitalisme sous les dehors beaucoup plus séduisants d'une lutte "citoyenne" permanente contre toutes les idées "réactionnaires" et "passéistes". >> Ce livre audio en version intégrale vous est proposé en exclusivité par Audible et est uniquement disponible en téléchargement. ©2017 Flammarion (P)2017 Audible Studios biacuaduc@gmail.com (Jean-Claude Michéa) Thu, 21 Sep 2017 04:46:51 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Notre-ennemi-le-capital-Audiobook/B075MNPD5B thebookvoice.com 03:25:00 no Écoutez gratuitement ce titre en entier sur thebookvoice.com Écoutez ce livre audio dans son intégralité gratuitement sur https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> Titre: Notre ennemi le capital Auteur: Jean-Claude Michéa Narrateur: François Delaive Format: Unabridged Durée: 3 hrs and 25 mins Langue: Français Date de publication: 09-21-17 Éditeur: Audible Studios Evaluation: 5 sur 5 sur 2 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Résumé de l'éditeur: Si l'on veut réellement rassembler la grande majorité des classes populaires autour d'un programme de déconstruction graduelle du système capitaliste (et non pas simplement accroître ses privilèges électoraux), il faut impérativement commencer par remettre en question ce vieux système de clivages fondé sur la "confiance aveugle dans l'idée de progrès", dont les présupposés philosophiques de plus en plus paralysants (du type "parti de demain" - celui de la Silicon Valley - contre "parti d'hier" - celui de l'agriculture paysanne ou de la culture du livre) ne cessent d'offrir depuis plus de trente ans à la gauche européenne le moyen idéal de dissimuler sa réconciliation totale avec le capitalisme sous les dehors beaucoup plus séduisants d'une lutte "citoyenne" permanente contre toutes les idées "réactionnaires" et "passéistes". >> Ce livre audio en version intégrale vous est proposé en exclusivité par Audible et est uniquement disponible en téléchargement. ©2017 Flammarion (P)2017 Audible Studios Écoutez ce livre audio dans son intégralité gratuitement sur https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> Titre: Notre ennemi le capital Auteur: Jean-Claude Michéa Narrateur: François Delaive Format: Unabridged Durée: 3 hrs and 25 mins Langue: Français Date de publication: 09-21-17 Éditeur: Audible Studios Evaluation: 5 sur 5 sur 2 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Résumé de l'éditeur: Si l'on veut réellement rassembler la grande majorité des classes populaires autour d'un programme de déconstruction graduelle du système capitaliste (et non pas simplement accroître ses privilèges électoraux), il faut impérativement commencer par remettre en question ce vieux système de clivages fondé sur la "confiance aveugle dans l'idée de progrès", dont les présupposés philosophiques de plus en plus paralysants (du type "parti de demain" - celui de la Silicon Valley - contre "parti d'hier" - celui de l'agriculture paysanne ou de la culture du livre) ne cessent d'offrir depuis plus de trente ans à la gauche européenne le moyen idéal de dissimuler sa réconciliation totale avec le capitalisme sous les dehors beaucoup plus séduisants d'une lutte "citoyenne" permanente contre toutes les idées "réactionnaires" et "passéistes". >> Ce livre audio en version intégrale vous est proposé en exclusivité par Audible et est uniquement disponible en téléchargement. ©2017 Flammarion (P)2017 Audible Studios https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Wer-wir-waren-Audiobook/B01MZ0L870 Hören Sie sich dieses volle Hörbuch kostenlos bei https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> Titel: Wer wir waren Autor:: Roger Willemsen Erzähler: Christian Brückner Format: Unabridged Spieldauer: 1 hr and 11 mins Sprache: Deutsch Veröffentlichungsdatum: 12-29-16 Herausgeber: tacheles! / Roof Music Kategorien: Nonfiction, Politics Zusammenfassung des Herausgebers: Im Sommer vor seinem Tod arbeitete Roger Willemsen an einem neuen Buch: "Wer wir waren" sollte es heißen. Er sah sich unsere Gegenwart an, als wäre er schon viele Jahre weiter in die Zukunft gereist: Was machen wir gerade mit dieser Welt und unserem Leben? Warum machen wir das? Und warum machen wir es nicht anders, obwohl wir wissen, dass wir so in die Katastrophe schlittern? Roger Willemsen arbeitete an diesem Buch mit großer Entschiedenheit und Leidenschaft. "Wer wir waren" sollte im Herbst 2016 erscheinen, aber Roger Willemsen hörte auf zu schreiben, als er von seiner Krankheit erfuhr. Er trat auch nicht mehr auf. Kurz vorher hatte er im Rahmen der Festspiele Mecklenburg-Vorpommern eine Rede von mitreißendem Furor gehalten, in der er den Kern von "Wer wir waren" formuliert hat. Sie war für ihn von großer Bedeutung und ist es für uns umso mehr: Es war sein letzter Auftritt, es ist sein letzter Text. Uns haben viele Briefe erreicht, in denen Roger Willemsens Leserinnen und Leser fragen, ob wir wissen, was er zu den politischen und sozialen Entwicklungen unserer Tage gesagt hätte. Diese Rede gibt darauf Antworten. Auch deswegen haben wir uns entschlossen, sie zu veröffentlichen. Ihr Aufruf, sich nicht einverstanden zu erklären, lässt uns alle spüren, wen wir verloren haben. Und was wir ihm und uns schuldig sind. ©2016 S. Fischer Verlag (P)2016 tacheles! / ROOF Music biacuaduc@gmail.com (Roger Willemsen) Thu, 29 Dec 2016 06:36:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Wer-wir-waren-Audiobook/B01MZ0L870 thebookvoice.com 01:11:00 no Hören Sie diesen Titel kostenlos bei thebookvoice.com Hören Sie sich dieses volle Hörbuch kostenlos bei https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> Titel: Wer wir waren Autor:: Roger Willemsen Erzähler: Christian Brückner Format: Unabridged Spieldauer: 1 hr and 11 mins Sprache: Deutsch Veröffentlichungsdatum: 12-29-16 Herausgeber: tacheles! / Roof Music Kategorien: Nonfiction, Politics Zusammenfassung des Herausgebers: Im Sommer vor seinem Tod arbeitete Roger Willemsen an einem neuen Buch: "Wer wir waren" sollte es heißen. Er sah sich unsere Gegenwart an, als wäre er schon viele Jahre weiter in die Zukunft gereist: Was machen wir gerade mit dieser Welt und unserem Leben? Warum machen wir das? Und warum machen wir es nicht anders, obwohl wir wissen, dass wir so in die Katastrophe schlittern? Roger Willemsen arbeitete an diesem Buch mit großer Entschiedenheit und Leidenschaft. "Wer wir waren" sollte im Herbst 2016 erscheinen, aber Roger Willemsen hörte auf zu schreiben, als er von seiner Krankheit erfuhr. Er trat auch nicht mehr auf. Kurz vorher hatte er im Rahmen der Festspiele Mecklenburg-Vorpommern eine Rede von mitreißendem Furor gehalten, in der er den Kern von "Wer wir waren" formuliert hat. Sie war für ihn von großer Bedeutung und ist es für uns umso mehr: Es war sein letzter Auftritt, es ist sein letzter Text. Uns haben viele Briefe erreicht, in denen Roger Willemsens Leserinnen und Leser fragen, ob wir wissen, was er zu den politischen und sozialen Entwicklungen unserer Tage gesagt hätte. Diese Rede gibt darauf Antworten. Auch deswegen haben wir uns entschlossen, sie zu veröffentlichen. Ihr Aufruf, sich nicht einverstanden zu erklären, lässt uns alle spüren, wen wir verloren haben. Und was wir ihm und uns schuldig sind. ©2016 S. Fischer Verlag (P)2016 tacheles! / ROOF Music Hören Sie sich dieses volle Hörbuch kostenlos bei https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> Titel: Wer wir waren Autor:: Roger Willemsen Erzähler: Christian Brückner Format: Unabridged Spieldauer: 1 hr and 11 mins Sprache: Deutsch Veröffentlichungsdatum: 12-29-16 Herausgeber: tacheles! / Roof Music Kategorien: Nonfiction, Politics Zusammenfassung des Herausgebers: Im Sommer vor seinem Tod arbeitete Roger Willemsen an einem neuen Buch: "Wer wir waren" sollte es heißen. Er sah sich unsere Gegenwart an, als wäre er schon viele Jahre weiter in die Zukunft gereist: Was machen wir gerade mit dieser Welt und unserem Leben? Warum machen wir das? Und warum machen wir es nicht anders, obwohl wir wissen, dass wir so in die Katastrophe schlittern? Roger Willemsen arbeitete an diesem Buch mit großer Entschiedenheit und Leidenschaft. "Wer wir waren" sollte im Herbst 2016 erscheinen, aber Roger Willemsen hörte auf zu schreiben, als er von seiner Krankheit erfuhr. Er trat auch nicht mehr auf. Kurz vorher hatte er im Rahmen der Festspiele Mecklenburg-Vorpommern eine Rede von mitreißendem Furor gehalten, in der er den Kern von "Wer wir waren" formuliert hat. Sie war für ihn von großer Bedeutung und ist es für uns umso mehr: Es war sein letzter Auftritt, es ist sein letzter Text. Uns haben viele Briefe erreicht, in denen Roger Willemsens Leserinnen und Leser fragen, ob wir wissen, was er zu den politischen und sozialen Entwicklungen unserer Tage gesagt hätte. Diese Rede gibt darauf Antworten. Auch deswegen haben wir uns entschlossen, sie zu veröffentlichen. Ihr Aufruf, sich nicht einverstanden zu erklären, lässt uns alle spüren, wen wir verloren haben. Und was wir ihm und uns schuldig sind. ©2016 S. Fischer Verlag (P)2016 tacheles! / ROOF Music https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Gore-v-Bush-The-Second-Debate-Audiobook/B002UUFU1W Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Gore v. Bush - The Second Debate Author: Vice President Al Gore, Governor George W. Bush Length: 1 hr and 30 mins Language: English Release date: 10-04-00 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 42 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: In the second presidential debate of Campaign 2000 between Vice President Al Gore and Governor George W. Bush, the candidates, clearly using more caution than in their first debate, stated their positions on such issues as foreign policy, racial profiling, and the environment. The debate took place at Wake Forest University in Winston-Salem, NC on October 11 with Jim Lehrer as moderator. If you missed the debate, or want to hear it again, audible.com has made this program available for FREE. Listen now before you vote! biacuaduc@gmail.com (Vice President Al Gore) Wed, 04 Oct 2000 08:38:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Gore-v-Bush-The-Second-Debate-Audiobook/B002UUFU1W thebookvoice.com 01:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Gore v. Bush - The Second Debate Author: Vice President Al Gore, Governor George W. Bush Length: 1 hr and 30 mins Language: English Release date: 10-04-00 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 42 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: In the second presidential debate of Campaign 2000 between Vice President Al Gore and Governor George W. Bush, the candidates, clearly using more caution than in their first debate, stated their positions on such issues as foreign policy, racial profiling, and the environment. The debate took place at Wake Forest University in Winston-Salem, NC on October 11 with Jim Lehrer as moderator. If you missed the debate, or want to hear it again, audible.com has made this program available for FREE. Listen now before you vote! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Gore v. Bush - The Second Debate Author: Vice President Al Gore, Governor George W. Bush Length: 1 hr and 30 mins Language: English Release date: 10-04-00 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 42 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: In the second presidential debate of Campaign 2000 between Vice President Al Gore and Governor George W. Bush, the candidates, clearly using more caution than in their first debate, stated their positions on such issues as foreign policy, racial profiling, and the environment. The debate took place at Wake Forest University in Winston-Salem, NC on October 11 with Jim Lehrer as moderator. If you missed the debate, or want to hear it again, audible.com has made this program available for FREE. Listen now before you vote! Members Reviews: Funny and relaxed The debate was not as heated as I had hoped. It was somewhat entertaining though. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Way-Things-Ought-To-Be-Audiobook/B002V0QUGK Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Way Things Ought To Be Author: Rush Limbaugh Narrator: Rush Limbaugh Format: Abridged Length: 2 hrs and 20 mins Language: English Release date: 02-14-03 Publisher: Simon & Schuster Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 185 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Using personal anecdotes, Limbaugh now reveals the major influences on his life and views, and blasts off on all the leading issues of our day. Nothing escapes his acerbic wit and huggable charm as he proves why he is on the cutting edge of societal evolution and the epitome of morality and virtue. Here he holds forth on such subjects as: Anita Hill, the homeless fraud, the media and many others. Tackling the hottest topics of the times from Feminazis to Environmentalist Wackos, Rush Limbaugh is at his satirical best - the provocative conservative and the showman who is "documented to be almost always right 97.9% of the time" about The Way Things Ought To Be. Critic Reviews: "Rush Limbaugh shows his talent for the spoken-word medium. He is a verbal entertainer who knows how to use the audio format to keep the listener interested." (AudioFile Magazine) biacuaduc@gmail.com (Rush Limbaugh) Fri, 14 Feb 2003 07:17:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Way-Things-Ought-To-Be-Audiobook/B002V0QUGK thebookvoice.com 02:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Way Things Ought To Be Author: Rush Limbaugh Narrator: Rush Limbaugh Format: Abridged Length: 2 hrs and 20 mins Language: English Release date: 02-14-03 Publisher: Simon & Schuster Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 185 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Using personal anecdotes, Limbaugh now reveals the major influences on his life and views, and blasts off on all the leading issues of our day. Nothing escapes his acerbic wit and huggable charm as he proves why he is on the cutting edge of societal evolution and the epitome of morality and virtue. Here he holds forth on such subjects as: Anita Hill, the homeless fraud, the media and many others. Tackling the hottest topics of the times from Feminazis to Environmentalist Wackos, Rush Limbaugh is at his satirical best - the provocative conservative and the showman who is "documented to be almost always right 97.9% of the time" about The Way Things Ought To Be. Critic Reviews: "Rush Limbaugh shows his talent for the spoken-word medium. He is a verbal entertainer who knows how to use the audio format to keep the listener interested." (AudioFile Magazine) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Way Things Ought To Be Author: Rush Limbaugh Narrator: Rush Limbaugh Format: Abridged Length: 2 hrs and 20 mins Language: English Release date: 02-14-03 Publisher: Simon & Schuster Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 185 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Using personal anecdotes, Limbaugh now reveals the major influences on his life and views, and blasts off on all the leading issues of our day. Nothing escapes his acerbic wit and huggable charm as he proves why he is on the cutting edge of societal evolution and the epitome of morality and virtue. Here he holds forth on such subjects as: Anita Hill, the homeless fraud, the media and many others. Tackling the hottest topics of the times from Feminazis to Environmentalist Wackos, Rush Limbaugh is at his satirical best - the provocative conservative and the showman who is "documented to be almost always right 97.9% of the time" about The Way Things Ought To Be. Critic Reviews: "Rush Limbaugh shows his talent for the spoken-word medium. He is a verbal entertainer who knows how to use the audio format to keep the listener interested." (AudioFile Magazine) Members Reviews: The second best political book I've ever read. I bought this on audio tape when it first came out, those tapes eventually fell apart and I have looked forward to it's release in the digital format. This book is the best encapsulation of conservative thought from the Pre Clinton Era, done with vigor, feeling and wit. One of my favorites Love him or hate him, he's simply brilliant. Excellant - Rush at his best Rush brings to the table his wit and wisdom mixed in with a very personal touch. Every minute has you engaged, either in agreement or disagreement, such that you have to think about what might be next. Rush at his best. Enjoy ! Well said! I love that Rush recorded this book himself. Hearing him deliver the content in his unique style was fantastic! It was interesting to hear Rush discuss situations that occurred over twenty years ago. I was able to see how some of these movements have progressed, and how the guilt and shaming tactic are still used today. I loved this book! A little old but worth the read God bless Rush to give the alternate view in a positive way. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Complete-Infidels-Guide-to-Free-Speech-and-Its-Enemies-Audiobook/B073HLBP1P Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Complete Infidel's Guide to Free Speech (and Its Enemies) Author: Robert Spencer Narrator: Adam North Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 58 mins Language: English Release date: 07-24-17 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 15 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: From Robert Spencer, the New York Times best-selling author of The Politically Incorrect Guide to Islam and The Complete Infidel's Guide to ISIS, comes a bold defense of freedom of speech - the single most valuable freedom humanity has, a freedom now endangered worldwide. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Robert Spencer) Mon, 24 Jul 2017 04:15:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Complete-Infidels-Guide-to-Free-Speech-and-Its-Enemies-Audiobook/B073HLBP1P thebookvoice.com 07:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Complete Infidel's Guide to Free Speech (and Its Enemies) Author: Robert Spencer Narrator: Adam North Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 58 mins Language: English Release date: 07-24-17 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 15 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: From Robert Spencer, the New York Times best-selling author of The Politically Incorrect Guide to Islam and The Complete Infidel's Guide to ISIS, comes a bold defense of freedom of speech - the single most valuable freedom humanity has, a freedom now endangered worldwide. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Complete Infidel's Guide to Free Speech (and Its Enemies) Author: Robert Spencer Narrator: Adam North Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 58 mins Language: English Release date: 07-24-17 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 15 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: From Robert Spencer, the New York Times best-selling author of The Politically Incorrect Guide to Islam and The Complete Infidel's Guide to ISIS, comes a bold defense of freedom of speech - the single most valuable freedom humanity has, a freedom now endangered worldwide. Members Reviews: The New Free Speech From Islam's "Be quiet and you'll be safe" to Antifa's overt war on conservative speech, freedom of speech has come under a full frontal assault like it has not confronted for some time in America. The irony of Antifa calling itself anti fascist while it's manifesto and actions speak volumes to it's true agenda of preventing any dissenting opinions is obvious. The whole true in the face!! Very nice and important book Ignorance is dangerous around this era Must get this book!! Great book It's Honest, factual and extremely well researched. Well done Robert and team very interesting listen https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Progress-Audiobook/B072MP8MQ7 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Progress Subtitle: Ten Reasons to Look Forward to the Future Author: Johan Norberg Narrator: Derek Perkins Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 57 mins Language: English Release date: 07-01-17 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 14 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: From an examination of official data from such institutions as the United Nations, the World Bank, and the World Health Organization, Cato Institute Senior Fellow Johan Norberg paints a portrait of a better future ahead. It's on the television, in the papers, and in our minds. Every day we're bludgeoned by news of how bad everything is - financial collapse, unemployment, growing poverty, environmental disasters, disease, hunger, war. But the rarely acknowledged reality is that our progress over the past few decades has been unprecedented. By almost any index you care to identify, things are markedly better now than they have ever been for almost everyone alive. Examining official data from the United Nations, the World Bank, and the World Health Organization, political commentator Johan Norberg traces just how far we have come in tackling the issues that define our species. While it's true that not every problem has been solved, we do now have a good idea of the solutions, and we know what it will take to see this progress continue. Dramatic, uplifting, and counterintuitive, Progress is a call for optimism in our pessimistic, doom-laden world. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Johan Norberg) Sat, 01 Jul 2017 18:21:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Progress-Audiobook/B072MP8MQ7 thebookvoice.com 06:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Progress Subtitle: Ten Reasons to Look Forward to the Future Author: Johan Norberg Narrator: Derek Perkins Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 57 mins Language: English Release date: 07-01-17 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 14 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: From an examination of official data from such institutions as the United Nations, the World Bank, and the World Health Organization, Cato Institute Senior Fellow Johan Norberg paints a portrait of a better future ahead. It's on the television, in the papers, and in our minds. Every day we're bludgeoned by news of how bad everything is - financial collapse, unemployment, growing poverty, environmental disasters, disease, hunger, war. But the rarely acknowledged reality is that our progress over the past few decades has been unprecedented. By almost any index you care to identify, things are markedly better now than they have ever been for almost everyone alive. Examining official data from the United Nations, the World Bank, and the World Health Organization, political commentator Johan Norberg traces just how far we have come in tackling the issues that define our species. While it's true that not every problem has been solved, we do now have a good idea of the solutions, and we know what it will take to see this progress continue. Dramatic, uplifting, and counterintuitive, Progress is a call for optimism in our pessimistic, doom-laden world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Progress Subtitle: Ten Reasons to Look Forward to the Future Author: Johan Norberg Narrator: Derek Perkins Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 57 mins Language: English Release date: 07-01-17 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 14 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: From an examination of official data from such institutions as the United Nations, the World Bank, and the World Health Organization, Cato Institute Senior Fellow Johan Norberg paints a portrait of a better future ahead. It's on the television, in the papers, and in our minds. Every day we're bludgeoned by news of how bad everything is - financial collapse, unemployment, growing poverty, environmental disasters, disease, hunger, war. But the rarely acknowledged reality is that our progress over the past few decades has been unprecedented. By almost any index you care to identify, things are markedly better now than they have ever been for almost everyone alive. Examining official data from the United Nations, the World Bank, and the World Health Organization, political commentator Johan Norberg traces just how far we have come in tackling the issues that define our species. While it's true that not every problem has been solved, we do now have a good idea of the solutions, and we know what it will take to see this progress continue. Dramatic, uplifting, and counterintuitive, Progress is a call for optimism in our pessimistic, doom-laden world. Members Reviews: Global Uptrends That May Surprise You This book describes global socioeconomic up-trends that most people are unaware of. This is important stuff to understandwe need to know what has gone right, not just focus on disasters. A lot has gone right since the Scientific Revolution of the 1500s and the Enlightenment of the 1700s: increases in income, literacy, democracy, and womens rights, and, even remarkably large decreases in crime and violence. The book gives a lot of the credit for the up-trends to free market capitalism, which, in many cases is quite accurate. But the book, published in 2017, ignores the Great Recession and growing income inequality and even growing poverty in countries like the U.S. It implies that at this time more free market capitalism is just what the doctor ordered. A more objective analysis would point out that given the cracks that are developing in the U.S. economic system, its time to re-evaluate our next steps. The author, Johan Norberg, is a senior fellow at the Cato Institute, a Libertarian think tank. His transparent agenda to reduce governmental regulation reduces the books objectivity. How can the author imply that free market capitalism has somehow IMPROVED the natural environment? He fails to mention or give credit to the dedicated environmental organizations which battled the corporations to increase regulations and ameliorate some of the worst corporate pollution problems. The book has the taint of propaganda. This is unfortunate, because the important and accurate statistical data presented on the many global up-trends should be better known. Things aren't necessary getting worse Most of us are not swayed by rationalised argument or fact but we are much more influenced by our personal narratives and how we emotionally or intuitively respond to the information we receive through our senses. And most of us seem to feel that we have never lived in such trouble times and that we've never had it so bad. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Enemy-at-Home-Audiobook/B002V5A4P8 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Enemy at Home Subtitle: The Cultural Left and Its Responsibility for 9/11 Author: Dinesh D'Souza Narrator: Lloyd James Format: Unabridged Length: 11 hrs and 1 min Language: English Release date: 02-08-07 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 125 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: In The Enemy at Home, D'Souza makes the startling claim that the 9/11 attacks and other terrorist acts around the world can be directly traced to the ideas and attitudes perpetrated by America's cultural left. D'Souza shows that liberals - people like Hillary Clinton, Ted Kennedy, Barney Frank, Bill Moyers, and Michael Moore - are responsible for fostering a culture that angers and repulses not just Muslim countries but also traditional and religious societies around the world. Their outspoken opposition to American foreign policy, including the way the Bush administration is conducting the war on terror, contributes to the growing hostility, encouraging people both at home and abroad to blame America for the problems of the world. He argues that it is not our exercise of freedom that enrages our enemies but rather our abuse of that freedom, from the sexual liberty of women to the support of gay marriage, birth control, and no-fault divorce, and the aggressive exploitation of our vulgar, licentious popular culture. The cultural wars at home and the global war on terror are usually viewed as separate problems. In this groundbreaking book, D'Souza shows that they are one and the same. It is only by curtailing the left's attack on religion, family, and traditional values that we can persuade moderate Muslims and others around the world to cooperate with us and to begin to shun the extremists in their own countries. Critic Reviews: "An interesting perspective on the hostilities between the West and the Muslim world." (Booklist) biacuaduc@gmail.com (Dinesh D'Souza) Thu, 08 Feb 2007 20:24:52 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Enemy-at-Home-Audiobook/B002V5A4P8 thebookvoice.com 11:01:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Enemy at Home Subtitle: The Cultural Left and Its Responsibility for 9/11 Author: Dinesh D'Souza Narrator: Lloyd James Format: Unabridged Length: 11 hrs and 1 min Language: English Release date: 02-08-07 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 125 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: In The Enemy at Home, D'Souza makes the startling claim that the 9/11 attacks and other terrorist acts around the world can be directly traced to the ideas and attitudes perpetrated by America's cultural left. D'Souza shows that liberals - people like Hillary Clinton, Ted Kennedy, Barney Frank, Bill Moyers, and Michael Moore - are responsible for fostering a culture that angers and repulses not just Muslim countries but also traditional and religious societies around the world. Their outspoken opposition to American foreign policy, including the way the Bush administration is conducting the war on terror, contributes to the growing hostility, encouraging people both at home and abroad to blame America for the problems of the world. He argues that it is not our exercise of freedom that enrages our enemies but rather our abuse of that freedom, from the sexual liberty of women to the support of gay marriage, birth control, and no-fault divorce, and the aggressive exploitation of our vulgar, licentious popular culture. The cultural wars at home and the global war on terror are usually viewed as separate problems. In this groundbreaking book, D'Souza shows that they are one and the same. It is only by curtailing the left's attack on religion, family, and traditional values that we can persuade moderate Muslims and others around the world to cooperate with us and to begin to shun the extremists in their own countries. Critic Reviews: "An interesting perspective on the hostilities between the West and the Muslim world." (Booklist) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Enemy at Home Subtitle: The Cultural Left and Its Responsibility for 9/11 Author: Dinesh D'Souza Narrator: Lloyd James Format: Unabridged Length: 11 hrs and 1 min Language: English Release date: 02-08-07 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 125 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: In The Enemy at Home, D'Souza makes the startling claim that the 9/11 attacks and other terrorist acts around the world can be directly traced to the ideas and attitudes perpetrated by America's cultural left. D'Souza shows that liberals - people like Hillary Clinton, Ted Kennedy, Barney Frank, Bill Moyers, and Michael Moore - are responsible for fostering a culture that angers and repulses not just Muslim countries but also traditional and religious societies around the world. Their outspoken opposition to American foreign policy, including the way the Bush administration is conducting the war on terror, contributes to the growing hostility, encouraging people both at home and abroad to blame America for the problems of the world. He argues that it is not our exercise of freedom that enrages our enemies but rather our abuse of that freedom, from the sexual liberty of women to the support of gay marriage, birth control, and no-fault divorce, and the aggressive exploitation of our vulgar, licentious popular culture. The cultural wars at home and the global war on terror are usually viewed as separate problems. In this groundbreaking book, D'Souza shows that they are one and the same. It is only by curtailing the left's attack on religion, family, and traditional values that we can persuade moderate Muslims and others around the world to cooperate with us and to begin to shun the extremists in their own countries. Critic Reviews: "An interesting perspective on the hostilities between the West and the Muslim world." (Booklist) Members Reviews: Well worth the time Core hypothesis/theme of the book is excellent. Ultimately the class of book this comes from is one where the intelligentsia read and critique one another and thus much of this material can be seen as overly or harshly critical of others work and/or ideas. Its a book defending the core insights and thus a political not a history book. Frankly, I would have found it more interesting had it developed more of the historical context for the development of the book themes. Nonetheless, hard to argue the core theme that the illiberal left is imposing its morality upon not only the right at home, but also upon the more religious/belief centric "developing and non-developing" world. The crazy thing as alluded to in the book is that both the right and left continue to do this here in the US. Where are the true liberals? Would like to have seen more detailed examples of how the illiberal leftist institutions are imposing their morality, though their rhetoric and the examples alluded to lead me to believe one would find fire behind the smoke. Would also like to have seen more discussion about the illogic behind the illiberal left and Bin Laden pairing, what the world would look like if Bin Laden or other leader joined with the right in attacking the left. How would the fact that the number of muslims in the US is on par with jews, yet the political influence is less impact such a discussion? Seems far more logical that this will be a future state of the world than a illiberal left and islamic pairing (though a handicapper would likely put 2008 election firmly in this very state). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Limits-of-Power-Audiobook/B002VA96IE Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Limits of Power Subtitle: The End of American Exceptionalism Author: Andrew J. Bacevich Narrator: Eric Conger Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 53 mins Language: English Release date: 09-04-08 Publisher: Macmillan Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 236 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: The Limits of Power identifies a profound triple crisis facing America: the economy, in remarkable disarray, can no longer be fixed by relying on expansion abroad; the government, transformed by an imperial presidency, is a democracy in form only; U.S. involvement in endless wars, driven by a deep infatuation with military power, has been a catastrophe for the body politic. These pressing problems threaten all of us, Republicans and Democrats. If the nation is to solve its predicament, it will need the revival of a distinctly American approach: the neglected tradition of realism. Andrew J. Bacevich, uniquely respected across the political spectrum, offers a historical perspective on the illusions that have governed American policy since 1945. The realism he proposes includes respect for power and its limits; sensitivity to unintended consequences; aversion to claims of exceptionalism; skepticism of easy solutions, especially those involving force; and a conviction that the books will have to balance. Only a return to such principles, Bacevich argues, can provide common ground for fixing America's urgent problems before the damage becomes irreparable. Critic Reviews: "Crisp prose, sweeping historical analysis and searing observations on the roots of American decadence elevate this book from mere scolding to an urgent call for rational thinking and measured action, for citizens to wise up and put their house in order." ( Publishers Weekly) biacuaduc@gmail.com (Andrew J. Bacevich) Thu, 04 Sep 2008 17:30:07 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Limits-of-Power-Audiobook/B002VA96IE thebookvoice.com 05:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Limits of Power Subtitle: The End of American Exceptionalism Author: Andrew J. Bacevich Narrator: Eric Conger Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 53 mins Language: English Release date: 09-04-08 Publisher: Macmillan Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 236 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: The Limits of Power identifies a profound triple crisis facing America: the economy, in remarkable disarray, can no longer be fixed by relying on expansion abroad; the government, transformed by an imperial presidency, is a democracy in form only; U.S. involvement in endless wars, driven by a deep infatuation with military power, has been a catastrophe for the body politic. These pressing problems threaten all of us, Republicans and Democrats. If the nation is to solve its predicament, it will need the revival of a distinctly American approach: the neglected tradition of realism. Andrew J. Bacevich, uniquely respected across the political spectrum, offers a historical perspective on the illusions that have governed American policy since 1945. The realism he proposes includes respect for power and its limits; sensitivity to unintended consequences; aversion to claims of exceptionalism; skepticism of easy solutions, especially those involving force; and a conviction that the books will have to balance. Only a return to such principles, Bacevich argues, can provide common ground for fixing America's urgent problems before the damage becomes irreparable. Critic Reviews: "Crisp prose, sweeping historical analysis and searing observations on the roots of American decadence elevate this book from mere scolding to an urgent call for rational thinking and measured action, for citizens to wise up and put their house in order." ( Publishers Weekly) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Limits of Power Subtitle: The End of American Exceptionalism Author: Andrew J. Bacevich Narrator: Eric Conger Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 53 mins Language: English Release date: 09-04-08 Publisher: Macmillan Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 236 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: The Limits of Power identifies a profound triple crisis facing America: the economy, in remarkable disarray, can no longer be fixed by relying on expansion abroad; the government, transformed by an imperial presidency, is a democracy in form only; U.S. involvement in endless wars, driven by a deep infatuation with military power, has been a catastrophe for the body politic. These pressing problems threaten all of us, Republicans and Democrats. If the nation is to solve its predicament, it will need the revival of a distinctly American approach: the neglected tradition of realism. Andrew J. Bacevich, uniquely respected across the political spectrum, offers a historical perspective on the illusions that have governed American policy since 1945. The realism he proposes includes respect for power and its limits; sensitivity to unintended consequences; aversion to claims of exceptionalism; skepticism of easy solutions, especially those involving force; and a conviction that the books will have to balance. Only a return to such principles, Bacevich argues, can provide common ground for fixing America's urgent problems before the damage becomes irreparable. Critic Reviews: "Crisp prose, sweeping historical analysis and searing observations on the roots of American decadence elevate this book from mere scolding to an urgent call for rational thinking and measured action, for citizens to wise up and put their house in order." ( Publishers Weekly) Members Reviews: Tired of the noise? Bacevich argues there are three crises facing America today, economic, political and military. As self-contained as each of these crises may seem on the surface Bacevich succinctly reveals how they are in fact very interconnected and reinforcing of each other. While the crises are the stated focus of the book it's clear that "values" are the driving force behind their analysis. The values Bacevich champions are simply pragmatism and a willingness to see things for what they are, rather than for what we may wish, or need, them to be. Amusingly, Bacevich has been labeled a "fake" Republican by a number of closet Bush Administration apologists, but that's to be expected I guess. Bacevich spares neither Democrat or Republican administrations, the historic records of which he easily reveals to be far more similar than different. Perhaps the most damning of Bacevich's entreaties for a return to common sense, and a restoration of the concept of civic duty, falls upon the common citizen. He points out the disconnect from reality that many of us display by not living within our means and how frighteningly similar this mentality mirrors the underlying structure of our entire economy (it's worth noting he wrote this before the recent collapse). Despite being against the Iraq War from the beginning he smolders at the percentage of citizen to soldier, the unfairness of the few enduring multiple deployments while those able but unwilling to serve refuse to force it's end. And he ultimately holds us accountable for abetting many of our politicians in their corruption and abuse of the political system, by inaction, indifference, or both. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Life-After-the-State-Audiobook/B00HARJMQO Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Life After the State Subtitle: Why We Don't Need Government Author: Dominic Frisby Narrator: Dominic Frisby Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 40 mins Language: English Release date: 12-16-13 Publisher: Unbound Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 23 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Have you ever had the nagging feeling that the problems the country faces are spiraling out of control, that the government has lost its way and that, despite its promises, nothing ever changes? Well, you're right. In every instance where government gets involved in people's lives with a desire to do good, it can always be relied on to make the situation much, much worse. Yet despite overwhelming evidence to the contrary, we imagine that a world without the state would be a wild and terrifying place. With wit and devastating clarity of argument, Frisby shows in this book that human nature proves the opposite to be true. Welcome to Life After the State. Critic Reviews: "Dominic Frisby has gone and done something extraordinary: written a page-turner on the economy. It's both readable and radical, a serious book that is, by turn, fascinating, alarming and contentious. At times, the book makes you want to shout its message from the rooftops; at others, it just makes you want to shout. Life after the State challenges so much of what we take for granted. It is a wake-up call for politicians, economists and us all, written with clarity, verve and, more than that, the restless passion of an intelligent, inquisitive malcontent. Read it." (James Harding, once editor of The Times, now Director of BBC News and Current Affairs) biacuaduc@gmail.com (Dominic Frisby) Mon, 16 Dec 2013 03:27:42 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Life-After-the-State-Audiobook/B00HARJMQO thebookvoice.com 09:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Life After the State Subtitle: Why We Don't Need Government Author: Dominic Frisby Narrator: Dominic Frisby Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 40 mins Language: English Release date: 12-16-13 Publisher: Unbound Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 23 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Have you ever had the nagging feeling that the problems the country faces are spiraling out of control, that the government has lost its way and that, despite its promises, nothing ever changes? Well, you're right. In every instance where government gets involved in people's lives with a desire to do good, it can always be relied on to make the situation much, much worse. Yet despite overwhelming evidence to the contrary, we imagine that a world without the state would be a wild and terrifying place. With wit and devastating clarity of argument, Frisby shows in this book that human nature proves the opposite to be true. Welcome to Life After the State. Critic Reviews: "Dominic Frisby has gone and done something extraordinary: written a page-turner on the economy. It's both readable and radical, a serious book that is, by turn, fascinating, alarming and contentious. At times, the book makes you want to shout its message from the rooftops; at others, it just makes you want to shout. Life after the State challenges so much of what we take for granted. It is a wake-up call for politicians, economists and us all, written with clarity, verve and, more than that, the restless passion of an intelligent, inquisitive malcontent. Read it." (James Harding, once editor of The Times, now Director of BBC News and Current Affairs) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Life After the State Subtitle: Why We Don't Need Government Author: Dominic Frisby Narrator: Dominic Frisby Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 40 mins Language: English Release date: 12-16-13 Publisher: Unbound Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 23 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Have you ever had the nagging feeling that the problems the country faces are spiraling out of control, that the government has lost its way and that, despite its promises, nothing ever changes? Well, you're right. In every instance where government gets involved in people's lives with a desire to do good, it can always be relied on to make the situation much, much worse. Yet despite overwhelming evidence to the contrary, we imagine that a world without the state would be a wild and terrifying place. With wit and devastating clarity of argument, Frisby shows in this book that human nature proves the opposite to be true. Welcome to Life After the State. Critic Reviews: "Dominic Frisby has gone and done something extraordinary: written a page-turner on the economy. It's both readable and radical, a serious book that is, by turn, fascinating, alarming and contentious. At times, the book makes you want to shout its message from the rooftops; at others, it just makes you want to shout. Life after the State challenges so much of what we take for granted. It is a wake-up call for politicians, economists and us all, written with clarity, verve and, more than that, the restless passion of an intelligent, inquisitive malcontent. Read it." (James Harding, once editor of The Times, now Director of BBC News and Current Affairs) Members Reviews: amazing great read. the author clearly identifies the problem the cause and many solutions. unless u believe in political corruption there is something for everyone presented in a clear well thought and described manner. the author also narrator and he is wonderful. a joy. best book ive ever read. knowing what i know now id easilly of paid double. very satisfied Unintended Consequences When government gets involved in the economy, the reason is always to benefit some group in society. The intervention is always well intentioned, but always has negative consequences either to other groups or at a later time to the same group. This book gives many examples, and suggests some alternatives. The examples are mostly from the UK, but are relevant to everyone. For example, the UK healthcare system is funded through taxation, and the examples here are timely for the US while it is increasing its government control of healthcare. You may not fully agree with Frisby's conclusions, but the important message is how state intervention has unintended consequences. We are unlikely to find ourselves with an economy free from state controls, but the viewpoint of this book should help us evaluate the increasingly burdensome controls we see today, most of which are designed to win votes rather than to strengthen the economy. Money is another subject covered, as we see many major currencies losing their value today through inflation of the money supply. This causes an almost imperceptible but continuous hardship to the population, like a grain of sand in your shoe you know will eventually cause a blister. But inflation benefits governments because of their debt, and so it continues. Frisby's solution is to return to a metal-based currency, and not just gold but also industrial metals. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Willing-Accomplices-Audiobook/B00E4UGR5O Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Willing Accomplices Subtitle: How KGB Covert Influence Agents Created Political Correctness, Obama's Hate-America-First Political Platform, and Destroyed America Author: Kent Clizbe Narrator: Douglas R. Pratt Format: Unabridged Length: 13 hrs and 7 mins Language: English Release date: 07-26-13 Publisher: Andemca Publishing Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 20 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: CIA case officer, Kent Clizbe, analyzes counter-intelligence details to demonstrate that KGB covert influence agents in American education and academia, Hollywood, and the media inserted the anti-American payload that became 'Political Correctness' (PC). The KGB officers suffered death in Stalin's purges. Their American accomplices, not needing guidance, built the elite mindset of "reflexive loathing of the United States and its people," that defines PC. In 2008, America elected its first PC President. Obama ran on a barely concealed platform of PC loathing of America and its people. Now we see the results. Willing Accomplices provides the foundation for critical consideration of the roots of the PC-Progressive political platform and its dire consequences in 21st century America. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Kent Clizbe) Fri, 26 Jul 2013 23:37:39 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Willing-Accomplices-Audiobook/B00E4UGR5O thebookvoice.com 13:07:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Willing Accomplices Subtitle: How KGB Covert Influence Agents Created Political Correctness, Obama's Hate-America-First Political Platform, and Destroyed America Author: Kent Clizbe Narrator: Douglas R. Pratt Format: Unabridged Length: 13 hrs and 7 mins Language: English Release date: 07-26-13 Publisher: Andemca Publishing Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 20 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: CIA case officer, Kent Clizbe, analyzes counter-intelligence details to demonstrate that KGB covert influence agents in American education and academia, Hollywood, and the media inserted the anti-American payload that became 'Political Correctness' (PC). The KGB officers suffered death in Stalin's purges. Their American accomplices, not needing guidance, built the elite mindset of "reflexive loathing of the United States and its people," that defines PC. In 2008, America elected its first PC President. Obama ran on a barely concealed platform of PC loathing of America and its people. Now we see the results. Willing Accomplices provides the foundation for critical consideration of the roots of the PC-Progressive political platform and its dire consequences in 21st century America. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Willing Accomplices Subtitle: How KGB Covert Influence Agents Created Political Correctness, Obama's Hate-America-First Political Platform, and Destroyed America Author: Kent Clizbe Narrator: Douglas R. Pratt Format: Unabridged Length: 13 hrs and 7 mins Language: English Release date: 07-26-13 Publisher: Andemca Publishing Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 20 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: CIA case officer, Kent Clizbe, analyzes counter-intelligence details to demonstrate that KGB covert influence agents in American education and academia, Hollywood, and the media inserted the anti-American payload that became 'Political Correctness' (PC). The KGB officers suffered death in Stalin's purges. Their American accomplices, not needing guidance, built the elite mindset of "reflexive loathing of the United States and its people," that defines PC. In 2008, America elected its first PC President. Obama ran on a barely concealed platform of PC loathing of America and its people. Now we see the results. Willing Accomplices provides the foundation for critical consideration of the roots of the PC-Progressive political platform and its dire consequences in 21st century America. Members Reviews: How did we get here? Your education begins here. What did you love best about Willing Accomplices? The work gives the reader a fine overview of the roots of the otherwise inexplicable "politically correct" theme currently eating away at the fabric of the nation. This explains today's "progressives" If you've wondered what Hillary meant when she described herself as a "progressive" in the mold of early 20th century "progressives", this is a must listen! If you don't like the direction that our government is taking us, this is a must listen! If you wonder where our education system gets its idiotic ideas, this is a must listen! It takes a village. Total subjugation of the masses is the goal - collectivism is the kinder gentler term. Disappointed In concept, this book represents a very interesting topic. In practice, this book represents an extreme caricature of American conservatism. I cannot speak to the accuracy of content but it's primarily personal conjecture rooted in skewed source data. I suppose this book represents a side of propaganda battle, though it comes off as propaganda itself. Should be required reading for EVERYONE If you could sum up Willing Accomplices in three words, what would they be? USA USA USA What other book might you compare Willing Accomplices to and why? Nothing else compares to this. It is one of a kind Have you listened to any of Douglas R. Pratts other performances before? How does this one compare? Haven't listened to other performances If you were to make a film of this book, what would the tag line be? Communism tries to destroy America and democracy Any additional comments? Incredible insights from a person with experience. Interesting, but needs editing. Overall I liked this book. The beginning I found rather frustrating though, and nearly gave up. I am glad I didn't though. I don't like books that frequently say that they will be talking further about a particular topic later. At the beginning the book is full of "we'll explore that later" and "you will learn in chapter x more about this" and, the most over-used of all "as we will see later". The other big niggle is that there were quite a number of repetitions. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Centrist-Manifesto-Audiobook/B00HS5AWMQ Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Centrist Manifesto Author: Charles Wheelan Narrator: Charles Wheelan Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 23 mins Language: English Release date: 01-14-14 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 36 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: A vision - and detailed road map to power - for a new party that will champion Americas rational center. From debt ceiling standoffs to single-digit Congress approval ratings, Americas political system has never been more polarized - or paralyzed - than it is today. As best-selling author and public policy expert Charles Wheelan writes, now is the time for a pragmatic Centrist party that will identify and embrace the best Democratic and Republican ideals, moving us forward on the most urgent issues for our nation. Wheelan - who not only lectures on public policy but practices it as well (he ran unsuccessfully for Congress in 2009) - brings even more than his usual wit and clarity of vision to The Centrist Manifesto. He outlines a realistic ground game that could net at least five Centrist senators from New England, the Midwest, and elsewhere. With the power to deny a red or blue Senate majority, committed Centrists could take the first step toward giving voice and power to Americas largest, and most rational, voting bloc: the center. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Charles Wheelan) Tue, 14 Jan 2014 21:42:41 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Centrist-Manifesto-Audiobook/B00HS5AWMQ thebookvoice.com 03:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Centrist Manifesto Author: Charles Wheelan Narrator: Charles Wheelan Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 23 mins Language: English Release date: 01-14-14 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 36 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: A vision - and detailed road map to power - for a new party that will champion Americas rational center. From debt ceiling standoffs to single-digit Congress approval ratings, Americas political system has never been more polarized - or paralyzed - than it is today. As best-selling author and public policy expert Charles Wheelan writes, now is the time for a pragmatic Centrist party that will identify and embrace the best Democratic and Republican ideals, moving us forward on the most urgent issues for our nation. Wheelan - who not only lectures on public policy but practices it as well (he ran unsuccessfully for Congress in 2009) - brings even more than his usual wit and clarity of vision to The Centrist Manifesto. He outlines a realistic ground game that could net at least five Centrist senators from New England, the Midwest, and elsewhere. With the power to deny a red or blue Senate majority, committed Centrists could take the first step toward giving voice and power to Americas largest, and most rational, voting bloc: the center. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Centrist Manifesto Author: Charles Wheelan Narrator: Charles Wheelan Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 23 mins Language: English Release date: 01-14-14 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 36 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: A vision - and detailed road map to power - for a new party that will champion Americas rational center. From debt ceiling standoffs to single-digit Congress approval ratings, Americas political system has never been more polarized - or paralyzed - than it is today. As best-selling author and public policy expert Charles Wheelan writes, now is the time for a pragmatic Centrist party that will identify and embrace the best Democratic and Republican ideals, moving us forward on the most urgent issues for our nation. Wheelan - who not only lectures on public policy but practices it as well (he ran unsuccessfully for Congress in 2009) - brings even more than his usual wit and clarity of vision to The Centrist Manifesto. He outlines a realistic ground game that could net at least five Centrist senators from New England, the Midwest, and elsewhere. With the power to deny a red or blue Senate majority, committed Centrists could take the first step toward giving voice and power to Americas largest, and most rational, voting bloc: the center. Members Reviews: Must read for all rational americans Any additional comments? This book perfectly embodies what I have long thought about politics. I often joke that I am a member of the "logic" party, but now this author has created an actual party that supports the non-extremist views of the majority of Americans. If you consider yourself moderate, and have trouble identifying with either the republican or democrat extremists I highly recommend that you read this book as you just may find that you are in fact a centrist. One great solution Everyone should sign up and we will end the current madness. To all those who don't vote because they think it doesn't matter, a few extra votes is all it will take. Get off your duff. Count me in! An extremely important message, well delivered, that I've shared with three other Kansas and Missouri voters. Charles Wheelan has captured credible answers to gun rights and contraception, and harnessed the extreme sides of political discourse in The Centrist Manifesto. ~ Adrienne from Kansas https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Wake-Up-America-Audiobook/B01F9NWZOQ Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Wake Up America Subtitle: The Nine Virtues That Made Our Nation Great - and Why We Need Them More Than Ever Author: Eric Bolling Narrator: Eric Bolling Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 9 mins Language: English Release date: 06-28-16 Publisher: Macmillan Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 267 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Instant New York Times Bestseller America was built on nine distinct virtues which shaped the character of our nation and made it great. Grit, manliness, individualism, merit, profit and providence, dominion over our environment, thrift, and above all pride in our countrythese qualities define us, and are the reason that hundreds of millions of people worldwide look to America for hope, inspiration, and opportunity. But it's precisely these virtues that now are under attack by the radical Left of Barack Obama, Hillary Clinton, Bernie Sanders, and their followers. America as we know it is eroding before our eyes and becoming what Fox News Channel personality and co-host of "The Five" Eric Bolling calls a "politically correct nanny state." The rewards for individual achievement and hard work, our basic constitutional rights, religious faith, national identity, and capitalism itself, are being replaced by a dangerous socialistic ideology that is the polar opposite of what our Founding Fathers intended America to be. It's time for us to wake up and heed the clear-cut warning signs that America is heading in the wrong direction--before we're too far gone. Eric Bolling knows firsthand what makes America great. Raised in a struggling blue-collar family in Chicago, his parents showed him that hard work and firm values can get you far in life. Those values drove him as a young baseball player to being drafted by the Pittsburgh Pirates, then success as a New York Mercantile Exchange trader, and now his daily role on Fox News Channel. A celebration of America that is informed by Bolling's personal story, Wake Up America is a much-needed call to arms for America's citizens to preserve and protect our country's present and future. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Eric Bolling) Tue, 28 Jun 2016 20:57:49 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Wake-Up-America-Audiobook/B01F9NWZOQ thebookvoice.com 06:09:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Wake Up America Subtitle: The Nine Virtues That Made Our Nation Great - and Why We Need Them More Than Ever Author: Eric Bolling Narrator: Eric Bolling Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 9 mins Language: English Release date: 06-28-16 Publisher: Macmillan Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 267 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Instant New York Times Bestseller America was built on nine distinct virtues which shaped the character of our nation and made it great. Grit, manliness, individualism, merit, profit and providence, dominion over our environment, thrift, and above all pride in our countrythese qualities define us, and are the reason that hundreds of millions of people worldwide look to America for hope, inspiration, and opportunity. But it's precisely these virtues that now are under attack by the radical Left of Barack Obama, Hillary Clinton, Bernie Sanders, and their followers. America as we know it is eroding before our eyes and becoming what Fox News Channel personality and co-host of "The Five" Eric Bolling calls a "politically correct nanny state." The rewards for individual achievement and hard work, our basic constitutional rights, religious faith, national identity, and capitalism itself, are being replaced by a dangerous socialistic ideology that is the polar opposite of what our Founding Fathers intended America to be. It's time for us to wake up and heed the clear-cut warning signs that America is heading in the wrong direction--before we're too far gone. Eric Bolling knows firsthand what makes America great. Raised in a struggling blue-collar family in Chicago, his parents showed him that hard work and firm values can get you far in life. Those values drove him as a young baseball player to being drafted by the Pittsburgh Pirates, then success as a New York Mercantile Exchange trader, and now his daily role on Fox News Channel. A celebration of America that is informed by Bolling's personal story, Wake Up America is a much-needed call to arms for America's citizens to preserve and protect our country's present and future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Wake Up America Subtitle: The Nine Virtues That Made Our Nation Great - and Why We Need Them More Than Ever Author: Eric Bolling Narrator: Eric Bolling Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 9 mins Language: English Release date: 06-28-16 Publisher: Macmillan Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 267 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Instant New York Times Bestseller America was built on nine distinct virtues which shaped the character of our nation and made it great. Grit, manliness, individualism, merit, profit and providence, dominion over our environment, thrift, and above all pride in our countrythese qualities define us, and are the reason that hundreds of millions of people worldwide look to America for hope, inspiration, and opportunity. But it's precisely these virtues that now are under attack by the radical Left of Barack Obama, Hillary Clinton, Bernie Sanders, and their followers. America as we know it is eroding before our eyes and becoming what Fox News Channel personality and co-host of "The Five" Eric Bolling calls a "politically correct nanny state." The rewards for individual achievement and hard work, our basic constitutional rights, religious faith, national identity, and capitalism itself, are being replaced by a dangerous socialistic ideology that is the polar opposite of what our Founding Fathers intended America to be. It's time for us to wake up and heed the clear-cut warning signs that America is heading in the wrong direction--before we're too far gone. Eric Bolling knows firsthand what makes America great. Raised in a struggling blue-collar family in Chicago, his parents showed him that hard work and firm values can get you far in life. Those values drove him as a young baseball player to being drafted by the Pittsburgh Pirates, then success as a New York Mercantile Exchange trader, and now his daily role on Fox News Channel. A celebration of America that is informed by Bolling's personal story, Wake Up America is a much-needed call to arms for America's citizens to preserve and protect our country's present and future. Members Reviews: Wake Up America I found this book to be spot on in eloquently illustrating the character vales that make The United States the democracy it is today! I enjoyed Eric's history lessons and personal stories to illustrate how & why we as Americans can never loose our strong core values. The beginning of the book is bone chilling but sadly true if US citizens don't wake up and take our country back! True Patriot I wish this book was required reading in our universities. It was well written, insightful, entertaining, and got down to some uncomfortable cold, hard truths that great attempts are made to try to keep from us as American citizens. I have asked my entire family to read it as well and would recommend it to anyone and everyone. Well said. Thanks for the read. My kids roll their eyes every July Forth as I read Rush Limbaugh Senior's paper on what became of the Declaration Signers. This book will be one of their new required reads! Michael Rowe . I thought the book was very well writing and I hope he writes another book Excellent!! Well written and well read. I highly recommend this book. Anyone who considers himself to be a patriot will enjoy it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Socialism-Fascism-and-the-Tyranny-of-Big-Government-Audiobook/B06XJ9L1DL Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Socialism, Fascism, and the Tyranny of Big Government Author: Michael Dahlen Narrator: Joe Nagle Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 23 mins Language: English Release date: 03-14-17 Publisher: Michael Dahlen Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: How do tyrants enslave entire nations? In popular political discourse, fascism and socialism are portrayed as polar opposites. The former is pegged on the far Right, the latter on the far Left. But this categorization is flat-out wrong. Despite their superficial differences, fascism and socialism - along with Nazism and theocracy - are fundamentally the same. They are all examples of statism and totalitarianism. These systems oppose freedom, liberty, and individual rights. They impose one-party rule, control or abolish private property, and censor or oppress racial, religious, political, and ideological enemies. They also seek to export their particular brand of tyranny throughout the world. Whether the goal of a tyrant is achieving utopia, enforcing God's will, or establishing a master Aryan race, the results are always the same: purges and show trials, man-made famines and concentration camps, war and mass murder. Socialism, Fascism, and the Tyranny of Big Government surveys the main statist politico-economic systems. And it concludes with a brilliant analysis of the nature and causes of tyranny. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Michael Dahlen) Tue, 14 Mar 2017 12:25:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Socialism-Fascism-and-the-Tyranny-of-Big-Government-Audiobook/B06XJ9L1DL thebookvoice.com 01:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Socialism, Fascism, and the Tyranny of Big Government Author: Michael Dahlen Narrator: Joe Nagle Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 23 mins Language: English Release date: 03-14-17 Publisher: Michael Dahlen Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: How do tyrants enslave entire nations? In popular political discourse, fascism and socialism are portrayed as polar opposites. The former is pegged on the far Right, the latter on the far Left. But this categorization is flat-out wrong. Despite their superficial differences, fascism and socialism - along with Nazism and theocracy - are fundamentally the same. They are all examples of statism and totalitarianism. These systems oppose freedom, liberty, and individual rights. They impose one-party rule, control or abolish private property, and censor or oppress racial, religious, political, and ideological enemies. They also seek to export their particular brand of tyranny throughout the world. Whether the goal of a tyrant is achieving utopia, enforcing God's will, or establishing a master Aryan race, the results are always the same: purges and show trials, man-made famines and concentration camps, war and mass murder. Socialism, Fascism, and the Tyranny of Big Government surveys the main statist politico-economic systems. And it concludes with a brilliant analysis of the nature and causes of tyranny. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Socialism, Fascism, and the Tyranny of Big Government Author: Michael Dahlen Narrator: Joe Nagle Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 23 mins Language: English Release date: 03-14-17 Publisher: Michael Dahlen Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: How do tyrants enslave entire nations? In popular political discourse, fascism and socialism are portrayed as polar opposites. The former is pegged on the far Right, the latter on the far Left. But this categorization is flat-out wrong. Despite their superficial differences, fascism and socialism - along with Nazism and theocracy - are fundamentally the same. They are all examples of statism and totalitarianism. These systems oppose freedom, liberty, and individual rights. They impose one-party rule, control or abolish private property, and censor or oppress racial, religious, political, and ideological enemies. They also seek to export their particular brand of tyranny throughout the world. Whether the goal of a tyrant is achieving utopia, enforcing God's will, or establishing a master Aryan race, the results are always the same: purges and show trials, man-made famines and concentration camps, war and mass murder. Socialism, Fascism, and the Tyranny of Big Government surveys the main statist politico-economic systems. And it concludes with a brilliant analysis of the nature and causes of tyranny. Members Reviews: Reader The narration of text was such that it didn't let me create imagery. Sounded more like disconn Great over view of all types of statist government Great introduction to all the types of statist governments, for someone like me who is just starting to read about socialism Vs capitalism, it served as a great primer, even though it is a US dominated book and I'm in the UK. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/High-Crimes-and-Misdemeanors-Audiobook/B00O1ECBR6 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: High Crimes and Misdemeanors Subtitle: The Case Against Bill Clinton Author: Ann Coulter Narrator: Steven Roy Grimsley Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 29 mins Language: English Release date: 10-01-14 Publisher: Regnery Publishing Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 28 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: The book that started it all! Ann Coulter's debut, High Crimes and Misdemeanors: The Case Against Bill Clinton, is written with Coulter's trademark irreverent wit and now available as an audiobook narrated by one of her biggest fans, Steven Roy Grimsley. Readers of Ann Coulter's best-selling Slander will love High Crimes and Misdemeanors. In this New York Times best-seller, Coulter mercilessly pillories Bill Clinton and examines his abuses and excesses of power point by point. She also shreds every conceivable defense of the Clintons as she probes the major Clinton scandals of the 1990s, including Monica, Filegate, the China connection, the travel office snafu, and the fundraising fiascoes. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Ann Coulter) Wed, 01 Oct 2014 18:60:54 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/High-Crimes-and-Misdemeanors-Audiobook/B00O1ECBR6 thebookvoice.com 09:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: High Crimes and Misdemeanors Subtitle: The Case Against Bill Clinton Author: Ann Coulter Narrator: Steven Roy Grimsley Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 29 mins Language: English Release date: 10-01-14 Publisher: Regnery Publishing Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 28 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: The book that started it all! Ann Coulter's debut, High Crimes and Misdemeanors: The Case Against Bill Clinton, is written with Coulter's trademark irreverent wit and now available as an audiobook narrated by one of her biggest fans, Steven Roy Grimsley. Readers of Ann Coulter's best-selling Slander will love High Crimes and Misdemeanors. In this New York Times best-seller, Coulter mercilessly pillories Bill Clinton and examines his abuses and excesses of power point by point. She also shreds every conceivable defense of the Clintons as she probes the major Clinton scandals of the 1990s, including Monica, Filegate, the China connection, the travel office snafu, and the fundraising fiascoes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: High Crimes and Misdemeanors Subtitle: The Case Against Bill Clinton Author: Ann Coulter Narrator: Steven Roy Grimsley Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 29 mins Language: English Release date: 10-01-14 Publisher: Regnery Publishing Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 28 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: The book that started it all! Ann Coulter's debut, High Crimes and Misdemeanors: The Case Against Bill Clinton, is written with Coulter's trademark irreverent wit and now available as an audiobook narrated by one of her biggest fans, Steven Roy Grimsley. Readers of Ann Coulter's best-selling Slander will love High Crimes and Misdemeanors. In this New York Times best-seller, Coulter mercilessly pillories Bill Clinton and examines his abuses and excesses of power point by point. She also shreds every conceivable defense of the Clintons as she probes the major Clinton scandals of the 1990s, including Monica, Filegate, the China connection, the travel office snafu, and the fundraising fiascoes. Members Reviews: "Kiss It" What did you love best about High Crimes and Misdemeanors? Even though Clinton turned the peoples house (White House) into the party capital of the country, I could not stop thinking how simple life was back then. What did you like best about this story? With the headlines of today, beheadings, burning people alive, sex in the oval office seems tame. Whats the most interesting tidbit youve picked up from this book? Yes, Bill Clinton should have been impeached and Hillary should be in jail for Whitewater, but the world was a better place. Any additional comments? I dont think Coulter intended this book as a comedy, but as compared to todays headlines, I found it a wonderful read and a history of a world I long for. The things you only thought you knew This in depth look at the Clinton machine exposes the corrupt nature of real and perceived absolute power at the highest level of government. Ann Coulter explains it all in a straight and compelling work of art. Going beyond what the MSM only reported, this is an important view and telling of some of the most troubling political abuses of all time. Excellent reading, complex story good repetition MUST KNOW: Christopher Hitchens' book complements this one, I would say listen to him first to know how to feel about the topic then this one to learn the order of events in more detail. GOOD TO KNOW: The reader is very good, as required, the story is legalistic in style. There is actually some repetitive parts, not really the best bits either. but that repetition keeps the listener aware of the points being made throughout. Lewinsky is not covered but other scandals are in great detail, very nice to see detail on comparison of Johnson and Nixon against Clinton which is what I bought the book for. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Power-and-Constraint-Audiobook/B00DQSZLQ6 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Power and Constraint Subtitle: The Accountable Presidency After 9/11 Author: Jack Goldsmith Narrator: Mark Whitten Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 30 mins Language: English Release date: 07-11-13 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 3 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: The surprising truth behind Barack Obama's decision to continue many of his predecessor's counterterrorism policies Conventional wisdom holds that 9/11 sounded the death knell for presidential accountability. In fact, the opposite is true. The novel powers that our post-9/11 commanders in chief assumed - endless detentions, military commissions, state secrets, broad surveillance, and more - are the culmination of a two-century expansion of presidential authority. But these new powers have been met with thousands of barely visible legal and political constraints - enforced by congressional committees, government lawyers, courts, and the media - that have transformed our unprecedentedly powerful presidency into one that is also unprecedentedly accountable. These constraints are the key to understanding why Obama continued the Bush counterterrorism program, and in this light, the events of the last decade should be seen as a victory, not a failure, of American constitutional government. We have actually preserved the framers original idea of a balanced constitution, despite the vast increase in presidential power made necessary by this age of permanent emergency. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Jack Goldsmith) Thu, 11 Jul 2013 18:55:52 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Power-and-Constraint-Audiobook/B00DQSZLQ6 thebookvoice.com 09:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Power and Constraint Subtitle: The Accountable Presidency After 9/11 Author: Jack Goldsmith Narrator: Mark Whitten Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 30 mins Language: English Release date: 07-11-13 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 3 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: The surprising truth behind Barack Obama's decision to continue many of his predecessor's counterterrorism policies Conventional wisdom holds that 9/11 sounded the death knell for presidential accountability. In fact, the opposite is true. The novel powers that our post-9/11 commanders in chief assumed - endless detentions, military commissions, state secrets, broad surveillance, and more - are the culmination of a two-century expansion of presidential authority. But these new powers have been met with thousands of barely visible legal and political constraints - enforced by congressional committees, government lawyers, courts, and the media - that have transformed our unprecedentedly powerful presidency into one that is also unprecedentedly accountable. These constraints are the key to understanding why Obama continued the Bush counterterrorism program, and in this light, the events of the last decade should be seen as a victory, not a failure, of American constitutional government. We have actually preserved the framers original idea of a balanced constitution, despite the vast increase in presidential power made necessary by this age of permanent emergency. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Power and Constraint Subtitle: The Accountable Presidency After 9/11 Author: Jack Goldsmith Narrator: Mark Whitten Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 30 mins Language: English Release date: 07-11-13 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 3 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: The surprising truth behind Barack Obama's decision to continue many of his predecessor's counterterrorism policies Conventional wisdom holds that 9/11 sounded the death knell for presidential accountability. In fact, the opposite is true. The novel powers that our post-9/11 commanders in chief assumed - endless detentions, military commissions, state secrets, broad surveillance, and more - are the culmination of a two-century expansion of presidential authority. But these new powers have been met with thousands of barely visible legal and political constraints - enforced by congressional committees, government lawyers, courts, and the media - that have transformed our unprecedentedly powerful presidency into one that is also unprecedentedly accountable. These constraints are the key to understanding why Obama continued the Bush counterterrorism program, and in this light, the events of the last decade should be seen as a victory, not a failure, of American constitutional government. We have actually preserved the framers original idea of a balanced constitution, despite the vast increase in presidential power made necessary by this age of permanent emergency. Members Reviews: Encouraging to Know that Checks and Balances Still Exist Since the terror attack of 9/11, I have been increasingly concerned with the actions of our government. The revelation of abuses at Abu Ghraib, the shocking stories of secret CIA prisons, and our policies of indefinite detainment and âenhanced interrogationâ at facilities like Bagram and Guantanamo have made me wonder whether the cure was worse than the disease. Jack Goldsmith makes a good case that traditional checks and balances are still very much at play. What we see in the media is that nobody above the rank of sergeant went to prison over Abu Ghraib, and nobodyâs been tried for what in retrospect was probably torture in CIA prisons. I still find that shocking, but no matter how Teflon-coated our policy makers appear in the media, the author explains that behind the scenes each new scandal results in a flurry of activity. One of the results is that every branch of government has newer and tighter policies, plus a veritable army of in-house lawyers whose job it is to enforce compliance. As we read about widespread NSA surveillance of our phone calls and emails (as revealed by Edward Snowden after this bookâs publication), and as we see the defenders of those policies seeming to prevail in Congressional hearings, it is comforting to know that despite the appearance of unchecked power, behind the scenes these same people are scurrying to make their activities more acceptable to the courts, the Congress, and American public. It may be that in their minds itâs just window dressing, but the result according to Goldsmith is serious and long-lasting constraints. Superb combination of scholarship and journalism about executive power in the national security decade Jack Goldsmith has written a superb analysis of the evolution of the heated - overheated - debates over executive power and national security policies in the decade after 9/11. It is particularly striking because, although an academic's academic, Goldsmith shows a remarkable talent for journalism, interviewing a long list of participants in the debates over national security policy, and an ability to create a narrative. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Masters-of-the-Universe-Audiobook/B00AI2JSIK Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Masters of the Universe Subtitle: Hayek, Friedman, and the Birth of Neoliberal Politics Author: Daniel Stedman Jones Narrator: Ken Maxon Format: Unabridged Length: 15 hrs and 55 mins Language: English Release date: 12-05-12 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 24 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: How did American and British policymakers become so enamored with free markets, deregulation, and limited government? This book - the first comprehensive transatlantic history of the rise of neoliberal politics - presents a surprising answer. Based on archival research and interviews with leading participants in the movement, Masters of the Universe traces the ascendancy of neoliberalism from the academy of interwar Europe to supremacy under Reagan and Thatcher and in the decades since. Daniel Stedman Jones argues that there was nothing inevitable about the victory of free-market politics. Far from being the story of the simple triumph of right-wing ideas, the neoliberal breakthrough was contingent on the economic crises of the 1970s and the acceptance of the need for new policies by the political left. Masters of the Universe describes neoliberalism's road to power, beginning in interwar Europe but shifting its center of gravity after 1945 to the United States, especially to Chicago and Virginia, where it acquired a simple clarity that was developed into an uncompromising political message. Neoliberalism was communicated through a transatlantic network of think tanks, businessmen, politicians, and journalists that was held together by Friedrich Hayek and Milton Friedman. After the collapse of Bretton Woods in 1971, and the "stagflation" that followed, their ideas finally began to take hold as Keynesianism appeared to self-destruct. Later, after the elections of Reagan and Thatcher, a guileless faith in free markets came to dominate politics. Fascinating, important, and timely, this is a book for anyone who wants to understand the history behind the Anglo-American love affair with the free market, as well as the origins of the current economic crisis. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Daniel Stedman Jones) Wed, 05 Dec 2012 20:07:38 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Masters-of-the-Universe-Audiobook/B00AI2JSIK thebookvoice.com 15:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Masters of the Universe Subtitle: Hayek, Friedman, and the Birth of Neoliberal Politics Author: Daniel Stedman Jones Narrator: Ken Maxon Format: Unabridged Length: 15 hrs and 55 mins Language: English Release date: 12-05-12 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 24 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: How did American and British policymakers become so enamored with free markets, deregulation, and limited government? This book - the first comprehensive transatlantic history of the rise of neoliberal politics - presents a surprising answer. Based on archival research and interviews with leading participants in the movement, Masters of the Universe traces the ascendancy of neoliberalism from the academy of interwar Europe to supremacy under Reagan and Thatcher and in the decades since. Daniel Stedman Jones argues that there was nothing inevitable about the victory of free-market politics. Far from being the story of the simple triumph of right-wing ideas, the neoliberal breakthrough was contingent on the economic crises of the 1970s and the acceptance of the need for new policies by the political left. Masters of the Universe describes neoliberalism's road to power, beginning in interwar Europe but shifting its center of gravity after 1945 to the United States, especially to Chicago and Virginia, where it acquired a simple clarity that was developed into an uncompromising political message. Neoliberalism was communicated through a transatlantic network of think tanks, businessmen, politicians, and journalists that was held together by Friedrich Hayek and Milton Friedman. After the collapse of Bretton Woods in 1971, and the "stagflation" that followed, their ideas finally began to take hold as Keynesianism appeared to self-destruct. Later, after the elections of Reagan and Thatcher, a guileless faith in free markets came to dominate politics. Fascinating, important, and timely, this is a book for anyone who wants to understand the history behind the Anglo-American love affair with the free market, as well as the origins of the current economic crisis. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Masters of the Universe Subtitle: Hayek, Friedman, and the Birth of Neoliberal Politics Author: Daniel Stedman Jones Narrator: Ken Maxon Format: Unabridged Length: 15 hrs and 55 mins Language: English Release date: 12-05-12 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 24 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: How did American and British policymakers become so enamored with free markets, deregulation, and limited government? This book - the first comprehensive transatlantic history of the rise of neoliberal politics - presents a surprising answer. Based on archival research and interviews with leading participants in the movement, Masters of the Universe traces the ascendancy of neoliberalism from the academy of interwar Europe to supremacy under Reagan and Thatcher and in the decades since. Daniel Stedman Jones argues that there was nothing inevitable about the victory of free-market politics. Far from being the story of the simple triumph of right-wing ideas, the neoliberal breakthrough was contingent on the economic crises of the 1970s and the acceptance of the need for new policies by the political left. Masters of the Universe describes neoliberalism's road to power, beginning in interwar Europe but shifting its center of gravity after 1945 to the United States, especially to Chicago and Virginia, where it acquired a simple clarity that was developed into an uncompromising political message. Neoliberalism was communicated through a transatlantic network of think tanks, businessmen, politicians, and journalists that was held together by Friedrich Hayek and Milton Friedman. After the collapse of Bretton Woods in 1971, and the "stagflation" that followed, their ideas finally began to take hold as Keynesianism appeared to self-destruct. Later, after the elections of Reagan and Thatcher, a guileless faith in free markets came to dominate politics. Fascinating, important, and timely, this is a book for anyone who wants to understand the history behind the Anglo-American love affair with the free market, as well as the origins of the current economic crisis. Members Reviews: Biased - Good and Bad What disappointed you about Masters of the Universe? Daniel Stedman Jones does a decent job in diving deeply into the history and ideas. The problem is that time after time after time his bias, he is part of Demos, shines far too brightly. Too often it results in questionable characterizations of historical events. If you're looking for a different viewpoint on Hayek, Friedman and others you will find it here. The problem is the accuracy of its conclusions are questionable. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Negotiating-with-Evil-Audiobook/B004G7J6LW Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Negotiating with Evil Subtitle: When to Talk to Terrorists Author: Mitchell B. Reiss Narrator: Peter Johnson Format: Unabridged Length: 11 hrs and 15 mins Language: English Release date: 12-14-10 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: In a career spanning decades, Mitchell B. Reiss has been at the center of some of America's most sensitive diplomatic negotiations. He is internationally recognized for his negotiation efforts to forge peace in Northern Ireland and to stem the nuclear crisis in North Korea. In Negotiating with Evil, Reiss distills his experience to answer two questions more vital today than ever: Should we talk to terrorists? And if we do, how should we conduct the negotiations in order to gain what we want? To research this book, Reiss traveled the globe for three years, unearthing hidden aspects of the most secret and sensitive negotiations from recent history. He has interviewed hundreds of individuals, including prime ministers, generals, intelligence operatives, and former terrorists in conflict-torn regions of Europe, Asia, North Africa, and the Middle East. The result is a fascinating examination of the different methods countries have employed to confront terrorist movements, the mistakes made, the victories achieved, and the lessons learned. Negotiating with Evil is a penetrating and insightful look into high-stakes diplomacy in the post-9/11 world and a vital contribution to the global security debate as the United States and its allies struggle to confront terrorist threats abroad and at home. Critic Reviews: "This is an excellent and deeply relevant book, and it should be required reading for informed citizens and senior policymakers alike." (U.S. Senator John McCain) "A truly superb analysis of negotiations with controversial groups and states.... After two decades of personal experience as a mediator and negotiator, I found Negotiating with Evil to be the most comprehensive and thoughtful work on this complex subject. This is a must-read for leaders, negotiators, and those interested in this hot, contemporary topic that faces our current political leadership." (General Anthony C. Zinni, USMC [Retired]) "Its both an important study and also a compelling set of historical narratives." (Walter Isaacson, author of Kissinger: A Biography and Einstein: His Life and Universe) biacuaduc@gmail.com (Mitchell B. Reiss) Tue, 14 Dec 2010 13:03:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Negotiating-with-Evil-Audiobook/B004G7J6LW thebookvoice.com 11:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Negotiating with Evil Subtitle: When to Talk to Terrorists Author: Mitchell B. Reiss Narrator: Peter Johnson Format: Unabridged Length: 11 hrs and 15 mins Language: English Release date: 12-14-10 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: In a career spanning decades, Mitchell B. Reiss has been at the center of some of America's most sensitive diplomatic negotiations. He is internationally recognized for his negotiation efforts to forge peace in Northern Ireland and to stem the nuclear crisis in North Korea. In Negotiating with Evil, Reiss distills his experience to answer two questions more vital today than ever: Should we talk to terrorists? And if we do, how should we conduct the negotiations in order to gain what we want? To research this book, Reiss traveled the globe for three years, unearthing hidden aspects of the most secret and sensitive negotiations from recent history. He has interviewed hundreds of individuals, including prime ministers, generals, intelligence operatives, and former terrorists in conflict-torn regions of Europe, Asia, North Africa, and the Middle East. The result is a fascinating examination of the different methods countries have employed to confront terrorist movements, the mistakes made, the victories achieved, and the lessons learned. Negotiating with Evil is a penetrating and insightful look into high-stakes diplomacy in the post-9/11 world and a vital contribution to the global security debate as the United States and its allies struggle to confront terrorist threats abroad and at home. Critic Reviews: "This is an excellent and deeply relevant book, and it should be required reading for informed citizens and senior policymakers alike." (U.S. Senator John McCain) "A truly superb analysis of negotiations with controversial groups and states.... After two decades of personal experience as a mediator and negotiator, I found Negotiating with Evil to be the most comprehensive and thoughtful work on this complex subject. This is a must-read for leaders, negotiators, and those interested in this hot, contemporary topic that faces our current political leadership." (General Anthony C. Zinni, USMC [Retired]) "Its both an important study and also a compelling set of historical narratives." (Walter Isaacson, author of Kissinger: A Biography and Einstein: His Life and Universe) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Negotiating with Evil Subtitle: When to Talk to Terrorists Author: Mitchell B. Reiss Narrator: Peter Johnson Format: Unabridged Length: 11 hrs and 15 mins Language: English Release date: 12-14-10 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: In a career spanning decades, Mitchell B. Reiss has been at the center of some of America's most sensitive diplomatic negotiations. He is internationally recognized for his negotiation efforts to forge peace in Northern Ireland and to stem the nuclear crisis in North Korea. In Negotiating with Evil, Reiss distills his experience to answer two questions more vital today than ever: Should we talk to terrorists? And if we do, how should we conduct the negotiations in order to gain what we want? To research this book, Reiss traveled the globe for three years, unearthing hidden aspects of the most secret and sensitive negotiations from recent history. He has interviewed hundreds of individuals, including prime ministers, generals, intelligence operatives, and former terrorists in conflict-torn regions of Europe, Asia, North Africa, and the Middle East. The result is a fascinating examination of the different methods countries have employed to confront terrorist movements, the mistakes made, the victories achieved, and the lessons learned. Negotiating with Evil is a penetrating and insightful look into high-stakes diplomacy in the post-9/11 world and a vital contribution to the global security debate as the United States and its allies struggle to confront terrorist threats abroad and at home. Critic Reviews: "This is an excellent and deeply relevant book, and it should be required reading for informed citizens and senior policymakers alike." (U.S. Senator John McCain) "A truly superb analysis of negotiations with controversial groups and states.... After two decades of personal experience as a mediator and negotiator, I found Negotiating with Evil to be the most comprehensive and thoughtful work on this complex subject. This is a must-read for leaders, negotiators, and those interested in this hot, contemporary topic that faces our current political leadership." (General Anthony C. Zinni, USMC [Retired]) "Its both an important study and also a compelling set of historical narratives." (Walter Isaacson, author of Kissinger: A Biography and Einstein: His Life and Universe) Members Reviews: Great insight, great history lesson, great perspective I am 58 and have lived through the times referenced. Amazing how little I knew or understood about these conflicts. It is clear that judging peoples efforts in these difficult situations needs time for a proper review. Immediate sound bites do no good for anybody, except for those who want to promote their own agenda. Also interesting how, when the path and goal is not clear, the only way to get things done is through the little guys on the ground who are close to the situation. This is not so much different from what one encounters in business, that in confusing times the people close to the business probably have the best solutions. Outstanding Must Read This is not only an excellent book for academics who want to truly understand the real world of dealing with terrorists but a must read for diplomats all over the globe. Mitchell Reiss has demonstrated what it takes both by his previous involvement in Northern Ireland and by his insightful interviews with the key players in the book. Five Stars extremely interesting read, very timely with world events today. Excellent Analysis - and a Gripping Read This is an outstanding, essential book. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/State-of-Emergency-Audiobook/B002V8KTAK Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: State of Emergency Subtitle: The Third World Invasion and Conquest of America Author: Patrick J. Buchanan Narrator: Patrick J. Buchanan Format: Abridged Length: 5 hrs and 8 mins Language: English Release date: 08-25-06 Publisher: Macmillan Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 115 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: In this important audiobook, Pat Buchanan reveals that, slowly but surely, the great American Southwest is being reconquered by Mexico. These lands are being detached ethnically, linguistically, and culturally from the United States by a deliberate policy of the Mexican regime. Unless the invasion is halted now, Buchanan argues, America will become a country unrecognizable to our parents, what Theodore Roosevelt warned against when he said we must never let America become "a polyglot boardinghouse" for the world. Laying out a sweeping immigration reform and border security plan, State of Emergency is essential listening for all Americans. With an estimated 10 to 15 million "illegals" already here and tens of millions more poised to pour across our borders, few audiobooks could be as timely or important. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Patrick J. Buchanan) Fri, 25 Aug 2006 14:55:12 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/State-of-Emergency-Audiobook/B002V8KTAK thebookvoice.com 05:08:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: State of Emergency Subtitle: The Third World Invasion and Conquest of America Author: Patrick J. Buchanan Narrator: Patrick J. Buchanan Format: Abridged Length: 5 hrs and 8 mins Language: English Release date: 08-25-06 Publisher: Macmillan Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 115 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: In this important audiobook, Pat Buchanan reveals that, slowly but surely, the great American Southwest is being reconquered by Mexico. These lands are being detached ethnically, linguistically, and culturally from the United States by a deliberate policy of the Mexican regime. Unless the invasion is halted now, Buchanan argues, America will become a country unrecognizable to our parents, what Theodore Roosevelt warned against when he said we must never let America become "a polyglot boardinghouse" for the world. Laying out a sweeping immigration reform and border security plan, State of Emergency is essential listening for all Americans. With an estimated 10 to 15 million "illegals" already here and tens of millions more poised to pour across our borders, few audiobooks could be as timely or important. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: State of Emergency Subtitle: The Third World Invasion and Conquest of America Author: Patrick J. Buchanan Narrator: Patrick J. Buchanan Format: Abridged Length: 5 hrs and 8 mins Language: English Release date: 08-25-06 Publisher: Macmillan Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 115 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: In this important audiobook, Pat Buchanan reveals that, slowly but surely, the great American Southwest is being reconquered by Mexico. These lands are being detached ethnically, linguistically, and culturally from the United States by a deliberate policy of the Mexican regime. Unless the invasion is halted now, Buchanan argues, America will become a country unrecognizable to our parents, what Theodore Roosevelt warned against when he said we must never let America become "a polyglot boardinghouse" for the world. Laying out a sweeping immigration reform and border security plan, State of Emergency is essential listening for all Americans. With an estimated 10 to 15 million "illegals" already here and tens of millions more poised to pour across our borders, few audiobooks could be as timely or important. Members Reviews: Excellent As always Buchanan speaks to the issues the main stream media won't touch with a 10 foot poll. We are in a state of emergency and our government elites refuse to sound the alarm. Our country is being invaded and we stand idly by as our borders and our very country is compromised. Here Pat sounds that alarm with clarity and crispness, let's hope people begin to listen. Mexican Illegal Invasion= Reclaiming of America Americans overlook the fact that most of the southwestern United States once belonged to Mexico- the whole states of California, Nevada, Utah, Arizona, New Mexico and Texas, as well as parts of Wyoming, Colorado, Oklahoma and Kansas. Not until the Mexican - American War 1846-1848 did America take possession/annex of these lands. Mexico was devastated by the war and despite financial compensation paid by the US $15 million for lands and additional money for damages deep resentment over the lost territory lingers on today. The flood of illegals across the border is an invasion. What Mexico could not do by force it is accomplishing through mass illegal immigration. Mexican immigrants will outnumber all other races if the current trends are not stopped and our borders secured. These illegals have no interest in assimilating, rather they remain separate with their own customs, national pride in Mexico, and their own language. Elites have facilitated this division by making Spanish the official second language. Mexico being a third world country produces people with a third world mentality so as Mexican illegals become the predominate population in America so will America revert to a third world country. Our borders must be secured and Trump's immigration reform must be implemented reducing legal immigration by 1/2 with stipulation allowing for entrance to those who add value to America not take from it. overwhelming A dire warning. Extremely disturbing. The top American historian does a major work about our giving it all away... Compelling This is a truly scary read. Buchanan traces the historu of immigration in America. He notes that our borders were essentially closed from 1924 until 1965 when the laws were rewritten as part of "The Great Society." The unintended consequences include 12 million illegals and 20 million legals which are now demanding parity, benefits and the right to bring an unlimited number of their friends and family. The paper book has 27 pages of footnotes and a 9 page index. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Culture-of-Terrorism-Audiobook/B00YI1D4UU Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Culture of Terrorism Author: Noam Chomsky Narrator: Brian Jones Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 50 mins Language: English Release date: 07-28-15 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 16 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: This scathing critique of US political culture is a brilliant analysis of the Iran-Contra scandal. Chomsky offers a message of hope, reminding us resistance is possible. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Noam Chomsky) Tue, 28 Jul 2015 20:46:00 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Culture-of-Terrorism-Audiobook/B00YI1D4UU thebookvoice.com 08:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Culture of Terrorism Author: Noam Chomsky Narrator: Brian Jones Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 50 mins Language: English Release date: 07-28-15 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 16 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: This scathing critique of US political culture is a brilliant analysis of the Iran-Contra scandal. Chomsky offers a message of hope, reminding us resistance is possible. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Culture of Terrorism Author: Noam Chomsky Narrator: Brian Jones Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 50 mins Language: English Release date: 07-28-15 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 16 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: This scathing critique of US political culture is a brilliant analysis of the Iran-Contra scandal. Chomsky offers a message of hope, reminding us resistance is possible. Members Reviews: Chomsky's prescient history of Reagan's terror This is Noam Chomsky's 1998 analysis of the Reagan administration's failed Central American policy that resulted in the deaths of tens of thousands as well as the destabilization of economies and governments in the name of the protection of the United States from a nonexistent enemy, global communism. Chomsky's reasoned analysis also shines the light on the complicity of the United States media in failing to report the truth behind America's illegal and immoral interference with democracy and human rights progressive, popular reforms of the dictatorships who serve our wealthy institutions. It is fascinating to learn how Reagan utilized the threat of terrorism to convince the American public to look the other way while he intervened illegally in the operations of other countries in the name of defense of our way of life that was supposedly threatened by the popular elections in Nicaragua. The same rhetoric now drives the Republican race for the presidency with racially blind hatred of Islam and Hispanics in the name of public and economic safety. See for example Ted Cruz' popular threat to carpet bomb ISIS in spite of the Geneva Convention and Marco Rubio's call for massive defense spending to save us from a foe without an airplane or a ship. The tried and true gambit of Reagans prevarications is rising again seventeen years after Chomsky's excellent and prescient analysis.. Everyone should hear this. Noam Chomsky is surely the most intelligent and prolific writer on public policy, politics, and most important, who owns the world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Two-Paths-Audiobook/B01N4UTHAO Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Two Paths Subtitle: America Divided or United Author: John Kasich Narrator: John Kasich Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 53 mins Language: English Release date: 04-25-17 Publisher: Macmillan Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 117 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: When Ohio governor John Kasich ran for president, his powerful message of hope and togetherness struck a chord with American voters. In Two Paths: America Divided or United, he carries that message forward by reflecting on the tumultuous 2016 campaign, sharing his concerns for America and his hopes for our future, and sounding a clarion call to reason and purpose, humility and dignity, righteousness and calm. "The country never looked so grand and magnificent as it did from 10,000 feet," he writes of his time on the campaign trail, "and it was always a thrilling, faith-affirming thing to look out our window and see the sun splashing across Bryce Canyon in Utah, or the lights of the New York skyline at night as we flew past the Statue of Liberty, or an open field in the heartland that ran as far as our eyes could see.... I'd look out and think what an honor it would be to lead this great nation, what a blessing." To be sure, the full story of the 2016 presidential race will be written over time, but to understand what it was to be on the front lines of one of the most divisive and corrosive campaign battlegrounds in history, listeners won't find a richer, more thoughtful firsthand account than this one - a frank, refreshing assessment of the American dynamic and a clear path we might follow toward a more promising tomorrow. As Governor Kasich reminds us, America is great because America is good - and because Americans have stayed true to who we are: one nation, under God, indivisible. biacuaduc@gmail.com (John Kasich) Tue, 25 Apr 2017 10:40:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Two-Paths-Audiobook/B01N4UTHAO thebookvoice.com 08:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Two Paths Subtitle: America Divided or United Author: John Kasich Narrator: John Kasich Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 53 mins Language: English Release date: 04-25-17 Publisher: Macmillan Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 117 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: When Ohio governor John Kasich ran for president, his powerful message of hope and togetherness struck a chord with American voters. In Two Paths: America Divided or United, he carries that message forward by reflecting on the tumultuous 2016 campaign, sharing his concerns for America and his hopes for our future, and sounding a clarion call to reason and purpose, humility and dignity, righteousness and calm. "The country never looked so grand and magnificent as it did from 10,000 feet," he writes of his time on the campaign trail, "and it was always a thrilling, faith-affirming thing to look out our window and see the sun splashing across Bryce Canyon in Utah, or the lights of the New York skyline at night as we flew past the Statue of Liberty, or an open field in the heartland that ran as far as our eyes could see.... I'd look out and think what an honor it would be to lead this great nation, what a blessing." To be sure, the full story of the 2016 presidential race will be written over time, but to understand what it was to be on the front lines of one of the most divisive and corrosive campaign battlegrounds in history, listeners won't find a richer, more thoughtful firsthand account than this one - a frank, refreshing assessment of the American dynamic and a clear path we might follow toward a more promising tomorrow. As Governor Kasich reminds us, America is great because America is good - and because Americans have stayed true to who we are: one nation, under God, indivisible. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Two Paths Subtitle: America Divided or United Author: John Kasich Narrator: John Kasich Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 53 mins Language: English Release date: 04-25-17 Publisher: Macmillan Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 117 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: When Ohio governor John Kasich ran for president, his powerful message of hope and togetherness struck a chord with American voters. In Two Paths: America Divided or United, he carries that message forward by reflecting on the tumultuous 2016 campaign, sharing his concerns for America and his hopes for our future, and sounding a clarion call to reason and purpose, humility and dignity, righteousness and calm. "The country never looked so grand and magnificent as it did from 10,000 feet," he writes of his time on the campaign trail, "and it was always a thrilling, faith-affirming thing to look out our window and see the sun splashing across Bryce Canyon in Utah, or the lights of the New York skyline at night as we flew past the Statue of Liberty, or an open field in the heartland that ran as far as our eyes could see.... I'd look out and think what an honor it would be to lead this great nation, what a blessing." To be sure, the full story of the 2016 presidential race will be written over time, but to understand what it was to be on the front lines of one of the most divisive and corrosive campaign battlegrounds in history, listeners won't find a richer, more thoughtful firsthand account than this one - a frank, refreshing assessment of the American dynamic and a clear path we might follow toward a more promising tomorrow. As Governor Kasich reminds us, America is great because America is good - and because Americans have stayed true to who we are: one nation, under God, indivisible. Members Reviews: Hoped for action items I had hoped for more info on how we get back to where we all want to be as a nation not a play by play of his life. He's a good man, just thought the book would be about the future and not the past. Lifting My Head Up The 2016 Presidential election and the first 100 days of the new presidency have been very disappointing to me. As a Vietnam era veteran, born in Ohio and graduated from The Ohio State University I wascraised with values similar to Governor Kasich. His thoughts, ideas and values remind me that Ametica is great and we all have a responsibility to maintain and enhance that greatness. Great listen! This was my first election as I am now 18, throughout the election John Kasich's words inspired me and made me want to explore a life in politics. This book is very insightful on how his 2016 campaign was ran and what values hold dear to him great book, greater message, strong narrative powerful message of hope and inclusiveness throughout the book. inspirational to say the least. great Hope for 2020!! Let's hope he runs and wins. Sad that a humble, experienced, with the right experience, good natured person like JK probably can't win because of name recognition and he's not obnoxious. Hope I'm wrong. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Stupid-Black-Men-Audiobook/B002VA39X2 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Stupid Black Men Subtitle: How to Play the Race Card - and Lose Author: Larry Elder Narrator: Larry Elder Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 26 mins Language: English Release date: 01-25-08 Publisher: Phoenix Books Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 104 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Is racial equality the answer to every question of public policy? Is a huge group of citizens kept down by "the man"? Radio host and best-selling author Larry Elder has made a career out of being a thorn in the side of the conventional-wisdom crowd. He deflates the pompous and points out the completely logical truths hidden behind the nutty rhetoric and out-of-control pandering of politicians and the so-called leaders of a variety of special-interest groups. In Stupid Black Men, he takes on the mind-set of those people who always capture the most media attention - as well as masses of public money - people who say that racism is the root of all problems and who end up hurting precisely those they claim to be helping. Whether they are demagogues like Al Sharpton, established politicians like Hilary Clinton, or entertainers like Danny Glover, no one escapes Elder's cogent arguments and rapier wit. His sometimes hilarious and always infuriating examples of wrong-headedness skewer not just politicians for their smugness and hypocrisy but also actors, educators, religious leaders, and the "main-scream media" for keeping the story in the headlines. But Elder has a positive message, too: though they are fewer - and generally not as loudmouthed - there are leaders and role models today who want to sweep away race-based whining and urge everyone in America to share in the hard work, smart thinking, and optimism that make this country great. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Larry Elder) Fri, 25 Jan 2008 17:07:56 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Stupid-Black-Men-Audiobook/B002VA39X2 thebookvoice.com 09:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Stupid Black Men Subtitle: How to Play the Race Card - and Lose Author: Larry Elder Narrator: Larry Elder Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 26 mins Language: English Release date: 01-25-08 Publisher: Phoenix Books Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 104 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Is racial equality the answer to every question of public policy? Is a huge group of citizens kept down by "the man"? Radio host and best-selling author Larry Elder has made a career out of being a thorn in the side of the conventional-wisdom crowd. He deflates the pompous and points out the completely logical truths hidden behind the nutty rhetoric and out-of-control pandering of politicians and the so-called leaders of a variety of special-interest groups. In Stupid Black Men, he takes on the mind-set of those people who always capture the most media attention - as well as masses of public money - people who say that racism is the root of all problems and who end up hurting precisely those they claim to be helping. Whether they are demagogues like Al Sharpton, established politicians like Hilary Clinton, or entertainers like Danny Glover, no one escapes Elder's cogent arguments and rapier wit. His sometimes hilarious and always infuriating examples of wrong-headedness skewer not just politicians for their smugness and hypocrisy but also actors, educators, religious leaders, and the "main-scream media" for keeping the story in the headlines. But Elder has a positive message, too: though they are fewer - and generally not as loudmouthed - there are leaders and role models today who want to sweep away race-based whining and urge everyone in America to share in the hard work, smart thinking, and optimism that make this country great. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Stupid Black Men Subtitle: How to Play the Race Card - and Lose Author: Larry Elder Narrator: Larry Elder Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 26 mins Language: English Release date: 01-25-08 Publisher: Phoenix Books Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 104 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Is racial equality the answer to every question of public policy? Is a huge group of citizens kept down by "the man"? Radio host and best-selling author Larry Elder has made a career out of being a thorn in the side of the conventional-wisdom crowd. He deflates the pompous and points out the completely logical truths hidden behind the nutty rhetoric and out-of-control pandering of politicians and the so-called leaders of a variety of special-interest groups. In Stupid Black Men, he takes on the mind-set of those people who always capture the most media attention - as well as masses of public money - people who say that racism is the root of all problems and who end up hurting precisely those they claim to be helping. Whether they are demagogues like Al Sharpton, established politicians like Hilary Clinton, or entertainers like Danny Glover, no one escapes Elder's cogent arguments and rapier wit. His sometimes hilarious and always infuriating examples of wrong-headedness skewer not just politicians for their smugness and hypocrisy but also actors, educators, religious leaders, and the "main-scream media" for keeping the story in the headlines. But Elder has a positive message, too: though they are fewer - and generally not as loudmouthed - there are leaders and role models today who want to sweep away race-based whining and urge everyone in America to share in the hard work, smart thinking, and optimism that make this country great. Members Reviews: Larry Elder is the MAN!!! I LOVE Larry Elder. He is a breath of fresh air in politics today. He pulls no punches and does not suffer fools at all. You will be glad you picked this book. Excellent! I thoroughly enjoyed Larry's presentation. I thought it was dead on accurate. If a "person" works hard at achieving his goals and dreams, it doesn't matter what neighborhood he/she grew up in. The American Dream is still very real and attainable. Thank you Larry for putting the points so eloquently and clearly. Four stars Larry Elder is one of my favorite radio hosts. Much of this book is taken from segments of his show and he has a great knack for identifying hypocracy and illogical thinking. I applaud his courage in "telling it like it is" despite the opposition he gets from his detractors. Larry narrates the book and sounds as if he's reading it most of the time - he's much better when he just speaks off the cuff. All in all, an informative and entertaining read. surprisingly excellent! Professor Larry Elder takes you to school with this provocative and timely treatise on racism in America. Add this to African American studies curriculum. EXCELLENT BOOK! If you're tired of the race-baiting antics of those who seek to blame white people for what's wrong in America, then this book is for you! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Gore-v-Bush-The-Third-Debate-Audiobook/B002UZKSQO Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Gore v. Bush - The Third Debate Author: Vice President Al Gore, Governor George W. Bush Format: Original Recording Length: 1 hr and 30 mins Language: English Release date: 10-04-00 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 58 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: If you missed the debate, or want to hear it again, audible.com has made this program available for FREE. Listen now before you vote! biacuaduc@gmail.com (Vice President Al Gore) Wed, 04 Oct 2000 19:46:35 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Gore-v-Bush-The-Third-Debate-Audiobook/B002UZKSQO thebookvoice.com 01:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Gore v. Bush - The Third Debate Author: Vice President Al Gore, Governor George W. Bush Format: Original Recording Length: 1 hr and 30 mins Language: English Release date: 10-04-00 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 58 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: If you missed the debate, or want to hear it again, audible.com has made this program available for FREE. Listen now before you vote! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Gore v. Bush - The Third Debate Author: Vice President Al Gore, Governor George W. Bush Format: Original Recording Length: 1 hr and 30 mins Language: English Release date: 10-04-00 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 58 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: If you missed the debate, or want to hear it again, audible.com has made this program available for FREE. Listen now before you vote! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Abduction-Audiobook/B01MZ2Q7VT Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Abduction Subtitle: How Liberalism Steals Our Children's Hearts and Minds Author: Dr. Carol M. Swain, Steven Feazel Narrator: Dr. Carol M. Swain Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 27 mins Language: English Release date: 12-28-16 Publisher: Carol Swain Enterprises Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 9 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: The authors sound an alert for the souls of America's youth. They expose how the liberal left seeks to brainwash our kids for their political gain. Movies, TV, music, court decisions, news reports and the education system are all corrupted by the left to control the nation's youth. Parents, who seek to protect their children from the devious deception of a liberal agenda, will find this book to be a practical guide to push back against the liberal efforts designed to reshape our kids' worldview and destroy their moral compass. Steve Feazel and Dr. Carol Swain ring a warning bell for all parents to heed who want their children to embrace and cherish traditional values and moral living that will allow them to live happy and productive lives. The book reveals the dangers of a relative morality while providing practical action steps that parents can take to prevent their children from becoming conformed to the secular pattern of the world. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Dr. Carol M. Swain) Wed, 28 Dec 2016 08:07:23 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Abduction-Audiobook/B01MZ2Q7VT thebookvoice.com 09:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Abduction Subtitle: How Liberalism Steals Our Children's Hearts and Minds Author: Dr. Carol M. Swain, Steven Feazel Narrator: Dr. Carol M. Swain Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 27 mins Language: English Release date: 12-28-16 Publisher: Carol Swain Enterprises Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 9 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: The authors sound an alert for the souls of America's youth. They expose how the liberal left seeks to brainwash our kids for their political gain. Movies, TV, music, court decisions, news reports and the education system are all corrupted by the left to control the nation's youth. Parents, who seek to protect their children from the devious deception of a liberal agenda, will find this book to be a practical guide to push back against the liberal efforts designed to reshape our kids' worldview and destroy their moral compass. Steve Feazel and Dr. Carol Swain ring a warning bell for all parents to heed who want their children to embrace and cherish traditional values and moral living that will allow them to live happy and productive lives. The book reveals the dangers of a relative morality while providing practical action steps that parents can take to prevent their children from becoming conformed to the secular pattern of the world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Abduction Subtitle: How Liberalism Steals Our Children's Hearts and Minds Author: Dr. Carol M. Swain, Steven Feazel Narrator: Dr. Carol M. Swain Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 27 mins Language: English Release date: 12-28-16 Publisher: Carol Swain Enterprises Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 9 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: The authors sound an alert for the souls of America's youth. They expose how the liberal left seeks to brainwash our kids for their political gain. Movies, TV, music, court decisions, news reports and the education system are all corrupted by the left to control the nation's youth. Parents, who seek to protect their children from the devious deception of a liberal agenda, will find this book to be a practical guide to push back against the liberal efforts designed to reshape our kids' worldview and destroy their moral compass. Steve Feazel and Dr. Carol Swain ring a warning bell for all parents to heed who want their children to embrace and cherish traditional values and moral living that will allow them to live happy and productive lives. The book reveals the dangers of a relative morality while providing practical action steps that parents can take to prevent their children from becoming conformed to the secular pattern of the world. Members Reviews: A home run! So grateful for your leadership and guidance in the area of keeping our children safe from immoral and dangerous influencers in their very own schools! Your book left me motivated to do whatever i can to stand in the way of bad influences that surround today's youth as well as offer tips on how to do so. This is a must read for all parents and grandparents! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Devil-We-Know-Audiobook/B002V02TDS Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Devil We Know Subtitle: Dealing with the New Iranian Superpower Author: Robert Baer Narrator: Ted Barker Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 50 mins Language: English Release date: 09-30-08 Publisher: Random House Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 210 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: As ex-CIA operative Robert Baer masterfully shows, Iran has maneuvered itself into the elite superpower ranks by exploiting America's false perceptions of what Iran is by letting us believe it is a country run by scowling religious fanatics, too preoccupied with theocratic jostling and terrorist agendas to strengthen its political and economic foundations. The reality is much more frightening, and yet contained in the potential catastrophe is an implicit political response that, if we're bold enough to adopt it, could avert disaster. Baer's on-the-ground sleuthing and interviews with key Middle East players, everyone from an Iranian ayatollah to the king of Bahrain to the head of Israel's internal security, paint a picture of the centuries-old Shia nation that is starkly the opposite of the one normally drawn. For example, Iran's hate-spouting President Ahmadinejad is by no means the true spokesman for Iranian foreign policy, nor is Iran making it the highest priority to become a nuclear player. Even so, Baer has discovered that Iran is currently engaged in a soft takeover of the Middle East, that the proxy method of war-making and co-option it perfected with Hezbollah in Lebanon is being exported throughout the region, that Iran now controls a significant portion of Iraq, that it is extending its influence over Jordan and Egypt, that the Arab Emirates and other Gulf States are being pulled into its sphere, and that it will shortly have a firm hold on the world's oil spigot. Critic Reviews: "Timely and provocative...adds an important perspective to a crucial international debate." (Publishers Weekly) "An important text studded with keen insights into a nation about which America remains dangerously misinformed." (Kirkus Reviews) biacuaduc@gmail.com (Robert Baer) Tue, 30 Sep 2008 09:10:43 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Devil-We-Know-Audiobook/B002V02TDS thebookvoice.com 09:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Devil We Know Subtitle: Dealing with the New Iranian Superpower Author: Robert Baer Narrator: Ted Barker Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 50 mins Language: English Release date: 09-30-08 Publisher: Random House Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 210 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: As ex-CIA operative Robert Baer masterfully shows, Iran has maneuvered itself into the elite superpower ranks by exploiting America's false perceptions of what Iran is by letting us believe it is a country run by scowling religious fanatics, too preoccupied with theocratic jostling and terrorist agendas to strengthen its political and economic foundations. The reality is much more frightening, and yet contained in the potential catastrophe is an implicit political response that, if we're bold enough to adopt it, could avert disaster. Baer's on-the-ground sleuthing and interviews with key Middle East players, everyone from an Iranian ayatollah to the king of Bahrain to the head of Israel's internal security, paint a picture of the centuries-old Shia nation that is starkly the opposite of the one normally drawn. For example, Iran's hate-spouting President Ahmadinejad is by no means the true spokesman for Iranian foreign policy, nor is Iran making it the highest priority to become a nuclear player. Even so, Baer has discovered that Iran is currently engaged in a soft takeover of the Middle East, that the proxy method of war-making and co-option it perfected with Hezbollah in Lebanon is being exported throughout the region, that Iran now controls a significant portion of Iraq, that it is extending its influence over Jordan and Egypt, that the Arab Emirates and other Gulf States are being pulled into its sphere, and that it will shortly have a firm hold on the world's oil spigot. Critic Reviews: "Timely and provocative...adds an important perspective to a crucial international debate." (Publishers Weekly) "An important text studded with keen insights into a nation about which America remains dangerously misinformed." (Kirkus Reviews) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Devil We Know Subtitle: Dealing with the New Iranian Superpower Author: Robert Baer Narrator: Ted Barker Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 50 mins Language: English Release date: 09-30-08 Publisher: Random House Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 210 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: As ex-CIA operative Robert Baer masterfully shows, Iran has maneuvered itself into the elite superpower ranks by exploiting America's false perceptions of what Iran is by letting us believe it is a country run by scowling religious fanatics, too preoccupied with theocratic jostling and terrorist agendas to strengthen its political and economic foundations. The reality is much more frightening, and yet contained in the potential catastrophe is an implicit political response that, if we're bold enough to adopt it, could avert disaster. Baer's on-the-ground sleuthing and interviews with key Middle East players, everyone from an Iranian ayatollah to the king of Bahrain to the head of Israel's internal security, paint a picture of the centuries-old Shia nation that is starkly the opposite of the one normally drawn. For example, Iran's hate-spouting President Ahmadinejad is by no means the true spokesman for Iranian foreign policy, nor is Iran making it the highest priority to become a nuclear player. Even so, Baer has discovered that Iran is currently engaged in a soft takeover of the Middle East, that the proxy method of war-making and co-option it perfected with Hezbollah in Lebanon is being exported throughout the region, that Iran now controls a significant portion of Iraq, that it is extending its influence over Jordan and Egypt, that the Arab Emirates and other Gulf States are being pulled into its sphere, and that it will shortly have a firm hold on the world's oil spigot. Critic Reviews: "Timely and provocative...adds an important perspective to a crucial international debate." (Publishers Weekly) "An important text studded with keen insights into a nation about which America remains dangerously misinformed." (Kirkus Reviews) Members Reviews: Insider's Guide to Middle East Conspiracy Theory 5 stars for the narrator. He reads with matter-of-fact authority that's never monotonous. Effort has clearly been made on foreign name pronunciations. Such a reading style and work ethic is sadly missed in audio versions of history books. This is a helpful starting point for anyone trying to make sense out of events in the Middle East from 1979 to 2008. Baer spins a clear and straightforward narrative; by the end even a casual listener can understand the difference between Hamas and Hezbollah, Khomeini and Khamenei, and many more. This was extremely valuable to me as someone who has tried seriously to follow the news, without really managing to sort out the players in the Middle East. Baer also gives an answer to the question of why links between Iran and terrorism were all over the news in the 1980s but have largely disappeared. The Iranian government learned that when trying to run a large country, making terrorism a key element of one's foreign relations just makes the job more difficult. "The Iranians" have changed their main strategy to building ground-level support for Iran in as many parts of the Middle East as possible. Baer never explains exactly what "Iranians" are in charge, but in his account they never make mistakes, building up their regional power base by schemes that always work perfectly. Baer purports to explain in detail the machinations of all kinds of shadowy organizations. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Chessboard-and-the-Web-Audiobook/B06XK7V4C5 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Chessboard and the Web Subtitle: Strategies of Connection in a Networked World Author: Anne Marie Slaughter Narrator: Jo Anna Perrin Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 55 mins Language: English Release date: 03-21-17 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 15 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: In 1961, Thomas Schelling's The Strategy of Conflict used game theory to radically reenvision the US-Soviet relationship and establish the basis of international relations for the rest of the Cold War. Now, Anne-Marie Slaughter - one of Foreign Policy's Top 100 Global Thinkers from 2009 to 2012, and the first woman to serve as director of the State Department Office of Policy Planning - applies network theory to develop a new set of strategies for the post-Cold War world. While chessboard-style competitive relationships still exist - US-Iranian relations, for example - many other situations demand that we look not at individual entities but at their links to one another. We must learn to understand, shape, and build on those connections. Concise and accessible, based on real-world situations, on a lucid understanding of network science, and on a clear taxonomy of strategies, this will be a go-to resource for anyone looking for a new way to think about strategy in politics or business. Critic Reviews: "Networks are becoming more important and deserve more attention in both the theory and practice of foreign policy. Slaughter's exposition is masterful and succinct." (Joseph S. Nye Jr., author of Soft Power) biacuaduc@gmail.com (Anne Marie Slaughter) Tue, 21 Mar 2017 10:14:00 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Chessboard-and-the-Web-Audiobook/B06XK7V4C5 thebookvoice.com 06:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Chessboard and the Web Subtitle: Strategies of Connection in a Networked World Author: Anne Marie Slaughter Narrator: Jo Anna Perrin Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 55 mins Language: English Release date: 03-21-17 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 15 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: In 1961, Thomas Schelling's The Strategy of Conflict used game theory to radically reenvision the US-Soviet relationship and establish the basis of international relations for the rest of the Cold War. Now, Anne-Marie Slaughter - one of Foreign Policy's Top 100 Global Thinkers from 2009 to 2012, and the first woman to serve as director of the State Department Office of Policy Planning - applies network theory to develop a new set of strategies for the post-Cold War world. While chessboard-style competitive relationships still exist - US-Iranian relations, for example - many other situations demand that we look not at individual entities but at their links to one another. We must learn to understand, shape, and build on those connections. Concise and accessible, based on real-world situations, on a lucid understanding of network science, and on a clear taxonomy of strategies, this will be a go-to resource for anyone looking for a new way to think about strategy in politics or business. Critic Reviews: "Networks are becoming more important and deserve more attention in both the theory and practice of foreign policy. Slaughter's exposition is masterful and succinct." (Joseph S. Nye Jr., author of Soft Power) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Chessboard and the Web Subtitle: Strategies of Connection in a Networked World Author: Anne Marie Slaughter Narrator: Jo Anna Perrin Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 55 mins Language: English Release date: 03-21-17 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 15 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: In 1961, Thomas Schelling's The Strategy of Conflict used game theory to radically reenvision the US-Soviet relationship and establish the basis of international relations for the rest of the Cold War. Now, Anne-Marie Slaughter - one of Foreign Policy's Top 100 Global Thinkers from 2009 to 2012, and the first woman to serve as director of the State Department Office of Policy Planning - applies network theory to develop a new set of strategies for the post-Cold War world. While chessboard-style competitive relationships still exist - US-Iranian relations, for example - many other situations demand that we look not at individual entities but at their links to one another. We must learn to understand, shape, and build on those connections. Concise and accessible, based on real-world situations, on a lucid understanding of network science, and on a clear taxonomy of strategies, this will be a go-to resource for anyone looking for a new way to think about strategy in politics or business. Critic Reviews: "Networks are becoming more important and deserve more attention in both the theory and practice of foreign policy. Slaughter's exposition is masterful and succinct." (Joseph S. Nye Jr., author of Soft Power) Members Reviews: Network Thinking for The Geopolitical Class A good intro to the ideas and concepts on how network thinking can change how we manage our world. Insightful perspective This book offers great insight into how to set and evaluate strategies for any kind of organization -- private or public -- domestic or global. Incredibly interesting and relevant Highly recommend this book. This woman clearly knows her stuff, and with current challenges reaching global levels (climate change, terrorism, water scarcity) this book has come at the right time. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Creating-Freedom-Audiobook/B01N4RDYGY Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Creating Freedom Subtitle: The Lottery of Birth, the Illusion of Consent, and the Fight for Our Future Author: Raoul Martinez Narrator: Steve West Format: Unabridged Length: 17 hrs and 36 mins Language: English Release date: 01-31-17 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 23 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: A manifesto for deep and radical change, Creating Freedom explores the limits placed on freedom by human nature and society. It explodes myths, calling for a profound transformation in the way we think about democracy, equality, and our own identities. Free markets, free elections, free media, free thought, free speech, free will - the language of freedom pervades our lives, framing the most urgent issues of our time and the deepest questions about who we are and who we want to be. It is a foundational concept at the heart of our civilization, but it has long been distorted to justify its opposite: soaring inequality, the erosion of democracy, an irrational criminal justice system, and a dehumanizing foreign policy. Raoul Martinez argues that the more we understand the limits on our freedom, the better placed we are to transcend them. Drawing together findings and ideas from neuroscience, criminology, psychology, politics, climate science, economics, and philosophy, Creating Freedom constructs a radical framework to make sense of the world and empower us to change it. This is a wide-ranging analysis of power, control, and freedom, which asks us to question our inherited identities, question our society, and turn the power to choose into the freedom to create. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Raoul Martinez) Tue, 31 Jan 2017 09:47:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Creating-Freedom-Audiobook/B01N4RDYGY thebookvoice.com 17:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Creating Freedom Subtitle: The Lottery of Birth, the Illusion of Consent, and the Fight for Our Future Author: Raoul Martinez Narrator: Steve West Format: Unabridged Length: 17 hrs and 36 mins Language: English Release date: 01-31-17 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 23 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: A manifesto for deep and radical change, Creating Freedom explores the limits placed on freedom by human nature and society. It explodes myths, calling for a profound transformation in the way we think about democracy, equality, and our own identities. Free markets, free elections, free media, free thought, free speech, free will - the language of freedom pervades our lives, framing the most urgent issues of our time and the deepest questions about who we are and who we want to be. It is a foundational concept at the heart of our civilization, but it has long been distorted to justify its opposite: soaring inequality, the erosion of democracy, an irrational criminal justice system, and a dehumanizing foreign policy. Raoul Martinez argues that the more we understand the limits on our freedom, the better placed we are to transcend them. Drawing together findings and ideas from neuroscience, criminology, psychology, politics, climate science, economics, and philosophy, Creating Freedom constructs a radical framework to make sense of the world and empower us to change it. This is a wide-ranging analysis of power, control, and freedom, which asks us to question our inherited identities, question our society, and turn the power to choose into the freedom to create. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Creating Freedom Subtitle: The Lottery of Birth, the Illusion of Consent, and the Fight for Our Future Author: Raoul Martinez Narrator: Steve West Format: Unabridged Length: 17 hrs and 36 mins Language: English Release date: 01-31-17 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 23 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: A manifesto for deep and radical change, Creating Freedom explores the limits placed on freedom by human nature and society. It explodes myths, calling for a profound transformation in the way we think about democracy, equality, and our own identities. Free markets, free elections, free media, free thought, free speech, free will - the language of freedom pervades our lives, framing the most urgent issues of our time and the deepest questions about who we are and who we want to be. It is a foundational concept at the heart of our civilization, but it has long been distorted to justify its opposite: soaring inequality, the erosion of democracy, an irrational criminal justice system, and a dehumanizing foreign policy. Raoul Martinez argues that the more we understand the limits on our freedom, the better placed we are to transcend them. Drawing together findings and ideas from neuroscience, criminology, psychology, politics, climate science, economics, and philosophy, Creating Freedom constructs a radical framework to make sense of the world and empower us to change it. This is a wide-ranging analysis of power, control, and freedom, which asks us to question our inherited identities, question our society, and turn the power to choose into the freedom to create. Members Reviews: The BEST book, I've listened to in a long time I bookmarked SO much of this book. The knowledge I've gained from it shall forever impact my life. Great content and an excellent reading of it. What the World of Humanity has being Waiting for Our long awaited manifesto! Now to respond to the call to save humanity. from its demise. Brilliantly written. Full of referenced info. A great eye opener. Highly recommended for all. A case for reducing the inequality gap This book will radicalize you. I've rarely been as deeply moved by a book as I was by this brilliant philosophical manifesto. This is blueprint for a joyous egalitarian future, and a vision for true progressive thinkers worldwide to reach for and build. I can't praise this book or its author enough. Truthful and meaningful Experiencing the worst tends to bring out the best. I find enlightenment in this book while facing my own mistake and pain, I find a deeper layer in myself which is only visible through my own and my family's suffering, ig. empathy, compassion etc that I never gave a second thought. There is a long way to go for my and my family's salvation, his words helps me ease through some of the difficult time. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Les-entreprises-humanistes-Audiobook/B071PDVTZ2 Écoutez ce livre audio dans son intégralité gratuitement sur https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> Titre: Les entreprises humanistes Auteur: Jacques Lecomte Narrateur: Françoise Carrière Format: Unabridged Durée: 15 hrs and 42 mins Langue: Français Date de publication: 06-01-17 Éditeur: Audible Studios Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Résumé de l'éditeur: Face à la violence de la compétition économique, parler de bonheur, de bienveillance et de solidarité peut sembler naïf, voire utopique. Le but de ce livre audio est de montrer qu'au contraire l'humanisme a toute sa place au sein de l'entreprise, y compris dans les plus grosses structures. Jacques Lecomte nous fait découvrir des centaines d'études scientifiques passionnantes qui prouvent même que ces valeurs sont bénéfiques. Il a rencontré et interviewé de nombreux managers d'entreprises numéro un dans leur domaine. Beaucoup didées volent en éclats (travaillons-nous vraiment pour l'argent ? Pourquoi la surveillance est-elle contre-productive ? Comment les sanctions détériorent-elles la sécurité ? etc.). Une nouvelle philosophie du management se dessine (leadership serviteur, apaisement des conflits, protection de l'environnement, démarche appréciative, etc.). Et, finalement, c'est toute une réflexion sur la raison d'être des entreprises qui se fait jour. Les entreprises humanistes sont plus fortes non par calcul, mais par choix. Et elles peuvent changer le monde. >> Ce livre audio en version intégrale vous est proposé en exclusivité par Audible et est uniquement disponible en téléchargement. ©2016 Arènes (P)2017 Audible Studios Revues par les critiques: Ils en ont dit... "Ce livre est une contribution importante à l'humanisation du travail et au travail de l'humanisation." EDGAR MORIN "Ce livre va vous bousculer, vous réjouir et vous encourager à faire changer votre entreprise." CHRISTOPHE ANDRÉ "Après La Bonté humaine, Jacques Lecomte nous ouvre une nouvelle porte vers un monde meilleur. Un livre enthousiasmant à mettre entre toutes les mains.." MATTHIEU RICARD biacuaduc@gmail.com (Jacques Lecomte) Thu, 01 Jun 2017 02:41:01 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Les-entreprises-humanistes-Audiobook/B071PDVTZ2 thebookvoice.com 15:42:00 no Écoutez gratuitement ce titre en entier sur thebookvoice.com Écoutez ce livre audio dans son intégralité gratuitement sur https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> Titre: Les entreprises humanistes Auteur: Jacques Lecomte Narrateur: Françoise Carrière Format: Unabridged Durée: 15 hrs and 42 mins Langue: Français Date de publication: 06-01-17 Éditeur: Audible Studios Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Résumé de l'éditeur: Face à la violence de la compétition économique, parler de bonheur, de bienveillance et de solidarité peut sembler naïf, voire utopique. Le but de ce livre audio est de montrer qu'au contraire l'humanisme a toute sa place au sein de l'entreprise, y compris dans les plus grosses structures. Jacques Lecomte nous fait découvrir des centaines d'études scientifiques passionnantes qui prouvent même que ces valeurs sont bénéfiques. Il a rencontré et interviewé de nombreux managers d'entreprises numéro un dans leur domaine. Beaucoup didées volent en éclats (travaillons-nous vraiment pour l'argent ? Pourquoi la surveillance est-elle contre-productive ? Comment les sanctions détériorent-elles la sécurité ? etc.). Une nouvelle philosophie du management se dessine (leadership serviteur, apaisement des conflits, protection de l'environnement, démarche appréciative, etc.). Et, finalement, c'est toute une réflexion sur la raison d'être des entreprises qui se fait jour. Les entreprises humanistes sont plus fortes non par calcul, mais par choix. Et elles peuvent changer le monde. >> Ce livre audio en version intégrale vous est proposé en exclusivité par Audible et est uniquement disponible en téléchargement. ©2016 Arènes (P)2017 Audible Studios Revues par les critiques: Ils en ont dit... "Ce livre est une contribution importante à l'humanisation du travail et au travail de l'humanisation." EDGAR MORIN "Ce livre va vous bousculer, vous réjouir et vous encourager à faire changer votre entreprise." CHRISTOPHE ANDRÉ "Après La Bonté humaine, Jacques Lecomte nous ouvre une nouvelle porte vers un monde meilleur. Un livre enthousiasmant à mettre entre toutes les mains.." MATTHIEU RICARD Écoutez ce livre audio dans son intégralité gratuitement sur https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> Titre: Les entreprises humanistes Auteur: Jacques Lecomte Narrateur: Françoise Carrière Format: Unabridged Durée: 15 hrs and 42 mins Langue: Français Date de publication: 06-01-17 Éditeur: Audible Studios Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Résumé de l'éditeur: Face à la violence de la compétition économique, parler de bonheur, de bienveillance et de solidarité peut sembler naïf, voire utopique. Le but de ce livre audio est de montrer qu'au contraire l'humanisme a toute sa place au sein de l'entreprise, y compris dans les plus grosses structures. Jacques Lecomte nous fait découvrir des centaines d'études scientifiques passionnantes qui prouvent même que ces valeurs sont bénéfiques. Il a rencontré et interviewé de nombreux managers d'entreprises numéro un dans leur domaine. Beaucoup didées volent en éclats (travaillons-nous vraiment pour l'argent ? Pourquoi la surveillance est-elle contre-productive ? Comment les sanctions détériorent-elles la sécurité ? etc.). Une nouvelle philosophie du management se dessine (leadership serviteur, apaisement des conflits, protection de l'environnement, démarche appréciative, etc.). Et, finalement, c'est toute une réflexion sur la raison d'être des entreprises qui se fait jour. Les entreprises humanistes sont plus fortes non par calcul, mais par choix. Et elles peuvent changer le monde. >> Ce livre audio en version intégrale vous est proposé en exclusivité par Audible et est uniquement disponible en téléchargement. ©2016 Arènes (P)2017 Audible Studios Revues par les critiques: Ils en ont dit... "Ce livre est une contribution importante à l'humanisation du travail et au travail de l'humanisation." EDGAR MORIN "Ce livre va vous bousculer, vous réjouir et vous encourager à faire changer votre entreprise." CHRISTOPHE ANDRÉ "Après La Bonté humaine, Jacques Lecomte nous ouvre une nouvelle porte vers un monde meilleur. Un livre enthousiasmant à mettre entre toutes les mains.." MATTHIEU RICARD https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Fractured-Continent-Audiobook/B075JR3611 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Fractured Continent Subtitle: Europe's Crises and the Fate of the West Author: William Drozdiak Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 44 mins Language: English Release date: 09-12-17 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Fractured Continent is an urgent examination of how the political and social volatility in Europe impacts the United States and the rest of the world. The dream of a United States of Europe is unraveling in the wake of several crises now afflicting the continent. The single Euro currency threatens to break apart amid bitter arguments between rich northern creditors and poor southern debtors. Russia is back as an aggressive power, annexing Crimea, supporting rebels in eastern Ukraine, and waging media and cyber warfare against the West. Marine Le Pen's National Front won a record thirty-four percent of the French presidential vote despite the election of Emmanuel Macron. Europe struggles to cope with nearly two million refugees who fled conflicts in the Middle East and North Africa. Britain has voted to leave the European Union after forty-three years, the first time a member state has opted to quit the world's leading commercial bloc. At the same time, President Trump has vowed to pursue America First policies that may curtail U.S. security guarantees and provoke trade conflicts with its allies abroad. Critic Reviews: "A timely, useful study of how the new reality of a 'post-Washington Europe' may revive old demons of nationalism." (Kirkus) biacuaduc@gmail.com (William Drozdiak) Tue, 12 Sep 2017 12:02:34 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Fractured-Continent-Audiobook/B075JR3611 thebookvoice.com 10:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Fractured Continent Subtitle: Europe's Crises and the Fate of the West Author: William Drozdiak Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 44 mins Language: English Release date: 09-12-17 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Fractured Continent is an urgent examination of how the political and social volatility in Europe impacts the United States and the rest of the world. The dream of a United States of Europe is unraveling in the wake of several crises now afflicting the continent. The single Euro currency threatens to break apart amid bitter arguments between rich northern creditors and poor southern debtors. Russia is back as an aggressive power, annexing Crimea, supporting rebels in eastern Ukraine, and waging media and cyber warfare against the West. Marine Le Pen's National Front won a record thirty-four percent of the French presidential vote despite the election of Emmanuel Macron. Europe struggles to cope with nearly two million refugees who fled conflicts in the Middle East and North Africa. Britain has voted to leave the European Union after forty-three years, the first time a member state has opted to quit the world's leading commercial bloc. At the same time, President Trump has vowed to pursue America First policies that may curtail U.S. security guarantees and provoke trade conflicts with its allies abroad. Critic Reviews: "A timely, useful study of how the new reality of a 'post-Washington Europe' may revive old demons of nationalism." (Kirkus) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Fractured Continent Subtitle: Europe's Crises and the Fate of the West Author: William Drozdiak Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 44 mins Language: English Release date: 09-12-17 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Fractured Continent is an urgent examination of how the political and social volatility in Europe impacts the United States and the rest of the world. The dream of a United States of Europe is unraveling in the wake of several crises now afflicting the continent. The single Euro currency threatens to break apart amid bitter arguments between rich northern creditors and poor southern debtors. Russia is back as an aggressive power, annexing Crimea, supporting rebels in eastern Ukraine, and waging media and cyber warfare against the West. Marine Le Pen's National Front won a record thirty-four percent of the French presidential vote despite the election of Emmanuel Macron. Europe struggles to cope with nearly two million refugees who fled conflicts in the Middle East and North Africa. Britain has voted to leave the European Union after forty-three years, the first time a member state has opted to quit the world's leading commercial bloc. At the same time, President Trump has vowed to pursue America First policies that may curtail U.S. security guarantees and provoke trade conflicts with its allies abroad. Critic Reviews: "A timely, useful study of how the new reality of a 'post-Washington Europe' may revive old demons of nationalism." (Kirkus) Members Reviews: Awfully biased Very bias from the start and read by really irritating chap. I was looking for an unbiased fact based read. This is not it. Stopped listening shortly after starting. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Teddy-and-Me-Audiobook/B01F7G13YS Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Teddy and Me Subtitle: Confessions of a Service Human Author: Michael Savage Narrator: Holden Still Format: Unabridged Length: 55 mins Language: English Release date: 05-10-16 Publisher: Hachette Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 27 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: New York Times best-selling author Michael Savage delivers a heartwarming book about his experiences and relationship with his dog, Teddy. Listeners know Teddy as the silent "other host" of The Savage Nation. He's at Michael Savage's side during every broadcast, guarding the radio equipment and nipping the engineer's sneakers. But the fun doesn't end when the "On-Air" light goes off. Teddy is Savage's constant companion in the car, at home, and even shopping. Most important, he's Savage's inspiration, helping him remember the most important things in life are the little things. Teddy and Me is a rare glimpse into the life of one of America's most popular talk radio hosts. Come along for the ride as Savage and his best friend explore the streets of San Francisco, ride the "Tedevator", and read bedtime stories together. If you've ever wondered how the conservative icon who can go from zero to enraged in a matter of seconds has kept his sanity in an insane world, this book has the answer. To the political establishment, he's a force of nature, but to Teddy, Michael Savage is just his "service human". Spend a day in the life of a media giant and the most politically savvy canine alive in Teddy and Me. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Michael Savage) Tue, 10 May 2016 18:21:15 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Teddy-and-Me-Audiobook/B01F7G13YS thebookvoice.com 00:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Teddy and Me Subtitle: Confessions of a Service Human Author: Michael Savage Narrator: Holden Still Format: Unabridged Length: 55 mins Language: English Release date: 05-10-16 Publisher: Hachette Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 27 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: New York Times best-selling author Michael Savage delivers a heartwarming book about his experiences and relationship with his dog, Teddy. Listeners know Teddy as the silent "other host" of The Savage Nation. He's at Michael Savage's side during every broadcast, guarding the radio equipment and nipping the engineer's sneakers. But the fun doesn't end when the "On-Air" light goes off. Teddy is Savage's constant companion in the car, at home, and even shopping. Most important, he's Savage's inspiration, helping him remember the most important things in life are the little things. Teddy and Me is a rare glimpse into the life of one of America's most popular talk radio hosts. Come along for the ride as Savage and his best friend explore the streets of San Francisco, ride the "Tedevator", and read bedtime stories together. If you've ever wondered how the conservative icon who can go from zero to enraged in a matter of seconds has kept his sanity in an insane world, this book has the answer. To the political establishment, he's a force of nature, but to Teddy, Michael Savage is just his "service human". Spend a day in the life of a media giant and the most politically savvy canine alive in Teddy and Me. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Teddy and Me Subtitle: Confessions of a Service Human Author: Michael Savage Narrator: Holden Still Format: Unabridged Length: 55 mins Language: English Release date: 05-10-16 Publisher: Hachette Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 27 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: New York Times best-selling author Michael Savage delivers a heartwarming book about his experiences and relationship with his dog, Teddy. Listeners know Teddy as the silent "other host" of The Savage Nation. He's at Michael Savage's side during every broadcast, guarding the radio equipment and nipping the engineer's sneakers. But the fun doesn't end when the "On-Air" light goes off. Teddy is Savage's constant companion in the car, at home, and even shopping. Most important, he's Savage's inspiration, helping him remember the most important things in life are the little things. Teddy and Me is a rare glimpse into the life of one of America's most popular talk radio hosts. Come along for the ride as Savage and his best friend explore the streets of San Francisco, ride the "Tedevator", and read bedtime stories together. If you've ever wondered how the conservative icon who can go from zero to enraged in a matter of seconds has kept his sanity in an insane world, this book has the answer. To the political establishment, he's a force of nature, but to Teddy, Michael Savage is just his "service human". Spend a day in the life of a media giant and the most politically savvy canine alive in Teddy and Me. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio. Members Reviews: The Savage Truth Michael Thank you. Great book. You are smart. Your story here is very personal. I feel bad for people that will not read this book because of their stupid biases. You created a great work here and I am grateful. Inspired. Cheers John Ps. The power of God section really hooked me ;-) Great I loved this book. It made me feel so good to listen to your love for Teddy I just lost my little girl Maggie to the coyotes that live in front of my house in the city of Henderson, Nv. Thank you and God Bless, Patty https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Washington-Rules-Audiobook/B003VZLRX0 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Washington Rules Subtitle: America's Path to Permanent War Author: Andrew J. Bacevich Narrator: Sean Runnette Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 8 mins Language: English Release date: 08-03-10 Publisher: Macmillan Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 206 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: The best-selling author of The Limits of Power critically examines the Washington consensus on national security and why it must change. For the last half century, as administrations have come and gone, the fundamental assumptions about America's military policy have remained unchanged: American security requires the United States (and us alone) to maintain a permanent armed presence around the globe, to prepare our forces for military operations in far-flung regions, and to be ready to intervene anywhere at any time. In the Obama era, just as in the Bush years, these beliefs remain unquestioned gospel. In a vivid, incisive analysis, Andrew J. Bacevich succinctly presents the origins of this consensus, forged at a moment when American power was at its height. He exposes the preconceptions, biases, and habits that underlie our pervasive faith in military might, especially the notion that overwhelming superiority will oblige others to accommodate America's needs and desireswhether for cheap oil, cheap credit, or cheap consumer goods. And he challenges the usefulness of our militarism as it has become both unaffordable and increasingly dangerous. Though our politicians deny it, American global might is faltering. This is the moment, Bacevich argues, to reconsider the principles which shape American policy in the worldto acknowledge that fixing Afghanistan should not take precedence over fixing Detroit. Replacing this Washington consensus is crucial to America's future, and may yet offer the key to the country's salvation. Critic Reviews: "U.S. Army colonel turned academic, Bacevich offers an unsparing, cogent, and important critique of assumptions guiding American military policy." ( Publishers Weekly) "Valiant...welcome thinking by a former military man who has seen the light." ( Kirkus) Bacevich presents compelling and alarming evidence that our nation is locked into a counterproductive global military presence sustained by power projection and interventionism by military force. A must-read for all those concerned with Americas future. (Lt. General, Ret., Robert G. Gard, Jr., Ph.D.) biacuaduc@gmail.com (Andrew J. Bacevich) Tue, 03 Aug 2010 12:36:53 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Washington-Rules-Audiobook/B003VZLRX0 thebookvoice.com 08:08:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Washington Rules Subtitle: America's Path to Permanent War Author: Andrew J. Bacevich Narrator: Sean Runnette Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 8 mins Language: English Release date: 08-03-10 Publisher: Macmillan Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 206 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: The best-selling author of The Limits of Power critically examines the Washington consensus on national security and why it must change. For the last half century, as administrations have come and gone, the fundamental assumptions about America's military policy have remained unchanged: American security requires the United States (and us alone) to maintain a permanent armed presence around the globe, to prepare our forces for military operations in far-flung regions, and to be ready to intervene anywhere at any time. In the Obama era, just as in the Bush years, these beliefs remain unquestioned gospel. In a vivid, incisive analysis, Andrew J. Bacevich succinctly presents the origins of this consensus, forged at a moment when American power was at its height. He exposes the preconceptions, biases, and habits that underlie our pervasive faith in military might, especially the notion that overwhelming superiority will oblige others to accommodate America's needs and desireswhether for cheap oil, cheap credit, or cheap consumer goods. And he challenges the usefulness of our militarism as it has become both unaffordable and increasingly dangerous. Though our politicians deny it, American global might is faltering. This is the moment, Bacevich argues, to reconsider the principles which shape American policy in the worldto acknowledge that fixing Afghanistan should not take precedence over fixing Detroit. Replacing this Washington consensus is crucial to America's future, and may yet offer the key to the country's salvation. Critic Reviews: "U.S. Army colonel turned academic, Bacevich offers an unsparing, cogent, and important critique of assumptions guiding American military policy." ( Publishers Weekly) "Valiant...welcome thinking by a former military man who has seen the light." ( Kirkus) Bacevich presents compelling and alarming evidence that our nation is locked into a counterproductive global military presence sustained by power projection and interventionism by military force. A must-read for all those concerned with Americas future. (Lt. General, Ret., Robert G. Gard, Jr., Ph.D.) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Washington Rules Subtitle: America's Path to Permanent War Author: Andrew J. Bacevich Narrator: Sean Runnette Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 8 mins Language: English Release date: 08-03-10 Publisher: Macmillan Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 206 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: The best-selling author of The Limits of Power critically examines the Washington consensus on national security and why it must change. For the last half century, as administrations have come and gone, the fundamental assumptions about America's military policy have remained unchanged: American security requires the United States (and us alone) to maintain a permanent armed presence around the globe, to prepare our forces for military operations in far-flung regions, and to be ready to intervene anywhere at any time. In the Obama era, just as in the Bush years, these beliefs remain unquestioned gospel. In a vivid, incisive analysis, Andrew J. Bacevich succinctly presents the origins of this consensus, forged at a moment when American power was at its height. He exposes the preconceptions, biases, and habits that underlie our pervasive faith in military might, especially the notion that overwhelming superiority will oblige others to accommodate America's needs and desireswhether for cheap oil, cheap credit, or cheap consumer goods. And he challenges the usefulness of our militarism as it has become both unaffordable and increasingly dangerous. Though our politicians deny it, American global might is faltering. This is the moment, Bacevich argues, to reconsider the principles which shape American policy in the worldto acknowledge that fixing Afghanistan should not take precedence over fixing Detroit. Replacing this Washington consensus is crucial to America's future, and may yet offer the key to the country's salvation. Critic Reviews: "U.S. Army colonel turned academic, Bacevich offers an unsparing, cogent, and important critique of assumptions guiding American military policy." ( Publishers Weekly) "Valiant...welcome thinking by a former military man who has seen the light." ( Kirkus) Bacevich presents compelling and alarming evidence that our nation is locked into a counterproductive global military presence sustained by power projection and interventionism by military force. A must-read for all those concerned with Americas future. (Lt. General, Ret., Robert G. Gard, Jr., Ph.D.) Members Reviews: Permanent war and insolvency...thanks Washington This is not a book of partisan politics but if you still think there is any significant difference between the Democrat and Republican parties you need to read this book. How could such an incompetent and corrupt group of federal politicians squander such tremendous wealth, currently and into the foreseeable future? This book gives a historical and current perspective of where we stand politically and militarily. It is not a happy or encouraging view. Where are the statesmen who undestand how to run a nation for the national good and not for very limited self-interest, not in Washington. This book is very well written and interesting. Coherent Argument Against the Warfare State In his recent book Washington Rules Andrew Bacevich sums up what he calls the credo which many in power adhere to. In essence, the credo summons the United States and the United States alone to lead, save, liberate, and ultimately transform the world. Not only does this capture the essence to the previous administrations Iraq policy, it also it sums up the view held by most U.S. presidents since Harry Truman. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Guardians-of-the-Revolution-Audiobook/B00CMUMPKO Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Guardians of the Revolution Subtitle: Iran and the World in the Age of the Ayatollahs Author: Ray Takeyh Narrator: Peter Ganim Format: Unabridged Length: 13 hrs and 38 mins Language: English Release date: 05-07-13 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 16 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: For over a quarter century, Iran has been one of America's chief nemeses. Ever since Ayatollah Khomeini overthrew the Shah in 1979, the relationship between the two nations has been antagonistic: revolutionary guards chanting against the Great Satan, Bush fulminating against the Axis of Evil, Iranian support for Hezbollah, and President Ahmadinejad blaming the U.S. for the world's ills. The unending war of words suggests an intractable divide between Iran and the West, one that may very well lead to a shooting war in the near future. But as Ray Takeyh shows in this accessible and authoritative history of Iran's relations with the world since the revolution, behind the famous personalities and extremist slogans is a nation that is far more pragmatic - and complex - than many in the West have been led to believe. Takeyh explodes many of our simplistic myths of Iran as an intransigently Islamist foe of the West. Tracing the course of Iranian policy since the 1979 revolution, Takeyh identifies four distinct periods: The revolutionary era of the 1980s, the tempered gradualism following the death of Khomeini and the end of the Iran-Iraq war in 1989, the "reformist" period from 1997-2005 under President Khatami, and the shift toward confrontation and radicalism since the election of President Ahmadinejad in 2005. Takeyh shows that three powerful forces - Islamism, pragmatism, and great power pretensions - have competed in each of these periods, and that Iran's often paradoxical policies are in reality a series of compromises between the hardliners and the moderates, often with wild oscillations between pragmatism and ideological dogmatism. The U.S.'s task, Takeyh argues, is to find strategies that address Iran's objectionable behavior without demonizing this key player in an increasingly vital and volatile region. With its clear-sighted grasp of both nuance and historical sweep, Guardians of the Revolution will stand as the standard work on this controversial - and central - actor in world politics for years to come. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Ray Takeyh) Tue, 07 May 2013 04:08:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Guardians-of-the-Revolution-Audiobook/B00CMUMPKO thebookvoice.com 13:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Guardians of the Revolution Subtitle: Iran and the World in the Age of the Ayatollahs Author: Ray Takeyh Narrator: Peter Ganim Format: Unabridged Length: 13 hrs and 38 mins Language: English Release date: 05-07-13 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 16 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: For over a quarter century, Iran has been one of America's chief nemeses. Ever since Ayatollah Khomeini overthrew the Shah in 1979, the relationship between the two nations has been antagonistic: revolutionary guards chanting against the Great Satan, Bush fulminating against the Axis of Evil, Iranian support for Hezbollah, and President Ahmadinejad blaming the U.S. for the world's ills. The unending war of words suggests an intractable divide between Iran and the West, one that may very well lead to a shooting war in the near future. But as Ray Takeyh shows in this accessible and authoritative history of Iran's relations with the world since the revolution, behind the famous personalities and extremist slogans is a nation that is far more pragmatic - and complex - than many in the West have been led to believe. Takeyh explodes many of our simplistic myths of Iran as an intransigently Islamist foe of the West. Tracing the course of Iranian policy since the 1979 revolution, Takeyh identifies four distinct periods: The revolutionary era of the 1980s, the tempered gradualism following the death of Khomeini and the end of the Iran-Iraq war in 1989, the "reformist" period from 1997-2005 under President Khatami, and the shift toward confrontation and radicalism since the election of President Ahmadinejad in 2005. Takeyh shows that three powerful forces - Islamism, pragmatism, and great power pretensions - have competed in each of these periods, and that Iran's often paradoxical policies are in reality a series of compromises between the hardliners and the moderates, often with wild oscillations between pragmatism and ideological dogmatism. The U.S.'s task, Takeyh argues, is to find strategies that address Iran's objectionable behavior without demonizing this key player in an increasingly vital and volatile region. With its clear-sighted grasp of both nuance and historical sweep, Guardians of the Revolution will stand as the standard work on this controversial - and central - actor in world politics for years to come. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Guardians of the Revolution Subtitle: Iran and the World in the Age of the Ayatollahs Author: Ray Takeyh Narrator: Peter Ganim Format: Unabridged Length: 13 hrs and 38 mins Language: English Release date: 05-07-13 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 16 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: For over a quarter century, Iran has been one of America's chief nemeses. Ever since Ayatollah Khomeini overthrew the Shah in 1979, the relationship between the two nations has been antagonistic: revolutionary guards chanting against the Great Satan, Bush fulminating against the Axis of Evil, Iranian support for Hezbollah, and President Ahmadinejad blaming the U.S. for the world's ills. The unending war of words suggests an intractable divide between Iran and the West, one that may very well lead to a shooting war in the near future. But as Ray Takeyh shows in this accessible and authoritative history of Iran's relations with the world since the revolution, behind the famous personalities and extremist slogans is a nation that is far more pragmatic - and complex - than many in the West have been led to believe. Takeyh explodes many of our simplistic myths of Iran as an intransigently Islamist foe of the West. Tracing the course of Iranian policy since the 1979 revolution, Takeyh identifies four distinct periods: The revolutionary era of the 1980s, the tempered gradualism following the death of Khomeini and the end of the Iran-Iraq war in 1989, the "reformist" period from 1997-2005 under President Khatami, and the shift toward confrontation and radicalism since the election of President Ahmadinejad in 2005. Takeyh shows that three powerful forces - Islamism, pragmatism, and great power pretensions - have competed in each of these periods, and that Iran's often paradoxical policies are in reality a series of compromises between the hardliners and the moderates, often with wild oscillations between pragmatism and ideological dogmatism. The U.S.'s task, Takeyh argues, is to find strategies that address Iran's objectionable behavior without demonizing this key player in an increasingly vital and volatile region. With its clear-sighted grasp of both nuance and historical sweep, Guardians of the Revolution will stand as the standard work on this controversial - and central - actor in world politics for years to come. Members Reviews: Solid introduction to contemporary Iran I say solid introduction because Guardians of the Revolution only covers the major players, factions, and events. It doesn't delve into the lives of Iranians, nor much into the Iranian parliament. Even major events, such as the hostage crisis, leave the reader (at least this reader) wanting more information despite receiving an entire chapter covering them. As such, Guardians of the Revolution does not stack up in depth when compared with books such as Magnificent Delusions, The Plantagenets, or Legacy of Ashes. However, it does a good job of examining and analyzing the Iranian perspective of the past 40 years of events. It serves as a good teacher if you are interested in learning more about Iran, and are not already well-acquainted with the subject-matter. At this point it is not as contemporary as may be hoped, as it ends with the Green movement and Ahmadinejad still in power. I, for one, will be looking forward to a sequel or update that examines Rouhani's return to the presidency, Iran & ISIS, and the end of US sanctions. Regarding the difficulty of the book: This is a scholarly text, written by member of the Council on Foreign Relations. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/No-Is-Not-Enough-Audiobook/B0716BPDJ1 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: No Is Not Enough Subtitle: Defeating the New Shock Politics Author: Naomi Klein Narrator: Brit Marling Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 55 mins Language: English Release date: 06-13-17 Publisher: Penguin Books Ltd Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 29 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Trump, as extreme as he is, is less an aberration than a logical conclusion - a pastiche of pretty much all the worst and most dangerous trends of the past half century. A one-man megabrand, with wife and children as spin-off brands... Remember when it all seemed to be getting better? Before Trump happened? Naomi Klein, internationally acclaimed journalist, activist and best-selling author, shows us how we got to this surreal and dangerous place, how to stop it getting a lot worse, and how, if we keep our heads, we can make things better. No Is Not Enough reveals, among other things, how Trump's election was not a peaceful transition but a corporate takeover, one using deliberate shock tactics to generate wave after wave of crises and force through radical policies that will destroy people, the environment, the economy and national security. This audiobook is the tool kit for shock resistance, showing all of us how we can break Trump's spell and win the world we need. Don't let them get away with it. Critic Reviews: "Naomi is like a great doctor - she can diagnose problems nobody else sees." (Alfonso Cuarón) "I count her among the most inspirational political thinkers in the world today." (Arundhati Roy) "Naomi Klein as a writer is an accusing angel." (John Berger) biacuaduc@gmail.com (Naomi Klein) Tue, 13 Jun 2017 12:09:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/No-Is-Not-Enough-Audiobook/B0716BPDJ1 thebookvoice.com 07:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: No Is Not Enough Subtitle: Defeating the New Shock Politics Author: Naomi Klein Narrator: Brit Marling Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 55 mins Language: English Release date: 06-13-17 Publisher: Penguin Books Ltd Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 29 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Trump, as extreme as he is, is less an aberration than a logical conclusion - a pastiche of pretty much all the worst and most dangerous trends of the past half century. A one-man megabrand, with wife and children as spin-off brands... Remember when it all seemed to be getting better? Before Trump happened? Naomi Klein, internationally acclaimed journalist, activist and best-selling author, shows us how we got to this surreal and dangerous place, how to stop it getting a lot worse, and how, if we keep our heads, we can make things better. No Is Not Enough reveals, among other things, how Trump's election was not a peaceful transition but a corporate takeover, one using deliberate shock tactics to generate wave after wave of crises and force through radical policies that will destroy people, the environment, the economy and national security. This audiobook is the tool kit for shock resistance, showing all of us how we can break Trump's spell and win the world we need. Don't let them get away with it. Critic Reviews: "Naomi is like a great doctor - she can diagnose problems nobody else sees." (Alfonso Cuarón) "I count her among the most inspirational political thinkers in the world today." (Arundhati Roy) "Naomi Klein as a writer is an accusing angel." (John Berger) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: No Is Not Enough Subtitle: Defeating the New Shock Politics Author: Naomi Klein Narrator: Brit Marling Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 55 mins Language: English Release date: 06-13-17 Publisher: Penguin Books Ltd Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 29 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Trump, as extreme as he is, is less an aberration than a logical conclusion - a pastiche of pretty much all the worst and most dangerous trends of the past half century. A one-man megabrand, with wife and children as spin-off brands... Remember when it all seemed to be getting better? Before Trump happened? Naomi Klein, internationally acclaimed journalist, activist and best-selling author, shows us how we got to this surreal and dangerous place, how to stop it getting a lot worse, and how, if we keep our heads, we can make things better. No Is Not Enough reveals, among other things, how Trump's election was not a peaceful transition but a corporate takeover, one using deliberate shock tactics to generate wave after wave of crises and force through radical policies that will destroy people, the environment, the economy and national security. This audiobook is the tool kit for shock resistance, showing all of us how we can break Trump's spell and win the world we need. Don't let them get away with it. Critic Reviews: "Naomi is like a great doctor - she can diagnose problems nobody else sees." (Alfonso Cuarón) "I count her among the most inspirational political thinkers in the world today." (Arundhati Roy) "Naomi Klein as a writer is an accusing angel." (John Berger) Members Reviews: great as usual Trump presidency becomes the opportunity for a serious analysys on nowadays era and challenges faced by humanity A manifesto for the rest of my life... Amazing, beautiful, an absolute must read/listen, if you have been looking for answers and direction in the apparently hopeless situation of big oil destruction/brexit/trump, then this is it, they go low we go high, always, let us leap towards a better future! A timely culmination of all of Klein's ideas What was one of the most memorable moments of No Is Not Enough? Too many to mention. It was a culmination of all Klein's ideas, perfectly summing up politics as it is now. It has certainly helped me to approach the disastrous election results with less trepidation and confusion. Showing that Trump is a symptom of the problems we have in the West as opposed to a freak result of an open democracy is crucial when it comes to making transformations for the future we want. Any additional comments? If only she was more widely read, perhaps events like this could be avoided rather than us all retrospectively slapping her on the back for diagnosing our worsening problems A must read! Perfectly narrated by Brit Marling, No Is Not Enough gives hope in what feels like a hopeless social, political, economic and environmental world. For those who are new to Naomi Klien, this also acts as a concise summary of her other important works: No Logo, Shock Doctrine and This Changes Everything. Eye opener great and objective explanation - best part was offering solutions to the problems identified throughout the book giving cause for optimism in the future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Active-Liberty-Audiobook/B002V1OE3K Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Active Liberty Subtitle: Interpreting Our Democratic Constitution Author: Stephen Breyer Narrator: Stephen Breyer Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 35 mins Language: English Release date: 07-14-06 Publisher: Recorded Books Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 60 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: First published in September 2005 and based on a series of lectures delivered at Harvard, Active Liberty is a tight, extremely readable, almost memoir-like guide to interpreting the Constitution. Written by a justice of the Supreme Court, it focuses on a pragmatic approach to this great document that may become crucial as the Supreme Court faces deeply divisive decisions. ©2005 Stephen Breyer; (P)2006 Recorded Books, LLC. Critic Reviews: "Breyer's prose is admirably simple and clear, and his discussion shows a keen legal intellect that espouses broad values rather than narrow theories, and a deep, humane concern with fostering democracy and the well-being of the citizenry. This will be essential reading at a possibly watershed moment for the Supreme Court." (Publishers Weekly) biacuaduc@gmail.com (Stephen Breyer) Fri, 14 Jul 2006 22:05:43 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Active-Liberty-Audiobook/B002V1OE3K thebookvoice.com 03:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Active Liberty Subtitle: Interpreting Our Democratic Constitution Author: Stephen Breyer Narrator: Stephen Breyer Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 35 mins Language: English Release date: 07-14-06 Publisher: Recorded Books Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 60 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: First published in September 2005 and based on a series of lectures delivered at Harvard, Active Liberty is a tight, extremely readable, almost memoir-like guide to interpreting the Constitution. Written by a justice of the Supreme Court, it focuses on a pragmatic approach to this great document that may become crucial as the Supreme Court faces deeply divisive decisions. ©2005 Stephen Breyer; (P)2006 Recorded Books, LLC. Critic Reviews: "Breyer's prose is admirably simple and clear, and his discussion shows a keen legal intellect that espouses broad values rather than narrow theories, and a deep, humane concern with fostering democracy and the well-being of the citizenry. This will be essential reading at a possibly watershed moment for the Supreme Court." (Publishers Weekly) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Active Liberty Subtitle: Interpreting Our Democratic Constitution Author: Stephen Breyer Narrator: Stephen Breyer Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 35 mins Language: English Release date: 07-14-06 Publisher: Recorded Books Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 60 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: First published in September 2005 and based on a series of lectures delivered at Harvard, Active Liberty is a tight, extremely readable, almost memoir-like guide to interpreting the Constitution. Written by a justice of the Supreme Court, it focuses on a pragmatic approach to this great document that may become crucial as the Supreme Court faces deeply divisive decisions. ©2005 Stephen Breyer; (P)2006 Recorded Books, LLC. Critic Reviews: "Breyer's prose is admirably simple and clear, and his discussion shows a keen legal intellect that espouses broad values rather than narrow theories, and a deep, humane concern with fostering democracy and the well-being of the citizenry. This will be essential reading at a possibly watershed moment for the Supreme Court." (Publishers Weekly) Members Reviews: Engaging, If Somewhat Dense Maybe if you're a constituional scholar or lawyer, this stuff is easy to follow, but for a lay person, it wasn't quite as easy to digest. Still, I very much looked forward to hearing this book read by Justice Breyer himself, and I found his philosophies and justifications quite sound and very convincing. I will probably have to re-read this book several times to get every aspect of it, but I found the exercise very challenging and worthwhile. excellent and worth the time since i have no legal training, i too found breyer's ideas densely presented but still could detect the value of this audio, which is like having a very smart legal scholar spend time telling me what he thinks. with several listens, i will know far more than i did before and have spent my time well. i greatly appreciate breyer's efforts of forming up his thoughts and then presenting them in his own voice. his ideas help me to re-invest in hope that "truth will out" ... an excellent antidote to the "nattering nabobs of negativism" that stream from today's media. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Hitler-Worship-Cult-Audiobook/B077ZFF6XY Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Hitler Worship Cult Subtitle: Powerwolf Publications, Book 13 Author: J. A. Sexton Narrator: Rick McFadden Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 47 mins Language: English Release date: 12-08-17 Publisher: Veronikas Research & Essay Service Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: This audiobook is neither pro-Hitler nor anti-Hitler. It is neither pro-Nazi nor anti-Nazi. Rather, this audiobook is an exposure of the cult of Hitler worship which has infiltrated and hijacked historical revisionism. biacuaduc@gmail.com (J. A. Sexton) Fri, 08 Dec 2017 08:43:55 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Hitler-Worship-Cult-Audiobook/B077ZFF6XY thebookvoice.com 03:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Hitler Worship Cult Subtitle: Powerwolf Publications, Book 13 Author: J. A. Sexton Narrator: Rick McFadden Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 47 mins Language: English Release date: 12-08-17 Publisher: Veronikas Research & Essay Service Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: This audiobook is neither pro-Hitler nor anti-Hitler. It is neither pro-Nazi nor anti-Nazi. Rather, this audiobook is an exposure of the cult of Hitler worship which has infiltrated and hijacked historical revisionism. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Hitler Worship Cult Subtitle: Powerwolf Publications, Book 13 Author: J. A. Sexton Narrator: Rick McFadden Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 47 mins Language: English Release date: 12-08-17 Publisher: Veronikas Research & Essay Service Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: This audiobook is neither pro-Hitler nor anti-Hitler. It is neither pro-Nazi nor anti-Nazi. Rather, this audiobook is an exposure of the cult of Hitler worship which has infiltrated and hijacked historical revisionism. Members Reviews: SPOT-ON! As a former "cult-member", I certify with absolute conviction that this book is 100% accurate in it's appraisal of neo-Nazism, white-nationalism, and any sect in the spectrum of shameless Hitler worship and apologia. This book takes on their most repeated (parroted) claims and strongly held beliefs (myths) and takes them apart, one-by-one, without cruelty or conjecture. I recommend this book, ESPECIALLY to current and former cult-members, but also to those whom it pains to see history twisted, omitted or invented. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Audacity-to-Win-Audiobook/B002V5D432 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Audacity to Win Author: David Plouffe Narrator: Erik Davies Format: Unabridged Length: 19 hrs and 22 mins Language: English Release date: 11-03-09 Publisher: Penguin Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 141 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: The story of the most important political campaign in modern times, by the man who went through it side by side with President Obama. ©2009 David Plouffe (P)2009 Penguin biacuaduc@gmail.com (David Plouffe) Tue, 03 Nov 2009 04:00:54 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Audacity-to-Win-Audiobook/B002V5D432 thebookvoice.com 19:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Audacity to Win Author: David Plouffe Narrator: Erik Davies Format: Unabridged Length: 19 hrs and 22 mins Language: English Release date: 11-03-09 Publisher: Penguin Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 141 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: The story of the most important political campaign in modern times, by the man who went through it side by side with President Obama. ©2009 David Plouffe (P)2009 Penguin Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Audacity to Win Author: David Plouffe Narrator: Erik Davies Format: Unabridged Length: 19 hrs and 22 mins Language: English Release date: 11-03-09 Publisher: Penguin Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 141 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: The story of the most important political campaign in modern times, by the man who went through it side by side with President Obama. ©2009 David Plouffe (P)2009 Penguin Members Reviews: Fascinating book; don't care for the narration Plouffe's account of the history making Obama campaign is a great read. He goes in to great detail in explaining the strategy, the successes and the mistakes. I love the book itself. The narration, on the other hand, is a bit annoying. The narrator has a raspy voice that is difficult to listen to. He attempts to change his tone when speaking as Obama or as females in the narrative. This just doesn't cut it. But the content is enough to overcome the shortcomings of the reader. The Inside Story I read Plouffe's book and Game Change by Heilemann and Halperin within a month of one another. And I enjoyed both fully. David Plouffe does a great job outlining the things the Obama camp did right throughout the push to the white house. Their strategy was simple and sound. Win Iowa and slug it out from there. He also talks briefly about he mis-steps, which are often more interesting and informative. Plouffe also does a good job of painting a portrait of our current president as a real person, although Game Change does provide a few extra Obama foibles that Plouffe politely leaves out. Ultimately, I found this book a great read for anyone who needs to change minds and win over constituents. The Obama campaign of 2008 has become a blueprint for future political endeavors in the areas of marketing, fundraising and touching the hearts of Americans. Well done. Great Insight into Strategy, but... You really have to get over how Erik reads the characters. Having a presidential voice is one thing, raising your voice an octave for all the females is pretty over-the-top. Great when he's just reading. Informative book This book gives us (political wonks) great insight into the strategies of their campaign. It does at times get too technical but it doesn't take long before the the authors bring you back into their heads of winning this campaign. Really enjoyed listening. Bold Winners with Integrity I enjoyed this book and the behind the scenes point of view. A real combination of idealism and execution. I pray that our young people will study and remember this campaign. It is not only history making but is in the true American tradition of heroes who step out and reach for the best that we can be as a country and as individuals. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Common-Sense-Audiobook/B077V67NK8 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Common Sense Author: Thomas Paine Narrator: George Doyle Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 19 mins Language: English Release date: 12-24-17 Publisher: Audioliterature Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: "Common Sense" is a pamphlet written by Thomas Paine advocating independence from Great Britain to people in the Thirteen Colonies. Written in clear and persuasive prose, Paine marshalled moral and political arguments to encourage common people in the Colonies to fight for egalitarian government. It was published anonymously on January 10, 1776, at the beginning of the American Revolution, and became an immediate sensation. It was sold and distributed widely and read aloud at taverns and meeting places. In proportion to the population of the colonies at that time (2.5 million), it had the largest sale and circulation of any book published in American history. As of 2006, it remains the all-time best-selling American title, and is still in print today. Thomas Paine (1737-1809) was an English-American political activist, philosopher, political theorist, and revolutionary, one of the founding fathers of the United States. ©2017 Audioliterature (P)2017 Audioliterature biacuaduc@gmail.com (Thomas Paine) Sun, 24 Dec 2017 20:14:06 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Common-Sense-Audiobook/B077V67NK8 thebookvoice.com 02:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Common Sense Author: Thomas Paine Narrator: George Doyle Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 19 mins Language: English Release date: 12-24-17 Publisher: Audioliterature Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: "Common Sense" is a pamphlet written by Thomas Paine advocating independence from Great Britain to people in the Thirteen Colonies. Written in clear and persuasive prose, Paine marshalled moral and political arguments to encourage common people in the Colonies to fight for egalitarian government. It was published anonymously on January 10, 1776, at the beginning of the American Revolution, and became an immediate sensation. It was sold and distributed widely and read aloud at taverns and meeting places. In proportion to the population of the colonies at that time (2.5 million), it had the largest sale and circulation of any book published in American history. As of 2006, it remains the all-time best-selling American title, and is still in print today. Thomas Paine (1737-1809) was an English-American political activist, philosopher, political theorist, and revolutionary, one of the founding fathers of the United States. ©2017 Audioliterature (P)2017 Audioliterature Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Common Sense Author: Thomas Paine Narrator: George Doyle Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 19 mins Language: English Release date: 12-24-17 Publisher: Audioliterature Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: "Common Sense" is a pamphlet written by Thomas Paine advocating independence from Great Britain to people in the Thirteen Colonies. Written in clear and persuasive prose, Paine marshalled moral and political arguments to encourage common people in the Colonies to fight for egalitarian government. It was published anonymously on January 10, 1776, at the beginning of the American Revolution, and became an immediate sensation. It was sold and distributed widely and read aloud at taverns and meeting places. In proportion to the population of the colonies at that time (2.5 million), it had the largest sale and circulation of any book published in American history. As of 2006, it remains the all-time best-selling American title, and is still in print today. Thomas Paine (1737-1809) was an English-American political activist, philosopher, political theorist, and revolutionary, one of the founding fathers of the United States. ©2017 Audioliterature (P)2017 Audioliterature Members Reviews: Great Read Wonderful insight into the mindset and thinking of the Founding Fathers. A bit dense, but well worth the effort. Critical thinking in RIghts of man Get some insight into the Founders thinking when they were formulating the Constitution of the USA. These philosophical minds purported timeless truths that influenced many who were instrumental in our Foundation documents. Jefferson and Hamilton and others read and studied these, and n the bio you can get a feel for what influenced Paine to write these folk. Anyone interested in Constitutional History and thought should read this. Everything old is new again It's suprising how much things have changed and how much remains the same. Although it was written under circumstances quite unlike todays, he makes, for the most part, a good argument for revolution. It was fun to try to get inside the mindset of that time. OIlder writings are so compelling to me because the majority ... OIlder writings are so compelling to me because the majority of people today act and speak in a similar manner. Relevant for today as you can see may parallels "... let none be heard among us, then those of A GOOD CITIZEN, ANOPEN AND RESOLUTE FRIEND, AND A VIRTUOUS SUPPORTER OF THE RIGHTS OF MANKIND..." If you don't see the above quote in your copy evidently there are different copies of "Common Sense" with some variances. All have the standard four chapters; additions have other materials... Most of the versions I have come in books marked "Common Sense and other writings by Thomas Payne." As you read "Common Sense" you'll realize there are several ways you can approach this information. One way is to look at it in the time period that it was written as one of his target readers. Another is to apply it to today's way of life. I actually had chosen as a combination. I also thought that I knew the Bible pretty well but found that I had to look up some quotations that he used. I'm not going to go into detail as I don't want to spoil the surprise of how well he writes on the subject(s). I will say this is one of those books that you want to read before you die but I prefer to read it early so I can live by what I've read. Also I was surprised as with most people quote things like the Constitution or of the Bill of Rights so forth they always quote the large esoteric statements or concepts and forget tell you that it can get bogged down with tedium. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Death-by-Liberalism-Audiobook/B004J68V4S Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Death by Liberalism Subtitle: The Fatal Outcome of Well-Meaning Liberal Policies Author: J. R. Dunn Narrator: Robert Blumenfeld Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 15 mins Language: English Release date: 01-18-11 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 35 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: More Americans have been killed by well-meaning liberal policies than by all the wars of the last century combined. J. R. Dunn not only analyzes the unintended consequences of liberal policies, but argues that these consequences have resulted in millions of fatalities in the United States and around the world. Liberalism sees itself as a rational and helpful philosophy that seeks to use the benign power of the government to improve our safety, health, and general welfare. In doing so, it relies on the authority of experts to devise the most rational means of realizing these goals. Unfortunately, when these well-meaning plans go awry, as they too often do, the results can be disastrous, even deadly. As J. R. Dunn persuasively argues in this thoroughly documented book, death by liberalism occurs in all fields and at all levels of society. Motorists, workers, even children taken under the state's protection all have fallen victim to liberal policies. What's more, the numbers are staggering. Liberalism can be implicated in the deaths of hundreds of thousands in this country, and millions worldwide. Dunn's detailed and deliberative account takes no cheap shots but relies on well-established facts to show liberalism's fatal consequences in numerous aspects of our lives, from crime and abortion to fuel-efficiency standards and the banning of DDT, from gun control to urban renewal. Dunn also pinpoints areas in which liberal interventions in the making are likely to produce more suffering and death, such as legal euthanasia, and identifies some of the leading liberals - including George Soros - behind the spread of these lethal initiatives. biacuaduc@gmail.com (J. R. Dunn) Tue, 18 Jan 2011 13:09:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Death-by-Liberalism-Audiobook/B004J68V4S thebookvoice.com 09:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Death by Liberalism Subtitle: The Fatal Outcome of Well-Meaning Liberal Policies Author: J. R. Dunn Narrator: Robert Blumenfeld Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 15 mins Language: English Release date: 01-18-11 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 35 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: More Americans have been killed by well-meaning liberal policies than by all the wars of the last century combined. J. R. Dunn not only analyzes the unintended consequences of liberal policies, but argues that these consequences have resulted in millions of fatalities in the United States and around the world. Liberalism sees itself as a rational and helpful philosophy that seeks to use the benign power of the government to improve our safety, health, and general welfare. In doing so, it relies on the authority of experts to devise the most rational means of realizing these goals. Unfortunately, when these well-meaning plans go awry, as they too often do, the results can be disastrous, even deadly. As J. R. Dunn persuasively argues in this thoroughly documented book, death by liberalism occurs in all fields and at all levels of society. Motorists, workers, even children taken under the state's protection all have fallen victim to liberal policies. What's more, the numbers are staggering. Liberalism can be implicated in the deaths of hundreds of thousands in this country, and millions worldwide. Dunn's detailed and deliberative account takes no cheap shots but relies on well-established facts to show liberalism's fatal consequences in numerous aspects of our lives, from crime and abortion to fuel-efficiency standards and the banning of DDT, from gun control to urban renewal. Dunn also pinpoints areas in which liberal interventions in the making are likely to produce more suffering and death, such as legal euthanasia, and identifies some of the leading liberals - including George Soros - behind the spread of these lethal initiatives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Death by Liberalism Subtitle: The Fatal Outcome of Well-Meaning Liberal Policies Author: J. R. Dunn Narrator: Robert Blumenfeld Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 15 mins Language: English Release date: 01-18-11 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 35 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: More Americans have been killed by well-meaning liberal policies than by all the wars of the last century combined. J. R. Dunn not only analyzes the unintended consequences of liberal policies, but argues that these consequences have resulted in millions of fatalities in the United States and around the world. Liberalism sees itself as a rational and helpful philosophy that seeks to use the benign power of the government to improve our safety, health, and general welfare. In doing so, it relies on the authority of experts to devise the most rational means of realizing these goals. Unfortunately, when these well-meaning plans go awry, as they too often do, the results can be disastrous, even deadly. As J. R. Dunn persuasively argues in this thoroughly documented book, death by liberalism occurs in all fields and at all levels of society. Motorists, workers, even children taken under the state's protection all have fallen victim to liberal policies. What's more, the numbers are staggering. Liberalism can be implicated in the deaths of hundreds of thousands in this country, and millions worldwide. Dunn's detailed and deliberative account takes no cheap shots but relies on well-established facts to show liberalism's fatal consequences in numerous aspects of our lives, from crime and abortion to fuel-efficiency standards and the banning of DDT, from gun control to urban renewal. Dunn also pinpoints areas in which liberal interventions in the making are likely to produce more suffering and death, such as legal euthanasia, and identifies some of the leading liberals - including George Soros - behind the spread of these lethal initiatives. Members Reviews: The Truth Hurts Being a liberal is "standing on your head and telling the world it's upside down". This book describes the liberal insanity very well, if you listen to this audio book and don't get angry then you have no soul and are a liberal. Accurate, dry read It was refreshing to hear some of the information that is presented in this book, but it is heavy on facts and information, and the reader is very dry. I could only make it through the first couple of hours. A *.pdf download of information and stats would have been more helpful. Since I drive while I listen to books, I could not listen much longer...I was fighting sleep every time I listened to this book. BTW, I am a former liberal, who is conservative, mainly because of all the unintended consequences that this book is speaking about. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Anarchism-Audiobook/B002V014GQ Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Anarchism Subtitle: A Very Short Introduction Author: Colin Ward Narrator: Victor Bevine Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 7 mins Language: English Release date: 08-04-09 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 55 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Colin Ward provides answers to these questions by considering anarchism from a variety of perspectives: theoretical, historical, and international, and by exploring key anarchist thinkers, from Kropotkin through to Chomsky. He looks critically at anarchism by evaluating key ideas within it, such as its blanket opposition to incarceration, and the policy of 'no compromise' with the apparatus of political decision-making. Can anarchy ever function effectively as a political force? Is it more "organized" and "reasonable" than is currently perceived? Whatever the politics of the listener, Ward's argument ensures that anarchism will be much better understood after experiencing this book. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Colin Ward) Tue, 04 Aug 2009 01:10:43 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Anarchism-Audiobook/B002V014GQ thebookvoice.com 03:07:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Anarchism Subtitle: A Very Short Introduction Author: Colin Ward Narrator: Victor Bevine Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 7 mins Language: English Release date: 08-04-09 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 55 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Colin Ward provides answers to these questions by considering anarchism from a variety of perspectives: theoretical, historical, and international, and by exploring key anarchist thinkers, from Kropotkin through to Chomsky. He looks critically at anarchism by evaluating key ideas within it, such as its blanket opposition to incarceration, and the policy of 'no compromise' with the apparatus of political decision-making. Can anarchy ever function effectively as a political force? Is it more "organized" and "reasonable" than is currently perceived? Whatever the politics of the listener, Ward's argument ensures that anarchism will be much better understood after experiencing this book. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Anarchism Subtitle: A Very Short Introduction Author: Colin Ward Narrator: Victor Bevine Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 7 mins Language: English Release date: 08-04-09 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 55 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Colin Ward provides answers to these questions by considering anarchism from a variety of perspectives: theoretical, historical, and international, and by exploring key anarchist thinkers, from Kropotkin through to Chomsky. He looks critically at anarchism by evaluating key ideas within it, such as its blanket opposition to incarceration, and the policy of 'no compromise' with the apparatus of political decision-making. Can anarchy ever function effectively as a political force? Is it more "organized" and "reasonable" than is currently perceived? Whatever the politics of the listener, Ward's argument ensures that anarchism will be much better understood after experiencing this book. Members Reviews: Very Short Introductions is the best collection!! Ward quotes Martin Buber: "All forms of government has this in common: each possesses more power than is required by the given conditions." Buber calls this this "political surplus". One only has to look around the world to see how such political surplus is spent. I was surprised at the extent of anarchist influence. Ward devotes 4 pages to how anarchism functioned practically is Spain in the 1930's, where 3 million people were organized in anarchist communes. Anarchists have been at the forefront of considering ecological sustainability. Ward cites authors who believe that anarchism is the only approach that can meet the ecological challenges we face. Given the problems socialism has faced, Ward argues it is too soon to write off anarchism when looking for alternatives to present forms of government. We may have been taught little about anarchism except to be dismissive of it, but Ward's book is an excellent start to understanding what anarchism offers. There are many references to the works of anarchists. If capitalism seems to work, albeit at a considerable ecological cost, the growing ecological crises may force us within our lifetimes to explore alternative ways of living. Socialism may not be a big enough change, retaining as it does a strong central government with its own political surplus. If you think you can manage more political participation that casting a vote every few years, anarchism may be worth studying. Not what I expected Although this is not what I expected, it's still worth a listen. The author is a left leaning anarchist and is basically dismissive of anarcho-capitalism. Fair enough, as these authors are basically dismissive in their works of left leaning anarchists. The author does give basic definitions and principles of the right anarchists, but again, his bias comes through in his writing. So, if you are expecting a completely unbiased account of anarchy and its constituents, there may be better books out there (although I can't tell you which ones). great even the second time around I gave away my physical copy years ago and wanted to go through it again and it was still great. The reader is really good and you can listen to him without falling asleep :) A great introduction to anarchism A great introduction introduction into anarchism, with some excellent recommendations. Don't expect it to answer all your questions, though, but I guess that's the point! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Bill-of-Rights-Primer-Audiobook/B00CZGXS8S Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Bill of Rights Primer Subtitle: A Citizen's Guidebook to the American Bill of Rights Author: Akhil Reed Amar, Les Adams Narrator: Tim Lundeen Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 5 mins Language: English Release date: 07-01-13 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 19 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: A valuable reference to understanding your freedoms. Many Americans reference the Bill of Rights, a document that represents many of the freedoms that define the United States. Who doesnt know about the First Amendments freedom of religion or Second Amendments right to bear arms? In this succinct volume, Akhil Reed Amar and Les Adams offer a wealth of knowledge about the Bill of Rights that goes beyond a basic understanding.The Bill of Rights Primer is an authoritative guide to all American freedoms. Uncluttered and well-organized, this audiobook is perfect for those who want to study up on the Bill of Rights without needing a law degree to do so. This elementary guidebook presents a short historical survey of the people, events, decrees, legislation, writings, and cultural milestones, in England and the American colonies, that influenced the Founding Fathers as they drafted the U.S. Constitution and Bill of Rights. With helpful comments and fun facts, the book will provide a deeper understanding of the Bill of Rights, exhibiting that it is not a stagnant document but one with an evolving meaning shaped by historical events, such as the American Civil War and Reconstruction. Editorial Reviews: In this divisive political climate, many are quick to reference the United States' founding documents without fully understanding them or taking into account the context in which they were written. Tim Lundeen's spirited, robust delivery of Akhil Reed Amar and Les Adams' book provides an illuminating and accessible guide to the Bill of Rights: one of the quintessential documents in the history of democracy. The title may evoke images of a dull high school lecture, but this audiobook is anything but boring. Lundeen's casual, inviting tone captures the listener's attention from the beginning and holds it to the end. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Akhil Reed Amar) Mon, 01 Jul 2013 06:33:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Bill-of-Rights-Primer-Audiobook/B00CZGXS8S thebookvoice.com 08:05:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Bill of Rights Primer Subtitle: A Citizen's Guidebook to the American Bill of Rights Author: Akhil Reed Amar, Les Adams Narrator: Tim Lundeen Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 5 mins Language: English Release date: 07-01-13 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 19 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: A valuable reference to understanding your freedoms. Many Americans reference the Bill of Rights, a document that represents many of the freedoms that define the United States. Who doesnt know about the First Amendments freedom of religion or Second Amendments right to bear arms? In this succinct volume, Akhil Reed Amar and Les Adams offer a wealth of knowledge about the Bill of Rights that goes beyond a basic understanding.The Bill of Rights Primer is an authoritative guide to all American freedoms. Uncluttered and well-organized, this audiobook is perfect for those who want to study up on the Bill of Rights without needing a law degree to do so. This elementary guidebook presents a short historical survey of the people, events, decrees, legislation, writings, and cultural milestones, in England and the American colonies, that influenced the Founding Fathers as they drafted the U.S. Constitution and Bill of Rights. With helpful comments and fun facts, the book will provide a deeper understanding of the Bill of Rights, exhibiting that it is not a stagnant document but one with an evolving meaning shaped by historical events, such as the American Civil War and Reconstruction. Editorial Reviews: In this divisive political climate, many are quick to reference the United States' founding documents without fully understanding them or taking into account the context in which they were written. Tim Lundeen's spirited, robust delivery of Akhil Reed Amar and Les Adams' book provides an illuminating and accessible guide to the Bill of Rights: one of the quintessential documents in the history of democracy. The title may evoke images of a dull high school lecture, but this audiobook is anything but boring. Lundeen's casual, inviting tone captures the listener's attention from the beginning and holds it to the end. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Bill of Rights Primer Subtitle: A Citizen's Guidebook to the American Bill of Rights Author: Akhil Reed Amar, Les Adams Narrator: Tim Lundeen Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 5 mins Language: English Release date: 07-01-13 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 19 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: A valuable reference to understanding your freedoms. Many Americans reference the Bill of Rights, a document that represents many of the freedoms that define the United States. Who doesnt know about the First Amendments freedom of religion or Second Amendments right to bear arms? In this succinct volume, Akhil Reed Amar and Les Adams offer a wealth of knowledge about the Bill of Rights that goes beyond a basic understanding.The Bill of Rights Primer is an authoritative guide to all American freedoms. Uncluttered and well-organized, this audiobook is perfect for those who want to study up on the Bill of Rights without needing a law degree to do so. This elementary guidebook presents a short historical survey of the people, events, decrees, legislation, writings, and cultural milestones, in England and the American colonies, that influenced the Founding Fathers as they drafted the U.S. Constitution and Bill of Rights. With helpful comments and fun facts, the book will provide a deeper understanding of the Bill of Rights, exhibiting that it is not a stagnant document but one with an evolving meaning shaped by historical events, such as the American Civil War and Reconstruction. Editorial Reviews: In this divisive political climate, many are quick to reference the United States' founding documents without fully understanding them or taking into account the context in which they were written. Tim Lundeen's spirited, robust delivery of Akhil Reed Amar and Les Adams' book provides an illuminating and accessible guide to the Bill of Rights: one of the quintessential documents in the history of democracy. The title may evoke images of a dull high school lecture, but this audiobook is anything but boring. Lundeen's casual, inviting tone captures the listener's attention from the beginning and holds it to the end. Members Reviews: At this length, basic; but at that, great I've been teaching this stuff for 30 years at the college level, so I suppose I could be easily bored or unimpressed. The task of these authors mirrors what I do teaching; putting complicated material in straightforward (as possible) forms, for regular non-expert people to understand. I WAS impressed here. There is good, careful, levelheaded scholarship behind this, and also, plenty fresh for my consideration. I think putting this material in plain (as possible) English is a great public service. I consider my own similar job to be vital and important, and I make great effort to link it for my students to everyday life. All this is done, and done well, here. This is a fine antidote too, to the predigested partisan rants we hear imbedded in a lot of today's "news." If we do not understand these documents and this history, we are at the mercy of whatever "expert" may purport to edit and cherry-pick this material. That weakens all of us, individually and collectively. I find this presentation does not try to shove me around toward conclusions, but supports my own critical thinking, whatever preexisting notions I may have brought with me. It helps me to recognize those parts of the Bill of Rights where my own background was weaker, and based on dubious sources or assumptions. This is a great bargain for what it brings within our reach. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/This-Brave-New-World-Audiobook/B01KN3QXEA Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: This Brave New World Subtitle: India, China and the United States Author: Anja Manuel Narrator: Elizabeth Wiley Format: Unabridged Length: 12 hrs and 14 mins Language: English Release date: 09-06-16 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 23 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: In the next decade and a half, China and India will become two of the world's indispensable powers - whether they rise peacefully or not. During that time Asia will surpass the combined strength of North America and Europe in economic might, population size, and military spending. Both India and China will have vetoes over many international decisions, from climate change to global trade, human rights, and business standards. From her front-row view of this shift, first at the State Department and now as an advisor to American business leaders, Anja Manuel escorts us on an intimate tour of the corridors of power in Delhi and Beijing. Her encounters with political and business leaders reveal how each country's history and politics influences their conduct today. Through vibrant stories, she reveals how each country is working to surmount enormous challenges. We wring our hands about China, Manuel writes, while we underestimate India, which will be the most important country outside the West to shape China's rise. Manuel shows us that a different path is possible - we can bring China and India along as partners rather than alienating one or both, and extend our own leadership in the world. Critic Reviews: "A thoughtful analysis of this Asian contest and a strategy for keeping it from turning violent. As a co-founder of a consultancy formed by Condoleezza Rice, Stephen Hadley and Robert Gates, [Manuel] enjoys access to top policy figures, and much of what is new in the book comes from her conversations with senior officials in China and India. Ms. Manuel highlights the mounting dissatisfaction with corruption among the upper and middle classes of both countries." (Wall Street Journal) biacuaduc@gmail.com (Anja Manuel) Tue, 06 Sep 2016 11:10:40 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/This-Brave-New-World-Audiobook/B01KN3QXEA thebookvoice.com 12:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: This Brave New World Subtitle: India, China and the United States Author: Anja Manuel Narrator: Elizabeth Wiley Format: Unabridged Length: 12 hrs and 14 mins Language: English Release date: 09-06-16 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 23 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: In the next decade and a half, China and India will become two of the world's indispensable powers - whether they rise peacefully or not. During that time Asia will surpass the combined strength of North America and Europe in economic might, population size, and military spending. Both India and China will have vetoes over many international decisions, from climate change to global trade, human rights, and business standards. From her front-row view of this shift, first at the State Department and now as an advisor to American business leaders, Anja Manuel escorts us on an intimate tour of the corridors of power in Delhi and Beijing. Her encounters with political and business leaders reveal how each country's history and politics influences their conduct today. Through vibrant stories, she reveals how each country is working to surmount enormous challenges. We wring our hands about China, Manuel writes, while we underestimate India, which will be the most important country outside the West to shape China's rise. Manuel shows us that a different path is possible - we can bring China and India along as partners rather than alienating one or both, and extend our own leadership in the world. Critic Reviews: "A thoughtful analysis of this Asian contest and a strategy for keeping it from turning violent. As a co-founder of a consultancy formed by Condoleezza Rice, Stephen Hadley and Robert Gates, [Manuel] enjoys access to top policy figures, and much of what is new in the book comes from her conversations with senior officials in China and India. Ms. Manuel highlights the mounting dissatisfaction with corruption among the upper and middle classes of both countries." (Wall Street Journal) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: This Brave New World Subtitle: India, China and the United States Author: Anja Manuel Narrator: Elizabeth Wiley Format: Unabridged Length: 12 hrs and 14 mins Language: English Release date: 09-06-16 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 23 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: In the next decade and a half, China and India will become two of the world's indispensable powers - whether they rise peacefully or not. During that time Asia will surpass the combined strength of North America and Europe in economic might, population size, and military spending. Both India and China will have vetoes over many international decisions, from climate change to global trade, human rights, and business standards. From her front-row view of this shift, first at the State Department and now as an advisor to American business leaders, Anja Manuel escorts us on an intimate tour of the corridors of power in Delhi and Beijing. Her encounters with political and business leaders reveal how each country's history and politics influences their conduct today. Through vibrant stories, she reveals how each country is working to surmount enormous challenges. We wring our hands about China, Manuel writes, while we underestimate India, which will be the most important country outside the West to shape China's rise. Manuel shows us that a different path is possible - we can bring China and India along as partners rather than alienating one or both, and extend our own leadership in the world. Critic Reviews: "A thoughtful analysis of this Asian contest and a strategy for keeping it from turning violent. As a co-founder of a consultancy formed by Condoleezza Rice, Stephen Hadley and Robert Gates, [Manuel] enjoys access to top policy figures, and much of what is new in the book comes from her conversations with senior officials in China and India. Ms. Manuel highlights the mounting dissatisfaction with corruption among the upper and middle classes of both countries." (Wall Street Journal) Members Reviews: Informative book on US, China & India relationship Fascinating discussion on the rise of India and China and the way the two countries are intertwined with America. I'm not a student. I'm just curious about international relations and I found it written where I could understand and form an opinion. Good book, could be better The book is quite good discussing historical perspectives, current opportunities and threats, etc. it does a good job of explaining the current situation in India and China as well as perceptions within those countries. The solutions offered are rather simplistic - "cooperate", "collaborate", "patiently nudge", "quiet dialogue" etc. I do not think it is possible to gently nudge powerful countries. This may work with smaller countries. Narration is mediocre. It appears like the narrated hadn't read the book before and had a rather surprised tone in many sections as she read it. She also got most of the pronunciation of difficult Indian and Chinese names woefully wrong. As a narrator, I'd assume she would have looked this up prior to reading. Overall it is a good book to understand the current situation and opportunities, but rather weak when it comes to actual solutions. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Nullification-Audiobook/B003TU65EI Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Nullification Subtitle: How to Resist Federal Tyranny in the 21st Century Author: Thomas E. Woods Narrator: Alan Sklar Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 54 mins Language: English Release date: 06-29-10 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 180 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Citizens across the country are fed up with the politicians in Washington telling us how to live our lives and then sticking us with the bill. But what can we do? Actually, we can just say no. As New York Times best-selling author Thomas E. Woods, Jr., explains, "nullification" allows states to reject unconstitutional federal laws. For many tea partiers nationwide, nullification is rapidly becoming the only way to stop an overreaching government drunk on power. From privacy to immigration to national health care, Woods shows how this growing and popular movement is sweeping across America and empowering states to take action against President Obama's socialist policies and big-government agenda. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Thomas E. Woods) Tue, 29 Jun 2010 05:18:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Nullification-Audiobook/B003TU65EI thebookvoice.com 08:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Nullification Subtitle: How to Resist Federal Tyranny in the 21st Century Author: Thomas E. Woods Narrator: Alan Sklar Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 54 mins Language: English Release date: 06-29-10 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 180 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Citizens across the country are fed up with the politicians in Washington telling us how to live our lives and then sticking us with the bill. But what can we do? Actually, we can just say no. As New York Times best-selling author Thomas E. Woods, Jr., explains, "nullification" allows states to reject unconstitutional federal laws. For many tea partiers nationwide, nullification is rapidly becoming the only way to stop an overreaching government drunk on power. From privacy to immigration to national health care, Woods shows how this growing and popular movement is sweeping across America and empowering states to take action against President Obama's socialist policies and big-government agenda. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Nullification Subtitle: How to Resist Federal Tyranny in the 21st Century Author: Thomas E. Woods Narrator: Alan Sklar Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 54 mins Language: English Release date: 06-29-10 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 180 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Citizens across the country are fed up with the politicians in Washington telling us how to live our lives and then sticking us with the bill. But what can we do? Actually, we can just say no. As New York Times best-selling author Thomas E. Woods, Jr., explains, "nullification" allows states to reject unconstitutional federal laws. For many tea partiers nationwide, nullification is rapidly becoming the only way to stop an overreaching government drunk on power. From privacy to immigration to national health care, Woods shows how this growing and popular movement is sweeping across America and empowering states to take action against President Obama's socialist policies and big-government agenda. Members Reviews: Explains Why, but not How To Montana passes the Firearm Freedoms Act, striking down the Federal government's right to regulate firearms built, sold, and kept within the State. California passes their medical marijuana law and allows a controlled substance to be sold openly, despite Federal laws disallowing it. The list of nullification is longer, and will continue to grow. If you have heard someone speak about Nullification - or the right of the States to nullify laws coming from the Federal government - have wondered "how can they do that?" and want a serious answer, this is probably the only book out there that will answer you. Note: this book does not discuss Succession, which is often linked with Nullification, but does touch on the subject in the section on whether the American Civil War "resolved all of those questions". So, what does the book contain: the history of the case for Nullification. That is pretty much it. It does not tell you "how to resist Federal tyranny in the 21st Century", it tells you the legal case that States make. It explains the language of the U.S. Constitution (very well, I think) and related writings of the time. And it goes into great detail of specific State Resolutions that cite nullification. How great a detail? The book came to an end and the narrator started reading the appendices, which are the resolutions themselves, and the audio was only 1/2 done. That's how much detail. Listen to the sample audio to the narrator's voice. If you like it,you will have an easier time getting through the book. For me, his voice started to induce sleep. (I know, you are probably thinking the subject matter did, but I was interested in the story up until I hit the appendices.) Overall, I liked the book because I like the narrative story of the history of our country and of its constitution. I downgraded the rating for the narrator's voice and for the extent of the appendices. Word-for-word readings are too "over-the-top" to me. Maybe I am wrong though. Exceptional Historical Review of Nullification Tom Woods gives a thorough review of the historical precedence of nullification in countering federal laws and initiatives which the states deemed to be overstepping the bounds set forth to limit it in the U.S. Constitution. Notably, he counters the often used argument that nullification was used by the southern states to promote the continuance of slavery. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Better-Off-Without-Em-Audiobook/B00D7NW2LW Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Better Off Without 'Em Subtitle: A Northern Manifesto for Southern Secession Author: Chuck Thompson Narrator: Oliver Wyman Format: Unabridged Length: 11 hrs and 33 mins Language: English Release date: 06-10-13 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 138 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Lets talk about secession. Not exactly the most suitable cocktail party conversation starter anywhere in the country. But take that notion deep into the heart of Dixie, and you might find yourself running from the possum-hunting conservatives, trailer-park lifers, and prayer warriors Chuck Thompson encountered during the two years he spent traveling the American South asking the question: Would we be better off without em? The result is a heavily researched, serious inquiry into national divides which is unabashedly controversial, often uproarious, and always thought-provoking. From a church service in Mobile, Alabama, where the gospel entertainer announces, "Islam is upon us!" to a store selling Ku Klux Klan memorabilia on a quaint little street in South Carolina - Thompson lifts the green velvet drapes on a South that would seem to belong more to the time of Rhett and Scarlett than the dawn of the twenty-first century. By crunching numbers, interviewing experts, and roaming the not-so-former Confederacy, Thompson - an openly disgruntled liberal from the Northwest - makes a compelling case for southern secession. What would the new nations look like if Virginia governor Bob McDonnell was elected as the first President of the Confederate States of America? If a southern electorate was left to fend for itself while the North did damage control on an economy decimated by cut-rate southern workers who operate as a rival nation within its own borders? If the BCS championship football game were replaced by a North vs. South Coca Cola/ Starbucks Blood Bowl? If Florida went to the South and Texas to the North in the most complex land-and-population grab in American history? Better Off Without Em is a deliberately provocative book whose insight, humor, fierce and fearless politics, and sheer nerve will spark a national debate that is perhaps long overdue. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Chuck Thompson) Mon, 10 Jun 2013 00:13:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Better-Off-Without-Em-Audiobook/B00D7NW2LW thebookvoice.com 11:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Better Off Without 'Em Subtitle: A Northern Manifesto for Southern Secession Author: Chuck Thompson Narrator: Oliver Wyman Format: Unabridged Length: 11 hrs and 33 mins Language: English Release date: 06-10-13 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 138 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Lets talk about secession. Not exactly the most suitable cocktail party conversation starter anywhere in the country. But take that notion deep into the heart of Dixie, and you might find yourself running from the possum-hunting conservatives, trailer-park lifers, and prayer warriors Chuck Thompson encountered during the two years he spent traveling the American South asking the question: Would we be better off without em? The result is a heavily researched, serious inquiry into national divides which is unabashedly controversial, often uproarious, and always thought-provoking. From a church service in Mobile, Alabama, where the gospel entertainer announces, "Islam is upon us!" to a store selling Ku Klux Klan memorabilia on a quaint little street in South Carolina - Thompson lifts the green velvet drapes on a South that would seem to belong more to the time of Rhett and Scarlett than the dawn of the twenty-first century. By crunching numbers, interviewing experts, and roaming the not-so-former Confederacy, Thompson - an openly disgruntled liberal from the Northwest - makes a compelling case for southern secession. What would the new nations look like if Virginia governor Bob McDonnell was elected as the first President of the Confederate States of America? If a southern electorate was left to fend for itself while the North did damage control on an economy decimated by cut-rate southern workers who operate as a rival nation within its own borders? If the BCS championship football game were replaced by a North vs. South Coca Cola/ Starbucks Blood Bowl? If Florida went to the South and Texas to the North in the most complex land-and-population grab in American history? Better Off Without Em is a deliberately provocative book whose insight, humor, fierce and fearless politics, and sheer nerve will spark a national debate that is perhaps long overdue. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Better Off Without 'Em Subtitle: A Northern Manifesto for Southern Secession Author: Chuck Thompson Narrator: Oliver Wyman Format: Unabridged Length: 11 hrs and 33 mins Language: English Release date: 06-10-13 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 138 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Lets talk about secession. Not exactly the most suitable cocktail party conversation starter anywhere in the country. But take that notion deep into the heart of Dixie, and you might find yourself running from the possum-hunting conservatives, trailer-park lifers, and prayer warriors Chuck Thompson encountered during the two years he spent traveling the American South asking the question: Would we be better off without em? The result is a heavily researched, serious inquiry into national divides which is unabashedly controversial, often uproarious, and always thought-provoking. From a church service in Mobile, Alabama, where the gospel entertainer announces, "Islam is upon us!" to a store selling Ku Klux Klan memorabilia on a quaint little street in South Carolina - Thompson lifts the green velvet drapes on a South that would seem to belong more to the time of Rhett and Scarlett than the dawn of the twenty-first century. By crunching numbers, interviewing experts, and roaming the not-so-former Confederacy, Thompson - an openly disgruntled liberal from the Northwest - makes a compelling case for southern secession. What would the new nations look like if Virginia governor Bob McDonnell was elected as the first President of the Confederate States of America? If a southern electorate was left to fend for itself while the North did damage control on an economy decimated by cut-rate southern workers who operate as a rival nation within its own borders? If the BCS championship football game were replaced by a North vs. South Coca Cola/ Starbucks Blood Bowl? If Florida went to the South and Texas to the North in the most complex land-and-population grab in American history? Better Off Without Em is a deliberately provocative book whose insight, humor, fierce and fearless politics, and sheer nerve will spark a national debate that is perhaps long overdue. Members Reviews: 5 stars A must "listen to" for anyone who ever wished we would have just let the South secede 150 years ago. What can I say? I loved it. Not exactly the height of scholarship, but hilarious. And informative. It's like taking a trip to a fantasy world where things like this are actually possible. A nice follow up to the more serious book called "American Nations" whose author's name slips my mind at the moment. The reader is perfect, and almost turns the book into a stand up comedy ruitine. It's a joyride that is more than worth the price of admission. Call their bluff! What did you love best about Better Off Without 'Em? All the states that have threatened to secede since Obama was elected (twice) by a huge majority should be allowed to go. i say we call their bluff. I loved the author's sense of humor. It may have seemed snarky to some, but no worse than people on the other side dish out constantly. He made some very good points that might make people on both sides think about how we have been a divided nation since the beginning. Whats the most interesting tidbit youve picked up from this book? That we would think of the south like Mexico, but with an even more corrupt government. That made me laugh! This guy is spot on! I loved the hell out of this book. very well done. it kept me laughing! Five Stars from a reluctant Southern belle Loved every word. So much truth. So much snark. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Founders-Key-Audiobook/B00852GBR6 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Founders' Key Subtitle: The Divine and Natural Connection Between the Declaration and the Constitution and What We Risk by Losing It Author: Larry P. Arnn Narrator: Jeffrey Kafer Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 59 mins Language: English Release date: 05-28-12 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 41 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Today the integrity and unity of the Declaration of Independence and the Constitution are under attack by the Progressive political movement. And yet, writes Larry P. Arnn, "The words of the Declaration of Independence ring across the ages. The arrangements of the Constitution have a way of organizing our actions so as to produce certain desirable results, and they have done this more reliably than any governing instrument in the history of man. Connect these arrangements to the beauty of the Declaration and one has something inspiring and commanding." Dr. Arnn, president of Hillsdale College, reveals this integral unity of the Declaration and the Constitution. Together, they form the pillars upon which the liberties and rights of the American people stand. United, they have guided history's first self-governing nation, forming our government under certain universal and eternal principles. Unfortunately, the effort to redefine government to reflect "the changing and growing social order" has gone very far toward success. Politicians such as Franklin Roosevelt found ways to condemn and discard the Constitution and to redefine the Declaration to justify government without limit. As a result, both documents have been weakened, their influence diminished, and their meaning obscured - paving the way for the modern administrative state, unaccountable to the will of the people. The Founders' Key is a powerful call to rediscover the connection between these two mighty documents, and thereby restore our political faith and revive our free institutions. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Larry P. Arnn) Mon, 28 May 2012 20:07:25 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Founders-Key-Audiobook/B00852GBR6 thebookvoice.com 05:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Founders' Key Subtitle: The Divine and Natural Connection Between the Declaration and the Constitution and What We Risk by Losing It Author: Larry P. Arnn Narrator: Jeffrey Kafer Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 59 mins Language: English Release date: 05-28-12 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 41 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Today the integrity and unity of the Declaration of Independence and the Constitution are under attack by the Progressive political movement. And yet, writes Larry P. Arnn, "The words of the Declaration of Independence ring across the ages. The arrangements of the Constitution have a way of organizing our actions so as to produce certain desirable results, and they have done this more reliably than any governing instrument in the history of man. Connect these arrangements to the beauty of the Declaration and one has something inspiring and commanding." Dr. Arnn, president of Hillsdale College, reveals this integral unity of the Declaration and the Constitution. Together, they form the pillars upon which the liberties and rights of the American people stand. United, they have guided history's first self-governing nation, forming our government under certain universal and eternal principles. Unfortunately, the effort to redefine government to reflect "the changing and growing social order" has gone very far toward success. Politicians such as Franklin Roosevelt found ways to condemn and discard the Constitution and to redefine the Declaration to justify government without limit. As a result, both documents have been weakened, their influence diminished, and their meaning obscured - paving the way for the modern administrative state, unaccountable to the will of the people. The Founders' Key is a powerful call to rediscover the connection between these two mighty documents, and thereby restore our political faith and revive our free institutions. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Founders' Key Subtitle: The Divine and Natural Connection Between the Declaration and the Constitution and What We Risk by Losing It Author: Larry P. Arnn Narrator: Jeffrey Kafer Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 59 mins Language: English Release date: 05-28-12 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 41 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Today the integrity and unity of the Declaration of Independence and the Constitution are under attack by the Progressive political movement. And yet, writes Larry P. Arnn, "The words of the Declaration of Independence ring across the ages. The arrangements of the Constitution have a way of organizing our actions so as to produce certain desirable results, and they have done this more reliably than any governing instrument in the history of man. Connect these arrangements to the beauty of the Declaration and one has something inspiring and commanding." Dr. Arnn, president of Hillsdale College, reveals this integral unity of the Declaration and the Constitution. Together, they form the pillars upon which the liberties and rights of the American people stand. United, they have guided history's first self-governing nation, forming our government under certain universal and eternal principles. Unfortunately, the effort to redefine government to reflect "the changing and growing social order" has gone very far toward success. Politicians such as Franklin Roosevelt found ways to condemn and discard the Constitution and to redefine the Declaration to justify government without limit. As a result, both documents have been weakened, their influence diminished, and their meaning obscured - paving the way for the modern administrative state, unaccountable to the will of the people. The Founders' Key is a powerful call to rediscover the connection between these two mighty documents, and thereby restore our political faith and revive our free institutions. Members Reviews: Wish Dr. Arnn Were the Reader This book would have been so much better in Dr. Arnn's voice. He's a wonderful speaker to listen to. I did not really warm up to Mr. Kafer. Good knowledge to have This is knowledge that every American should have, though it is by necessity a bit tedious in the presentation. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Democracy-Incorporated-Audiobook/B00456PPFK Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Democracy Incorporated Subtitle: Managed Democracy and the Specter of Inverted Totalitarianism Author: Sheldon S. Wolin Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Length: 12 hrs and 23 mins Language: English Release date: 09-30-10 Publisher: University Press Audiobooks Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 139 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Democracy is struggling in America - by now this statement is almost cliche. But what if the country is no longer a democracy at all? In Democracy Incorporated, Sheldon Wolin considers the unthinkable: has America unwittingly morphed into a new and strange kind of political hybrid, one where economic and state powers are conjoined and virtually unbridled? Can the nation check its descent into what the author terms "inverted totalitarianism"? Wolin portrays a country where citizens are politically uninterested and submissive - and where elites are eager to keep them that way. At best the nation has become a "managed democracy" in which the public is sheperded, not sovereign. At worst it is a place where corporate power no longer answers to state controls. Wolin makes clear that today's America is in no way morally or politically comparable to totalitarian states like Nazi Germany, yet he warns that unchecked economic power risks verging on total power and has its own unnerving pathologies. Wolin examines the myths and mythmaking that justify today's politics, the quest for an ever-expanding economy, and the perverse attractions of an endless war on terror. He argues passionately that democracy's best hope lies in citizens themselves learning anew to exercise power at the local level. Democracy Incorporated is one of the most worrying diagnoses of America's political ills to emerge in decades. It is sure to be a lightening rod for political debate for years to come. The book is published by Princeton University Press. Critic Reviews: "Sheldon Wolin has produced an ambitious and broad-ranging book that examines the current state of democracy in America.... Wolin argues that the unquestioned faith in the virtues of free market capitalism has dramatically narrowed the range of policy options that are on the table when debate turns to resolving the US's ills... [T]his is a trenchant and powerful volume." (Alex Waddan, International Affairs) "As we've come to expect from Sheldon Wolin, a tightly argued and deeply revealing book about the dangers of unconstrained capitalism for our democracy." (Robert B. Reich, Professor of Public Policy, University of California, Berkeley; former U.S. Secretary of Labor) biacuaduc@gmail.com (Sheldon S. Wolin) Thu, 30 Sep 2010 20:10:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Democracy-Incorporated-Audiobook/B00456PPFK thebookvoice.com 12:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Democracy Incorporated Subtitle: Managed Democracy and the Specter of Inverted Totalitarianism Author: Sheldon S. Wolin Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Length: 12 hrs and 23 mins Language: English Release date: 09-30-10 Publisher: University Press Audiobooks Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 139 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Democracy is struggling in America - by now this statement is almost cliche. But what if the country is no longer a democracy at all? In Democracy Incorporated, Sheldon Wolin considers the unthinkable: has America unwittingly morphed into a new and strange kind of political hybrid, one where economic and state powers are conjoined and virtually unbridled? Can the nation check its descent into what the author terms "inverted totalitarianism"? Wolin portrays a country where citizens are politically uninterested and submissive - and where elites are eager to keep them that way. At best the nation has become a "managed democracy" in which the public is sheperded, not sovereign. At worst it is a place where corporate power no longer answers to state controls. Wolin makes clear that today's America is in no way morally or politically comparable to totalitarian states like Nazi Germany, yet he warns that unchecked economic power risks verging on total power and has its own unnerving pathologies. Wolin examines the myths and mythmaking that justify today's politics, the quest for an ever-expanding economy, and the perverse attractions of an endless war on terror. He argues passionately that democracy's best hope lies in citizens themselves learning anew to exercise power at the local level. Democracy Incorporated is one of the most worrying diagnoses of America's political ills to emerge in decades. It is sure to be a lightening rod for political debate for years to come. The book is published by Princeton University Press. Critic Reviews: "Sheldon Wolin has produced an ambitious and broad-ranging book that examines the current state of democracy in America.... Wolin argues that the unquestioned faith in the virtues of free market capitalism has dramatically narrowed the range of policy options that are on the table when debate turns to resolving the US's ills... [T]his is a trenchant and powerful volume." (Alex Waddan, International Affairs) "As we've come to expect from Sheldon Wolin, a tightly argued and deeply revealing book about the dangers of unconstrained capitalism for our democracy." (Robert B. Reich, Professor of Public Policy, University of California, Berkeley; former U.S. Secretary of Labor) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Democracy Incorporated Subtitle: Managed Democracy and the Specter of Inverted Totalitarianism Author: Sheldon S. Wolin Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Length: 12 hrs and 23 mins Language: English Release date: 09-30-10 Publisher: University Press Audiobooks Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 139 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Democracy is struggling in America - by now this statement is almost cliche. But what if the country is no longer a democracy at all? In Democracy Incorporated, Sheldon Wolin considers the unthinkable: has America unwittingly morphed into a new and strange kind of political hybrid, one where economic and state powers are conjoined and virtually unbridled? Can the nation check its descent into what the author terms "inverted totalitarianism"? Wolin portrays a country where citizens are politically uninterested and submissive - and where elites are eager to keep them that way. At best the nation has become a "managed democracy" in which the public is sheperded, not sovereign. At worst it is a place where corporate power no longer answers to state controls. Wolin makes clear that today's America is in no way morally or politically comparable to totalitarian states like Nazi Germany, yet he warns that unchecked economic power risks verging on total power and has its own unnerving pathologies. Wolin examines the myths and mythmaking that justify today's politics, the quest for an ever-expanding economy, and the perverse attractions of an endless war on terror. He argues passionately that democracy's best hope lies in citizens themselves learning anew to exercise power at the local level. Democracy Incorporated is one of the most worrying diagnoses of America's political ills to emerge in decades. It is sure to be a lightening rod for political debate for years to come. The book is published by Princeton University Press. Critic Reviews: "Sheldon Wolin has produced an ambitious and broad-ranging book that examines the current state of democracy in America.... Wolin argues that the unquestioned faith in the virtues of free market capitalism has dramatically narrowed the range of policy options that are on the table when debate turns to resolving the US's ills... [T]his is a trenchant and powerful volume." (Alex Waddan, International Affairs) "As we've come to expect from Sheldon Wolin, a tightly argued and deeply revealing book about the dangers of unconstrained capitalism for our democracy." (Robert B. Reich, Professor of Public Policy, University of California, Berkeley; former U.S. Secretary of Labor) Members Reviews: Essential listening.... Sheldon Wolin's recent work provides an absolutely essential theoretical underpinning for anyone who finds himself (or herself) suspecting that what's going on with the U.S. is really, really uncool. Unlike the well-known media fascisti, it welcomes some real historical knowledge (NOT the bullsh-t platitudes that pass for such) and provides a nuanced, balanced account (Wolin spent many years teaching political philosophy at some major universities) of how real power functions today. If you find writers like Chris Hedges compelling, Wolin is the next logical place to go. Democracy Inc. is so pertinent in light of Trump's presidency As an educator, I highly recommend this book as an essential companion to social studies curricula. Knowing the process of how democracy has been co-opted allows us to resist and proceed accordingly. The concept of inverted totalitarianism correlates with the formula posed in the Powell Memo. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Washington-Connection-and-Third-World-Fascism-Audiobook/B00S5F93TG Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Washington Connection and Third World Fascism Subtitle: The Political Economy of Human Rights - Volume I Author: Noam Chomsky, Edward S. Herman Narrator: Brian Jones Format: Unabridged Length: 15 hrs and 22 mins Language: English Release date: 07-28-15 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 21 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: A brilliant, shattering, and convincing account of United States-backed suppression of political and human rights in the Third World... It relentlessly dissects the official views of Establishment scholars and their journals. The "best and brightest" pundits of the status quo emerge from this audiobook thoroughly denuded of their credibility. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Noam Chomsky) Tue, 28 Jul 2015 03:19:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Washington-Connection-and-Third-World-Fascism-Audiobook/B00S5F93TG thebookvoice.com 15:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Washington Connection and Third World Fascism Subtitle: The Political Economy of Human Rights - Volume I Author: Noam Chomsky, Edward S. Herman Narrator: Brian Jones Format: Unabridged Length: 15 hrs and 22 mins Language: English Release date: 07-28-15 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 21 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: A brilliant, shattering, and convincing account of United States-backed suppression of political and human rights in the Third World... It relentlessly dissects the official views of Establishment scholars and their journals. The "best and brightest" pundits of the status quo emerge from this audiobook thoroughly denuded of their credibility. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Washington Connection and Third World Fascism Subtitle: The Political Economy of Human Rights - Volume I Author: Noam Chomsky, Edward S. Herman Narrator: Brian Jones Format: Unabridged Length: 15 hrs and 22 mins Language: English Release date: 07-28-15 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 21 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: A brilliant, shattering, and convincing account of United States-backed suppression of political and human rights in the Third World... It relentlessly dissects the official views of Establishment scholars and their journals. The "best and brightest" pundits of the status quo emerge from this audiobook thoroughly denuded of their credibility. Members Reviews: Five Stars Excellent Four Stars Chomsky is good. The book and information is telling. However, the book is old and the information is history. Not a 2015 book This is a reissue of a thirty year old book. It is an excellent books but has a historical reference. Recommended for anyone looking at the foreign politics of the ... Even though this book is nearly 35 years old, it is still relevant to the current world situation. The details in this books are applicable to all current world events. Recommended for anyone looking at the foreign politics of the US. Four Stars product was as described. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Republican-Gomorrah-Audiobook/B002V1AE5W Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Republican Gomorrah Subtitle: Inside the Movement That Shattered the Party Author: Max Blumenthal Narrator: William Hughes Format: Unabridged Length: 11 hrs and 32 mins Language: English Release date: 10-12-09 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 166 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Inspired by the work of psychologist Erich Fromm, who asserted that the fear of freedom propels anxiety-ridden people into authoritarian settings, Blumenthal explains in a compelling narrative how a culture of personal crises has defined the radical right, transforming the Republican party for the next generation and setting the stage for the future of American politics. Critic Reviews: "Republican Gomorrah is an irresistible combination of anthropology and psychopathology that exerts the queasy fascination of (let's face it) something very like pornography." (The New Yorker) "A brave and resourceful reporter adept at turning over rocks that public-relations-savvy Christian conservative leaders would prefer undisturbed." (The New York Times Book Review) biacuaduc@gmail.com (Max Blumenthal) Mon, 12 Oct 2009 02:57:01 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Republican-Gomorrah-Audiobook/B002V1AE5W thebookvoice.com 11:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Republican Gomorrah Subtitle: Inside the Movement That Shattered the Party Author: Max Blumenthal Narrator: William Hughes Format: Unabridged Length: 11 hrs and 32 mins Language: English Release date: 10-12-09 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 166 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Inspired by the work of psychologist Erich Fromm, who asserted that the fear of freedom propels anxiety-ridden people into authoritarian settings, Blumenthal explains in a compelling narrative how a culture of personal crises has defined the radical right, transforming the Republican party for the next generation and setting the stage for the future of American politics. Critic Reviews: "Republican Gomorrah is an irresistible combination of anthropology and psychopathology that exerts the queasy fascination of (let's face it) something very like pornography." (The New Yorker) "A brave and resourceful reporter adept at turning over rocks that public-relations-savvy Christian conservative leaders would prefer undisturbed." (The New York Times Book Review) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Republican Gomorrah Subtitle: Inside the Movement That Shattered the Party Author: Max Blumenthal Narrator: William Hughes Format: Unabridged Length: 11 hrs and 32 mins Language: English Release date: 10-12-09 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 166 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Inspired by the work of psychologist Erich Fromm, who asserted that the fear of freedom propels anxiety-ridden people into authoritarian settings, Blumenthal explains in a compelling narrative how a culture of personal crises has defined the radical right, transforming the Republican party for the next generation and setting the stage for the future of American politics. Critic Reviews: "Republican Gomorrah is an irresistible combination of anthropology and psychopathology that exerts the queasy fascination of (let's face it) something very like pornography." (The New Yorker) "A brave and resourceful reporter adept at turning over rocks that public-relations-savvy Christian conservative leaders would prefer undisturbed." (The New York Times Book Review) Members Reviews: The mov't and colorful characters Any additional comments? 'A great listen. Tells the story of the roots of the Christian right and some of the colorful mayor players. One part illuminates religions inability to deal honestly about sex from education/contraception/gays/priests/pornography etc.. Another part covers the Christian right using in, overtly political ways, hotbed issues like the Terri Schiavo case. It is well researched and the narrative is informative and entertaining and shows the pious in a down to earth light. I found it disturbing how Focus on the Family's Dobson personally profited a million dollars from his interview with serial killer Ted Bundy and forgave Ted of brutally killing so many young women...and having sex their corpses. Hey, Jesus forgives. Right? Part of the draw of the book is offensive actions of the heavy hitters involved but it is not the basis of the book. The book looks philosophically at the roots of people needing/wanting some one to tell them what to do and think. And to do so uncritically. Blindly faithful. And the costs of alienating moderate Republicans. Not everyone is welcome under the big tent. My overall impression is the book saying, "Hey, look at these people. Do they really represent our Republican party?" Should be required reading! This is such an important book that it should be required reading for all students. In addition, it's well written and read. Thank you Max Blumenthal! Frightening Republican Gomorrah reinforced my worst fears about the "religious" right.I have long been concerned about the power of the fundamentalists in this country. It is truly unnerving to hear how unscrupulous these "Christians" really are.Blumenthal thoroughly exposes the roots of these ruthless shysters. His book should be a wakeup call for all freedom loving Americans. If you care about our country, listen to this book I have been a Blumenthal fan for many years, but this is by far his best work. I must admit, it scared the "bejesus" out of me, but it's the kind of scared we all need to be if we really want to change the way our country works. The narrator was excellent and the book is almost too easy to listen to because you get so caught up in the craziness of the story. Buy It! Everyone with a brain should get this book. I couldn't stop listening to it. It was packed tightly with information and read very well. A must listen to fully appeciate their insanity and what we, as a country and a people, are really dealing with. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Plunder-and-Deceit-by-Mark-R-Levin-Summary-Analysis-Audiobook/B0153VW6KM Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Plunder and Deceit by Mark R. Levin: Summary & Analysis Author: Instaread Narrator: Michael Gilboe Format: Unabridged Length: 28 mins Language: English Release date: 09-09-15 Publisher: Instaread Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 8 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Plunder and Deceit is about what author Mark R. Levin calls a threat to the United States' experiment with democracy. At the heart of the threat is an executive branch of government that is running amok. Its leaders are well meaning, but they are trying to transform the US into a utopia by throwing trillions of dollars at the country's social problems. The result is a national debt that has passed $18 trillion and continues growing. The soaring increase in debt is unsustainable. Sooner or later the system will face financial collapse. When that happens, it will be future generations, not the current generation supporting the increased government spending, that will be left to pick up the pieces. Levin sees what's happening as no less than a threat to US democracy. The executive branch is running amok because it has shattered the balance of power between the branches of government.... Please note: This is a summary and analysis of the book and not the original book. Inside this Instaread summary & analysis of Plunder and Deceit: With Instaread you can get the summary and analysis of a book in 15 minutes. We read, summarize, and analyze every chapter for your convenience. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Instaread) Wed, 09 Sep 2015 19:02:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Plunder-and-Deceit-by-Mark-R-Levin-Summary-Analysis-Audiobook/B0153VW6KM thebookvoice.com 00:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Plunder and Deceit by Mark R. Levin: Summary & Analysis Author: Instaread Narrator: Michael Gilboe Format: Unabridged Length: 28 mins Language: English Release date: 09-09-15 Publisher: Instaread Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 8 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Plunder and Deceit is about what author Mark R. Levin calls a threat to the United States' experiment with democracy. At the heart of the threat is an executive branch of government that is running amok. Its leaders are well meaning, but they are trying to transform the US into a utopia by throwing trillions of dollars at the country's social problems. The result is a national debt that has passed $18 trillion and continues growing. The soaring increase in debt is unsustainable. Sooner or later the system will face financial collapse. When that happens, it will be future generations, not the current generation supporting the increased government spending, that will be left to pick up the pieces. Levin sees what's happening as no less than a threat to US democracy. The executive branch is running amok because it has shattered the balance of power between the branches of government.... Please note: This is a summary and analysis of the book and not the original book. Inside this Instaread summary & analysis of Plunder and Deceit: With Instaread you can get the summary and analysis of a book in 15 minutes. We read, summarize, and analyze every chapter for your convenience. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Plunder and Deceit by Mark R. Levin: Summary & Analysis Author: Instaread Narrator: Michael Gilboe Format: Unabridged Length: 28 mins Language: English Release date: 09-09-15 Publisher: Instaread Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 8 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: Plunder and Deceit is about what author Mark R. Levin calls a threat to the United States' experiment with democracy. At the heart of the threat is an executive branch of government that is running amok. Its leaders are well meaning, but they are trying to transform the US into a utopia by throwing trillions of dollars at the country's social problems. The result is a national debt that has passed $18 trillion and continues growing. The soaring increase in debt is unsustainable. Sooner or later the system will face financial collapse. When that happens, it will be future generations, not the current generation supporting the increased government spending, that will be left to pick up the pieces. Levin sees what's happening as no less than a threat to US democracy. The executive branch is running amok because it has shattered the balance of power between the branches of government.... Please note: This is a summary and analysis of the book and not the original book. Inside this Instaread summary & analysis of Plunder and Deceit: With Instaread you can get the summary and analysis of a book in 15 minutes. We read, summarize, and analyze every chapter for your convenience. Members Reviews: Great Analysis! This is a review and analysis of Mark Levin's "Plunder and Deceit" and is not the actual book. I really enjoyed reading this summary. It first summarizes what the overall book is about and then lists and analyzes nine key takeaways. This book discusses the economic turmoil of the United States with regards to how the government is being run. Issues discussed in the summary and analysis include, education, immigration, and medical spending. This summary sheds light into how these issues will affect future generations, and it is rather alarming. Hopefully the government can turn things around so our children and grandchildren will not have to suffer the consequences. and I'm actually sort of glad I bought it I am not a big fan of reading books about politics (yes, I know that's terrible), which is why I bought this summary of Plunder and Deceit by Mark R. Levin. This was certainly a lifesaver for me, and covered all of the main points that I needed to know. There were many interesting points within this summary that made me stop and think, and I'm actually sort of glad I bought it. It is important to be concerned about the future of our country, and this summary (like the original does) really puts a great emphasis on that. This summary is wonderful because it boils down Levin's argument into concise and easy to understand points. I would highly recommend checking it out. I highly recommend this summary guide A must read for those concerned with the future of America. It's about finding a common ground without allowing one branch to gain to much power. After all our system is in place to prevent corruption. A lot of interesting topics that get you thinking. I read the original and picked up this copy to supplement the original and to be used as a refresher. I highly recommend this summary guide. It added to the original book and I picked up on several things I either missed or hadn't considered. Well worth checking out. The King is gone, and so is the USA. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-New-Odyssey-Audiobook/B01MU9R70X Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The New Odyssey Subtitle: The Story of the Twenty-First-Century Refugee Crisis Author: Patrick Kingsley Narrator: Thomas Judd Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 30 mins Language: English Release date: 01-11-17 Publisher: Random House Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 25 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: In the humane tradition of Katherine Boo's Behind the Beautiful Forevers comes a searing account of the international refugee crisis. On the day of his son's 14th birthday, Hashem al-Souki lay somewhere in the Mediterranean, crammed in a wooden dinghy. His family was relatively safe - at least for the time being - in Egypt, where they had only just settled after fleeing their war-torn Damascus home three years prior. Traversing these unforgiving waters and the treacherous terrain that would follow was worth the slim chance of securing a safe home for his children in Sweden. If he failed, at least he would fail alone. Hashem's story is tragically common, as desperate victims continue to embark on deadly journeys in search of freedom. Tracking the harrowing experiences of these brave refugees, The New Odyssey finally illuminates the shadowy networks that have facilitated the largest forced exodus since the end of World War II. The Guardian's first-ever migration correspondent, Patrick Kingsley has traveled through 17 countries to put an indelible face on this overwhelming disaster. Embedding himself alongside the refugees, Kingsley reenacts their flight with hundreds of people across the choppy Mediterranean in the hopes of better understanding who helps or hinders their path to salvation. From the starving migrants who push through sandstorms with children strapped to their backs to the exploitive criminals who prey on them, from the smugglers who dangerously stretch the limits of their cargo space to the volunteers who uproot their own lives to hand out water bottles, what emerges is a kaleidoscope of humanity in the wake of tragedy. By simultaneously tracing the narrative of Hashem, who endured the trek not once but twice, Kingsley memorably creates a compassionate, visceral portrait of the mass migration in both its epic scope and its heartbreaking specificity. Exposing the realities of this modern-day odyssey as well as the moral shortcomings evident in our own indifference, the result is a crucial call to arms and an unprecedented exploration of a world we too often choose not to know. biacuaduc@gmail.com (Patrick Kingsley) Wed, 11 Jan 2017 20:21:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-New-Odyssey-Audiobook/B01MU9R70X thebookvoice.com 08:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The New Odyssey Subtitle: The Story of the Twenty-First-Century Refugee Crisis Author: Patrick Kingsley Narrator: Thomas Judd Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 30 mins Language: English Release date: 01-11-17 Publisher: Random House Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 25 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: In the humane tradition of Katherine Boo's Behind the Beautiful Forevers comes a searing account of the international refugee crisis. On the day of his son's 14th birthday, Hashem al-Souki lay somewhere in the Mediterranean, crammed in a wooden dinghy. His family was relatively safe - at least for the time being - in Egypt, where they had only just settled after fleeing their war-torn Damascus home three years prior. Traversing these unforgiving waters and the treacherous terrain that would follow was worth the slim chance of securing a safe home for his children in Sweden. If he failed, at least he would fail alone. Hashem's story is tragically common, as desperate victims continue to embark on deadly journeys in search of freedom. Tracking the harrowing experiences of these brave refugees, The New Odyssey finally illuminates the shadowy networks that have facilitated the largest forced exodus since the end of World War II. The Guardian's first-ever migration correspondent, Patrick Kingsley has traveled through 17 countries to put an indelible face on this overwhelming disaster. Embedding himself alongside the refugees, Kingsley reenacts their flight with hundreds of people across the choppy Mediterranean in the hopes of better understanding who helps or hinders their path to salvation. From the starving migrants who push through sandstorms with children strapped to their backs to the exploitive criminals who prey on them, from the smugglers who dangerously stretch the limits of their cargo space to the volunteers who uproot their own lives to hand out water bottles, what emerges is a kaleidoscope of humanity in the wake of tragedy. By simultaneously tracing the narrative of Hashem, who endured the trek not once but twice, Kingsley memorably creates a compassionate, visceral portrait of the mass migration in both its epic scope and its heartbreaking specificity. Exposing the realities of this modern-day odyssey as well as the moral shortcomings evident in our own indifference, the result is a crucial call to arms and an unprecedented exploration of a world we too often choose not to know. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/590/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The New Odyssey Subtitle: The Story of the Twenty-First-Century Refugee Crisis Author: Patrick Kingsley Narrator: Thomas Judd Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 30 mins Language: English Release date: 01-11-17 Publisher: Random House Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 25 votes Genres: Nonfiction, Politics Publisher's Summary: In the humane tradition of Katherine Boo's Behind the Beautiful Forevers comes a searing account of the international refugee crisis. On the day of his son's 14th birthday, Hashem al-Souki lay somewhere in the Mediterranean, crammed in a wooden dinghy. His family was relatively safe - at least for the time being - in Egypt, where they had only just settled after fleeing their war-torn Damascus home three years prior. Traversing these unforgiving waters and the treacherous terrain that would follow was worth the slim chance of securing a safe home for his children in Sweden. If he failed, at least he would fail alone. Hashem's story is tragically common, as desperate victims continue to embark on deadly journeys in search of freedom. Tracking the harrowing experiences of these brave refugees, The New Odyssey finally illuminates the shadowy networks that have facilitated the largest forced exodus since the end of World War II. The Guardian's first-ever migration correspondent, Patrick Kingsley has traveled through 17 countries to put an indelible face on this overwhelming disaster. Embedding himself alongside the refugees, Kingsley reenacts their flight with hundreds of people across the choppy Mediterranean in the hopes of better understanding who helps or hinders their path to salvation. From the starving migrants who push through sandstorms with children strapped to their backs to the exploitive criminals who prey on them, from the smugglers who dangerously stretch the limits of their cargo space to the volunteers who uproot their own lives to hand out water bottles, what emerges is a kaleidoscope of humanity in the wake of tragedy. By simultaneously tracing the narrative of Hashem, who endured the trek not once but twice, Kingsley memorably creates a compassionate, visceral portrait of the mass migration in both its epic scope and its heartbreaking specificity. Exposing the realities of this modern-day odyssey as well as the moral shortcomings evident in our own indifference, the result is a crucial call to arms and an unprecedented exploration of a world we too often choose not to know. Members Reviews: Amazing book. Amazing book. Everyone should listen to this book to better understand the crisis that war cause and to better understand what Syrians are going through. Follows a family Very detailed accounts of several refugee's journeys. I expected more discussion of the problems facing refugees. It was included by the reporting of what happened to them. Reader is left to have a greater understanding of the plight, but little to no discussion of fixing any issues.